Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 25, 2013

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F




o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 001-35892

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury
Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ
United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Justin D. Gover, Chief Executive Officer
GW Pharmaceuticals plc
Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury
Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ
United Kingdom
Telephone No. (44) 198 055-7000
E-Mail: investors@gwpharm.com
Facsimile: (44) 198 055-7111

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares, each representing 12
Ordinary Shares, par value £0.001 per share

 

The Nasdaq Global Market

          Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

          Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

          Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 177,521,287 ordinary shares, par value £0.001 per share.

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

          If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  o     No  ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o     No  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý

          Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o

          International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý

Other o

          If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 o     Item 18 o

          If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o     No  ý

   


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION

  1

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

  1

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  1

PART I

  3

Item 1

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

  3

Item 2

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

  3

Item 3

 

Key Information

  3

 

A. Selected Financial Data

  3

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

  5

 

C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

  5

 

D. Risk Factors

  5

Item 4

 

Information On The Company

  33

 

A. History and Development of the Company

  33

 

B. Business Overview

  34

 

C. Organizational Structure

  89

 

D. Property Plant and Equipment

  90

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  90

Item 5

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

  90

 

A. Operating Results

  91

 

B. Liquidity & Capital Resources

  109

 

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc

  111

 

D. Trend information

  111

 

E. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

  112

 

F. Contractual Obligations and Commitments

  113

 

G. Safe Harbor

  113

Item 6

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

  113

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

  113

 

B. Compensation

  116

 

C. Board Practices

  129

 

D. Employees

  131

 

E. Share Ownership

  131

Item 7

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

  131

 

A. Major Shareholders

  131

 

B. Related Party Transactions

  133

 

C. Interests of experts and counsel

  134

Item 8

 

Financial Information

  134

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

  134

 

B. Significant Changes

  134

Item 9

 

The Offer and Listing

  135

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

  135

 

B. Plan of Distribution

  136

 

C. Markets

  136

i


Table of Contents

 

D. Selling Shareholders

  136

 

E. Dilution

  136

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

  136

Item 10

 

Additional Information

  136

 

A. Share Capital

  136

 

B. Memorandum and articles of association

  137

 

C. Material contracts

  137

 

D. Exchange controls

  137

 

E. Taxation

  137

 

F. Dividends and paying agents

  144

 

G. Statement by experts

  144

 

H. Documents on Display

  144

 

J. Subsidiary information

  145

Item 11

 

Quantitative & Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  145

Item 12

 

Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

  145

 

A. Debt Securities

  145

 

B. Warrant and Rights

  145

 

C. Other Securities

  146

 

D. American Depositary Shares

  146

PART II

 
147

Item 13

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

  147

Item 14

 

Material Modifications To The Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

  147

Item 15

 

Controls & Procedures

  147

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

  147

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

  147

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  148

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions From The Listing Standards For Audit Committees

  148

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer band Affiliated Purchasers

  148

Item 16F.

 

Change in the Registrants Certifying Accountant

  148

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

  148

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

  149

PART III

 
150

Item 17

 

Financial Statements

  150

Item 18

 

Financial Statements

  150

Item 19

 

Exhibits

  150

ii


Table of Contents


GENERAL INFORMATION

        In this annual report on Form 20-F ("Annual Report"), "GW Pharma," the Group," the "company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to GW Pharmaceuticals plc and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires.


PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as presented elsewhere in this Annual Report, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2011 and for the year ended September 30, 2010 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are not presented herein, which have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

        The consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the year ended September 30, 2009 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, or IFRS-EU, and which are not included elsewhere in this prospectus. These consolidated financial statements have not been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein.

        All references in this prospectus to "$" are to U.S. dollars, all references to "£" are to pounds sterling and all references to "€" are to Euros. Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pounds sterling amounts as at and for the year ended September 30, 2013 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate at September 30, 2013, the last business day of our year ended September 30, 2013, of £0.6181 to $1.00. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.


INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report contains estimates and forward-looking statements, principally in "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." Some of the matters discussed concerning our operations and financial performance include estimates and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

        These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause our actual results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or suggested by, these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions regarding our present and future business strategies and the environment in which we expect to operate in the future. Important factors that could cause those differences include, but are not limited to:

1


Table of Contents

        Additional factors that could cause actual results, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those discussed under "Risk Factors" and "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," or elsewhere in this Annual Report. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Report not to occur. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect" and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements. Estimates and forward-looking statements speak only at the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update or to review any estimate and/or forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors. Estimates and forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Our future results may differ materially from those expressed in these estimates and forward-looking statements. In light of the risks and uncertainties described above, the estimates and forward-looking statements discussed in this Annual Report might not occur and our future results and our performance may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements due to, inclusive of, but not limited to, the factors mentioned above. Because of these uncertainties, you should not make any investment decision based on these estimates and forward-looking statements.

2


Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

        Not applicable.

Item 2    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

        Not applicable.

Item 3    Key Information

A.  Selected Financial Data

        The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data as at the dates and for the periods indicated. The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, as presented elsewhere in this Annual Report, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), The consolidated financial statement data as at September 30, 2011 and for the year ended September 30, 2010 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are not presented herein, which have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).The selected consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the year ended September 30, 2009 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU, and which are not included elsewhere in this Annual Report. These consolidated financial statements have not been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein.

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in pounds sterling, our presentation currency. Solely for the convenience of the reader our consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended September 30, 2013 have been translated into U.S. dollars at $1.00 = £0.6181 based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Bank of New York on September 30, 2013. Such convenience translation should not be construed as a representation that the pound sterling amounts have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at this or at any other rate of exchange, or at all.

        Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our

3


Table of Contents

audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and the related notes and Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" below.

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2013(1)   2012(1)   2011(1)   2010(1)   2009(2)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Income Statement Data:

                                     

Revenue

    44,158     27,295     33,120     29,627     30,676     24,121  

Cost of sales

    (2,064 )   (1,276 )   (839 )   (1,347 )   (752 )   (433 )

Research and development expenditure

    (52,897 )   (32,697 )   (27,578 )   (22,714 )   (22,145 )   (19,649 )

Management and administrative expenses

    (6,135 )   (3,792 )   (3,660 )   (3,298 )   (3,267 )   (3,015 )
                           

Operating (loss)/profit

    (16,938 )   (10,470 )   1,043     2,268     4,512     1,024  

Interest expense

    (104 )   (64 )   (1 )   (3 )   (8 )   (8 )

Interest income

    288     178     200     263     100     136  
                           

(Loss)/profit before tax

    (16,754 )   (10,356 )   1,242     2,528     4,604     1,152  

Tax

    9,395     5,807     1,248     221     37     353  
                           

(Loss)/profit for the year

    (7,359 )   (4,549 )   2,490     2,749     4,641     1,505  
                           

(Loss)/earnings per share

                                     

Basic

    (0.05 )   (0.03 )   0.02     0.02     0.04     0.01  

Diluted

    (0.05 )   (0.03 )   0.02     0.02     0.03     0.01  

Weighted average number of shares

                                     

Basic

    151.5     151.5     133.0     131.7     129.7     122.3  

Diluted

    158.2     158.2     137.5     135.8     133.2     127.9  

 

 
  As at September 30,  
 
  2013   2013(1)   2012(1)   2011(1)   2010(2)   2009(2)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Non-current assets

    17,288     10,686     7,642     7,078     6,776     7,068  

Current assets

                                     

Inventories

    7,541     4,661     3,537     1,424     780     551  

Trade and other receivables

    8,944     5,528     2,408     2,281     1,217     811  

Cash and cash equivalents

    61,588     38,069     29,335     28,319     25,219     20,601  

Total current assets

    78,072     48,258     35,280     32,024     27,216     22,323  

Total assets

   
95,360
   
58,944
   
42,922
   
39,102
   
33,992
   
29,391
 

Current liabilities

                                     

Trade and other payables

    (15,272 )   (9,440 )   (9,114 )   (6,562 )   (4,554 )   (4,496 )

Deferred revenue

    (5,146 )   (3,181 )   (2,449 )   (3,459 )   (5,120 )   (4,594 )

Non-current liabilities

                                     

Obligations under finance leases

    (3,082 )   (1,905 )           (6 )   (45 )

Deferred revenue

   
(14,424

)
 
(8,916

)
 
(10,127

)
 
(11,422

)
 
(11,599

)
 
(13,499

)

Share capital

   
288
   
178
   
133
   
133
   
131
   
129
 

Share premium

    135,903     84,005     65,947     65,866     64,433     63,755  

Net assets/Total equity

    57,274     35,402     21,232     17,652     12,673     6,722  

4


Table of Contents


 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2013(1)   2012(1)   2011(1)   2010(1)   2009(2)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash Flow Data:

                                     

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

    (12,080 )   (7,468 )   1,801     2,361     4,324     1,220  

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

    (3,359 )   (2,076 )   (1,060 )   (647 )   (334 )   (934 )

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    29,529     18,253     73     1,393     620     6,261  

(1)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the European Union, and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

(2)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the year ended September 30, 2009 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU and which are not included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Reclassifications made impacted on the presentation of our share-based payment charge in our consolidated income statement. Such reclassification had no impact on operating profit, profit before tax or profit for the year. There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein. These consolidated financial statements have not been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

B.  Capitalization and Indebtedness

        Not applicable.

C.  Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

        Not applicable.

D.  Risk Factors

         Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in the ADSs. The risks and uncertainties described below are those significant risk factors, currently known and specific to us that we believe are relevant to an investment in the ADSs. If any of these risks materialize, our business, results of operations or financial condition could suffer, the price of the ADSs could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we now deem immaterial may also harm us and adversely affect your investment in the ADSs.


Risks Related to Our Business

We are substantially dependent on the success of our only commercial product Sativex.

        Our future success will depend heavily on the continued successful commercialization of Sativex, which is now in the early stages of its commercial life. Although Sativex is currently approved in 22 countries outside of the United States for spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, and is sold in 11 of those countries, it may never be successfully commercialized in all of these jurisdictions. Sativex's commercial success depends on a number of factors beyond our control, including the willingness of

5


Table of Contents

physicians to prescribe Sativex to patients, payers' willingness and ability to pay for the drug, the level of pricing achieved, patients' response to Sativex and the ability of our marketing partners to generate sales. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will succeed in generating revenue growth through the commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity. If we are not successful in the continued commercialization of Sativex, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially harmed.

We are dependent on the success of our product candidates, including Sativex for cancer pain, none of which may receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

        Our success will depend on our ability to successfully commercialize our product pipeline, including commercialization of Sativex for cancer pain, currently in Phase 3 trials, and our other cannabinoid product candidates for type-2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, cancer, epilepsy and schizophrenia. We are evaluating Sativex in Phase 3 trials for the treatment of cancer pain in the United States and it may never receive U.S. regulatory approval. We have met with, and received guidance from, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, regarding the development program for Sativex for MS spasticity in the United States, and have opened an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, with the FDA for this indication. However, we may never receive U.S. regulatory approval for this indication either. Even if completed Phase 3 clinical trials and/or Phase 3 clinical trials conducted for U.S. approval show positive results, there can be no assurance that the FDA will approve Sativex for any given indication for several potential reasons, including failure to follow Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, negative assessment of risk:benefit, unacceptable risk of abuse or diversion, insufficient product quality control and standardization, non-GMP compliant manufacturing facilities, unreliable dose counter, and failure to agree on appropriate clinical endpoints. For example, discussions with the FDA about its recommended primary endpoints for a pivotal study in MS spasticity are expected to lead to use of the Modified Ashworth Scale (MAS) and the Physician Global Impression of Change (PGIC) rather than the primary endpoints we used in our previous Phase 3 studies. In those studies, we demonstrated statistical improvements on the PGIC and approached statistical significance on the MAS. The new proposed study is powered to detect a statistical difference on both endpoints.

        Our ability to successfully commercialize Sativex and our other product candidates will depend on, among other things, our ability to:

    successfully complete pre-clinical and clinical trials;

    receive regulatory approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

    produce, through a validated process, in manufacturing facilities inspected and approved by regulatory authorities, including the FDA, sufficiently large quantities of Sativex, the related Botanical Drug Substances, or BDSs, and our product candidates to permit successful commercialization;

    establish collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of our product candidates, or otherwise build and maintain strong sales, distribution and marketing capabilities sufficient to launch commercial sales of our product candidates;

    obtain reimbursement from payers such as government health care systems and insurance companies, as well as achieve commercially attractive levels of pricing;

    secure acceptance of Sativex and our product candidates from physicians, health care payers, patients and the medical community;

    create positive publicity surrounding Sativex and our other product candidates;

6


Table of Contents

    manage our spending as costs and expenses increase due to clinical trials and commercialization; and

    obtain and enforce sufficient intellectual property for Sativex and our other product candidates.

        Our failure with respect to any of the factors above could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our product candidates, if approved, may be unable to achieve the expected market acceptance and, consequently, limit our ability to generate revenue from new products.

        Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been obtained, our ability to generate significant revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by physicians and patients. Although Sativex is already known in certain markets for the treatment of MS spasticity, we cannot assure you that it or our other planned products will achieve the expected market acceptance and revenue if and when they obtain the requisite regulatory approvals. The market acceptance of any product depends on a number of factors, including the indication statement and warnings approved by regulatory authorities in the product label, continued demonstration of efficacy and safety in commercial use, physicians' willingness to prescribe the product, reimbursement from third-party payers such as government health care systems and insurance companies, the price of the product, the nature of any post-approval risk management plans mandated by regulatory authorities, competition, and marketing and distribution support. Any factors preventing or limiting the market acceptance of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In respect of our product candidates targeting orphan indications, orphan drug exclusivity may afford limited protection, and if another party obtains orphan drug exclusivity for the drugs and indications we are targeting, we may be precluded from commercializing our product candidates in those indications.

        The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. There is no assurance that we will successfully obtain orphan drug exclusivity for any of our product candidates. Even if we do obtain orphan drug exclusivity for any product candidate, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective, or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug. Moreover, a different drug or, under limited circumstances, the same drug, may be approved by the FDA for the same orphan indication during the period of marketing exclusivity. The limited circumstances include an inability to supply the drug in sufficient quantities or where the second drug has been shown to be clinically superior to the drug with marketing exclusivity through a demonstration of superior safety or efficacy or that it makes a major contribution to patient care.

Product shipment delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        The shipment, import and export of Sativex and our product candidates require import and export licenses. In the United States, the FDA, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, and in the United Kingdom, the Home Office, and in other countries, similar regulatory authorities regulate the import and export of pharmaceutical products that contain controlled substances, including Sativex and our other product candidates. Specifically, the import and export process requires the issuance of import and export licenses by the relevant controlled substance authority in both the importing and exporting country. We may not be granted, or if granted, maintain, such licenses from the authorities in certain countries. Even if we obtain the

7


Table of Contents

relevant licenses, shipments of Sativex and our product candidates may be held up in transit, which could cause significant delays and may lead to product batches being stored outside required temperature ranges. Inappropriate storage may damage the product shipment resulting in a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipment of Sativex or our other product candidates. A partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipment of Sativex or our other product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to obtain and sustain an adequate level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payers, sales and profitability would be adversely affected.

        The course of medical treatment for patients is and will continue to be expensive. We expect that most patients and their families will not be capable of paying for our products themselves. There will be no commercially viable market for Sativex or our other product candidates without reimbursement from third-party payers. Additionally, even if there is a commercially viable market, if the level of third-party reimbursement is below our expectations, our revenue and gross margins will be adversely affected.

        Third-party payers, such as government programs, including Medicare, or private health care insurers, carefully review and increasingly question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for medical products and services, and many third-party payers limit coverage of or reimbursement for newly approved health care products. Reimbursement rates from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors. A current trend in the U.S. health care industry as well as in other countries around the world is toward cost containment. Large public and private payers, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations and similar organizations are exerting increasing influence on decisions regarding the use of, and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. In particular, third-party payers may limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for any product, which could result in product revenue and profitability being lower than anticipated. For example, in March 2013, the German National Association of Statutory Health Insurance Funds imposed a price reduction for Sativex in Germany effective for sales from July 1, 2012. This price reduction adversely affected our Sativex sales in our 2013 fiscal year results by £1.1 million due to the recognition of a £1.1 million provision for a rebate we expect to pay to our commercial partner, Almirall, following the pricing decision in Germany. Subsequently, in September 2013, the German authorities agreed to increase the price from the previously reduced level with effect from January 1, 2014, albeit not to the level at which the product had been launched in that country. Future cost-control initiatives in Germany or other markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If the price for Sativex or any future approved products decreases or if governmental and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels our revenue and prospects for profitability will suffer.

        Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. Our partners may elect to reduce the price of our products in order to increase the likelihood of obtaining reimbursement approvals. In many countries, products cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved and the negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. In addition, pricing and reimbursement decisions in certain countries can be affected by decisions taken in other countries, which can lead to mandatory price reductions and/or additional reimbursement restrictions across a number of other countries, which may thereby adversely affect our sales and profitability. In the event that countries impose prices which are not sufficient to allow us or our partners to generate a profit, our partners may refuse to launch the product in such countries or withdraw the product from the

8


Table of Contents

market, which would adversely affect sales and profitability. For example, in Germany, a revised price has caused us to initiate the renegotiation of supply terms with our partner, Almirall, in order to maintain a level of profitability of our sales of Sativex in Germany. In addition, in Australia, we have not yet obtained public reimbursement for Sativex, which may lead to our partner, Novartis, deciding not to launch in that country or elsewhere in the region for which they have commercial rights until reimbursement is obtained. Future price decreases or unfavorable reimbursement decisions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Problems in our manufacturing process, failure to comply with manufacturing regulations or unexpected increases in our manufacturing costs could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to our collaboration partners and for use in clinical trials. The manufacturing of Sativex necessitates compliance with international Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, and other international regulatory requirements. Our ability to successfully manufacture Sativex involves cultivation of botanical raw material from specific cannabinoid plants under highly controlled and standardized conditions, extraction and purification processes, manufacture of finished products and labeling and packaging, which includes product information, tamper evidence and anti-counterfeit features. In addition, we must ensure therapeutic consistency among our batches, including clinical batches and, if approved, marketing batches. Demonstrating such consistency may require typical manufacturing controls as well as clinical data. We must also ensure that our batches conform to complex release specifications. For each step in the manufacturing process, we are currently reliant on single manufacturing facilities and no back-up facilities are yet in place. Because Sativex is a complex mixture manufactured from plant materials, and because the release specifications may not be identical in all countries, certain batches may fail release testing and not be able to be commercialized. If we are unable to manufacture Sativex or other product candidates in accordance with regulatory specifications, or if there are disruptions in our manufacturing process due to damage, loss or otherwise, or failure to pass regulatory inspections of our manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to meet the current demand for Sativex or supply sufficient product for use in clinical trials, and this may also harm our ability to commercialize Sativex and our product candidates on a timely or cost-competitive basis, if at all. In addition, we are in the process of expanding and upgrading parts of our manufacturing facilities in order to meet future demand and FDA requirements, a program which requires significant time and resources. We also expect to expand and upgrade other parts of our manufacturing facilities in the future. These activities may lead to delays, interruptions to supply, or may prove to be more costly than anticipated. Any problems in our manufacturing process could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, under the Sativex license agreements, we generate revenue from the supply of commercial product to our partners at a fixed percentage of partners' net sales, and hence any increases in our manufacturing costs will adversely affect our margins and our financial condition.

        In addition, before we can begin commercial manufacture of Sativex for sale in the United States, we must obtain FDA regulatory approval for the product, which requires a successful FDA inspection of our manufacturing facilities, processes and quality systems in addition to other product-related approvals. Further, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities are continuously subject to inspection by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, before and after product approval. Due to the complexity of the processes used to manufacture Sativex and our product candidates, we may be unable to initially or continue to pass federal, state or international regulatory inspections in a cost effective manner. If we are unable to comply with manufacturing regulations, we may be subject to fines, unanticipated compliance expenses, recall or seizure of any approved products, total or partial suspension of production and/or enforcement actions, including injunctions, and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

9


Table of Contents

Product recalls or inventory losses caused by unforeseen events, cold chain interruption and testing difficulties may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

        Sativex and our product candidates are manufactured and distributed using technically complex processes requiring specialized facilities, highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company and government standards for the manufacture of our products, subjects us to production risks. For example, during the manufacturing process we have from time to time experienced defects in components which have caused vial sealing faults, resulting in vial leakage, pump dispenser faults which have resulted in under-filling of vials and misalignment of labels and tamper evident seals. While product batches released for use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some defects may only be identified following product release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in these intermediate products not complying with stability requirements or specifications. Most of our products must be stored and transported at temperatures within a certain range, which is known as "strict cold chain" storage and transportation. If these environmental conditions deviate, our products' remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their efficacy and safety could become adversely affected, making them no longer suitable for use. The occurrence or suspected occurrence of production and distribution difficulties can lead to lost inventories, and in some cases product recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and delays of new product launches.

Sativex and our product candidates contain controlled substances, the use of which may generate public controversy.

        Since Sativex and our product candidates contain controlled substances, their regulatory approval may generate public controversy. Political and social pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in approval of, and increased expenses for, Sativex and our product candidates. These pressures could also limit or restrict the introduction and marketing of Sativex and our product candidates. Adverse publicity from cannabis misuse or adverse side effects from cannabis or other cannabinoid products may adversely affect the commercial success or market penetration achievable by Sativex and our product candidates. The nature of our business attracts a high level of public and media interest, and in the event of any resultant adverse publicity, our reputation may be harmed.

Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our product candidates and could disrupt our product sales.

        Loss of our manufacturing facilities, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire or other causes, or loss of our botanical raw material due to pathogenic infection or other causes, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for Sativex, to continue product development activities and to conduct our business. Failure to supply our partners with commercial product may lead to adverse consequences, including the right of partners to take over responsibility for product supply. We currently have insurance coverage to compensate us for such business interruptions; however, such coverage may prove insufficient to fully compensate us for the damage to our business resulting from any significant property or casualty loss to our inventory or facilities.

We have significant and increasing liquidity needs and may require additional funding.

        Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. Excluding receipts from milestone fees, our cash flow used for operating activities for the years ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012 was £7.7 million and £8.0 million, respectively. We expect our operating and management and administrative expenses and cash used for operations to continue to be significant and to increase substantially in connection with our planned research, development and continued product

10


Table of Contents

commercialization efforts and as we establish ourselves as a U.S. public company. Over the next two years, excluding receipts from product sales, milestone fees and any potential fees resulting from new business development activity, we estimate that cash flow used for operating expenses will be approximately £30.0 million. We may need to raise additional capital to fund our operations and continue to conduct clinical trials to support potential regulatory approval of marketing applications.

        The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

    the timing of FDA approval, if any, and approvals in international markets of Sativex and our other product candidates, if at all;

    the timing and amount of revenue from sales of Sativex, or revenue from grants or other sources;

    the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other product development programs;

    costs of establishing or outsourcing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

    costs and timing of completion of expanded in-house manufacturing facilities as well as any outsourced commercial manufacturing supply arrangements for Sativex and our product candidates;

    costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights associated with our product candidates;

    costs of operating as a U.S. public company;

    the effect of competing technological and market developments;

    the continuation of our existing collaboration agreements;

    personnel, facilities and equipment requirements; and

    the terms and timing of any additional collaborative, licensing, co-promotion or other arrangements that we may establish.

        While we expect to fund our future capital requirements from cash flow from operations, including milestone and other payments from our partners, we cannot assure you that any of these funding sources will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all.

The presence or absence of one or more new large orders in a specific quarter, our ability to process orders or the cancellation of previous orders may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis.

        We supply products to our commercial partners in response to their monthly purchase order schedules. Historically, the size of each purchase order has fluctuated. As a result, the presence or absence in a specific quarter of one or more new large orders or delays in our ability to process large orders or the cancellation of previous orders may cause our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly basis. These fluctuations may be significant from one quarter to the next. Any demands that require us to quickly increase production may create difficulties for us. In addition, our limited commercial history and the characteristic of our orders in any quarterly period make it very difficult to accurately predict or forecast our future operating results.

We are exposed to risks related to currency exchange rates.

        We conduct a significant portion of our operations outside the United Kingdom. Because our financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, changes in currency exchange rates have had and

11


Table of Contents

could have a significant effect on our operating results. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the pound sterling create risk in several ways, including the following: weakening of the pound sterling may increase the pound sterling cost of overseas research and development expenses and the cost of sourced product components outside the United Kingdom; strengthening of the pound sterling may decrease the value of our revenues denominated in other currencies; the exchange rates on non-sterling transactions and cash deposits can distort our financial results; and commercial Sativex pricing and profit margins are affected by currency fluctuations.

If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, we will incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit the commercialization of Sativex and our product candidates.

        Although we have never had any product liability claims or lawsuits brought against us, we face potential product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials, and we currently face exposure to claims in jurisdictions where we market and distribute Sativex. We may face exposure to claims by an even greater number of persons if we begin marketing and distributing our products commercially in the United States and elsewhere, including those relating to misuse of Sativex. Now, and in the future, an individual may bring a liability claim against us alleging that Sativex or one of our product candidates caused an injury. While we continue to take what we believe are appropriate precautions, we may be unable to avoid significant liability if any product liability lawsuit is brought against us. Although we have purchased insurance to cover product liability lawsuits, if we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, or if such insurance coverage is inadequate, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

    decreased demand for Sativex and our other product candidates, if such product candidates are approved;

    injury to our reputation;

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

    costs of related litigation;

    substantial monetary awards to patients and others;

    increased cost of liability insurance;

    loss of revenue; and

    the inability to successfully commercialize our products.

We depend upon our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain employees.

        Our future growth and success depend on our ability to recruit, retain, manage and motivate our employees. The loss of the services of any member of our senior management, including our Chairman, Dr. Geoffrey Guy, our Chief Executive Officer, Justin Gover and our Research and Development Director, Dr. Stephen Wright, or the inability to hire or retain experienced management personnel could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. Because of the specialized scientific and managerial nature of our business, we rely heavily on our ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical field is intense. Due to this intense competition, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to recruit suitable replacement personnel.

12


Table of Contents

We expect to face intense competition, often from companies with greater resources and experience than we have.

        The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. The industry continues to expand and evolve as an increasing number of competitors and potential competitors enter the market. Many of these competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technological, managerial and research and development resources and experience than we have. Some of these competitors and potential competitors have more experience than we have in the development of pharmaceutical products, including validation procedures and regulatory matters. In addition, Sativex competes with, and our other therapeutics, if successfully developed, will compete with, product offerings from large and well-established companies that have greater marketing and sales experience and capabilities than we or our collaboration partners have. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may be unable to grow and sustain our revenue.

If we are unable to use net operating loss carryforwards and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments or benefit from favorable tax legislation, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

        As a U.K. resident trading entity, we are subject to U.K. corporate taxation. At September 30, 2013, we had cumulative carry forward tax losses of £33.6 million. These are available to carry forward and offset against future operating profits. As a company that carries out extensive research and development activities, we benefit from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime, whereby we are able to surrender losses that arise from research and development activity for a cash rebate that equals 24.75% of the eligible research and development expenditure. We also expect to benefit in the future from the new "patent box" initiative, which started to come into effect in the United Kingdom in April 2013. This initiative effectively allows profits attributable to revenue from patented products to be taxed at a lower rate than other revenues that over time will be reduced to 10%. When taken in combination with the enhanced relief available on our research and development expenditure, we expect that this will result in a long-term low rate of corporation tax. If, however, there are unexpected adverse changes to the U.K. research and development tax credit regime or "patent box" initiative, or we are unable to qualify for such advantageous tax legislation, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We are subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We and our commercial partners operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

        We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions

13


Table of Contents

on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.

        However, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure of our information technology systems could significantly disrupt the operation of our business.

        Our ability to execute our business plan and to comply with regulators requirements with respect to data control and data integrity, depends, in part, on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems, or IT systems. These systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our IT systems, sustained or repeated system failures or problems arising during the upgrade of any of our IT systems that interrupt our ability to generate and maintain data, and in particular to operate our proprietary technology platform, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

Legislative or regulatory reform of the health care system in the United States and foreign jurisdictions may affect our ability to profitably sell our products, if approved.

        Our ability to commercialize our future products successfully, alone or with collaborators, will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for the products will be available from government and health administration authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors. The continuing efforts of the U.S. and foreign governments, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of health care services to contain or reduce health care costs may adversely affect our ability to set prices for our products which we believe are fair, and our ability to generate revenues and achieve and maintain profitability.

        Specifically, in both the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the health care system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA, enacted in the United States in March 2010, substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers.

        We expect further federal and state proposals and health care reforms to continue to be proposed by legislators, which could limit the prices that can be charged for the products we develop and may limit our commercial opportunity.

        The continuing efforts of government and other third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of health care through various means may limit our commercial opportunity. It will be time consuming and expensive for us to go through the process of seeking coverage and reimbursement from Medicare and private payors. Our products may not be considered cost effective, and government and third-party private health insurance coverage and reimbursement may not be available to patients for any of our future products or sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a competitive and profitable basis. Our

14


Table of Contents

results of operations could be adversely affected by PPACA and by other health care reforms that may be enacted or adopted in the future. In addition, increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States will continue to put pressure on the pricing of pharmaceutical products. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we or any potential collaborators could receive for any of our future products and could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue in the U.S. market and maintain profitability.

        In some foreign countries, including major markets in the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take 6 to 12 months or longer after the receipt of regulatory marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a pharmacoeconomic study that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies. Such pharmacoeconomic studies can be costly and the results uncertain. Our business could be harmed if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels.

We may acquire other companies which could divert our management's attention, result in additional dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

        We may in the future seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our product offerings, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

    incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

    diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

    unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

    harm to our existing business relationships with collaboration partners as a result of the acquisition;

    harm to our brand and reputation;

    the potential loss of key employees;

    use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

    use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

        In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results arising from the impairment assessment process. Acquisitions may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

15


Table of Contents


Risks Related to Our Reliance Upon Third Parties

We depend substantially on the commercial expertise of our collaboration partners.

        We do not have a sales and marketing operation and rely on the expertise and commercial skills of our collaboration partners to sell Sativex. We have entered into agreements for the commercialization of Sativex with Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Otsuka in the United States; Novartis Pharma AG, or Novartis, in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer HealthCare AG in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group in Israel. Our ability to successfully market and sell Sativex in each of these markets depends entirely on the expertise and commercial skills of our collaboration partners. Our partners have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate their agreements with us, and three of our partners, Almirall, Otsuka and Novartis, have the right to terminate their agreements with us without cause. A failure by our partners to successfully market Sativex, or the termination of agreements with our partners, will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely heavily on Otsuka for funding of our research and development programs and overhead, and Otsuka is a joint owner of the intellectual property resulting from our pre-clinical research collaboration.

        We rely heavily on our relationship with Otsuka for the funding of our research and development programs and for overhead expenses. Under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka with respect to Sativex in the United States, Otsuka funds all pre-clinical and clinical trials for the development of Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain. As provided for under the terms of this agreement, we also expect Otsuka to fund pre-clinical and clinical trials required for the development of Sativex in the treatment of MS spasticity in the United States. If Otsuka were to terminate this agreement, we would be required to find alternative funding for our clinical program for the development of Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain and MS spasticity or face substantial delays in, or possible termination of, that program. In addition, under a separate global research collaboration for research of cannabinoids in central nervous system, or CNS, and oncology, we received funds from Otsuka from 2007 to June 2013. The term of this research collaboration agreement with Otsuka ended in June 2013 and we expect an increase in our GW-funded research and development expenditure as a result of this change.

        In addition, the research collaboration agreement provided that all intellectual property rights (including both patents and non-manufacturing related know-how) that was conceived by either Otsuka or us during the course of the collaboration is to be jointly owned by Otsuka and us. We have 11 patent families with 219 jointly owned patent applications relating to our collaboration with Otsuka, including those directed to the use of Sativex in the CNS and/or oncology field or that are otherwise relevant to Sativex. Because Otsuka exercises some control over this jointly owned intellectual property, we may need to seek Otsuka's consent to pursue, use, license and/or enforce some of this collaboration intellectual property in the future. In addition, Otsuka has the right to develop and commercialize a synthetic cannabinoid molecule product (a molecule not based on a phytocannabinoid but which has an effect on the endocannabinoid system) subject to payment of a royalty to us. An unexpected deterioration in our relationship with Otsuka would have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing collaboration arrangements and any that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize Sativex and our product candidates.

        We are a party to, and may seek additional, collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of our current and potential product candidates, including for the commercialization of Sativex. We may enter into new arrangements on a selective basis depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for

16


Table of Contents

ourselves as compared to entering into selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for each product candidate, both in the United States and internationally. To the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, we will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish, implement and maintain collaborations or other alternative arrangements if we choose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaboration or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

        Any existing or future collaboration that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations.

        Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding development, intellectual property, regulatory or commercialization matters, can lead to delays in the development process or commercialization of the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision making authority.

        Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials and components required to manufacture Sativex and our other product candidates. The loss of these suppliers, or their failure to supply us on a timely basis, could cause delays in our current and future capacity and adversely affect our business.

        We depend on a limited number of suppliers for the materials and components required to manufacture Sativex and our other product candidates. For example, we rely on single-source suppliers to supply various components of Sativex, including the glass vial, pump actuator and dose counter. In addition, we rely on a single contractor for commercial supply of botanical raw material. As a result, we may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of critical materials and components in the future. A delay or interruption by our suppliers may also harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier can be lengthy, and we may experience delays in meeting demand in the event we must switch to a new supplier. The time and effort to qualify for and, in some cases, obtain regulatory approval for a new supplier could result in additional costs, diversion of resources or reduced manufacturing yields, any of which would negatively impact our operating results. Our dependence on single-source suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including the following: our suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices or renegotiate terms; we may be unable to locate a suitable replacement supplier on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or at all; and delays caused by supply issues may harm our reputation, frustrate our customers and cause them to turn to our competitors for future needs.

A significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents are held at a small number of banks.

        A significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents is presently held at a small number of banks. Although our board has adopted a treasury policy requiring us to limit the amount of cash held by each banking group taking into account their credit ratings, we are subject to credit risk if any of these banks are unable to repay the balance in the applicable account or deliver our securities or if any bank should become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. Any of the above events could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

17


Table of Contents


Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates

Clinical trials for our product candidates are expensive, time consuming, uncertain and susceptible to change, delay or termination.

        Clinical trials are expensive, time consuming and difficult to design and implement. Even if the results of our clinical trials are favorable, the clinical trials for a number of our product candidates are expected to continue for several years and may take significantly longer to complete. In addition, we, the FDA, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or other regulatory authorities, including state and local, may suspend, delay or terminate our clinical trials at any time, or the DEA could suspend or terminate the registrations and quota allotments we require in order to procure and handle controlled substances, for various reasons, including:

    lack of effectiveness of any product candidate during clinical trials;

    discovery of serious or unexpected toxicities or side effects experienced by trial participants or other safety issues;

    slower than expected rates of subject recruitment and enrollment rates in clinical trials;

    difficulty in retaining subjects who have initiated a clinical trial but may withdraw at any time due to adverse side effects from the therapy, insufficient efficacy, fatigue with the clinical trial process or for any other reason;

    delays or inability in manufacturing or obtaining sufficient quantities of materials for use in clinical trials due to regulatory and manufacturing constraints;

    inadequacy of or changes in our manufacturing process or product formulation;

    delays in obtaining regulatory authorization to commence a trial, including "clinical holds" or delays requiring suspension or termination of a trial by a regulatory agency, such as the FDA, before or after a trial is commenced;

    DEA-related recordkeeping, reporting, or security violations at a clinical site, leading the DEA or state authorities to suspend or revoke the site's controlled substance license and causing a delay or termination of planned or ongoing trials;

    changes in applicable regulatory policies and regulation, including changes to requirements imposed on the extent, nature or timing of studies;

    delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms in clinical trial contracts or protocols with prospective clinical trial sites;

    delay or failure to supply product for use in clinical trials which conforms to regulatory specification;

    unfavorable results from ongoing pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

    failure of our contract research organizations, or CROs, or other third-party contractors to comply with all contractual requirements or to perform their services in a timely or acceptable manner;

    failure by us, our employees, our CROs or their employees to comply with all applicable FDA or other regulatory requirements relating to the conduct of clinical trials or the handling, storage, security and recordkeeping for controlled substances;

    scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and clinical institutions; or

    failure to design appropriate clinical trial protocols; or regulatory concerns with cannabinoid products generally and the potential for abuse.

18


Table of Contents

        Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials.

        Generally, there is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials. We may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials similar to the experience of a number of other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials. Further, even if we view the results of a clinical trial to be positive, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of the data. For instance, because a large percentage of subjects in our pivotal trials for Sativex in cancer pain are being enrolled at sites outside the United States, differences in efficacy results between U.S. and ex-U.S. sites could cause the FDA to require additional trials. In the event that we obtain negative results from the Sativex cancer pain Phase 3 trials or from the planned Phase 3 clinical trial of Sativex for MS spasticity or cannot reach agreement with the FDA on the design of the Phase 3 trial for MS spasticity, or receive poor clinical results for our other product candidates, or the FDA places a clinical hold on our Phase 3 trials due to potential Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls issues or other hurdles or does not approve our New Drug Application, or NDA, for Sativex, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue or obtain financing to continue our operations, our ability to execute on our current business plan will be materially impaired, our reputation in the industry and in the investment community would likely be significantly damaged and the price of our ADSs would likely decrease significantly.

Serious adverse events or other safety risks could require us to abandon development and preclude, delay or limit approval of our product candidates, or limit the scope of any approved label or market acceptance.

        If Sativex or any of our product candidates, prior to or after any approval for commercial sale, cause serious or unexpected side effects, or are associated with other safety risks such as misuse, abuse or diversion, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

    regulatory authorities may interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials;

    regulatory authorities may deny regulatory approval of our product candidates;

    regulatory authorities may require certain labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or limitations on the indications for use, and/or impose restrictions on distribution in the form of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, in connection with approval, if any;

    regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval, require more onerous labeling statements or impose a more restrictive REMS of any product that is approved;

    we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

    our relationships with our collaboration partners may suffer;

    we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; or

    our reputation may suffer.

        We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants or if preliminary data demonstrate that our product candidates are unlikely to receive regulatory approval or unlikely to be successfully commercialized. To date, we have only voluntarily suspended clinical trials when recruitment of the target patients has proven to be too difficult. In addition, regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any time recommend the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request

19


Table of Contents

that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants. Although we have never been asked by a regulatory agency, IRB or data safety monitoring board to temporarily or permanently discontinue a clinical trial, if we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate a clinical trial of Sativex or any other of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for that product will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from that product may be delayed or eliminated. Furthermore, any of these events could prevent us or our partners from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates and impair our ability to generate revenue from the commercialization of these products either by us or by our collaboration partners.

Our ability to research, develop and commercialize Sativex and our product candidates is dependent on our ability to maintain licenses relating to the cultivation, possession and supply of controlled substances.

        Our research and manufacturing facilities are located exclusively in the United Kingdom. In the United Kingdom, licenses to cultivate, possess and supply cannabis for medical research are granted by the Home Office on an annual basis. Although the Home Office has renewed our licenses each year since 1998, it may not do so in the future, in which case we may not be in a position to carry on our research and development program in the United Kingdom. In addition, we are required to maintain our existing commercial licenses to cultivate, produce and supply cannabis. However, if the Home Office were not prepared to renew such licenses, we would be unable to manufacture and distribute our products on a commercial basis in the United Kingdom or beyond. In order to carry out research in countries other than the United Kingdom, similar licenses to those outlined above are required to be issued by the relevant authority in each country. In addition, we will be required to obtain licenses to export from the United Kingdom and to import into the recipient country. To date, we have obtained necessary import and export licenses to 34 countries. Although we have an established track record of successfully obtaining such licenses as required, this may change in the future.

        In the United States, the DEA regulates the cultivation, possession and supply of cannabis for medical research and/or commercial development, including the requirement of annual registrations to manufacture or distribute pharmaceutical products derived from cannabis extracts. We do not currently conduct any manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling of either Sativex or its active ingredients, or any product candidates, in the United States. In the event that we sought to do so in the future, a decision to manufacture, or supply cannabis extracts for medical research or commercial development in the United States would require that we and/or our contract manufacturers maintain such registrations, and be subject to other regulatory requirements such as manufacturing quotas, and if the DEA failed to issue or renew such registrations, we would be unable to manufacture and distribute any product in the United States on a commercial basis.

Any failure by us to comply with existing regulations could harm our reputation and operating results.

        We are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state and foreign governments in each of the markets where we currently sell Sativex or in markets where we have product candidates progressing through the approval process. We must adhere to all regulatory requirements including the FDA's Good Laboratory Practice, current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, and Good Clinical Practice requirements. If we or our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulations, including FDA pre-or post-approval cGMP requirements, then the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities could sanction us. Even if a drug is FDA-approved, regulatory authorities may impose significant restrictions on a product's indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-marketing trials.

20


Table of Contents

        If Sativex, or any of our other product candidates, is approved in the United States, it will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States. In addition, manufacturers and manufacturers' facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers (in the event contract manufacturers are appointed in the future) are subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with cGMP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, quality control and quality assurance. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA, and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product's approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have FDA approval.

        If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of the product, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may:

    issue warning letters;

    impose civil or criminal penalties;

    suspend regulatory approval;

    suspend any of our ongoing clinical trials;

    refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

    impose restrictions on our operations, including closing our contract manufacturers' facilities, if any; or

    seize or detain products or require a product recall.

        Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from Sativex and our product candidates. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our business and our operating results will be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to generate revenue from sales of Sativex, our potential for achieving profitability will be diminished and the capital necessary to fund our operations will be increased.

        Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management's attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation. We expend significant resources on compliance efforts and such expenses are unpredictable and might adversely affect our results. Changing laws, regulations and standards might also create uncertainty, higher expenses and increase insurance costs. As a result, we intend to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with evolving standards, and this investment might result in increased management and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

21


Table of Contents

The anticipated development of a REMS for Sativex and our other product candidates could cause delays in the approval process and would add additional layers of regulatory requirements that could impact our ability to commercialize Sativex and our other product candidates in the United States and reduce their market potential.

        As a condition of approval of an NDA, the FDA may require a REMS to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS elements can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug's safety or efficacy. We may be required to adopt a REMS for Sativex and our other product candidates to ensure that the benefits outweigh the risks of abuse, misuse, diversion and other potential safety concerns. Even if abuse, misuse and diversion are not as high as for other cannabinoid products, there can be no assurance that the FDA will approve a manageable REMS for Sativex and our product candidates, which could create material and significant limits on our ability to successfully commercialize Sativex and our product candidates in the United States. Delays in the REMS approval process could result in delays in the NDA approval process. In addition, as part of the REMS, the FDA could require significant restrictions, such as restrictions on the prescription, distribution and patient use of the product, which could significantly impact our ability to effectively commercialize Sativex and our product candidates, and dramatically reduce their market potential thereby adversely impacting our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if initial REMS are not highly restrictive, if, after launch, Sativex and our product candidates were to be subject to significant abuse/non-medical use or diversion from licit channels, this could lead to negative regulatory consequences, including a more restrictive REMS.

If we are found in violation of federal or state "fraud and abuse" laws, we may be required to pay a penalty and/or be suspended from participation in federal or state health care programs, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        After we obtain marketing approval for our products in the United States, if any, we will be subject to various federal and state health care "fraud and abuse" laws, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws and other laws intended to reduce fraud and abuse in federal and state health care programs, which could affect us particularly upon successful commercialization of our products in the United States. The Medicare and Medicaid Patient Protection Act of 1987, or federal Anti-Kickback Statute, makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug for which payment may be made under a federal health care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Under federal government regulations, some arrangements, known as safe harbors, are deemed not to violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although we seek to structure our business arrangements in compliance with all applicable requirements, these laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how the law will be applied in specific circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that our practices may be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. False claims laws prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully presenting or causing to be presented for payment to third-party payers, including government payers, claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services that were not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Cases have been brought under false claims laws alleging that off-label promotion of pharmaceutical products or the provision of kickbacks has resulted in the submission of false claims to governmental health care programs. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we are prohibited from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers, or knowingly and willfully falsifying,

22


Table of Contents

concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including fines and/or exclusion or suspension from federal and state health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and debarment from contracting with the U.S. government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states.

        Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal anti-kickback statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for health care services reimbursed by any source, not just governmental payers. In addition, California and a few other states have passed laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the April 2003 Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and/or the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals. In addition, several states impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state. There are ambiguities as to what is required to comply with these state requirements and if we fail to comply with an applicable state law requirement we could be subject to penalties.

        Neither the government nor the courts have provided definitive guidance on the application of fraud and abuse laws to our business. Law enforcement authorities are increasingly focused on enforcing these laws, and it is possible that some of our practices may be challenged under these laws. While we believe we have structured our business arrangements to comply with these laws, it is possible that the government could allege violations of, or convict us of violating, these laws. If we are found in violation of one of these laws, we could be required to pay a penalty and could be suspended or excluded from participation in federal or state health care programs, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.


Risks Related to Controlled Substances

Controlled substance legislation differs between countries and legislation in certain countries may restrict or limit our ability to sell Sativex and our product candidates.

        Most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for Sativex and our other products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit Sativex or our other products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. For example, we are currently unable to file a regulatory application in Mexico due to a national law which the regulators consider prevents the approval of a cannabis-based medicine. Until recently, France had similar legal obstacles in place preventing the filing of a regulatory application for Sativex, but that legal obstacle was satisfactorily resolved in 2013 and the French regulatory authorities have recently recommended approval of Sativex. In the case of countries with similar obstacles, we would be unable to market Sativex and our product candidates in countries in the near future or perhaps at all if the laws and regulations in those countries do not change.

Sativex and the other product candidates we are developing will be subject to U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations and failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition.

        Sativex and certain product candidates we are developing contain controlled substances as defined in the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA. Controlled substances that are

23


Table of Contents

pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, no currently "accepted medical use" in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription.

        While cannabis is a Schedule I controlled substance, products approved for medical use in the United States that contain cannabis or cannabis extracts must be placed in Schedules II-V, since approval by the FDA satisfies the "accepted medical use" requirement. If and when Sativex receives FDA approval, the DEA will make a scheduling determination and place it in a schedule other than Schedule I in order for it to be prescribed to patients in the United States. If approved by the FDA, we expect the finished dosage form of Sativex to be listed by the DEA as a Schedule II or III controlled substance. Consequently, its manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and legitimate use will be subject to a significant degree of regulation by the DEA. In addition, the scheduling process may take one or more years, thereby delaying the launch of Sativex in the United States. Furthermore, if the FDA, DEA, or any foreign regulatory authority determines that Sativex may have potential for abuse, it may require us to generate more clinical or other data than we currently anticipate to establish whether or to what extent the substance has an abuse potential, which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of Sativex.

        DEA registration and inspection of facilities.     Facilities conducting research, manufacturing, distributing, importing or exporting, or dispensing controlled substances must be registered (licensed) to perform these activities and have the security, control, recordkeeping, reporting and inventory mechanisms required by the DEA to prevent drug loss and diversion. All these facilities must renew their registrations annually, except dispensing facilities, which must renew every three years. The DEA conducts periodic inspections of certain registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Obtaining the necessary registrations may result in delay of the importation, manufacturing or distribution of Sativex. Furthermore, failure to maintain compliance with the CSA, particularly non-compliance resulting in loss or diversion, can result in regulatory action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings.

        State-controlled substances laws.     Individual states have also established controlled substance laws and regulations. Though state-controlled substances laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately schedule Sativex and our product candidates as well. While some states automatically schedule a drug based on federal action, other states schedule drugs through rulemaking or a legislative action. State scheduling may delay commercial sale of any product for which we obtain federal regulatory approval and adverse scheduling could have a material adverse effect on the commercial attractiveness of such product. We or our partners must also obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle, and distribute controlled substances for clinical trials or commercial sale, and failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to those from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law.

24


Table of Contents

        Clinical trials.     Because Sativex contains cannabis extracts, which are Schedule I substances, to conduct clinical trials with Sativex in the United States prior to approval, each of our research sites must submit a research protocol to the DEA and obtain and maintain a DEA researcher registration that will allow those sites to handle and dispense Sativex and to obtain the product from our importer. If the DEA delays or denies the grant of a research registration to one or more research sites, the clinical trial could be significantly delayed, and we could lose clinical trial sites. The importer for the clinical trials must also obtain a Schedule I importer registration and an import permit for each import. We do not currently conduct any manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling of either Sativex or its active ingredients (i.e., the cannabis extract) in the United States. Sativex is imported in its fully-finished, packaged and labeled dosage form.

        Importation.     If Sativex is approved and classified as a Schedule II or III substance, an importer can import for commercial purposes if it obtains an importer registration and files an application for an import permit for each import. The DEA provides annual assessments/estimates to the International Narcotics Control Board which guides the DEA in the amounts of controlled substances that the DEA authorizes to be imported. The failure to identify an importer or obtain the necessary import authority, including specific quantities, could affect the availability of Sativex and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, an application for a Schedule II importer registration must be published in the Federal Register, and there is a waiting period for third party comments to be submitted.

        If Sativex is approved and classified as a Schedule II controlled substance, federal law may prohibit the import of the substance for commercial purposes. If Sativex is listed as a Schedule II substance, we will not be allowed to import the drug for commercial purposes unless the DEA determines that domestic supplies are inadequate or there is inadequate domestic competition among domestic manufacturers for the substance as defined by the DEA. Moreover, Schedule I controlled substances, including BDSs, have never been registered with the DEA for importation commercial purposes, only for scientific and research needs. Therefore, if neither Sativex nor its BDSs could be imported, Sativex would have to be wholly manufactured in the United States, and we would need to secure a manufacturer that would be required to obtain and maintain a separate DEA registration for that activity.

        Manufacture in the United States.     If, because of a Schedule II classification or voluntarily, we were to conduct manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling in the United States, our contract manufacturers would be subject to the DEA's annual manufacturing and procurement quota requirements. Additionally, regardless of the scheduling of Sativex, cannabis and the BDSs comprising the active ingredient in the final dosage form are currently Schedule I controlled substances and would be subject to such quotas as these substances could remain listed on Schedule I. The annual quota allocated to us or our contract manufacturers for the active ingredient in Sativex may not be sufficient to meet commercial demand or complete clinical trials. Consequently, any delay or refusal by the DEA in establishing our, or our contract manufacturers', procurement and/or production quota for controlled substances could delay or stop our clinical trials or product launches, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operations.

        Distribution in the United States.     If Sativex is scheduled as Schedule II or III, we would also need to identify wholesale distributors with the appropriate DEA registrations and authority to distribute the product to pharmacies and other health care providers. We would need to identify distributors to distribute the product to pharmacies; these distributors would need to obtain Schedule II or III distribution registrations. The failure to obtain, or delay in obtaining, or the loss any of those registrations could result in increased costs to us. If Sativex is a Schedule II drug, pharmacies would have to maintain enhanced security with alarms and monitoring systems and they must adhere to recordkeeping and inventory requirements. This, coupled with the fact that Sativex must be

25


Table of Contents

refrigerated, may discourage some pharmacies from carrying the product. Furthermore, state and federal enforcement actions, regulatory requirements, and legislation intended to reduce prescription drug abuse, such as the requirement that physicians consult a state prescription drug monitoring program may make physicians less willing to prescribe, and pharmacies to dispense, Schedule II products.

The approval and use of "medical marijuana" in the U.S. may impact our business.

        There is a substantial amount of change occurring in various states of the United States regarding the use of "medical marijuana." While marijuana is a Schedule 1 substance as defined under federal law, and its possession and use is not permitted according to federal law, a number of individual states have enacted state laws to enable possession and use of marijuana for medical purposes, and in some states for recreational purposes also. Our business is quite distinct from that of crude herbal marijuana, however, our prospects may be impacted by developments of these laws at the state level in the United States.


Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, and/or the intellectual property rights of our licensors.

        We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights against infringement and unauthorized use by competitors, and to protect our trade secrets. In so doing, we may place our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated, unenforceable, or limited or narrowed in scope. Further, an adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings may place pending applications at risk of non-issuance. In addition, if any licensor fails to enforce or defend their intellectual property rights, this may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and prevent competitors from making, using, and selling competing products. Any such litigation could be very costly and could distract our management from focusing on operating our business. The existence and/or outcome of any such litigation could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, because the content of much of our intellectual property concerns cannabis and other activities that are not legal in some state jurisdictions, we may face additional difficulties in defending our intellectual property rights.

        Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential and proprietary information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our ADSs.

We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology in the marketplace.

        Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, protect our trade secrets and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection (i.e., know how), and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property of Sativex and our product candidates. The strengths of patents in the pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. Where appropriate, we seek patent protection for certain aspects of our products and technology. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, so our policy is to patent commercially potential technology in jurisdictions with significant commercial opportunities. However, patent protection may not be available for some of the products or technology we are developing. If we must spend significant time and money protecting or enforcing our patents, designing around patents held by

26


Table of Contents

others or licensing, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. We may not develop additional proprietary products that are patentable.

        The patent positions of pharmaceutical products are complex and uncertain. The scope and extent of patent protection for Sativex and our product candidates are particularly uncertain. To date, our principal product candidates, including Sativex, have been based on specific formulations of certain previously known cannabinoids found in nature in the cannabis sativa plant. We anticipate that the products we develop in the future will continue to include or be based on the same or other naturally occurring compounds, as well as synthetic compounds we may discover. Although we have sought and expect to continue to seek patent protection for our product candidates, their methods of use, and methods of manufacture, any or all of them may not be subject to effective patent protection. Publication of information related to Sativex and our product candidates by us or others may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these products and product candidates. Furthermore, others may independently develop similar products, may duplicate our products, or may design around our patent rights. In addition, any of our issued patents may be declared invalid. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may face competition from companies who attempt to create a generic product to compete with Sativex. We may also face competition from companies who develop a substantially similar product to Sativex or one of our other product candidates, that is not covered by any of our patents.

        Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and enforcing intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

        We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary know-how and technological advances, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could enable competitors to develop generic products or use our proprietary information to develop other products that compete with our products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If third parties claim that intellectual property used by us infringes upon their intellectual property, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

        There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, and we cannot provide assurances that other companies will not, in the future, pursue such infringement claims against us or any third-party

27


Table of Contents

proprietary technologies we have licensed. If we were found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property right, or if we failed to obtain or renew a license under a patent or other intellectual property right from a third party, or if a third party that we were licensing technologies from was found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property rights of another third party, we may be required to pay damages, including triple damages if the infringement is found to be willful, suspend the manufacture of certain products or reengineer or rebrand our products, if feasible, or we may be unable to enter certain new product markets. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and divert management's attention and resources. Our competitive position could suffer as a result. In addition, if we have declined to enter into a valid non-disclosure or assignment agreement for any reason, we may not own the invention or our intellectual property and may not be adequately protected. Although we have reviewed certain third-party patents and patent filings that we believe may be relevant to Sativex, we have not conducted a full freedom-to-operate search or analysis for Sativex, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing Sativex. Thus, we cannot guarantee that Sativex, or our commercialization thereof, does not and will not infringe any third party's intellectual property.


Risks Related to Ownership of our American Depositary Shares (ADSs) and Ordinary Shares

The price of our ADSs and ordinary shares may be volatile.

        Many factors may have a material adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs, including, but not limited to:

    the loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel;

    announcements of the failure to obtain regulatory approvals or receipt of a complete response letter from the FDA;

    announcements of restricted label indications or patient populations, or changes or delays in regulatory review processes;

    announcements of therapeutic innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

    adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our clinical trials, manufacturing supply chain or sales and marketing activities;

    changes or developments in laws or regulations applicable to Sativex and our product candidates;

    any adverse changes to our relationship with licensors, manufacturers or suppliers;

    the failure of our testing and clinical trials;

    the failure to retain our existing, or obtain new, collaboration partners;

    announcements concerning our competitors or the pharmaceutical industry in general;

    the achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

    the failure to obtain reimbursements for our products or price reductions;

    manufacture, supply or distribution shortages;

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

    our cash position;

    changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

    potential acquisitions;

28


Table of Contents

    the trading volume of ADSs on Nasdaq and of our ordinary shares on the Alternative Investment Market, or AIM;

    sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our executive officers and directors or our shareholders in the future;

    general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the United States equity markets; and

    changes in accounting principles.

        In addition, the stock market in general, and Nasdaq in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.

The liquidity of our ADSs and ordinary shares may have an adverse effect on share price.

        As at September 30, 2013, we had 177,521,487 ordinary shares outstanding. 43,741,692 of these shares are held as ADSs and 133,779,795 held as ordinary shares (which are not held in the form of ADSs). In connection with our May 2013 initial public offering, or IPO, of ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market, we issued 3,678,000 million ADSs. There is a risk that there may not be sufficient liquidity in the market to accommodate significant increases in selling activity or the sale of a large block of our securities. Our ADSs have historically had limited trading volume, which may also result in volatility.

        Additionally, our ADSs are traded on Nasdaq and our ordinary shares are traded on the AIM. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The price of the ADSs could also be adversely affected by trading in our ordinary shares on the AIM. We may decide in the future to delist our ordinary shares from the AIM. We cannot predict the effect such delisting of our ordinary shares would have on the market price of the ADSs.

Securities traded on the AIM may carry a higher risk than shares traded on other exchanges that may impact the value of your investment.

        Our ordinary shares are currently traded on the AIM. Investment in equities traded on the AIM is perceived to carry a higher risk than an investment in equities quoted on exchanges with more stringent listing requirements, such as the London Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq. This is because the AIM imposes less stringent corporate governance and ongoing reporting requirements than those other exchanges. In addition, the AIM requires only semi-annual, rather than quarterly, financial reporting. You should be aware that the value of our ordinary shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which may be specific to us and some of which may affect AIM-listed companies generally, including the depth and liquidity of the market, our performance, a large or small volume of trading in our ordinary shares, legislative changes and general economic, political or regulatory conditions, and that the prices may be volatile and subject to extensive fluctuations. Therefore, the market price of our ordinary shares underlying the ADSs may not reflect the underlying value of our company.

Substantial future sales of our ordinary shares or the ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the price of the ADSs to decline.

        Sales of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of the ADSs to decline. The ordinary shares held by our directors,

29


Table of Contents

including our officers, are available for sale since the lock-up period at the time of the Nasdaq IPO has now expired. If any of our large shareholders or members of our management team seek to sell substantial amounts of our ADSs, particularly if these sales are in a rapid or disorderly manner, or other investors perceive that these sales could occur, the market price of our ADSs could decrease significantly.

You may not have the same voting rights as the holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise your right to vote.

        As a holder of ADSs, you will not have the right to vote the shares underlying the ADSs directly unless you cancel the ADS in accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement and vote the underlying shares at the applicable shareholders meeting. Holders of the ADSs will appoint the depositary or its nominee as their representative to exercise the voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. You may not receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

        The depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

        We are a "foreign private issuer," as defined in the Securities and Exchange Commission's, or SEC, rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.

        As a foreign private issuer, we will file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the close of each year ended September 30 and reports on Form 6-K relating to certain material events promptly after we publicly announce these events. However, because of the above exemptions for foreign private issuers, our shareholders will not be afforded the same protections or information generally available to investors holding shares in public companies organized in the United States.

30


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to certain Nasdaq corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. listed companies.

        We rely on a provision in Nasdaq's Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on Nasdaq.

        For example, we are exempt from Nasdaq regulations that require a listed U.S. company to:

    have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

    promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items;

    have an independent nominating committee;

    solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all shareholder meetings; and

    seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements.

        In accordance with our Nasdaq listing, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to Nasdaq-listed U.S. companies. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional Nasdaq requirements applicable to listed U.S. companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are "independent," using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal controls, our ability to produce fairly presented financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

        Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that beginning with our annual report for the year ending September 30, 2014, management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Start-ups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and have elected to take advantage of the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected and may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. We will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the earlier of such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company or our annual report for our year ending September 30, 2018.

        The presence of material weaknesses could result in financial statement errors which, in turn, could lead to errors in our financial reports, delays in our financial reporting, we could require us to restate our operating results or our auditors may be required to issue a qualified audit report. We might not identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in connection with

31


Table of Contents

evaluating our compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management's attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal control.

        If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or, at the appropriate time, our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of our ADSs could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq.

We incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

        As a company whose ADSs commenced trading in the United States in May 2013, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses which we did not previously incur. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform, Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs, relative to companies that are listed solely in the United Kingdom, and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We estimate that our annual compliance expenses are approximately £1.0 million in each of the next two fiscal years. For example, these rules and regulations have made it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of the ADSs, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our Company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this Annual Report.

        Our directors and the experts named in this Annual Report are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Mayer Brown International LLP, our English solicitors, advised us that there is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the United Kingdom will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the

32


Table of Contents

time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

        We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares and, therefore, certain of the rights of holders of ADSs, are governed by English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, and by our Articles. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law" in this Annual Report for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to us and, for example, the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections.

Item 4    Information On The Company

A.  History and Development of the Company

        GW Pharmaceuticals plc was founded in 1998 is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. Since June 28, 2001, our ordinary shares have been listed on the Alternative Investment Market, or AIM, a market operated by London Stock Exchange plc, under the symbol GWP. On May 1, 2013, we completed our initial public offering of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, on the Nasdaq Global Market. Our ADSs are traded under the symbol GWPH.

        Our registered and principal executive offices are located at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ, United Kingdom, our general telephone number is (+44) 198 055-7000 and our internet address is http://www.gwpharm.com. Our website and the information contained on or accessible through our website are not part of this document. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10011.

        In the three year period ended September 30, 2013, we have invested a total of £6.2 million in equipment and facilities. In addition, in our year ended September 30, 2013 we used finance lease arrangements to fund certain items of laboratory equipment costing £2.6 million. We have recently entered into contracts for the construction, fitout and 20 year lease of a new 10,000 square feet manufacturing facility and expect to enter into an operating lease for a further 3,261 square feet of property within the near term. The rental cost, under the terms of the operating lease for these facilities is expected to be £0.4 million per annum. In addition, the landlord has agreed to provide up to £7.8 million of fit-out funding, which will be repaid via additional rental payments of £1.0 million per annum over the first 15 years of the lease. The fit-out improvement funding will be accounted for as a finance lease, reflecting the financing nature of this transaction.

        We have not received any takeover offers from third parties, nor have we made any offers to acquire the business of any third parties.

        Since incorporation in 2001, there have been no changes to our company name, or to the way in which we conduct our business. Since our incorporation, we have traded solvently and have not been subject to any bankruptcy proceedings.

33


Table of Contents

B.  Business Overview

Business Overview

        We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics from our proprietary cannabinoid product platform in a broad range of disease areas. In our 14 years of operations, we have established a world leading position in the development of plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven drug discovery and development processes, our intellectual property portfolio and our regulatory and manufacturing expertise. We commercialized the world's first plant-derived cannabinoid prescription drug, Sativex®, which is approved for the treatment of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, in 22 countries outside the United States. We are also evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program for the treatment of cancer pain, and we anticipate that top-line results from at least one of the two ongoing pivotal Phase 3 trials will be available towards the end of 2014. Top-line results from the second pivotal Phase 3 trial are expected shortly after the first Phase 3 trial. This program is intended to support the submission of a New Drug Application, or NDA, for Sativex in cancer pain with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and in other markets around the world. We believe that MS spasticity also represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and in August 2013 we opened an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, with the FDA to pursue a Phase 3 clinical development program for this significant opportunity. We expect to commence a pivotal U.S. Phase 3 trial in 2014. If successful, we intend to submit the results of that study, along with the foreign clinical data collected in our clinical development program for MS spasticity to date, in an NDA for MS spasticity. We have a deep pipeline of additional cannabinoid product candidates, including orphan drug opportunities with a particular focus on pediatric epilepsy. In November 2013, we received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for Epidiolex®, our proprietary product candidate that contains plant-derived CBD as its active ingredient, for the treatment of Dravet syndrome, a severe infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome. We expect to advance further orphan drug opportunities in the next 12 months. Our product pipeline also includes compounds in Phase 1 and 2 clinical development for glioma, ulcerative colitis type-2 diabetes and schizophrenia.

        Our lead product, Sativex, is an oromucosal spray consisting of a formulated extract of the cannabis sativa plant that contains the principal cannabinoids delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, or THC, and cannabidiol, or CBD. We are evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to treat persistent pain in people with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief from optimized chronic opioid therapy, the current standard of care. This program represents the lead target indication for Sativex in the United States and is based on positive data from two Phase 2 trials of Sativex involving over 530 patients in this indication. According to Fallon, et al. in the March/April 2006 edition of Clinical Medicine, pain is uncontrolled with opioid treatments in approximately 20% of patients with advanced cancer, or 420,000 people in the United States. There are currently no approved non-opioid treatments for patients who do not respond to, or experience negative side effects with, opioid medications. We believe that Sativex has the potential to address a significant unmet need in this large market by treating patients with a product that employs a differentiated non-opioid mechanism of action, and offers the prospect of pain relief without increasing opioid-related adverse side effects. Our ongoing Phase 3 program is being conducted under an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, and consists of three clinical trials, the first two of which are expected to enroll 760 patients in total and are intended to form the basis of the NDA. These two Phase 3 trial protocols mirror our Phase 2b trial of Sativex with respect to patient population and treatment duration, and employ a primary efficacy endpoint which yielded statistically significant results in favor of Sativex in both Phase 2 trials. The costs of the Phase 3 program are fully funded by Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., or Otsuka.

        Sativex is commercially available for the treatment of MS spasticity in 11 countries outside the United States. We have also received regulatory approval for Sativex for MS spasticity in 11 additional countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in the majority of these countries in the next

34


Table of Contents

12 months. Two additional countries have recommended approval for Sativex in this indication and regulatory filings are under review in 10 other countries. While we believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for the United States, we also believe that cancer pain is the optimal entry point for Sativex in the United States from a commercial and regulatory perspective since we performed our MS spasticity pre-clinical and clinical program outside of the United States, and we anticipate that we will be required to conduct an additional development program prior to the submission of an NDA with the FDA for this indication. In August 2013, we opened an IND to conduct a pivotal efficacy and safety clinical trial to evaluate Sativex for the treatment of MS spasticity. The FDA provided initial feedback on design features necessary for the study to serve as a pivotal study in our development program. Consistent with the FDA's recommendations, we expect to submit a request for Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, to the FDA in the near future prior to commencing this Phase 3 trial in 2014. According to the World Health Organization, MS affects 1.3 million people worldwide, of which up to 80% suffer from spasticity, a symptom of MS characterized by muscle stiffness and uncontrollable spasms. There is no cure for spasticity, and it is widely recognized that currently available oral treatments afford only partial relief and have unpleasant side effects. Sativex offers the prospect of treating patients who have failed existing oral therapies and who might otherwise require invasive and costly alternative treatment options.

        The cannabis plant is the unique source of more than 70 structurally related plant-derived cannabinoids. Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share this property. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and a cannabinoid receptor system in the human body, known as the endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science and our research into a large number of these cannabinoids suggests that each has distinct pharmacological effects and potential therapeutic applications.

        Our proprietary cannabinoid product platform consists of a continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through our worldwide network of leading scientists, our intellectual property portfolio, in-house formulation, processing and manufacturing capabilities, and development and regulatory expertise. We believe that our proprietary cannabinoid product platform uniquely positions us to discover and develop cannabinoids as new therapeutics, and we are evaluating the potential for cannabinoids in the treatment of type-2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, disorders of the central nervous system, or CNS, including epilepsy and schizophrenia, cancer, and neurodegenerative disease.

        We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex provides important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. In addition to Sativex, we are developing other cannabinoid product candidates, including orphan drug opportunities with an initial focus on pediatric epilepsy. According to Russ in the February 2012 edition of Pediatrics, 6.3 per 1,000 children are currently diagnosed with epilepsy. Based on these findings, we estimate that there are 466,000 childhood epilepsy patients in the United States and 765,000 patients in Europe, of which an estimated 20%, or 93,200 patients in the United States and 153,000 in Europe, are deemed medically intractable. Although we do not have a commercial IND open for Epidiolex, in 2013, the FDA granted seven expanded access INDs to independent investigators in the United States to treat a total of approximately 125 children suffering from intractable epilepsy with Epidiolex, our liquid formulation of a highly purified CBD extract.

        In November 2013, we received Orphan Drug Designation for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome, a severe infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome for which there are currently no FDA approved treatments. According to Dravet et al in the 2012 edition of Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, up to 5% of epilepsies diagnosed in the first year of life are Dravet syndrome, equating to an estimated 5,440 patients in the United States and 6,710

35


Table of Contents

patients in Europe under the age of 20. It is likely that these figures will be an underestimate as this syndrome is underdiagnosed. We expect to hold a pre-IND meeting with the FDA in the near future to discuss the investigational plan for Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome, and we expect to commence clinical development in 2014. In addition to Dravet syndrome, we expect to apply for Orphan Drug Designation for Epidiolex for other pediatric epilepsy syndromes. Our epilepsy product candidates also include GWP42006, which features CBDV as the primary cannabinoid and which has shown anti-epileptic properties in pre-clinical studies. In the second half of 2013, we advanced GWP42006 into a Phase 1 trial. Beyond epilepsy-related orphan diseases, in October 2013 we commenced a Phase 1b trial of our GWP42002:GWP42003 product in the treatment of recurrent glioblastoma, or GBM, a particularly aggressive brain tumor which is considered an orphan disease by the FDA and the European Medicines Agency. According to the New England Journal of Medicine, GBM accounts for approximately 46% of the 22,500 new cases of brain cancer diagnosed in the United States each year. We expect to advance at least one further orphan drug opportunity in the next 12 months.

        Our cannabinoid product pipeline also includes GWP42004, which has completed a Phase 2a trial in the treatment of dyslipidemia in subjects with type-2 diabetes. Although, in this small trial, GWP42004 did not show a benefit in lipid control, GWP42004 did show some evidence of anti-diabetic effects. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 dose-ranging trial in early 2014 of GWP42004 to further explore the evidence of anti-diabetic effects seen in the earlier trial. In addition, we are developing GWP42003, a cannabinoid which has shown anti-inflammatory properties in pre-clinical studies. GWP42003 is currently in a Phase 2 trial for ulcerative colitis for which we expect data in the first half of 2014. We expect at least one additional program to advance into Phase 2 clinical trials in the next 12 months. Our early clinical development activities are conducted outside of the United States and we expect to submit INDs in the United States for our product candidates at a later stage in their development. For orphan product candidates, we generally expect to submit INDs in the United States at an earlier stage of clinical development.

36


Table of Contents

        Our commercialized product and key ongoing development programs are shown in the tables below:

Product/Product
Candidates
  Indication   Partner(s)   Status   Expected
Next Steps
Sativex   MS spasticity   Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis, Bayer and Neopharm   Approved in 22 countries   U.S. Phase 3 trial to commence in 2014. Additional ex-U.S. submissions, approvals and launches

Sativex

 

Cancer pain

 

Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis, Bayer and Neopharm

 

Phase 3 program ongoing

 

Phase 3 data towards the end of 2014

GWP42004

 

Type-2 diabetes

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 2a trial complete

 

Phase 2 dose ranging trial to commence in the first half of 2014

GWP42003

 

Ulcerative colitis

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 2 trial ongoing

 

Phase 2 data in the first half of 2014

GWP42003

 

Schizophrenia

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 1

 

Phase 2a to commence in the first half of 2014

GWP42006

 

Epilepsy

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 1

 

Phase 1 data in the first half of 2014

        Our current and proposed orphan drug development programs are shown in the table below:

Product/Product
Candidates
  Indication   Partner(s)   Status   Expected
Next Steps
Epidiolex   Pediatric epilepsy

Initial targets: Dravet syndrome and Lennox-Gastaut syndrome
  We retain global rights   Orphan Drug Designation granted by FDA for Dravet syndrome. INDs granted by FDA to outside investigators   Open sponsor IND in Dravet syndrome and commence Phase 2 trial. Obtain additional orphan drug designations.


Combination of GWP42002 and GWP42003


 


Glioblastoma


 


We retain global rights


 


Phase 1b trial ongoing


 


Phase 1b data from initial phase of trial in 2014

Intravenous GWP42003

 

Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy

 

We retain global rights

 

Pre-clinical

 

Apply for Orphan Drug Designation

37


Table of Contents

        To support the development and commercialization of Sativex, we have entered into license and development agreements with the following major pharmaceutical companies in selected territories: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Novartis Pharma AG, or Novartis, in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer HealthCare AG, or Bayer, in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group, or Neopharm, in Israel. These agreements provide our collaborators with the sole right to commercialize Sativex in exclusive territories for all indications. From our incorporation through September 30, 2013, these agreements have yielded cash of £67.5 million in upfront fees and milestone payments. In addition, we are entitled to receive up to an additional £201 million in potential payments upon the achievement of regulatory and commercial milestones. Upon commercialization, we are also entitled to receive revenue from the supply of products and royalties on product sales. In addition, under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka, all pre-clinical and clinical costs associated with the development of Sativex in the United States are fully funded by Otsuka.


Our Strengths

        We are a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics. We believe that we offer the following key distinguishing characteristics:

    Commercialized lead product and validated development and regulatory pathway.   We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex in MS spasticity provides important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. Sativex for MS spasticity is now approved in 22 countries outside of the United States, recommended for approval in two countries, and submitted for approval in ten additional countries. On this basis, we believe we can expand the approved indications for Sativex and develop a portfolio of additional cannabinoid therapeutics.

    Significant late stage opportunity in cancer pain, a large market.   We are currently evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to support the submission of an NDA in the United States and regulatory applications across other parts of the world for the treatment of advanced cancer pain. Our Phase 3 program follows positive Phase 2 data from clinical trials of Sativex involving over 530 patients. Our ongoing Phase 3 program consists of three clinical trials, the first two of which are expected to enroll 760 patients in total and are intended to form the basis of the NDA. These two Phase 3 trial protocols mirror our Phase 2b trial with respect to patient population and treatment duration, and employ a primary efficacy endpoint which yielded statistically significant results in both Phase 2 trials. The Phase 3 trials are fully funded by Otsuka, and we anticipate that top-line results from at least one of the Phase 3 trials will be available towards the end of 2014.

    Additional late stage opportunity in the United States for MS spasticity.   Sativex is approved for MS spasticity in 22 countries outside the United States. We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and we will be required to conduct an additional development program prior to the submission of a separate NDA with the FDA for this indication. In August 2013, we opened an IND to the FDA for a proposed Phase 3 trial in the MS spasticity indication and expect this trial to commence in 2014.

    A new emerging pipeline of cannabinoid orphan drug opportunities for which we retain global commercial rights.   In November 2013, we received orphan drug designation for Epidiolex in the treatment of Dravet syndrome, a severe, infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome. Also in 2013, the FDA granted seven INDs to independent investigators in the United States in 2013 to treat a total of approximately 125 children suffering from intractable

38


Table of Contents

      epilepsy. We are aware of other independent investigators in the United States who also intend to apply to the FDA for INDs to treat their patients with Epidiolex. We do not currently have a commercial IND open for Epidiolex and we now intend to apply for a commercial IND initially for Dravet syndrome and subsequently to seek commercial INDs for other potential orphan drug indications, including Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. We have also commenced a Phase 1b trial of a product to treat GBM, an aggressive brain tumor and potential orphan drug indication, and also plan on advancing at least one further cannabinoid orphan drug opportunity during 2014.

    Opportunity for first-in-class treatments across a large number of therapeutic targets.   We are at the forefront of the commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics using our proprietary product platform to identify, validate and develop innovative first-in-class therapeutics that are designed to meet significant unmet medical needs. Sativex and each of our other product candidates represent a novel approach and aim to provide benefits that are superior to existing treatment options, by providing efficacy where current treatments have failed and/or offering an improved safety profile. We believe our cannabinoid research may yield new product candidates in a broad range of diseases, including in the treatment of type-2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, CNS disorders, including epilepsy and schizophrenia, cancer and neurodegenerative disease.

    Collaborations with major global pharmaceutical companies for Sativex.   We have entered into collaboration agreements for Sativex, including with Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis and Bayer. From our incorporation through September 30, 2013, we have received cash of £67.5 million in upfront fees and milestones. In addition, we are eligible to receive up to an additional £201 million in potential milestone payments, plus product supply revenue and royalties upon commercialization. In addition, Otsuka is required to fund all pre-clinical and clinical research activities towards achieving FDA approval for Sativex in all indications.

    Strong competitive position in a highly specialized and regulated field.   We believe we are uniquely positioned to benefit from the significant potential within the field of cannabinoid therapeutics in which we have developed a successful track record and expertise during our 15 years of operations. In addition, we believe the highly specialized area of research and high degree of international regulations by governmental authorities, create substantial barriers to entry. We have an intellectual property portfolio including 46 patent families with issued and/or pending claims directed to plants, plant extracts, extraction technology, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of cannabinoids. Supplementing our traditional intellectual property, we own plant variety rights and possess a significant body of know-how and trade secrets pertaining to plant breeding and growing.

    In-house manufacturing capabilities and expertise in controlled substances.   We operate under good manufacturing practice, or GMP, commercial manufacturing licenses in the United Kingdom, which give us the capability to supply our products to global markets. We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to 34 countries and have substantial expertise in, and experience with, relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics.

    Highly experienced management team and network of leading scientists.   Several members of our leadership team have been in place for over ten years. We have a fully integrated in-house research and development organization, regulatory capabilities and commercial manufacturing expertise. As of September 30, 2013, our work force of 194 staff included 111 in research and development, 43 in manufacturing and operations, 23 in quality control and quality assurance and 17 in commercial and administrative functions. We closely collaborate with a broad network of leading scientists in the cannabinoid field, including 31 academic institutions in eight countries.

39


Table of Contents


Our Proprietary Cannabinoid Product Platform

        We believe we have established a world leading position in cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven proprietary cannabinoid product platform. Our platform consists of a continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through our network of world leading scientists, an intellectual property portfolio, in-house formulation, processing and manufacturing capabilities, and development and regulatory expertise. We further believe that we are in a unique position to develop and manufacture plant-derived cannabinoid formulations worldwide at sufficient quality, uniformity, scale and sophistication for the purposes of pharmaceutical development and to meet international regulatory requirements.

    Cannabinoid Science Overview

        Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share these properties. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science and our research into a large number of these cannabinoids suggests that each has distinct pharmacological effects and potential therapeutic applications.

        Our research to date has focused on the following plant-based cannabinoids:

THC (Delta-9 Tetrahydrocannabinol)   CBDVA (Cannabidivarin—Acid)

D8-THC (Delta-8 Tetrahydrocannabinol)

 

CBC (Cannabichromene)

THCA (Tetrahydrocannabinol—Acid)

 

CBG (Cannabigerol)

THCV (Tetrahydrocannabivarin)

 

CBGA (Cannabigerol—Acid)

THCVA (Tetrahydrocannabivarin—Acid)

 

CBGV (Cannabigerovarin)

CBD (Cannabidiol)

 

CBN (Cannabinol)

CBDA (Cannabidiol—Acid)

 

CBNV (Cannabinovarin)

CBDV (Cannabidivarin)

 

 

        Initial academic research in the field of cannabinoid science focused almost exclusively on THC. It has been widely published in scientific literature that THC has pain suppression, anti-spasmodic, anti-tremor, anti-inflammatory, appetite stimulant and anti-nausea properties. Our research and development, however, has focused primarily on exploring cannabinoids other than THC and identifying potential therapeutic applications of these other cannabinoids. We have focused particularly on CBD, which has shown in pre-clinical testing conducted by us and supported by publications in scientific literature to have anti-inflammatory, anti-convulsant, anti-psychotic, anti-oxidant, neuroprotective and immunomodulatory effects. In addition, we believe CBD is not intoxicating as evidenced by its distinct pharmacology from THC as well as evidence from clinical trials. In particular, the intoxicating effects of THC result from its activity as a partial agonist at the CB1 receptor; CBD does not have this same pharmacologic activity. There is a significant body of scientific literature on the properties of CBD, which consistently describes CBD as a cannabinoid without psychotropic effects. Furthermore, according to publications in scientific literature, in particular pre-clinical research published by Zuardi, et al. in the Journal of Psychopharmacology 1982 and clinical research published by Karniol, et al. in the European Journal of Pharmacology 1974, research suggests that the presence of CBD may mitigate some of the side-effects of THC. We have also identified important pharmacological effects of other cannabinoids, such as the anti-convulsant effects of CBDV, anti-diabetic effects of THCV, anti-nausea effects of CBDA and anti-cancer effects of CBG.

40


Table of Contents

        There are at least two types of cannabinoid receptors, CB1 and CB2, in the human endocannabinoid system. CB1 receptors are considered to be among the most widely expressed G protein-coupled receptors in the brain and are particularly abundant in areas of the brain concerned with movement and postural control, pain and sensory perception, memory, cognition, emotion, autonomic and endocrine function. CB1 receptors are also found in peripheral tissues including peripheral nerves and non-neuronal tissues such as muscle, liver tissues and fat. CB2 receptors are expressed primarily in tissues in the immune system and are believed to mediate the immunological effects of cannabinoids. In addition, research suggests the endocannabinoid system interacts with other important neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory systems in the human body, including TRP channels, adenosine uptake, and serotonin receptors. We believe that the far-reaching and diverse pharmacology of the numerous cannabinoids provides significant potential for development of cannabinoid therapeutics across many indications and disease areas.

    Our Product Development Approach

        Our approach to early product development of novel cannabinoids consists of the following stages:

        Cannabinoid Chemotype Development.     Our research activities commence with the generation of novel and proprietary cannabinoid plant types that produce selected cannabinoids. Our plant geneticists breed unique and protected "chemotypes," or plants characterized by their chemical content, such that we can precisely control the cannabinoid composition of a plant. We employ traditional methods of plant breeding, with no use of genetic modification. We select chemotypes on the basis of their cannabinoid profile, appropriate levels of concentration and botanical characteristics that enable commercial viability. We seek protection for chemotypes in the form of plant variety rights, which protect the plants and the material obtained therefrom in Europe.

        Extract Preparation.     After we generate the unique and protected chemotypes, we develop and characterize preparations from an extract of the chemotype. In addition to preparing whole plant extracts, we also modify the extract preparations by adding or removing certain components or purifying preparations to produce a purified cannabinoid. Each of these steps may give rise to patentable opportunities.

        Pharmacologic Evaluation.     We then conduct in vitro and in vivo pharmacologic evaluation studies in validated disease models, testing the potential activity, safety and routes of drug metabolism of each cannabinoid preparation as well as combinations of preparations. These studies seek to identify the pharmacology of cannabinoid preparations and allow us to determine the potential therapeutic area in which they might have promise. We then conduct additional pharmacology, toxicology and pre-clinical development on promising preparations.

        We conduct most of our pharmacologic evaluations in collaboration with cannabinoid scientists at academic institutions around the world. We enter into research collaboration agreements and other arrangements that enable us to benefit from the expertise of external scientists while retaining intellectual property rights that emerge from the study of our research materials.

        Product Composition and Formulation Development.     In parallel with the later stages of pharmacological evaluation, we identify optimum extraction and processing methods for the most promising preparations and then develop clinical formulations from the plant extract and analytical methodologies to further study the formulations. We are able to develop formulations of potential product candidates that focus on one or more cannabinoids as key active constituents as well as formulations that focus on a single cannabinoid. Each of these steps may give rise to patentable opportunities.

        Our formulation approach is exemplified by Sativex, the first approved cannabinoid therapeutic based on whole plant extracts from the cannabis plant. The main active ingredients of Sativex, THC

41


Table of Contents

and CBD, are extracted from two protected chemotypes. In addition to THC and CBD, Sativex contains additional cannabinoid and non-cannabinoid plant components. In order to achieve a fully standardized formulation of these complex extracts, we employ a range of advanced analytical technologies to demonstrate batch-to-batch uniformity. We standardize the formulation across the extracts as a whole, not simply by reference to their key active components.

        Clinical development.     Selected cannabinoid product candidates progress into clinical development. We have an in-house clinical operations team that has the proven capability to execute Phase 1, 2 and 3 trials rapidly and cost-effectively. Since our inception, we have undertaken an extensive program of clinical trials in over 3,000 patients, including over 20 Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials.

    Cannabinoid Product Production Process

        There are three principal steps in the manufacturing process for Sativex and our cannabinoid product candidates—production of botanical raw material, or BRM, botanical drug substance, or BDS, and botanical drug product, or BDP, in each instance as defined by FDA Guidance for Industry—Botanical Drug Products. We hold inventories of BRM and BDS, both of which have extended shelf lives that enable us to manufacture BDP on demand. We have in-house facilities that can perform all steps in the production process.

        BRM Production.     Once a cannabinoid plant type is selected to form the basis of a pharmaceutical product candidate, we reproduce the chemotype solely through propagation of plant cuttings, or clones, in order to ensure that all subsequent plant material is genetically uniform. Our plants are grown under highly controlled conditions in indoor glasshouses, in which all key features of the growing climate and growing process are standardized. The cultivation process lasts 11 weeks from plant cutting to harvest. Plant material is grown throughout the year and batches are harvested each week. Following harvest, plant material is dried and milled under standardized conditions. All of the plant-based raw materials for Sativex and our other pipeline product candidates are sourced from either our own in-house growing operations or from our sole growing sub-contractor.

        BDS Production.     BRM from each chemotype is processed and controlled separately to yield a well characterized and standardized extract as our BDS for a particular product or product candidate. Conversion from BRM to BDS involves several processing steps as well as employment of extraction technologies. A proprietary liquid carbon dioxide extraction method is employed for Sativex production.

        BDP Production.     BDP is the finished product manufactured from one or more BDS's at our in-house manufacturing facility. We manufacture Sativex and our other product candidates through a controlled series of processes resulting in a reproducible finished product manufactured to GMP standards. We are able to manufacture spray products (such as Sativex) and capsules.

    Advantages of Our Approach

        We believe that our focus on the development of therapeutics from plant-derived cannabinoids offers the following important advantages:

    Our approach offers advantages over development programs that focus on synthetic single-target potent molecules. There is an increasing recognition within the pharmaceutical industry that the aetiology of complex disease is multifactorial and that improved treatments will involve multiple or poly-pharmacology. We believe that our focus on the development of plant extract formulations containing one or more principal cannabinoids offers a multi-target profile designed to address many of the causative factors of complex diseases.

    Our approach is optimally suited to targeting the endocannabinoid system. This system has been shown to be altered by, and to contribute to, several chronic conditions, especially involving the

42


Table of Contents

      CNS. The inherent complexity of this system, and the ability of one part of the system to compensate for abnormalities elsewhere in the system makes the "single-target" approach to therapeutics unlikely to be successful.

    Our platform enables us to evaluate the therapeutic potential of single cannabinoids as well as combinations of cannabinoids. As demonstrated with Sativex, this approach offers the prospect of developing a product that enhances the efficacy and safety features of one cannabinoid with complementary features of another cannabinoid while remaining defined as a single new medicinal entity by regulatory authorities.

    Our research has generated pre-clinical evidence in a number of disease areas where cannabinoids contained within plant extract formulations may offer superior therapeutic promise compared with the corresponding pure cannabinoids.

    The chemical complexity of our plant-based formulations provides additional hurdles for potential generic competitors who will be required to demonstrate essential similarity.

    Scientific Collaborators

        Our research network extends to 31 academic institutions in eight countries. We work closely with the most eminent cannabinoid pharmacologists in the world, including Professor Roger Pertwee, Aberdeen University and Professor Vincenzo di Marzo, the Institute of Biomolecular Chemistry of the National Research Council (ICB-CNR). In target disease areas, we identify lead scientists and institutions with relevant expertise and enter into collaborations to advance our research efforts. In cancer, we collaborate with the research team at Complutense University, Madrid and with Professor Karol Sikora, Dean of Buckingham University and former Global Clinical Expert in Oncology at AstraZeneca. We conduct metabolic and inflammation research in collaboration with Professor Mike Cawthorne, University of Buckingham, Professor Jimmy Bell, Imperial College, London, and Professor Angelo Izzo, University of Naples. We conduct epilepsy research with Dr. Ben Whalley, University of Reading. All research with our collaborators is conducted under collaboration agreements, and any expert advice provided outside of research activity is governed by consulting agreements. The expertise of these collaborators relates principally to the pharmacology of cannabinoids and the early pre-clinical phases of product development.

        All results and the accumulated knowledge gained from this work is written up and reported to us on a quarterly basis and is usually shared among the network of collaborators such that no specific individuals have retained knowledge that is critical to any of our development programs. In addition, having completed the early phases of product development for our main product candidates, future developments will largely be focused on human clinical trials which are entirely managed by our in-house clinical management teams. As a result, we do not consider any single collaboration in isolation to be material to our business.

    Our Business Strategy

        Our goal is to capitalize on our leading position in the field of cannabinoid therapeutics by pursuing the following strategies:

    Secure regulatory approval of Sativex for advanced cancer pain in the United States and around the world.   We plan to expand the market for Sativex by concluding our Phase 3 program, involving over 1,000 patients, evaluating Sativex in the treatment of persistent pain in patients with advanced cancer. We expect data from at least one of the Phase 3 trials to be available towards the end of 2014 and data from the second Phase 3 trial shortly thereafter, following which we expect to submit an NDA with the FDA and regulatory applications across other parts of the world.

43


Table of Contents

    Advance our proprietary pipeline of cannabinoid orphan drug opportunities.   In November 2013, we received orphan drug designation for Epidiolex in the treatment of Dravet syndrome, a severe, infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome. Also in 2013, the FDA granted seven INDs to independent investigators in the United States to treat a total of approximately 125 children suffering from intractable epilepsy. We are aware of other outside investigators in the United States who also intend to apply to the FDA for INDs to treat their patients. We do not currently have a commercial IND open for Epidiolex and we now intend to apply for a commercial IND initially for Dravet syndrome and subsequently to seek commercial INDs for other potential orphan drug indications, including Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. We have commenced a Phase 1b trial of another product, GWP42002:GWP42003, to treat GBM, an aggressive brain tumor and potential orphan drug indication, and also plan on advancing at least one further cannabinoid orphan drug opportunity during 2014. We retain global commercial rights to our orphan pipeline.

    Achieve global commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity.   Sativex was recently launched for MS spasticity in 11 countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in several additional countries in the next 12 months. Additionally, we intend to seek and obtain approval for Sativex in this indication in countries in Asia, Middle East, Africa and Latin America, and to commence a Phase 3 clinical trial of Sativex for MS spasticity in 2014 required for submission of a separate NDA with the FDA.

    Advance additional product candidates in our pipeline towards commercialization with a particular focus on the United States market.   We have a deep product pipeline which includes two other cannabinoid product candidates in Phase 2 trials for the treatment of type-2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, a product candidate in Phase 1 trials for the treatment of epilepsy, and a product candidate expected to enter Phase 2 trials for the treatment of schizophrenia.

    Leverage our proprietary cannabinoid product platform to discover, develop and commercialize additional novel first-in-class cannabinoid products.   We intend to advance our leading position in cannabinoid therapeutics through the continuing discovery and development of new cannabinoid product candidates for multiple indications. We believe our established platform, including our in-house development expertise, allows us to achieve candidate selection and proof of concept in an efficient manner.

    Continue to selectively enter into new collaboration agreements for certain programs and retain full ownership and/or co-promotion opportunities for other programs.   We plan to seek future collaboration agreements for certain programs, while retaining commercial interests in other selected product opportunities where the development and commercialization activities are appropriate for our size and financial resources.

    Further strengthen our competitive position.   We will continue to develop our extensive international network of the most prominent scientists in the cannabinoid field and secure additional intellectual property rights in the form of patents relating to plant extracts, process technologies, formulations and therapeutic uses, as well as plant variety rights, know-how and trade secrets.

44


Table of Contents


Sativex

        Our lead product, Sativex, is an oromucosal spray of a formulated extract of the cannabis sativa plant that contains the principal cannabinoids THC and CBD as well as specific minor cannabinoids and other non-cannabinoid components. Because cannabinoids are virtually insoluble in water, we use organic solvents, ethanol and propylene glycol, to formulate the extract. The product has been granted the U.S. Adopted Name, or USAN, of nabiximols.

        We developed Sativex to be administered as an oral spray, whereby the active ingredients are absorbed in the lining of the mouth, either under the tongue or inside the cheek. This route of administration is intended to achieve a reliable rate of absorption and high level of bioavailability of THC and CBD. The spray cannot be inhaled due to the particle size. The spray provides patients with the flexibility to self-manage their dosage in order to achieve and maintain an optimal therapeutic response. In the United States, the FDA will require the spray to be incorporated within additional packaging which features a dose counter in order to reduce the potential for diversion. We are developing a dose counter with funding from Otsuka in parallel with our Phase 3 cancer pain program.

    Sativex Pharmacokinetics

        Although Sativex contains THC, both the composition of its formulation and its route of administration means that the resulting THC blood levels achieved are quite distinct from those associated with smoked cannabis. We have compared the pharmacokinetics of Sativex to data reported in a separate study published by Marilyn Huestis, et al., in the September 1992 issue of Journal of Analytical Toxicology involving smoked cannabis. This comparison illustrates differences in the speed of absorption and maximum concentration, or Cmax, of THC in the blood. Rapid concentration of high levels of THC in the blood, as achieved by smoked cannabis, is known to be associated with intoxication.


Comparison of the Plasma Concentration Time Curves for Smoked Cannabis
and Sativex Oromucosal Spray

GRAPHIC

45


Table of Contents

    Sativex for Cancer Pain

        We are evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to treat persistent pain in people with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief from optimized chronic opioid therapy. This program represents the lead target indication for Sativex in the United States and is also intended to form the basis for future regulatory applications in the rest of the world. This Phase 3 program follows positive data from two Phase 2 trials of Sativex in this indication involving over 530 patients. We believe that Sativex has the potential to address a significant unmet need in this large market by treating patients with a product that employs a differentiated non-opioid mechanism of action, and offering the prospect of pain relief without increasing opioid-related adverse side effects.

        Cancer Pain Opportunity.     Chronic, unremitting persistent pain in deep tissues that results from cancer adversely affects a significant patient population.

        The primary treatment for cancer pain is analgesic narcotics, also known as opioids. Morphine and oxycodone are the most prescribed opioids, and morphine is the standard regimen for treating cancer pain in palliative care and hospice care programs and facilities. Opioids are often added to non-opioid analgesics and other adjuvant medications to control cancer pain. These agents act on the CNS by binding to various opiate receptors. The use of opioids is frequently met with undesirable side effects such as constipation, sedation, respiratory depression and analgesic tolerance as well as the risk of addiction. Studies in animal models of pain suggest that there may be pharmacodynamic synergy between cannabinoids and opioids.

        According to Data Monitor Stakeholder Insight: Cancer Pain, Dec 2009, there were 4.75 million cancer patients in the United States in 2009. Approximately 70% of those patients, or 3.3 million individuals, experience pain. According to market research conducted on behalf of Otsuka as part of our collaboration, approximately 72%, or 2.4 million of these patients, have advanced cancer, of which 89%, or approximately 2.1 million patients, are treated with opioid medications. According to Fallon, et al. in the March/April 2006 edition of Clinical Medicine, pain is uncontrolled with opioid treatments in approximately 20% of patients with advanced cancer, or 420,000 people in the United States.

        There are currently no approved non-opioid treatments for patients who do not respond to, or experience negative side effects with, opioid medications.

        Pharmacology.     We believe there is a strong pharmacologic rationale for the use of Sativex in cancer pain. Cannabinoid receptors have been found in all of the principal pain transmission pathways, including the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, the descending tracts from the peri-aqueductal grey and rostral-ventral medulla and within the cortical structures, the medial thalamus, amygdala and limbic cortex. In animal models, not only does local administration of endogenous cannabinoids produce pain relief, but THC and CBD also produce pain relief in animal models of both nociceptive and neuropathic pain.

        In this context, the CB1 receptor, of which THC is a partial agonist, has been identified as being most implicated in cannabinoid-induced pain relief. CBD is a potent inhibitor of adenosine uptake, and it is also known to be an agonist at the TRPV-1 (vanilloid) receptor. Both of these activities may produce pain relief. Furthermore, CBD has anti-inflammatory activity in standard animal models of inflammation and is a potent inhibitor of neutrophil chemotaxis. Finally, CBD also has an anxiolytic effect, is anti-psychotic and is believed to mitigate some of the undesirable side effects of THC.

    Cancer Pain Clinical Program

        Phase 2 Clinical Data.     We have completed two Phase 2 multinational, randomized, placebo-controlled trials for Sativex in patients with advanced cancer who experienced inadequate pain relief from the use of optimized chronic opioid therapy. In each of the two trials, patients received Sativex or placebo as add-on treatment to strong opioid therapy while remaining on stable doses of their background optimized opioid therapy.

46


Table of Contents

        In both Phase 2 trials, pain was assessed daily by the patient using a 0 to 10 Numeric Rating Scale, or NRS. The change in pain severity was measured by comparing pain scores at the end of the trial with baseline scores at the beginning of the trial. There are two primary approaches to analyzing these changes in pain, either by assessing the mean numeric change in NRS or by responder analyses which assess percentage improvements.

        Historically, application of responder analyses required choosing a specific cut-off point on the NRS, or alternatively a percentage threshold, deemed to be clinically meaningful. More recently, an alternative approach to responder analyses, known as the Cumulative Proportion of Responders Analysis, or CPR Analysis, has been proposed as an improvement to previous approaches. This analysis was first published by John Farrar, et al. in the November 2001 issue of Pain and was proposed to overcome concerns with previous approaches which had required a pre-determined choice of the level of response which would be considered clinically meaningful. The CPR Analysis is one of the key efficacy parameters discussed in the FDA-approved package insert of the analgesic medications pregabalin and duloxetine and analyzes the full range of responses achieved across the entire patient population within a trial. We believe the CPR Analysis offers several advantages over using a single cut-off response rate, including:

    because it employs more available data, it provides greater statistical power with the same number of patients;

    it permits an analysis of the totality of response across a patient population, rather than focusing solely on a single, pre-defined, cut-off response rate; and

    if included in labeling, it provides more comprehensive information to the prescriber on the range of responses that patients may experience if treated with the product.

        The specific method used is to analyze the cumulative proportion of patients who reach each level of response rate, calculated and displayed up to the response rate cut-off point. The CPR Analysis graph displays patient data in order of the calculated level of response for both active treatment and placebo. For each level of response, it shows the proportion of the total number of patients that equaled or exceeded that level of response.

        Results of our Phase 2 trials have been analyzed using three methodologies—mean change in NRS scores, analysis of patients with a response of 30% or more, and the CPR Analysis. Following our end of Phase 2 discussions with FDA, we chose to employ the CPR Analysis as the primary efficacy analysis in the first two of our Phase 3 trials.

    Phase 2a Data

        Results from a Phase 2a trial in 177 patients were published by Jeremy Johnson, et al. in the February 2010 issue of Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, the official journal of the American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, the National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization, and the U.S. Cancer Pain Relief Committee. This three-arm trial compared the efficacy and safety of Sativex to a THC-only extract spray formulation and placebo as add-on treatments to strong opioid therapy administered over a two-week period. A co-primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the change in mean pain score (on the 0 to 10 NRS) from baseline to end of treatment. The results showed a statistically significant improvement of 0.67 points in the Sativex group compared with the placebo group (p=0.014). Changes in pain scores using responder analyses not specified in the trial protocol showed the following:

    43% of patients using Sativex achieved an improvement in their pain score of 30% or greater compared with 21% of patients in the placebo group. This difference was statistically significant (p=0.006).

47


Table of Contents

    The CPR Analysis also showed statistically significant improvements of Sativex versus placebo (p=0.044) and is displayed below:


Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2a CPR Analysis

GRAPHIC

        During the trial, patients were permitted to administer between 0-48 sprays per day. The median dose in the Sativex treatment group was 8.15 sprays per day.

        While Sativex showed a statistically significant improvement over placebo in the trial, it is noteworthy that the THC-only extract spray showed a smaller improvement of 0.32 points over placebo, which was not statistically significant, providing evidence that the combination of THC and CBD, the main ingredients in Sativex, is an improved cannabinoid formulation for this patient population as compared to THC alone.

    Phase 2b Data

        Results from a Phase 2b dose ranging trial were published by Russell Portenoy, et al. in the May 2012 issue of The Journal of Pain, the official journal of the American Pain Society. This randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group trial recruited a total of 360 patients in 14 countries in North America, Europe, Latin America and South Africa, and evaluated three dose range groups of Sativex—a low-dose (one to four sprays per day), mid-dose (six to ten sprays per day), and high-dose (11 to 16 sprays per day)—and placebo, over a five-week treatment period. The primary objectives of this trial were to determine the effective dose range and to demonstrate a non-effective dose of Sativex in patients with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief during optimized chronic opioid therapy.

        The trial provided data to support entry into a Phase 3 program, showing statistically significant differences in favor of Sativex over placebo in two key analyses of pain scores. The trial also provided information sufficient to select a dose range of Sativex in the patient population and confirmed key features of the trial design of our Phase 3 trials.

48


Table of Contents

        The primary efficacy measure of the trial was a patient assessment of pain using a 0 to 10 NRS. This endpoint was analyzed using a primary and two secondary statistical methodologies, including 30% responder analysis (where a response was defined as a 30% or greater reduction in the NRS score during the last three days of treatment versus the three-day baseline period at the beginning of the trial), CPR Analysis and change from baseline analysis in NRS average pain. The 30% responder analysis was specified as the primary analysis in the protocol. Results of these analyses for the low and mid-dose groups are provided below:

    30% Responder Analysis.  The results of this analysis were numerically in favor of Sativex for the low and mid dose groups but did not show a statistically significant difference in pain scores compared to placebo.

    Change from Baseline Analysis in NRS Average Pain.  This analysis showed statistically significant differences in favor of Sativex for the low-dose group compared to placebo (treatment difference 0.75 points, p=0.006). While no statistical difference was seen for the mid-dose group and placebo, the low and mid-dose Sativex groups, when combined, were also statistically significantly superior to placebo (treatment difference 0.55 points, p=0.019).

    CPR Analysis.  This analysis showed statistically significant results in favor of Sativex for each of the Sativex low and mid-dose groups compared to placebo (p=0.008 and p=0.038, respectively). The low and mid-dose Sativex groups, when combined, were also significantly superior to placebo (p=0.006). Following the End of Phase 2 meetings with the FDA, we decided to use this analysis as the primary efficacy analysis in our Phase 3 program and to employ a single dose group of three to ten sprays per day, reflecting the data from combining the low and mid-dose groups in the Phase 2b trial. The CPR Analyses for the low-dose group, the mid-dose group, and the combined low and mid-dose groups are displayed in the charts below:


Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2b
CPR Analysis for Low-Dose Group

GRAPHIC

49


Table of Contents


Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2b
CPR Analysis for Mid-Dose Group

GRAPHIC


Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2b
CPR Analysis for Combined Low and Mid-Dose Groups

GRAPHIC

50


Table of Contents

        The Sativex high-dose level did not show superior efficacy to placebo. While tolerability does not completely account for this lack of efficacy, it is noteworthy that discontinuation due to adverse events was 28% in the high-dose group and was substantially higher than the rates of discontinuation in the placebo group (18% discontinuation), the low-dose group (14% discontinuation) and in the mid-dose group (17% discontinuation). In addition, 34% of patients in the high-dose group took their medication below their target dose at the end of the treatment period.

        The trial included several secondary endpoints, including sleep disruption, which is identified in the Phase 3 trials as the key secondary endpoint. In the Phase 2b trial, the Sativex low-dose group showed a statistically significant difference compared to placebo in reducing sleep disruption (treatment difference 0.88 points, p=0.003). While the mid-dose group showed no improvement over placebo, the low and mid-dose Sativex groups, when combined, did show a statistically significant reduction in sleep disruption compared to placebo (treatment difference 0.61 points, p=0.016).

    Phase 2 Safety Profile

        The safety profile of Sativex in the two Phase 2 trials was consistent. In the Phase 2a trial, the most common treatment-related adverse events (occurring at a rate greater than or equal to 10% for the Sativex population) reported for the Sativex treatment group were somnolence (13% vs. 10% for placebo), dizziness (12% vs. 5% for placebo) and nausea (10% vs. 7% for placebo). In the Phase 2b trial, the most common treatment-related adverse events (occurring at a rate greater than 10% for the combined Sativex population) reported for the Sativex treatment groups were dizziness (17% vs. 10% for placebo), nausea (11% vs. 8% for placebo) and somnolence (12% vs. 4% for placebo). An analysis of treatment-related severe adverse events showed that such events occurred at a similarly low rate in the mid-dose and low-dose Sativex groups as in the placebo group (3% and 3% vs. 1%). More patients in the high-dose Sativex group experienced treatment-related severe adverse events, with 17% of subjects doing so. The most severe treatment related events observed in the Sativex arm (occurring in more than two patients for the combined Sativex population) were disturbance in attention, dizziness, sedation, anorexia, vomiting, nausea and vertigo.

    Phase 2 Key Findings

        The Phase 2 trials provided us data sufficient to support entry into Phase 3 trials of Sativex in cancer pain, to determine the optimum dose range to be used in Phase 3 trials, and determine the choice of primary efficacy analysis to be used in the first two Phase 3 trials.

    Dose Range

        We believe that the Phase 2b trial achieved one of its key objectives in determining the effective dose range for Sativex and demonstrating a non-effective dose range. Efficacy was observed in both the low (one to four sprays per day) and mid-dose (six to ten sprays per day) groups and these groups were also associated with a lower or similar rate of adverse events to placebo, and a low rate of withdrawal from the trial due to adverse events. In contrast, the data suggests that a high-dose range of Sativex reaches a maximum tolerated dose without improved efficacy over placebo. These results are consistent with those seen in the Phase 2a trial where the median daily dose taken by the Sativex treatment group was 8.15 sprays per day.

        We have therefore concluded that an appropriate approach to dosing in the Phase 3 trials is to employ a single dose range of three to ten sprays per day.

51


Table of Contents

    Primary Efficacy Analysis

        The table below summarizes Phase 2 results for three statistical analyses of changes in pain scores:

 
  Phase 2a Trial   Phase 2b Trial

Number of Patients

  Sativex (n=60) vs. placebo (n=59)   Sativex low and mid-dose groups (n=179) vs. placebo (n=91)

CPR Analysis*

  p=0.044   p=0.006

NRS Mean Change

  p=0.014**   p=0.019

30% Responder Analysis

  p=0.006   p=0.38**

*
The primary analysis selected for first two Phase 3 trials.

**
The primary analysis in Phase 2 trial.

        Following our End of Phase 2 discussions with the FDA, we decided to employ the CPR Analysis as the primary efficacy analysis in the first two of our Phase 3 trials. In the third Phase 3 trial, which employs a different 'enriched' trial design, the primary efficacy analysis is the mean change from baseline in NRS scores. These analyses have provided statistically significant results in favor of Sativex in both Phase 2 trials.

        Phase 3 Program.     As a result of the positive data seen in our Phase 2 program, we and Otsuka held discussions with the FDA regarding the proposed Phase 3 program for the continued development of Sativex for cancer pain. We are now conducting three multi-national, randomized, placebo-controlled, multi-center Phase 3 trials, two of which will employ an identical trial design and endpoints and are expected to support the NDA submission. These two Phase 3 trials include the following key features:

    The patient population is defined as patients with advanced cancer who have failed to gain adequate pain relief from the use of strong opioids. Patients receive active Sativex or placebo as add-on treatment to strong opioid therapy while remaining on stable doses of their background optimized opioid therapy during the trial.

    The primary efficacy endpoint is the CPR Analysis of pain response as measured by patients using a 0 to 10 NRS.

    The duration of treatment during the trial is five weeks with an additional five to 14 day stabilization period at the beginning of the trial and a one-week follow-up at the end of the trial.

    Single dose range of three to ten sprays per day (reflecting a combination of the low and mid dose groups from the Phase 2b trial).

    Each of the studies will include 380 patients randomized equally between active and placebo groups.

    Secondary endpoints include sleep disruption, opiod consumption and constipation.

    Following completion of the randomized phase, all patients are eligible to enter a long-term extension trial.

        The ongoing Phase 3 program, is being performed with and funded by Otsuka.

        Patients are being recruited into these two trials at hospital sites in the United States, Europe and Mexico. Professor Marie Fallon, Professor of Palliative Care, University of Edinburgh, is the principal investigator of the first trial, and Dr. Russell K. Portenoy, Chairman of the Department of Pain Medicine and Palliative Care, Beth Israel Medical Center in New York City, is the principal investigator of the second trial. We anticipate that top-line results from at least one of these Phase 3

52


Table of Contents

trials will be available towards the end of 2014, with top-line results from the second Phase 3 trial following shortly thereafter. This program is intended to support the submission of an NDA with the FDA and in other markets around the world.

        We are also in the process of conducting a third Phase 3 trial, which we expect to enroll approximately 540 patients, that is designed to provide additional information on the effects of Sativex in treating opioid resistant cancer pain. The results of this third trial are not intended to be included in the initial regulatory filings if the results of the first two pivotal Phase 3 trials provide a sufficient basis to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of Sativex in the target indication. The third Phase 3 trial differs in design from the first two trials, employing a two-part "enriched trial design" akin to that which was successfully employed in the MS spasticity trials program. The trial involves exposing all enrolled patients to Sativex in a two-week single-blind phase, or Phase A, following which responders will be randomized either to stay on Sativex or switch to placebo in a double-blind phase for a five-week treatment period, or Phase B. The primary efficacy analysis will be the mean change from baseline in Phase B as measured using a 0 to 10 NRS. The trial is designed to enroll 216 patients in Phase B. The protocol provides for a pre-planned interim analysis when half the number of planned patients complete the study.

        Long-term Safety and Efficacy.     Results from a long-term, open-label, follow-up trial in 43 cancer pain patients who had previously participated in the Phase 2a trial were published by Jeremy Johnson, et al. in the November 2012 issue of Journal of Pain and Symptom Management. These results showed that the long-term use of Sativex was generally well tolerated, with no evidence of a loss of effect for the relief of pain with long-term use. Furthermore, patients who kept using Sativex did not seek to increase their dose of Sativex or other pain-relieving medication over time.

        Abuse Liability.     A study published in the June 2011 issue of Human Psychopharmacology by Kerri Schoedel, et al. compared the abuse liability of Sativex at three dose levels (four sprays taken consecutively, eight sprays taken consecutively and 16 sprays taken consecutively) with placebo and two doses of dronabinol (synthetic THC) capsules (20mg and 40mg) in a randomized, double-blind, crossover study in 23 healthy subjects with a history of non-dependent but regular recreational cannabis use. The subjective effects of 20 and 40mg dronabinol were consistently and significantly greater than placebo, demonstrating that it has measurable abuse potential. The effects of Sativex were consistently lower than dronabinol. Four sprays of Sativex taken consecutively (containing 10.8mg of THC) was not significantly different from placebo with regard to changes in primary variables, suggesting low abuse potential at this dosage. Eight sprays of Sativex taken consecutively had a mixed profile of effects suggesting modest abuse potential, while 16 sprays of Sativex taken consecutively was significantly different from placebo in most outcome measures suggesting significant abuse potential. In contrast to this abuse liability study in which Sativex doses were administered together, patients in the Phase 3 trials administer between three and ten sprays over a 24-hour period.

        If Sativex receives FDA approval, it will be a controlled substance, as is the case with opioids, and the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, will place it in a schedule under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA, in order for it to be able to be prescribed to patients in the United States. The schedule into which a product is placed reflects the DEA's determination of its potential for abuse or dependence. We expect Sativex to be listed by the DEA as a Schedule II or III controlled substance. As part of the NDA, we will submit information on abuse liability which will be reviewed by the Controlled Substances Staff at the FDA in consultation with the National Institute on Drug Abuse. Ultimately, the Assistant Secretary for Health will transmit the findings and scheduling recommendation to the DEA.

        In February 2013, the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs, which is the advisory body to the U.K. government with respect to controlled substances, confirmed its recommendation to the U.K. government that it deems Sativex to have low abuse potential and low risk of diversion, and that

53


Table of Contents

Sativex thereafter should be scheduled as a Schedule IV substance. Legislation placing Sativex into Schedule IV came into effect in April 2013.

        Potential Expansion of Cancer Pain Market.     Following successful completion of the development of Sativex in the treatment of pain in patients with advanced cancer, we may consider, together with Otsuka, expanding the target market of Sativex by conducting Phase 3 trials in the treatment of pain in patients with earlier stage cancer. A future submission of a supplemental NDA in this expanded indication would represent a significant additional market opportunity for Sativex in the United States and the rest of the world. Under the terms of our Otsuka collaboration, such additional development costs would be fully funded by Otsuka.

    Sativex for MS Spasticity

        The approved label for Sativex is as a "treatment for symptom improvement in patients with moderate to severe MS spasticity who have not responded adequately to other anti-spasticity medication and who demonstrate clinically significant improvement in spasticity related symptoms during an initial trial of therapy".

        We recently initiated the commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity in 11 countries outside the United States. We have also received regulatory approval in an additional 11 countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in the majority of these countries during 2014. Two additional countries have recommended approval for Sativex and regulatory filings are ongoing in eight other countries, principally in the Middle East where we expect approvals during 2014.

        We believe that MS spasticity represents a significant market opportunity for the United States and we intend to commence a required Phase 3 clinical trial of Sativex for MS spasticity in 2014 intended to lead to submission of an NDA to the FDA for this indication. Although Sativex has been approved for the treatment of MS spasticity in 22 countries outside the United States, we believe that from a commercial and regulatory perspective, Sativex for cancer pain represents the optimal entry point into the United States market. This is because we believe the size of the commercial opportunity for the cancer pain indication in the United States is larger than the MS spasticity opportunity. Moreover, because patients with MS spasticity would typically use Sativex for an extended treatment duration, we expect that additional pre-clinical carcinogenicity data will be required as part of the submission of an NDA in this indication. While the carcinogenicity studies are now underway, the timing of the availability of such data is expected to follow the expected timing of the submission of an NDA in the cancer pain indication potentially allowing us to obtain U.S. approvals for this indication before we would be able to obtain U.S. approvals in MS spasticity. The initial development of Sativex focused on the European MS spasticity market, hence pre-clinical carcinogenicity data was originally generated prior to our first interactions with the FDA.

        We held our first meeting with the FDA in December 2012 to discuss the MS spasticity indication. This pre-IND meeting led to the submission and acceptance of an IND in mid-2013 with an investigational plan that includes a Phase 3 trial protocol. The FDA provided initial feedback on design features necessary for the study to serve as a pivotal study in our development program. Consistent with the FDA's recommendations, we expect to request Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, for the proposed Phase 3 trial and expect this trial to commence in 2014. Under the SPA process, a sponsor may reach an agreement with the FDA as to the required design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim.

54


Table of Contents


Regulatory Status of Sativex for MS Spasticity

Launched
  Approved
(pending launch)
  Recommended
for approval
  Regulatory
submission filed
Austria   Australia   Ireland   Bahrain
Canada   Belgium   France   Egypt
Denmark   Czech Republic       Malaysia
Germany   Finland       Morocco
Israel   Iceland       Oman
Italy   Kuwait       Qatar
Norway   Luxembourg       Saudi Arabia
Poland   Netherlands       South Africa
Spain   New Zealand       Switzerland
Sweden   Portugal       United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom   Slovakia        

        MS Spasticity Opportunity.     MS is the most common disabling neurological condition affecting young adults. According to the World Health Organization, MS affects more than 1.3 million people worldwide, of which over 400,000 are in the United States and over 600,000 are in Europe. MS affects twice as many women as men and typically develops between the ages of 20 and 40 years. The hallmark pathology of MS is patchy demyelination, leading to nerve damage, which in most cases causes symptoms that adversely affect quality of life. Spasticity is one of the most common, chronic, and disabling of these symptoms, affecting up to 80% of MS patients over their lifetimes. Spasticity refers to an abnormal, involuntary tightness of muscles, which increases when the muscles are rapidly stretched, so that the associated joint appears to resist movement. Some of the features of spasticity include muscle stiffness, difficulty straightening joints, reduced mobility, limb weakness, shaking, intermittent spasms and pain. As a result of the increased muscle tone due to spasticity, "simple," everyday movements become difficult or impossible altogether. In addition, painful muscle spasms can lead to difficulty with sleeping, sitting in a chair or lying in bed. Occasionally, spasms may be triggered by fairly minor irritations such as tight clothing, a full bladder or bowel, urinary tract infection or skin irritation, such as from a pressure sore. Moderate to severe spasticity can lead to significant impairment.

        There is no cure for spasticity, and it is widely recognized that currently available oral treatments afford only partial relief and have unpleasant side effects. Sativex offers the prospect of treating patients who have failed existing oral therapies and who might otherwise require invasive and costly alternative treatment options such as intrathecal baclofen or surgery.

        Pharmacology.     Sativex has been investigated for anti-spasticity effects in chronic relapsing experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, or CREAE, the accepted animal model of MS spasticity. In this model, Sativex rapidly reduces spasticity in a dose-dependent way, achieving the same overall reduction in spasticity as baclofen, the standard first line treatment for MS spasticity, without causing as much disability in the animals.

        Each of the two principal cannabinoids within Sativex, THC and CBD, possess pharmacological properties that provide a rationale to support the efficacy of Sativex in MS spasticity. In animal models of MS, the CB1 receptor plays a key role in the modulation of spasticity and spasms. While CBD has little activity at cannabinoid receptors, it does have neuroprotective properties, which are most likely mediated by its ability to modulate intra-cellular calcium. The key pharmacology of CBD in MS likely relates to its role as an agonist at TRP channels, critical for maintaining calcium homeostasis and as an inhibitor of adenosine uptake, providing a non-cannabinoid receptor mechanism for its anti-inflammatory properties. In addition, CBD has an anxiolytic effect, is anti-psychotic and is believed to mitigate some of the undesirable side effects of THC.

55


Table of Contents

        MS Spasticity Clinical Program.     In clinical trials, Sativex has been shown to provide effective relief of spasticity symptoms, including reduced spasms, improved sleep and improved function, in patients for whom existing anti-spasticity treatments have failed. During the course of the development program for Sativex in MS spasticity, we have conducted Phase 2 and Phase 3 double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trials involving 1,294 patients. These trials have all been published in peer-reviewed journals. In each trial, patients were permitted to remain on stable doses of their background oral anti-spasticity medication and spasticity was measured using a 0 to 10 NRS. This scale has been validated for use in spasticity clinical trials.

        The largest and most recent of the Phase 3 trials, published by A. Novotna, et al. in the April 2011 issue of European Journal of Neurology, was a two-part trial and employed an enriched trial design. During the first four-week period, all patients received Sativex single-blind. This was followed by a 12-week, double-blind period in which patients who had achieved a pre-determined level of response at the end of the prior four-week period were randomized to Sativex or placebo in a conventional parallel group design. We designed this trial to demonstrate the size of clinical benefit achieved from Sativex in patients who had previously shown a capacity to respond to treatment.

        The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the difference between Sativex and placebo in the mean change in spasticity as measured by the patient using a 0 to 10 NRS in the 12-week period from randomization to the end of treatment. There were a number of functional secondary measures that are important in contributing to an assessment of the clinical relevance of a change in the primary outcome measure. In particular, the objective view of the physician was considered important by regulatory authorities and was therefore included as a secondary endpoint.

        After the four-week, single-blind period in 572 patients, Sativex reduced the mean score for spasticity on the NRS scale by 3.01 points from a baseline of 6.91 points, or 44%. In addition, 48% of patients' NRS score improved by 20% or more during this initial period, the pre-defined level of response required to be included in the randomized phase.

        As a result, 241 patients proceeded into the 12-week, randomized, placebo-controlled trial phase. The primary endpoint, the mean difference between treatment groups at the end of the randomized treatment period was statistically significant in favor of Sativex (p=0.0002). Furthermore, 74% of Sativex responders experienced a reduction of 30% or more in their spasticity score from their original pre-treatment baseline, which represents a meaningful clinical improvement in this patient population.

        The secondary efficacy measures were in line with the primary outcome of the trial. In particular, the functional measures added to the existing evidence that patients achieve a benefit that is apparent to both their caregiver and their physician. The following secondary efficacy measures showed statistically significant improvements of Sativex over placebo: spasm score (p=0.0046), sleep disturbance (p<0.0001), Subject Global Impression of Change (p=0.023), Physician Global Impression of Change (p=0.005), Carer Global Impression of Function (p=0.005) and Barthel Activities of Daily Living (p=0.007). Of the other secondary efficacy measures, the timed ten meter walk and Modified Ashworth Scale approached statistical significance (p=0.069 and p=0.094, respectively).

        The safety profile of Sativex across placebo-controlled trials conducted in MS patients shows that the drug is generally well tolerated, with the most commonly occurring individual adverse events (occurring at a rate greater than 10%) being dizziness (25% vs. 8% for placebo), fatigue (13% vs. 8% for placebo) and nausea (10% vs. 6% for placebo). Adverse events were typically mild or moderate in severity and the pattern of common adverse events is similar in both short-term and long-term exposure to Sativex. The most common adverse events tend not to be recurrent, occurring in the first four weeks of treatment and much less commonly thereafter.

56


Table of Contents

        In August 2013, we opened an IND with the FDA for the MS spasticity indication which includes a proposed Phase 3 clinical trial. The FDA provided initial feedback on design features necessary for the study to serve as a pivotal study in our development program. Consistent with the FDA's recommendations, we expect to request a SPA for the proposed Phase 3 trial and expect this trial to commence in 2014. We expect the trial design will be consistent in some respects with the most recent Phase 3 trial conducted in Europe and published by A. Novotna, et al., in 2011. The U.S. Phase 3 trial is expected to employ an enriched study design, but is expected to employ two co-primary endpoints: spasticity as measured on the Modified Ashworth Scale, and the Physician Global Impression of Change to provide evidence that the observed treatment difference is clinically meaningful. We believe FDA will also require that we establish a dose-response using a multiple fixed dose design.

        Long-Term Efficacy.     We have demonstrated the long-term efficacy of Sativex in a placebo-controlled trial published by William Notcutt, et al. in the February 2011 issue of Multiple Sclerosis. This randomized withdrawal trial recruited 36 patients with MS that had been receiving Sativex on prescription for a mean duration of 3.6 years. Patients were randomized to continue with Sativex or switched to placebo in a double-blind, four-week treatment period. The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the time to treatment failure, with treatment failure being defined as cessation of the randomized treatment before the end of the trial, a worsening of spasticity (defined as an increase in the mean spasticity NRS over the last seven days of the treatment period of at least 20% and at least one unit from the treatment baseline), or a clinically relevant increase in or addition to anti-spasticity drugs or disease modifying medications after randomization.


Kaplan-Meier Plot: Time to Treatment Failure

GRAPHIC

        The primary efficacy endpoint was statistically significant in favor of Sativex (p=0.013). Of the key secondary measures, both the Subject Global Impression of Change (p=0.017) and the Carer Global Impression of Functional Ability (p=0.0011) were also statistically significant.

        In addition to this controlled trial, there is a significant body of evidence from long-term open label extension trials to support the evidence of maintenance of efficacy in long-term use of Sativex, many of which have been published in peer-reviewed journals.

        The withdrawal rate from open-label, long-term extension trials is low, and withdrawals due to a lack of efficacy are uncommon. For those patients who remained in open-label, long-term extension trials for a year, the symptom score for spasticity remained low, providing supportive evidence that continued use of Sativex is associated with long-term maintenance of efficacy.

57


Table of Contents

        The pattern of adverse events seen in long-term use of Sativex is very similar to that seen in the short-term placebo-controlled trials. Since Sativex first became commercially available, there has been an estimated additional 20,000 patient-years of exposure to Sativex outside of clinical trials and no new significant safety issues have been identified.

        Post-Approval Evidence of Sativex Clinical Benefits.     Since launch, two studies have been completed which support the commercialization efforts of our partners. An independent survey of Sativex prescription use in the United Kingdom has been the subject of a paper published by William Notcutt in the July 2012 issue of the peer-reviewed publication Primary Health Care Research and Development. In this survey of 124 Sativex patients with a mean duration of treatment of 30 months, the majority of respondents and their caregivers reported improvements across a range of daily functional activities, alongside a reduction in the use of concomitant anti-spasticity medication and other health care resources.

        A formal prospective trial of prescription use in Germany was presented in October 2012 at the 28th Congress of the European Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis (ECTRIMS) in Lyon, France. This trial involved 300 patients and showed that the clinical response rate on Sativex is with consistent with, and somewhat better than, that seen in the Phase 3 trials.

        Post-Approval Evidence of Sativex Safety Profile.     In August 2013, we announced the results from a 12-month multicenter, double-blind, randomized parallel group, placebo-controlled study in 121 patients with MS spasticity. The study was required as a post-approval commitment by the UK regulatory authority, the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, with the primary objective of evaluating whether Sativex may have long-term adverse effects on cognitive function or mood. The primary endpoint was the change in cognitive function as assessed by the total Paced Auditory Serial Addition Test, or PASAT, score from baseline to end of treatment. Mood was assessed by the Beck Depression Inventory-II. There was a slight improvement in the PASAT score from the beginning to the end of the study in both the Sativex and placebo groups, thus confirming that the effects of Sativex on long-term cognitive impairment were the same as the effects of placebo. Similarly, the change in mood over the 12 month period was more or less identical in the Sativex and the placebo group, confirming no untoward effect on mood. Of the efficacy secondary endpoints, each of the global impression of change scores as assessed by the patient, physician and carer was highly significantly in favour of Sativex (p<0.0001, p=0.001 and p=0.004 respectively). Detailed data from this study was presented at the 29th Congress of the European Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis (ECTRIMS) in October 2013.


Sativex in Neuropathic Pain and Other Indications

        Sativex is approved to treat MS neuropathic pain in Israel and Canada (under a Notice of Compliance with conditions, or NOC/c, policy) and also has an NOC/c approval in Canada for cancer pain. The NOC/c policy applies to drugs that show promising Phase 2 evidence of efficacy in a patient population with a high, unmet medical need for which there is currently no approved treatment. NOC/c approvals are granted subject to the completion of subsequent Phase 3 confirmatory trials. Although we are not actively pursuing the following indications, we have generated positive Phase 2 data and believe that there may be potential for the use of Sativex to be expanded into the following areas:

    We have studied Sativex in a number of Phase 2 trials in neuropathic pain involving over 1,000 patients. Many of these trials show promising efficacy and are published in peer-reviewed journals. Neuropathic pain is a chronic, debilitating and widespread condition with an estimated prevalence of 1% of the general population. Neuropathic pain arises as a consequence of damage to, or dysfunction in, the nervous system, either peripheral, central or both. Neuropathic pain may be triggered by a variety of diseases and conditions, including MS, stroke, cancer, spinal cord injury, physical trauma or peripheral neuropathy resulting from diabetes.

58


Table of Contents

      Neuropathic pain is one of the most difficult types of chronic pain to treat, and relief is often unsatisfactory or short-term.

    In a Phase 2 trial published by R.B.C. Kavia, et al. in the November 2010 issue of Multiple Sclerosis, Sativex showed positive results in the management of bladder problems in people with MS. Bladder problems are a very common feature in up to 75% of people with MS experiencing dysfunction including increased frequency and urgency of urination and increased incontinence.

    In a Phase 2, placebo-controlled trial published by D.R. Blake, et al. in the January 2006 issue of Rheumatology, Sativex showed positive results in treating pain due to rheumatoid arthritis, or RA, as well as treating the underlying disease. RA is the most common form of inflammatory arthritis and afflicts up to 1% of the population of Western countries.


Our Strategic Alliances and Collaborations

        We have entered into five separate collaboration agreements for Sativex with major pharmaceutical companies. Each agreement provides the respective partner with exclusive rights in a defined geographic territory to commercialize Sativex in all indications, while we retain the exclusive right to manufacture and supply Sativex to such partner on commercial supply terms for the duration of the commercial life of the product. These agreements typically carry a 15-year initial term, with automatic renewal periods. However, our agreement with Novartis continues on a country-by-country basis for the commercial life of the products. Our partners have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate their agreements with us, and three of our partners, Almirall, Otsuka and Novartis, have the right to terminate their agreements with us without cause.

        Each of our collaboration agreements for Sativex incorporates different supply and royalty terms. With the exception of the Novartis agreement, described below, each of our supply agreements requires us to supply fully labeled Sativex vials at a price that is expressed as a percentage of a partner's in-market net sales revenue. In some cases, part of this revenue is structured as a combination of product supply price plus a royalty, although both types of revenue are accounted for similarly. Sativex supply revenue is invoiced when product inventory is delivered to or collected by the marketing partner. Royalties will be received in arrears based upon quarterly in-market net sales declarations from partners.

        The price charged for Sativex in the market is controlled by our marketing partners. However, our contracts do not anticipate us being obligated to supply Sativex at a loss. In such event, if the in-market supply price would cause us to supply Sativex at a loss we would have the right to renegotiate supply terms to prevent this. For example, following the price reduction in Germany in March 2013, the resultant supply price would have led to us providing Sativex to our partner, Almirall, at a loss. We are now completing discussions on an amendment to the supply terms with Almirall which provide for us to generate a margin on supply of product for countries in which a price reduction would otherwise have led to us supplying product at a loss.

        Please see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report for a breakdown of our revenue by geographic location.

    Sativex in the United States

        In 2007, we entered into a strategic alliance with Otsuka, the second largest Japanese pharmaceutical company based on global sales and the developer of Abilify® (aripiprazole), one of the world's highest selling antipsychotic medications. This alliance is comprised of two separate agreements—a Sativex U.S. license agreement and a global cannabinoid research collaboration agreement.

59


Table of Contents

        Under the terms of the Sativex U.S. license agreement, we granted Otsuka an exclusive license to develop and market Sativex in the United States. We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to Otsuka. Both companies jointly oversee all U.S. clinical development and regulatory activities for the first cancer pain indication. We will be the holder of the IND until the filing of an NDA, which will be in Otsuka's name. Otsuka will assume development and regulatory responsibility for the second and any subsequent indications. Otsuka will bear the costs of all U.S. development activities for Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain, additional indications and future formulations.

        The financial terms of this agreement include total milestone payments and license fees to us of up to $272.0 million, of which approximately $18.0 million relates to license fees, $54.0 million are linked to regulatory milestones, such as initiation of Phase 3 trials, submission of an NDA to the FDA and other regulatory approvals, and $200.0 million are linked to various commercial milestones, as well as revenue from the supply of products and royalties on product sales. Our combined supply price and royalty to Otsuka equates to a percentage in the mid-twenties of Otsuka's in-market net sales revenue. Otsuka paid us the license fee of $18.0 million upfront and has since paid an additional milestone payment of $4.0 million upon commencing the first Phase 3 clinical trial in cancer pain.

    Sativex in Asia, the Middle East and Africa

        Novartis Pharma AG.     In 2011, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Novartis to commercialize Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa.

        Under the terms of this agreement, Novartis has exclusive commercialization rights to Sativex in the above-mentioned territories and will act as the marketing authorization holder for Sativex. We will be responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to Novartis.

        The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of $5.0 million from Novartis. In addition, we are eligible to receive additional payments of up to $28.8 million, of which $12.0 million is linked to achievement of regulatory approvals and $16.8 million is linked to commercial performance targets. We will also receive revenue from the supply of products and royalties on net sales of Sativex. Our supply terms to Novartis are structured differently from those of our other partners. We supply batches of unlabeled Sativex vials and Novartis completes the labeling and packaging process. Our supply price is structured as cost of goods plus a margin plus a further royalty that is expected to grow with volume. Over the long-term, we expect our revenue to average a percentage in the teens of Novartis' Sativex in-market net sales revenue.

        Australia represents the largest potential market in the territory licensed to Novartis. To date, the Australian reimbursement authorities have not agreed to grant public reimbursement for Sativex in the MS spasticity indication and therefore the product is not yet launched in that country. We expect the position in Australia to impact Novartis' commercialization strategy for its licensed territory and this may lead to Novartis waiting for the cancer pain indication to be approved prior to commencing commercialization of the product.

        Neopharm Group.     Under an agreement signed in 2010, Neopharm, an Israeli pharmaceutical company, holds exclusive commercial rights to Sativex in Israel. The financial terms of this agreement did not include a license fee and we are not entitled to any milestone payments. We will receive revenue from the supply of products to Neopharm, expected to equate to a percentage equal to forty to fifty of Neopharm's in-market net sales revenue. To date, we have received less than $300,000 under this collaboration agreement.

        Under the terms of this agreement, Neopharm acts as market authorization holder in the territory. We are responsible for commercial product supply to Neopharm for which we generate sales revenue.

60


Table of Contents

    Sativex in the European Union

        Almirall S.A.     In 2005, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Almirall, an international pharmaceutical company with headquarters in Spain and 2011 global sales of €768.0 million, to commercialize Sativex in the European Union (excluding the United Kingdom) and E.U. accession countries, as well as Switzerland, Norway and Turkey. In 2012, this agreement was amended to add Mexico to the licensed territory. In countries where Almirall has no direct presence at the time of product launch, we will jointly agree on the appointment of distribution partners. In such countries, we may elect to distribute the product ourselves.

        Under the agreement, we are the marketing authorization holder for Sativex in all countries in the territory except where local regulations require a locally registered entity to assume this responsibility. In addition, we are responsible for commercial product supply to Almirall. The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of £12.0 million. In addition, milestone payments are payable to us upon the successful completion of certain development activities, as well as on regulatory approvals and the achievement of specified sales targets. Since its initial execution in 2005, the agreement has been the subject of various amendments, two of which included the provision of new milestone payments. Since 2005, in total, we have received £20.8 million of milestone payments from Almirall. We have the potential to receive a further £19.5 million in future milestone payments in the event that the relevant milestones are achieved. Of such £19.5 million in potential future milestone payments, £6.5 million are linked to regulatory and clinical milestones and £13.0 million are linked to commercial milestones. We also receive revenue from the supply of Sativex, currently equating to a percentage in the low to mid-twenties of Almirall's in-market net sales revenue, a percentage which, following an amendment currently under discussion, is expected to be subject to a floor price equal to cost of goods plus a margin. This percentage is expected to increase to the mid-thirties if Sativex is approved for cancer pain in Europe.

        Bayer HealthCare AG.     In 2003, we entered into an agreement with Bayer whereby we granted Bayer an exclusive license to market Sativex in the United Kingdom. This agreement was amended later in 2003 to include Canada.

        Under the agreement, we are the marketing authorization holder for Sativex in the United Kingdom and Canada. In addition, we are responsible for commercial product supply to Bayer.

        The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of £5.0 million. In addition, milestone payments are payable on the successful completion of certain development activities, as well as on regulatory approvals and the achievement of specified sales targets. Since its initial execution in 2003, the agreement has been the subject of various amendments, one of which included the provision of new milestone payments. In total, we have received £14.8 million in milestone payments from Bayer. We have the potential to receive a further £9.0 million in milestone payments in the event that the relevant milestones are achieved, all of which are related to future regulatory approvals. We also receive revenue from supply of Sativex, equating to a percentage in the mid-thirties to forty of Bayer's in-market net sales revenue.

    Research Collaboration with Otsuka

        Under a six-year research collaboration agreement with Otsuka which ended in June 2013, we jointly conducted pre-clinical research on a range of our cannabinoids, both alone and in combination, as potential new drug candidates for the treatment of CNS disorders and oncology. At the end of the agreement, global rights to all product candidates were automatically exclusively licensed back to us from Otsuka.

        This collaboration yielded promising data and new intellectual property with particular focus on epilepsy, schizophrenia and various oncology indications, including glioma. These efforts were focused

61


Table of Contents

on a few cannabinoid drug candidates, which include CBD, THCV, CBG, CBDV, alone and/or in combination. With global rights now licensed back to us, we are now progressing the development of a number of these product candidates. Otsuka is entitled to a small royalty on sales of product candidates protected by patents filed during the term of the collaboration.


Pipeline Research and Development

        There are over 70 cannabinoid compounds, and our research explores their potential therapeutic applications across a broad range of disease areas, including in the treatment of epilepsy, type-2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, schizophrenia, cancer and neurodegenerative disease.

    Pipeline Programs

        Our pipeline of orphan drug programs include the following:

    Epidiolex, a liquid formulation of highly purified CBD extract, as a treatment for various orphan pediatric epilepsy syndromes;

    Combinations of GWP42002 and GWP42003, which feature THC and CBD as the primary cannabinoids, in Phase 1a trials for the treatment of glioma; and

    Intravenous GWP42003, which features CBD as the primary cannabinoid, in pre-clinical development for the treatment of Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy, or NHIE.

        Our additional lead pipeline programs comprise distinct product candidates with the following primary cannabinoid components:

    GWP42006, which features CBDV as the primary cannabinoid, in Phase 1 clinical trials for the treatment of epilepsy for which data is expected in the first half of 2014;

    GWP42004, which features THCV as the primary cannabinoid, is expected to begin Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of type-2 diabetes in the first half of 2014;

    GWP42003, which features CBD as the primary cannabinoid, is in Phase 2 clinical trials for the treatment of ulcerative colitis for which data is expected in the first half of 2014; and

    GWP42003, which features CBD as the primary cannabinoid and is expected to enter Phase 2 trials for the treatment of schizophrenia in the first half of 2014.

        In addition to these programs, we are conducting pre-clinical research into the potential application of our cannabinoids in several examples of neuroprotection, nausea and anorexia/cachexia.

        Our early clinical development activities are conducted outside of the United States and we generally expect to submit INDs in the United States for our product candidates at a later stage in their development. For orphan product candidates, we generally expect to submit INDs in the United States at an earlier stage of clinical development.

    Orphan Pediatric Epilepsy Program

    Market Overview

        Epilepsy is one of the most common neurological disorders in children. According to Russ in the February 2012 edition of Pediatrics, there is a point prevalence of 6.3 per 1,000 children currently diagnosed with epilepsy. Based on these findings, we estimate that 466,000 childhood patients in the United States and 765,000 patients in Europe are currently diagnosed with epilepsy.

        Specialists estimate that up to 20% of these cases show pharmacoresistance to current treatment (i.e., seizures that persist despite accurate diagnosis and carefully monitored treatment with multiple

62


Table of Contents

antiepileptic drugs) and are deemed "medically intractable". Furthermore it is recognized that some of those that do find relief often suffer side effects severe enough with their current medication that an alternative or adjunct is often sought.

        In total, therefore, we believe the size of the intractable pediatric epilepsy population is 93,200 patients in the United States and 153,000 in Europe.

    Epidiolex Development Strategy in Pediatric Epilepsy

        Many cases of epilepsy are able to be classified and have clearly defined natural histories providing important information on the likelihood of seizure control and chance of remission. Some of the rarer electroclinical syndromes have very poor responses to treatment and negligible remission rates such as Ohtahara in neonates, Dravet in infants, Lennox-Gastaut in young children and progressive myoclonic epilepsies in adolescence.

        Our strategy for the development of Epidiolex in pediatric epilepsy is to initially concentrate on two orphan indication syndromes—Dravet Syndrome and Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome. We expect to further expand the market opportunity by either targeting additional orphan seizure disorders and/or by seeking approval for a wider indication of pediatric epilepsy refractory to current treatments.

    Dravet Syndrome

        Dravet syndrome is a severe infantile-onset, genetic, drug-resistant epilepsy syndrome with a distinctive but complex electroclinical presentation. Onset of Dravet syndrome occurs during the first year of life with clonic and tonic-clonic seizures in previously healthy and developmentally normal infants. Symptoms peak at about five months of age, and the latest onset beginning by 15 months of use. Other seizures develop between one and four years of age such as prolonged focal dyscognitive seizures and brief absence seizures, and duration of these seizures decreases during this period, but their frequency increases. Prognosis is poor and approximately 14% of children die during a seizure, because of infection, or suddenly due to uncertain causes, often because of the relentless neurological decline. Patients develop intellectual disability and life-long ongoing seizures. Intellectual impairment varies from severe in 50% patients, to moderate and mild intellectual disability each accounting for 25% cases. Patients may rarely return to normal intellect.

        According to Forsgren L.et al in the 2004 edition of Epilepsy in Children, the incidence of epilepsy in the first year of life is 1.5 per 1,000 people, or, by our estimate, 6,450 new epilepsies per year. Dravet et al in the 2012 edition of Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, up to 5% of epilepsies diagnosed in the first year of life are Dravet syndrome, equating to 320 new cases per year in the United States. With a mortality rate that studies have shown may be as high as 15% in the first 20 years of life, or, by our estimate, 5,440 patients with Dravet in the United States under the age of 20 years. Applying the same assumptions in Europe, we believe there are an estimated 6,710 Dravet patients in the European Union. It is likely that these figures are a low estimate as this syndrome is reportedly underdiagnosed.

63


Table of Contents

        A large percentage of cases of Dravet syndrome have a family history for epilepsy or convulsions. Heterozygous de novo mutations of the alpha 1 ( a -1) subunit of the SCN1A gene, which encodes a voltage-gated sodium channel, are the major cause of Dravet syndrome and are found in approximately 75% of patients and more than 500 SCN1A mutations have been reported to be associated with this disorder.

        There are currently no FDA approved treatments specifically indicated for Dravet syndrome. The standard of care usually involves a combination of the following anticonvulsants: clobazam, clonazepam, leviteracetam, topirimate, valproic acid, ethosuximide, or zonisamide. Stiripentol is approved in Europe for the treatment of Dravet syndrome in conjunction with clobazam and valproate. In the United States, stiripentol was granted an Orphan Drug Designation for the treatment of Dravet syndrome in 2008; however, the drug is not FDA approved.

        Potent sodium channel blockers used to treat epilepsy actually increase seizure frequency in patients with Dravet Syndrome. The most common are phenytoin, carbamazepine and lamotrigine and rufinamide.

        Management of this disease may also include a ketogenic diet, and physical and communication therapy. In addition to anti-convulsive drugs, many patients with Dravet syndrome are treated with anti-psychotic drugs, stimulants, and drugs to treat insomnia.

    Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome

        Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, or LGS, is a rare disorder characterized by multiple types of seizures with slow spike wave complexes on EEG, such seizures usually beginning before four years of age. The seizure types vary among patients and include: tonic axial, atonic, atypical absence, and myoclonic. Tonic axial seizures are the characteristic type of seizure seen in LGS and consist of flexion of the neck and body, extension of the arms and legs and contraction of the facial muscles. Other effects that may be associated include apnea, eye rolling and facial flushing. Although they only last for seconds, they can occur day or night and usually impair consciousness. Atypical absence seizures also occur in a majority of cases and although generally subtle, they are often accompanied by loss of muscle tone, myoclonic jerks and drooling.

        According to Trevathan et al in the December 1997 edition of Epilepsia, the estimated prevalence of Lennox-Gastaut syndrome is between 3 and 4% of childhood epilepsy, or, by our estimate, 14,000 to 18,500 patients in the United States and 23,000 to 31,000 patients in the European Union under the age of eighteen years.

        Drug resistance is one of the main features of LGS. Generally, treatment often requires broad spectrum anti-epileptic drugs and/or polypharmacy. Treatment will also depend on the seizure type as some treatments that are effective for one type of seizure may worsen another. The treatments already approved by the FDA for LGS and used as adjunctive therapy with existing medications are: Onfi (clobazam); Banzel (rufinamide); Lamictal (lamotrigine); Topamax (topirimate); and Felbatol (felbamate). Although these medicines, when used with other particular anti-epileptic drugs, show a level of efficacy, many also have severe undesirable side effects. Furthermore, several of these medicines are based on the same mechanism of action of traditional anti-epileptic drugs. As patients with LGS generally need to take several treatments to gain any change to their seizure frequency, we believe there is a need for further pharmacological treatments, particularly those with a different mechanism of action, to give prescribers more options in treating this rare, pharmacoresistant syndrome.

64


Table of Contents

    Cannabinoid Rationale for Treating Epilepsy

        Several features of the pharmacology of certain cannabinoids suggest that they may be candidates for investigation as anti-epileptic drugs. A series of validated laboratory experiments have shown that certain cannabinoids can modulate neurotransmission, can reduce neuro-inflammation, and can affect oxidative stress.

        These cannabinoids may simultaneously modulate a number of endogenous systems to attenuate and/or prevent epileptic neuronal hyperexcitability. These include ion channel control, inflammation, modulation of oxidative stress and inhibition of gene expression of epilepsy associated genes.

        Several different ion channels influence epileptogenesis (the process by which a normal brain develops epilepsy) including both ligand-gated and voltage-gated ion channels. It is the former to which a proportion of the actions of plant cannabinoids can be attributed, for example through agonism and antagonism of G-protein coupled receptors, including orphan receptors as well as modulation of transient receptor potential (TRP) channels (differentially activated, repressed and desensitized by different plant cannabinoids). Additionally it is now recognized that there is a role for inflammation in epilepsy. Some cannabinoids possess anti-inflammatory properties including inhibition of pro-inflammatory cytokine release and modulation of glial cell/neuronal interactions. Furthermore they modulate oxidative stress and production of toxic nitric oxide. Research shows that other than THC, plant cannabinoids have little or no affinity for the cannabinoid receptors, and therefore do not share the unwanted psychoactivity that goes along with stimulation of the CB1 receptor in particular.

        Finally, certain cannabinoids may possess disease modifying potential through regulation of epilepsy related genes, as well as up-regulation of endogenous anti-convulsant neuropeptides and/or compensatory systems.

        We continue to conduct research into the mechanism of action of the anti-epileptic cannabinoids.

    CBD pharmacology in epilepsy

        The epilepsy relevant pharmacology of CBD can be summarized as follows: inhibition of neutrophil and microglial migration, anti-inflammatory effects in conventional animal models; inhibition of adenosine uptake and indirect agonism of the neuroprotective and anti-inflammatory A2a receptor; other neuroprotective effects (TNF inhibition and anti-oxidant activity); antipsychotic activity; agonism at the orphan receptor GPR55; Desensitizer of TRP channels; anticonvulsant activity in all laboratory models tested; ion channel modulation; reduction of acetylcholine turnover at neuro-muscular junctions; and perturbation of the negative effects of THC (opposes euphoric, cognitive and psychotropic effects) via one or more of the above mechanisms.

        CBD has negligible binding at the CB1 receptor, and so shares neither the pharmacology of CB1 agonists such as THC nor that of CB1 antagonists such as Rimonabant. CBD's mechanism for treating seizures is not fully understood but is believed to involve a combination of beneficial effects stacking upon one another (polypharmacology).

        Preclinical models suggest a broad role for CBD in generalized and absence seizures, and clinical reports of benefit extend into other congenital seizure disorders.

    Our CBD Research in Pediatric Epilepsy

        We have conducted pre-clinical research of CBD in epilepsy for several years and have reported significant anti-epileptiform and anticonvulsant activity using a variety of in vitro and in vivo models. This research has shown the ability of CBD to treat seizures in acute models of epilepsy with significantly fewer side effects than existing anti-epileptic drugs.

65


Table of Contents

        Our cannabinoid research compounds were screened in electrically discharging hippocampal brain slices cause by the omission of Mg 2+ ions from, or addition of the K + channel blocker, 4-aminopyridine (4-AP) to the bathing solution. In these models, 100µM of CBD decreased epileptiform amplitude and duration as well as burst frequency; importantly this compound exerted no effect upon the propagation of epileptiform activity.

        Subsequently, the anti-convulsant actions of 1, 10 and 100 mg/kg CBD were examined in three different in vivo seizure rodent models. In the PTZ-induced acute, generalized seizures model, 100 mg/kg CBD significantly decreased mortality rate and the incidence of tonic-clonic seizures. In the acute pilocarpine model of temporal lobe seizures all doses of CBD significantly reduced the percentage of animals experiencing the most severe seizures. In this model of partial seizures, 10 and 100 mg/kg CBD significantly decreased the percentage of animals dying as a result of seizures and all doses of CBD also decreased the percentage of animals experiencing the most severe tonic—clonic seizures.

    CBD Clinical Data in Pediatric Epilepsy

        Although there are no placebo-controlled clinical studies reported in the literature for CBD in the treatment of pediatric epilepsy, study results in an article published in the December 2013 edition of Epilepsy and Behavior by Jacobson and Porter of Stanford University provides evidence of promising effects. The method of the study consisted of surveying parents of children in the United States who reported using CBD-enriched cannabis to control their intractable epilepsy. The parents were identified by their membership in an internet-based group dedicated to sharing information about the use of CBD-enriched cannabis to treat their children's seizures. These parents were using a variety of non-approved and non-standardized "artisanal" CBD preparations to control their children's drug resistant seizures. Nineteen parents were surveyed to determine the effects of CBD-enriched cannabis on their children's seizure frequency. Of the 19 children in the survey, 13 children had Dravet syndrome, four had Doose syndrome, and one each had LGS and idiopathic epilepsy. The average number of antiepileptic drugs tried before using CBD was 12. Sixteen (84%) of the 19 parents reported a reduction in their child's seizure frequency while taking CBD. Of these, two (11%) reported complete seizure freedom, eight (42%) reported a greater than 80% reduction in seizure frequency, and six (32%) reported a 25-60% seizure reduction. Other beneficial effects included increased alertness, better mood, and improved sleep. Side effects included drowsiness and fatigue.

66


Table of Contents

        Results from this study are displayed in the graphs below:


Parental Reports of Reduction in Seizures on CBD Treatment

GRAPHIC

Figure 1. Response to CBD


Parental Reports of CBD Side Effects

GRAPHIC

Figure 2. Reports of Side Effects Due to CBD

CBD Published Clinical Data in Epilepsy

        In addition to the above survey, there is a published literature of small-scale academic placebo-controlled studies, observational studies and case reports evaluating CBD in epilepsy, which suggest positive clinical signals.

67


Table of Contents

    Our Clinical Research

        During 2013, we have received increasing interest amongst U.S. pediatric epilepsy specialists and patient organizations in the potential role of CBD in treating intractable childhood epilepsy, in particular Dravet syndrome. This interest led to a medical conference organized by the New York University School of Medicine on October 4 th  2013 entitled: "Cannabidiols: Potential Use in Epilepsy and Other Neurological Disorders". Epilepsy specialists at the meeting viewed CBD as attractive for the treatment of these disorders for a variety of reasons, including:

    Case reports of its efficacy in severe, refractory patients consistently provide encouraging signals; and

    CBD's "natural" profile and safety data generated to date suggest that it could be an attractive treatment option without the unwanted side-effects of other anti-seizure drugs.

        In addition, specialists at this conference concluded the following:

    Only a pharmaceutical formulation of CBD which could meet FDA requirements for standardization and quality control would be appropriate for administering to children; and

    Placebo-controlled studies should be performed as a matter of urgency in order to provide robust evidence of the safety and efficacy of CBD.

        Although no such placebo-controlled trials have yet been initiated, in 2013, a total of seven expanded access INDs have been granted by the FDA to outside investigators to allow treatment of approximately 125 pediatric epilepsy patients with Epidiolex. These patients suffer from Dravet syndrome, LGS, and other pediatric epilepsy syndromes. A small number of patients are already being treated and the majority are expected to commence treatment in the coming months after receipt of the necessary DEA site licenses. We are aware of further interest from additional U.S. and ex-U.S. physicians to host similar INDs for Epidiolex. We are requesting that the physicians collect regular treatment data on seizure frequency, Epidiolex dosing, concomitant anti-epileptic medication, adverse events and other clinical measures.

        In November 2013, we received Orphan Drug Designation for Epidiolex for the treatment of Dravet syndrome. With advice from pediatric epilepsy specialists, we have proposed an investigational plan to the FDA for Epidiolex in Dravet syndrome and expect to hold a pre-IND meeting in the near future. Following this, we expect to submit an IND to the FDA and commence clinical development in 2014. We expect to apply to the FDA to obtain Orphan Drug Designation for Epidiolex for the treatment of LGS.

    CBD Safety Profile

        CBD is one of the two principal cannabinoids in Sativex. Sativex has over 19,000 patient years of exposure in real world use, during which a favorable safety profile and positive benefit-risk balance has continued to be established.

        The administration of CBD alone in clinical studies is presently more limited, with 206 patients in GW-sponsored early phase comparative studies having been treated either with CBD alone or with CBD as the major cannabinoid in a combination that included other GW cannabinoids. These studies have included a range of conditions, including inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and dyslipidemia. During these Phase 1 and 2 clinical trials, 10 patients reported a total of 12 Serious Adverse Events (SAEs), none of which occurred in more than a single patient. The most common adverse events (i.e., those observed in greater than 10% of subjects) were diarrhea, headache and nausea.

68


Table of Contents

    GWP42006 (CBDV) in Epilepsy

        In addition to CBD, we have a second product candidate, GWP42006, which features CBDV as the primary cannabinoid, which has also shown anti-convulsant effects across a range of in vitro and in vivo models of epilepsy.

        In a paper published in the September 2012 issue of The British Journal of Pharmacology by scientists with whom we collaborate at the University of Reading, United Kingdom, GWP42006 was reported to have the potential to prevent more seizures, with few of the side effects caused by many existing anti-epileptic drugs, such as uncontrollable shaking. In the study, GWP42006 strongly suppressed seizures in six different experimental models commonly used in epilepsy treatment. GWP42006 was also found to provide additional efficacy when combined with drugs currently used to control epilepsy. Genetic biomarkers for response have been identified.

        We initiated a Phase 1 trial for GWP42006 in the second half of 2013. This trial is due to report results in the first half of 2014.

        GWP42006 has the potential for development in the field of pediatric epilepsy as well as the broader epilepsy market.

        Epilepsy is estimated to affect 50 million people worldwide including, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2.2 million people in the United States. Drug therapy remains ineffective for seizure control in up to 30% of patients with epilepsy because either the drugs do not control the seizures or the patients cannot tolerate the side effects. Currently available drugs can cause significant side effects to individuals' movement and cognitive abilities that can adversely affect the quality of life for epileptic patients.

    Glioma

    Market Overview

        Glioma describes any tumor that arises from the glial tissue of the brain. Glioblastoma, or GBM, is a particularly aggressive tumor that forms from abnormal growth of glial tissue. According to the New England Journal of Medicine, GBM accounts for approximately 46% of the 22,500 new cases of brain cancer diagnosed in the United States each year. Treatment options are limited and expected survival is a little over one year. GBM is considered a rare disease by the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA.

    Our Research

        In pre-clinical models, we have shown cannabinoids to be orally active in the treatment of gliomas and, in addition, have shown tumor response to be positively associated with tissue levels of cannabinoids. We have identified the putative mechanism of action for our cannabinoid product candidates, where autophagy and programmed cell death are stimulated via inhibition of the akt/mTORC1 axis. We have shown in in vivo studies that cannabinoids have a synergistic effect with temozolomide, the standard chemotherapeutic agent used in the treatment of glioma.

        In light of this promising pre-clinical research, we commenced an early proof of concept Phase 1b clinical trial in 20 patients with recurrent GBM in October 2013. The trial compares a combination of GWP42002 and GWP42003 with placebo, in each case in combination with temozolomide, the current standard of care. This study is a two part study with an open-label phase to assess safety and tolerability and a double blind, randomised, placebo-controlled phase with patients randomized to receive active or placebo. Data from the open label phase is expected in 2014. The primary outcome measure is 6 month progression free survival.The principal cannabinoids we have studied in pre-clinical models of glioma are GWP42002 and GWP42003 in various ratios, and this first trial will employ an

69


Table of Contents

equal ratio of GWP42002 and GWP42003 to establish a proof of principle. It is anticipated that subsequent development would focus on a product candidate with a different ratio of GWP42002 and GWP42003.

        We have also generated promising pre-clinical data to suggest that our cannabinoids could have benefits in other cancers, notably breast cancer, colon cancer and prostate cancer. In particular, in a model of Her2 positive breast cancer, we have shown cannabinoids to have the ability to inhibit not only local metastases, but also the occurrence of distant metastases. Our efforts are now focused on identifying the precise molecular mechanism of action of cannabinoids in breast cancer, and to define the optimum cannabinoid treatment regimen.

    Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy

    Disease Background

        Neonatal hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy, or NHIE, is acute or sub-acute brain injury due to asphyxia caused during birth resulting from deprivation of oxygen during birth (hypoxia) as a result of a sentinel event such as ruptured placenta, parental shock and even increased heart rate. Hypoxic damage can occur to most of the infant's organs, but brain damage is the most serious and least likely to heal, resulting in encephalopathy. This can later manifest itself as either mental retardation (including developmental delay and/or intellectual disability) or physical disabilities such as spasticity, blindness and deafness. Indeed, spastic diplegia and the other forms of cerebral palsy almost always feature asphyxiation during the birth process as a contributing factor.

        The exact timing and underlying causes of these outcomes remains unknown but it is widely recognized that interventions need to be administered within six hours of hypoxic insult.

    Market Overview

        According to Kurinczuk et al in the 2010 edition of Early Human Development, the incidence of NHIE is 1.5 to 2.8 per 1,000 births in the United States, or, by our estimate, 6,500 to 12,000 cases per year. Of these, 35% are expected to die in early life and 30% will end up with permanent disability. However, at time of diagnosis of NHIE, it is unclear what the prognosis may be, even for cases that are mild, and therefore the whole population is presumed to require treatment.

        There are currently no FDA approved medicines specifically indicated for NHIE. The only FDA approved treatment is the Olympic Cool-Cap System and treatment guidelines in many European countries also support use of whole body hypothermia. Clinical studies have shown the Cool-Cap to reduce the occurrence of disability due to NHIE but not death while whole body hypothermia had a more marginal effect on disability but is able to reduce mortality.

        There are academic initiatives looking to develop treatments in this area. In addition, one intervention being investigated by the pharmaceutical industry is an IV infusion of 2-Iminobiotin. Neurophyxia attained orphan drug designation for this treatment in both Europe and the United States and is conducting a Phase 2 study in Eastern Europe.

    Cannabinoid Rationale for Treating NHIE

        The pathophysiology of NHIE includes processes such as apoptosis, oxidative stress, inflammation and excitotoxicity, and may involve not only the brain, but also other organs. Some plant cannabinoids are able to influence all of these processes, but unlike other therapeutic compounds under development, can combine these neuroprotective strategies within a single molecule. Firstly they can act on transcription factors and nuclear receptors that control neuronal homeostasis and survival. Secondly, not only do they have important free radical scavenging actions, but may also upregulate and activate endogenous antioxidant defenses. Thirdly, they influence the immune network and modulate

70


Table of Contents

phenomena associated with infection or inflammation, via inhibition of macrophage and neutrophil migration, natural killer cell proliferation, and by their ability to inhibit harmful cytokine production. . It has been widely reported that endocannabinoids are able to protect the glial cell, an, effect that may be independent of CB receptors. Finally, the endocannabinoid system, or ECS, has been shown to be neuroprotective in animal models—the levels of endogenous cannabinoids become enhanced in the brains of newborn rats after acute injury, acting as a protective response, and it has been proposed that one additional mechanism by which plant cannabinoids work is by preventing theenzymatic degradation of endocannabinoids., thus enhancing endogenous defense mechanisms.

        Recent research into the neuroprotection that has been shown by cannabinoids in animal models of neonatal hypoxia has also suggested a role for the 5HT1A receptor, since some of the beneficial effects can be blocked by 5HT1A receptor blockers.

    CBD as the Primary Cannabinoid Product Candidate in NHIE

        In addition to its other properties, the possible neuroprotective effects of CBD have been examined. These neuroprotective effects are thought to be based mainly on the potent anti-inflammatory and anti-oxidant properties of CBD, although other actions of CBD that might also account for CBD-induced neuroprotection including: inhibition of calcium transport across membranes; inhibition of anandamide uptake and enzymatic hydrolysis; inhibition of iNOS protein expression and NF- k B activation; and inhibition of adenosine uptake. In a similar fashion to endocannabinoids, adenosine is thought to be part of a natural neuroprotective system, because adenosine levels rise in response to hypoxic insult in the brain and increasing extracellular adenosine acts as a neuroprotectant. It has been demonstrated that CBD enhances adenosine signaling through the inhibition of adenosine re-uptake and therefore indirectly activates the A 2A receptor.

        Previously, it was demonstrated that CBD reduces brain damage after ischemic injury in adult animals. In a piglet model of NHIE, CBD improved brain activity as measured by an EEG and reduced the numbers of seizures by half, while histological analysis of brain tissues showed that neuron degeneration was reduced. Neurological exams showed improved neurobehavioral performance up to three days after insult. There were also significant beneficial extra cerebral effects and the dose of dopamine needed by the animals to maintain blood pressure was less than half of what was required in vehicle treated animals.

    Our NHIE Research

        In a paper by Castillo, reporting results from our collaboration, CBD protected newborn mice forebrain slices from oxygen and glucose deprivation. Prevention of necrotic and apoptotic cell death and reductions in excitotoxicity, inflammation and nitrous oxide production was mediated by CB 2 and adenosine receptors. Another study from our collaboration with Lafuente showed that administration of CBD to newborn piglets at doses much lower than those reported in the literature protects brain cells, preserves brain activity, prevents seizures and improves neurobehavioral performance. These neuroprotective effects were not only free from side effects but also associated with some cardiac, hemodynamic, and ventilatory benefits unlike other promising compounds with neuroprotective activity. These data support the view of CBD as a possible therapy for asphyxiated newborns.

        During 2014, we are planning to consult with regulatory authorities on the development program for an intravenous CBD formulation in the treatment of NHIE.

    Type-2 Diabetes

    Market Overview

        According to the American Diabetes Association, 25.8 million individuals in the United States, or 8.3% of the population, have diabetes, of which at least 90% have the type-2 form. According to the World Health Organization, between 2010 and 2030, diabetes rates in developing countries will increase by 70% and by 20% in developed countries.

71


Table of Contents

        Type-2 diabetes is associated with two pathological features—insulin resistance in peripheral tissues causing an increase in the insulin requirement and a failure of the insulin producing cells in the pancreas to meet this increased demand. Insulin resistance is driven by obesity, as well as a genetic predisposition, age and lack of exercise. Insulin resistance causes elevated blood glucose levels, which is associated with various complications of diabetes, including increased risk of cardiovascular disease, kidney damage, nerve damage, and eye disease.

        There is no cure for diabetes, so treatments are aimed primarily at controlling blood glucose levels. There is recognition that advances in the treatment of type-2 diabetes should focus not merely on glucose control but in protecting the overworked pancreatic islet cells from failure. Thus, there is an unmet need for improved insulin sensitizer drugs and oral treatments that result in a restoration of normal insulin production and glucose-dependent release of insulin from pancreatic islets.

    Our Research

        We have completed a Phase 2a trial in the treatment of dyslipedemia in patients with type-2 diabetes. This five-arm trial was a 13 week randomized, double blind, placebo controlled, parallel group, pilot trial of GWP42004 (5mg), GWP42003 (100mg) and two separate ratios (5mg:5mg and 100mg:5mg) of GWP42003 and GWP42004. Each treatment was delivered in the form of oral capsules and administered twice daily. The trial enrolled a total of 62 type-2 diabetes patients, such that each treatment group had 11 to 14 patients.

        Although GWP42004 showed no benefit in lipid control, the trial showed that GWP42004, an oral cannabinoid treatment, produced the following desirable anti-diabetic effects: reduced fasting plasma glucose levels (p=0.04), with an increase in fasting insulin (p=0.289), and improved pancreatic beta-cell function (p=0.0074). Other trends of interest included increased serum adiponectin (p=0.0024), reduced systolic blood pressure (p=0.099), reduced serum IL-6 levels (p=0.076), and reduced serum C-Reactive Protein (CRP) levels (p=0.107). GWP42004 also showed numerical improvement in increased insulin sensitivity (p=0.275), improvements in both glucose and insulin response to glucose load (OGTT) (p=0.889 and p=0.417, respectively), and raised GLP-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1) (p=0.254). In this small study, GWP42004 was numerically better than placebo in reduction of HbA1c, the standard primary endpoint for Phase 3 diabetes studies, but failed to demonstrate significance (p=0.278). Because baseline HbA1c levels were normal, a significant reduction would not be expected. We are designing future studies of GWP42004 to focus on patients with elevated baseline HbA1c levels. The trial did not show meaningful effects in the other treatment arms.

        Several of these findings are consistent with pre-clinical data generated in collaboration with Professor Mike Cawthorne at the GW Metabolic Research Laboratory, University of Buckingham. In particular, pre-clinical data suggests that GWP42004 protects the insulin-producing cells of the pancreatic islets, a highly desirable feature of a new anti-diabetic medicine, increases insulin sensitivity, and reduces fasting plasma glucose levels.

        We are now planning a larger placebo-controlled Phase 2 dose ranging trial of GWP42004 which is expected to start in the first half of 2014.

    Ulcerative Colitis

    Market Overview

        Ulcerative colitis, or UC, is a chronic, relapsing inflammatory disease affecting the colon which can cause pain, urgent diarrhea, severe tiredness and loss of weight. In addition, patients with chronic intestinal inflammation have an increased risk of developing bowel cancers. According to the Crohn's & Colitis Foundation of America, UC may affect as many as 700,000 Americans.

72


Table of Contents

        Medical treatment for UC has two main goals: achieving remission (the near absence of symptoms) and, once that is accomplished, maintaining remission (prevention of flare-ups). To accomplish these goals, treatment is aimed at controlling the ongoing inflammation in the intestine. The four major classes of medication used today to treat ulcerative colitis are aminosalicylates (5-ASA), steroids, immune modifiers and antibiotics. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in one-quarter to one-third of patients with ulcerative colitis, medical therapy is not completely successful or complications arise. Under these circumstances, surgical removal of the colon may be considered.

    Our Research

        We have shown that GWP42003 has anti-inflammatory properties in a number of accepted animal models of inflammation, notably of the gut and the joints. In addition, we have shown the capacity of GWP42003 to inhibit the production in tissues of chemical mediators of inflammation, such as Tumor Necrosis Factor alpha, or TNF a . In particular, we have demonstrated efficacy in the treatment of UC in standard in vivo models.

        We have initiated a 62-patient Phase 2a trial to investigate the efficacy and safety of GWP42003 compared with placebo for the treatment of UC in patients refractory to 5-ASA. This trial is due to report results in the first half of 2014.

    Schizophrenia

    Market Overview

        Schizophrenia is a chronic disease that manifests through disturbances of perception, thought, cognition, emotion, motivation and motor activity. Over a lifetime, about 1% of the population will develop schizophrenia.

        All antipsychotic treatments for schizophrenia rely primarily upon their antagonistic action at the dopamine D2 receptor for their antipsychotic effect. They produce a wide range of adverse events, and are often poorly tolerated by patients resulting in poor compliance with treatment.

        Current antipsychotics also have little or no effect upon the 'negative' symptoms (blunted mood and lack of pleasure, motivation and movement) of schizophrenia or the associated cognitive deficit. Furthermore, the 'positive' symptoms (such as hallucinations, delusions and thought disorder) of at least one third of patients fail to respond adequately to current treatments.

    Our Research

        GWP42003 has shown notable anti-psychotic effects in accepted pre-clinical models of schizophrenia and importantly has also demonstrated the ability to reduce the characteristic movement disorders induced by currently available anti-psychotic agents. The mechanism of GWP42003 does not appear to rely on the D2 receptor augmentation of standard antipsychotics and therefore has the potential to offer a novel treatment option in this therapeutic area. We are currently preparing to commence a Phase 2a trial of GWP42003 in the treatment for schizophrenia in the first half of 2014.

        Additionally, our pre-clinical research findings suggest that a range of other psychiatric conditions may be promising targets for cannabinoid therapeutics.


Intellectual Property and Technology Licenses

        Our success depends in significant part on our ability to protect the proprietary nature of Sativex, our product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. We have sought, and

73


Table of Contents

plan to continue to seek, patent protection in the United States and other countries for our proprietary technologies. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 46 patent families with issued and/or pending claims directed to plants, plant extracts, extraction technology, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of cannabinoids, as well as plant variety rights, know-how and trade secrets. As of September 30, 2013, we own 318 pending patent applications worldwide. Within the United States, we already have 17 issued patents with a further 25 pending patent applications under active prosecution. There are an additional 192 issued patents outside of the United States. Our policy is to seek patent protection for the technology, inventions and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business, but only in those cases where we believe that the costs of obtaining patent protection is justified by the commercial potential of the technology, and typically only in those jurisdictions that we believe present significant commercial opportunities.

        We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.

        Our strategy is to seek and obtain patents related to Sativex across all major pharmaceutical markets around the world. In the United States, our patents and/or pending applications (if they were to issue) relating to Sativex would expire on various dates between 2021 and 2026, excluding possible patent term extensions. We have at least seven different patent families containing one or more pending and/or issued patents directed to the Sativex formulation, the extracts from which Sativex is composed, the extraction technique used to produce the extracts and the therapeutic use of Sativex. In the key indication, treatment of cancer pain, we have obtained a patent in the United States, entitled "Pharmaceutical Compositions for the Treatment of Pain", which would expire in September 2026. This patent is specific to the United States, and we will not seek to file, or obtain corresponding rights under, this patent in other countries.

        Under the 2007 research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, which expired in June 2013, all intellectual property (including both patents and non-manufacturing related know-how) that was conceived by either Otsuka or us during the course of the collaboration is jointly owned by Otsuka and us, and is referred to as "collaboration IP". Since no product/product candidate(s) were licensed by Otsuka at the end of the collaboration, we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license to use collaboration IP both outside and within the fields of CNS and oncology.

        Under the collaboration agreement, we are responsible for the filing, prosecution, maintenance and defense of any patents filed on the jointly owned collaboration IP, and Otsuka is responsible for all out-of-pocket expenses associated therewith. In the event Otsuka no longer wishes to reimburse us for our out-of-pocket costs associated with any of the jointly owned patents, Otsuka is required to assign its rights to the patents in question back to us. Otsuka has the first right to bring and control any action for infringement of any joint patent rights in the research field, and we have the right to join such action at our own expense. In the event Otsuka fails to bring such an action, we have the right to bring and control any such action at our own expense. Neither party shall have the right to settle any infringement litigation regarding the joint patent rights inside the research field without the prior written consent of the other party.

        We have a portfolio of intellectual property relating to CBD and CBDV in epilepsy. This portfolio includes four distinct patent families which are either granted or filed, protecting the use of these product candidates and five further patent families which protect other aspects of their manufacture and formulation. The latest expiry date of these families runs to September 2032. Several of these patent families are collaboration IP derived from the now expired Otsuka research collaboration, and to which we have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license. These patent families include claims to use of CBD and/or CBDV in the treatment of epilepsy as well as other families which provide protection for compositions, extraction techniques, CBD and CBDV extracts and highly purified CBD. We anticipate additional patent applications being filed as new data is generated. The

74


Table of Contents

trademark Epidiolex is registered in the United Kingdom and approved for publication in the United States.

        The term of individual patents depends upon the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we have filed, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent's term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent.

        The term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for extension, which permits term restoration as compensation for the term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits an extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Extensions cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug are available in Europe and other non-U.S. jurisdictions; indeed Supplementary Protection Certificates have been applied for such that the European formulation patent for Sativex will be extended to 2025 in Europe. In the future, if and when our pharmaceutical product candidates receive FDA approval, we may apply for extensions on patents covering those products.

        To protect our rights to any of our issued patents and proprietary information, we may need to litigate against infringing third parties, avail ourselves of the courts or participate in hearings to determine the scope and validity of those patents or other proprietary rights.

        We also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information, and it is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us.


Manufacturing

        We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of our products for commercial and clinical trial purposes. We operate under GMP manufacturing licenses issued by the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, in the United Kingdom and our facilities have been audited by the MHRA on several occasions. We have personnel with extensive experience in production of botanical raw material, pharmaceutical production, quality control, quality assurance and supply chain.

        For commercial Sativex production, the BRM is currently contracted to an external third party, although our staff is at the contract site to monitor activity and production quality on a weekly basis. All other steps in the commercial production process for Sativex are performed in-house. We routinely hold significant inventories of Sativex BRM and BDS, both of which have extended shelf lives that enable us to manufacture finished product on demand. We believe that these inventories are currently sufficient to enable us to continue to meet anticipated commercial demand for Sativex in the event of an interruption in our supply of BRM.

        We are in the process of expanding and upgrading parts of our manufacturing facilities in order to meet future demand and FDA requirements. Over the next two years, we will construct a new BDS production facility at our current site and install new BDS processing equipment. Construction work for this new facility commenced in September 2013. Longer term, depending on volume requirements, we anticipate the need to construct a new BDP facility.

        We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to 34 countries and have the necessary in-house expertise to manage the import/export process worldwide. We have

75


Table of Contents

substantial expertise in, and experience with, relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics. We have formed relationships with relevant international and national agencies in order to enable licensing of research sites, establishing appropriate product distribution channels and securing licensed storage, obtaining import/export licenses, and facilitating amendments to relevant legislation if required prior to commercialization.


Competition

        The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our scientific knowledge, technology and development experience provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

        A synthetic THC (dronabinol) oral capsule has been approved and distributed in the United States for anorexia associated with weight loss in patients with AIDS. Dronabinol and nabilone (a synthetic molecule similar to THC) capsules have been approved and distributed in the United States for the treatment of nausea and vomiting associated with cancer chemotherapy in patients who have failed to respond adequately to conventional antiemetic treatments. We are also aware of exploratory research into the effects of THC formulations in other areas.

        We are aware of discovery research within the pharmaceutical industry into synthetic agonists and antagonists of CB1 and CB2 receptors. We are also aware of companies that supply synthetic cannabinoids and cannabis extracts to researchers for pre-clinical and clinical investigation. We are also aware of various companies that cultivate cannabis plants with a view to supplying herbal cannabis or non-pharmaceutical cannabis-based formulations to patients. These activities are generally not compliant with national and international legislation and have not been approved by the FDA.

        In both MS spasticity and cancer pain, Sativex aims to treat patients who do not respond adequately to standard of care. In MS spasticity, such treatments include baclofen and tizanidine and in cancer pain, such treatments include morphine and other opioids. In cancer pain, the principal focus of ongoing clinical research by our potential competitors is in the development of alternative formulations of opioids.

        With respect to CBD, a number of non-approved and non-standardized "artisanal" CBD preparations derived from crude herbal cannabis have been made available in limited quantities by producers of "medical marijuana" in the United States. In addition, certain pharmaceutical companies that currently manufacture synthetic THC are likely to have the capability to manufacture synthetic CBD and may already be doing so.

        We have never endorsed or supported the idea of distributing or legalizing crude herbal cannabis, or preparations derived from crude herbal cannabis, for medical use and do not believe prescription cannabinoids are the same, and therefore competitive, with crude herbal cannabis. We have consistently maintained that only a cannabinoid medication, one that is standardized in composition, formulation, and dose, administered by means of an appropriate delivery system, and tested in properly controlled pre-clinical and clinical studies, can meet the standards of regulatory authorities around the world, including those of the FDA. We have also repeatedly stressed that these regulatory processes provide important protections for patients, and we believe that any cannabinoid medication must be subjected to, and satisfy, such rigorous scrutiny.

76


Table of Contents

        The prospect for cannabinoid therapeutics to be approved through the FDA approval pathway has been the subject of statements from the White House, Congress and the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA. The White House Office of National Drug Control Policy states on its "Facts and Answers to the Frequently Asked Questions about Marijuana" on the White House website that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically references Sativex as a product that is currently in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. In its June 2012 report entitled "Reducing the U.S. Demand for Illegal Drugs," the U.S. Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control expresses the view that the development of marijuana-based therapeutics through an approved FDA process is the best route to explore and references Sativex as a promising product currently in the final phase of the FDA's trials for approved use in the United States. In that report, the Senate Caucus urged the FDA to complete a careful review of Sativex in a timely manner. In its April 2013 report entitled "The DEA Position on Marijuana," the DEA expresses support for ongoing research into potential medicinal uses of marijuana's active ingredients, and specifically references Sativex.


Government Regulation and Product Approval

    FDA Approval Process

        In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

        Pharmaceutical product development in the United States typically involves pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence, and adequate, well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.

        Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good laboratory practices. The results of pre-clinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term pre-clinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

        A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

77


Table of Contents

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations, (ii) in compliance with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors, and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

        The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB's requirements or may impose other conditions.

        Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance, and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the trial is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with potentially serious outcome, and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

        After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The NDA must include the results of all pre-clinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product's pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, currently exceeding $2,169,000, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

        The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs. Most such applications for standard review drug products are reviewed within ten to twelve months, while most applications for priority review drugs are reviewed in six to eight months. Priority review can be applied to drugs that the FDA determines offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. For biologics, priority review is further limited only for drugs intended to treat

78


Table of Contents

a serious or life-threatening disease relative to the currently approved products. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

        The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, which is typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

        After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.

        An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug's safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

    Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

        Sponsors of clinical trials of certain FDA-regulated products, including prescription drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information on a public website maintained by the U.S. National Institutes of Health. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigator, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of these trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly-available information to gain knowledge regarding the design and progress of our development programs.

    Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

        FDA is required to facilitate the development, and expedite the review, of drugs that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of

79


Table of Contents

the IND for the drug candidate. FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor's request.

        Under the fast track program and FDA's accelerated approval regulations, FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.

        In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions, or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by FDA.

        In addition to other benefits such as the ability to use surrogate endpoints and engage in more frequent interactions with FDA, FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track drug's NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, FDA's time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by FDA if FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

    The Hatch-Waxman Act

    Orange Book Listing

        In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant's product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA's Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as "generic equivalents" to the listed drug, and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

        The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA's Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement, certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use, rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent.

80


Table of Contents

        If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

        A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product's listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

        The ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.

    Exclusivity

        Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity or NCE, which is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which time the FDA cannot receive any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug. Certain changes to a drug, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approval an ANDA for a generic drug that includes the change.

        An ANDA may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification, and, thus, no ANDA may be filed before the expiration of the exclusivity period.

        For a botanical drug, FDA may determine that the active moiety is one or more of the principle components or the complex mixture as a whole. This determination would affect the utility of any 5-year exclusivity as well as the ability of any potential generic competitor to demonstrate that it is the same drug as the original botanical drug.

    Patent Term Extension

        After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five-year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug's testing phase—the time between IND submission and NDA submission—and all of the review phase—the time between NDA submission and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.

        For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the PTO must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted.

    Advertising and Promotion

        Once an NDA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including

81


Table of Contents

standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet.

        Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

    Adverse Event Reporting and GMP Compliance

        Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, after approval. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

    Pediatric Exclusivity and Pediatric Use

        The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or BPCA, provides NDA holders a six-month extension of any exclusivity—patent or non-patent—for a drug if certain conditions are met. Conditions for exclusivity include a determination by the FDA that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population; a written request by the FDA for pediatric studies; and agreement by the applicant to perform the requested studies and the submission to the FDA, and the acceptance by the FDA, of the reports of the requested studies within the statutory timeframe. Applications under the BPCA are treated as priority applications.

        In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective, unless the sponsor has received a deferral or waiver from the FDA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted. The required pediatric assessment must assess the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The sponsor or FDA may request a deferral of pediatric studies for some or all of the pediatric subpopulations. A deferral may be granted for several reasons, including a finding that the drug is ready for approval for use in adults before pediatric studies are complete or that additional safety or effectiveness data need to be collected before the pediatric studies begin. Under PREA, the FDA must send a non-compliance letter requesting a response with 45 days to any sponsor that fails to submit the required assessment, keep a deferral current or fails to submit a request for approval of a pediatric formulation.

82


Table of Contents

    Orphan Drugs

        Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

    Special Protocol Assessment

        A company may reach an agreement with the FDA under the Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, process as to the required design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim. According to its performance goals, the FDA is supposed to evaluate the protocol within 45 days of the request to assess whether the proposed trial is adequate, and that evaluation may result in discussions and a request for additional information. An SPA request must be made before the proposed trial begins, and all open issues must be resolved before the trial begins. If a written agreement is reached, it will be documented and made part of the administrative record. Under the FDC Act and FDA guidance implementing the statutory requirement, an SPA is generally binding upon the FDA except in limited circumstances, such as if the FDA identifies a substantial scientific issue essential to determining safety or efficacy after the study begins, public health concerns emerge that were unrecognized at the time of the protocol assessment, the sponsor and FDA agree to the change in writing, or if the study sponsor fails to follow the protocol that was agreed upon with the FDA.

    Controlled Substances

        The federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA, and its implementing regulations establish a "closed system" of regulations for controlled substances. The CSA imposes registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, importation and other requirements under the oversight of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA. The DEA is the federal agency responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements in order to prevent the diversion of controlled substances to illicit channels of commerce.

        Facilities that manufacture, distribute, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. The DEA registration is specific to the particular location, activity(ies) and controlled substance schedule(s). For example, separate registrations are required for importation and manufacturing activities, and each registration authorizes which schedules of controlled substances the registrant may handle. However, certain coincident activities are permitted without obtaining a separate DEA registration, such as distribution of controlled substances by the manufacturer that produces them.

        The DEA categorizes controlled substances into one of five schedules—Schedule I, II, III, IV, or V—with varying qualifications for listing in each schedule. Schedule I substances by definition have a

83


Table of Contents

high potential for abuse, have no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States and lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision. They may be used only in federally-approved research programs and may not be marketed or sold for dispensing to patients in the United States. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use that are otherwise approved for marketing may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence. The regulatory requirements are more restrictive for Schedule II substances than Schedule III substances. For example, all Schedule II drug prescriptions must be signed by a physician, physically presented to a pharmacist in most situations, and cannot be refilled.

        The DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, record keeping, reporting and handling prior to issuing a controlled substance registration. The specific security requirements vary by the type of business activity and the schedule and quantity of controlled substances handled. The most stringent requirements apply to manufacturers of Schedule I and Schedule II substances. Required security measures commonly include background checks on employees and physical control of controlled substances through storage in approved vaults, safes and cages, and through use of alarm systems and surveillance cameras. An application for a manufacturing registration as a bulk manufacturer (not a dosage form manufacturer or a repacker/relabeler) for a Schedule I or II substance must be published in the Federal Register, and is open for 30 days to permit interested persons to submit comments, objections, or requests for a hearing. A copy of the notice of the Federal Register publication is forwarded by DEA to all those registered, or applicants for registration, as bulk manufacturers of that substance. Once registered, manufacturing facilities must maintain records documenting the manufacture, receipt and distribution of all controlled substances. Manufacturers must submit periodic reports to the DEA of the distribution of Schedule I and II controlled substances, Schedule III narcotic substances, and other designated substances. Registrants must also report any controlled substance thefts or significant losses, and must obtain authorization to destroy or dispose of controlled substances. As with applications for registration as a bulk manufacturer, an application for an importer registration for a Schedule I or II substance must also be published in the Federal Register, which remains open for 30 days for comments. Imports of Schedule I and II controlled substances for commercial purposes are generally restricted to substances not already available from domestic supplier or where there is not adequate competition among domestic suppliers. In addition to an importer or exporter registration, importers and exporters must obtain a permit for every import or export of a Schedule I and II substance or Schedule III, IV and V narcotic, and submit import or export declarations for Schedule III, IV and V non-narcotics. In some cases, Schedule III non-narcotic substances may be subject to the import/export permit requirement, if necessary to ensure that the United States complies with its obligations under international drug control treaties.

        For drugs manufactured in the United States, the DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for the amount of substances within Schedules I and II that may be manufactured or produced in the United States based on the DEA's estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate medical, scientific, research and industrial needs. This limited aggregate amount of cannabis that the DEA allows to be produced in the United States each year is allocated among individual companies, which, in turn, must annually apply to the DEA for individual manufacturing and procurement quotas. The quotas apply equally to the manufacturing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and production of dosage forms. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas a few times per year, and individual manufacturing or procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments for individual companies.

        The states also maintain separate controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensing, recordkeeping, security, distribution, and dispensing requirements. State Authorities, including Boards of Pharmacy, regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to maintain compliance with

84


Table of Contents

applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal prosecution.

    Europe/Rest of World Government Regulation

        In addition to regulations in the United States, we are and will be subject, either directly or through our distribution partners, to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products, if approved.

        Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in non-U.S. countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like an IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In Europe, for example, a clinical trial application, or CTA, must be submitted to the competent national health authority and to independent ethics committees in each country in which a company intends to conduct clinical trials. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country's requirements, clinical trial development may proceed in that country.

        The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country, even though there is already some degree of legal harmonization in the European Union member states resulting from the national implementation of underlying E.U. legislation. In all cases, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and other applicable regulatory requirements.

        To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational drug under E.U. regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing authorization application. This application is similar to the NDA in the United States, with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. Drugs can be authorized in the European Union by using (i) the centralized authorization procedure, (ii) the mutual recognition procedure, (iii) the decentralized procedure or (iv) national authorization procedures. The initial Sativex approvals were a consequence of an application under the De-Centralized Procedure, or DCP, to the E.U. member states of the United Kingdom and Spain.

        The EMA implemented the centralized procedure for the approval of human drugs to facilitate marketing authorizations that are valid throughout the European Union. This procedure results in a single marketing authorization granted by the European Commission that is valid across the European Union, as well as in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The centralized procedure is compulsory for human drugs that are: (i) derived from biotechnology processes, such as genetic engineering, (ii) contain a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, autoimmune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases, (iii) officially designated "orphan drugs" (drugs used for rare human diseases) and (iv) advanced-therapy medicines, such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines. The centralized procedure may at the request of the applicant also be used for human drugs which do not fall within the above mentioned categories if the human drug (a) contains a new active substance which, on the date of entry into force of this Regulation, was not authorized in the Community; or (b) the applicant shows that the medicinal product constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or that the granting of authorization in the centralized procedure is in the interests of patients or animal health at European Community level.

        Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application by the EMA is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions

85


Table of Contents

asked by the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP), with adoption of the actual marketing authorization by the European Commission thereafter. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest from the point of view of therapeutic innovation, defined by three cumulative criteria: the seriousness of the disease to be treated; the absence of an appropriate alternative therapeutic approach, and anticipation of exceptional high therapeutic benefit. In this circumstance, EMA ensures that the evaluation for the opinion of the CHMP is completed within 150 days and the opinion issued thereafter.

        The mutual recognition procedure, or MRP, for the approval of human drugs is an alternative approach to facilitate individual national marketing authorizations within the European Union. Basically, the MRP may be applied for all human drugs for which the centralized procedure is not obligatory. The MRP is applicable to the majority of conventional medicinal products, and is based on the principle of recognition of an already existing national marketing authorization by one or more member states. Since the first approvals for Sativex were national approvals in the United Kingdom and Spain (following a DCP), the only route open to us for additional marketing authorizations in the European Union was the MRP.

        The characteristic of the MRP is that the procedure builds on an already existing marketing authorization in a member state of the E.U. that is used as reference in order to obtain marketing authorizations in other E.U. member states. In the MRP, a marketing authorization for a drug already exists in one or more member states of the E.U. and subsequently marketing authorization applications are made in other European Union member states by referring to the initial marketing authorization. The member state in which the marketing authorization was first granted will then act as the reference member state. The member states where the marketing authorization is subsequently applied for act as concerned member states.

        The MRP is based on the principle of the mutual recognition by European Union member states of their respective national marketing authorizations. Based on a marketing authorization in the reference member state, the applicant may apply for marketing authorizations in other member states. In such case, the reference member state shall update its existing assessment report about the drug in 90 days. After the assessment is completed, copies of the report are sent to all member states, together with the approved summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. The concerned member states then have 90 days to recognize the decision of the reference member state and the summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. National marketing authorizations shall be granted within 30 days after acknowledgement of the agreement.

        Should any Member State refuse to recognize the marketing authorization by the reference member state, on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the issue will be referred to a coordination group. Within a timeframe of 60 days, member states shall, within the coordination group, make all efforts to reach a consensus. If this fails, the procedure is submitted to an EMA scientific committee for arbitration. The opinion of this EMA Committee is then forwarded to the Commission, for the start of the decision making process. As in the centralized procedure, this process entails consulting various European Commission Directorates General and the Standing Committee on Human Medicinal Products or Veterinary Medicinal Products, as appropriate. Since the initial approvals of Sativex in the United Kingdom and Spain, there have been three "waves" of additional approvals under three separate MRPs. Each of these procedures have been completed without any referral, and therefore without any delay.

        For other countries outside of the European Union, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, again, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the other applicable regulatory requirements.

86


Table of Contents

        If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension of clinical trials, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

        In addition, most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for Sativex and our other products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit Sativex or our other products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In that case, we would be unable to market our products in those countries in the near future or perhaps at all.

    Reimbursement

        Sales of pharmaceutical products in the United States will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payers, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed health care organizations. These third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Additionally, the containment of health care costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. If these third-party payers do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

        The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, imposed new requirements for the distribution and pricing of prescription drugs for Medicare beneficiaries and included a major expansion of the prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D plans include both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payers often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payers.

        On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. This law provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. A plan for the research will be developed by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and

87


Table of Contents

the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures will be made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payers, it is not clear how such a result could be avoided and what if any effect the research will have on the sales of our product candidates, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor's product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payer to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of the product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

        The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the ACA) enacted in March 2010, is expected to have a significant impact on the health care industry. The ACA is expected to expand coverage for the uninsured while at the same time contain overall health care costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA is expected to expand and increase industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and make changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare D program. We cannot predict the impact of the ACA on pharmaceutical companies as many of the ACA reforms require the promulgation of detailed regulations implementing the statutory provisions which has not yet occurred. In addition, although the United States Supreme Court has upheld the constitutionality of most of the ACA, some states have stated their intentions to not implement certain section of ACA and some members of Congress are still working to repeal ACA. These challenges add to the uncertainty of the changes enacted as part of ACA. In addition, the current legal challenges to the ACA, as well as Congressional efforts to repeal the ACA, add to the uncertainty of the legislative changes enacted as part of the ACA.

        In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be significantly lower.

    Other Health Care Laws and Compliance Requirements

        In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (formerly the Health Care Financing Administration), or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the False Claims Act, the privacy provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and similar state laws, each as amended. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, or VHCA, each as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Under the VHCA, drug

88


Table of Contents

companies are required to offer certain drugs at a reduced price to a number of federal agencies including U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs and U.S. Department of Defense, the Public Health Service and certain private Public Health Service designated entities in order to participate in other federal funding programs including Medicare and Medicaid. Recent legislative changes purport to require that discounted prices be offered for certain U.S. Department of Defense purchases for its TRICARE program via a rebate system. Participation under the VHCA requires submission of pricing data and calculation of discounts and rebates pursuant to complex statutory formulas, as well as the entry into government procurement contracts governed by the Federal Acquisition Regulations.

        In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of pharmaceutical products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Some states also impose requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities or register their sales representatives. Other legislation has been enacted in certain states prohibiting pharmacies and other health care entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical companies for use in sales and marketing, and prohibiting certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.


Legal Proceedings and Related Matters

        From time to time, we may be party to litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. We do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

C.  Organizational Structure

        The following is a list of our significant subsidiaries:

Name of undertaking
  Country of
registration
  Activity   %
holding
 

GW Pharma Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

GW Research Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited

  Guernsey   Research and Development     100  

GWP Trustee Company Limited

  England and Wales   Employee Share Ownership     100  

G-Pharm Trustee Company Limited

  England and Wales   Dormant     100  

G-Pharm Limited

  England and Wales   Dormant     100  

GW Pharmaceuticals Inc. 

  United States   Clinical Research     100  

89


Table of Contents

D.  Property Plant and Equipment.

Type
  Location   Size   Expiry

Executive office

  Wiltshire, United Kingdom   2,942   July 2014

Executive office

  London, United Kingdom   2,680   September 2015

Executive office

  Cambridge, United Kingdom   12,120   May 2021

Research and manufacturing

  Southern United Kingdom   69,356   January 2019

Research and manufacturing

  Southern United Kingdom   14,560   December 2023

Research and manufacturing(1)

  Southern United Kingdom   3,847   October 2013

(1)
The lease for 3,847 square feet expired in October 2013 but we have agreed terms for a six year extension and are currently in the process of finalizing the detailed terms of this extension.

        All of our property is leased. We believe that our office, research and manufacturing facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs. However, in anticipation of future commercial and research demand, in October 2013 we entered into contracts for the construction, fit out and lease for a new bespoke 10,000 square feet manufacturing facility and we are in the process of agreeing lease terms for an additional 3,261 square feet of manufacturing facility space in the south of the United Kingdom.

        We are not aware of any environmental issues that may affect our utilization of our property.

        Further details of our Plant and Equipment are given in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements set out on page F-28.

Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        There are no written comments from the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission which remain unresolved before the end of the fiscal year to which the annual report relates.

Item 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

        The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data," and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We present our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union, or EU.

        The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements" in this Annual Report. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

        Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pound sterling amounts as at and for the year ended September 30, 2013 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate at September 30, 2013, of £0.6181 to $1.00. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.

90


Table of Contents

A.  Operating Results

Important Financial and Operating Terms and Concepts

    Revenue

        We generate revenue from product sales, license fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with our commercial partners generally include a non-refundable upfront fee (attributed to separately identifiable components including license fees, collaboration fees and technical access fees), milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, royalties on product sales of licensed products if and when such product sales occur and revenue from the supply of products. For these agreements, total arrangement consideration is attributed to separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be achieved in stand-alone transactions. The allocated consideration is recognized as revenue in accordance with our accounting policies for each revenue stream.

    Product sales

        We recognize revenue from the sale of products when we have transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods to the buyer, when we no longer have effective control over the goods sold, when the amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably, and when it is probable that we will receive future economic benefits associated with the transaction. Product sales have no rights of return. Provisions for rebates are established in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

    License fees

        License fees are upfront payments received under our product out-licensing agreements from our commercial partners for the right to commercialize products. Such fees are generally received upfront, are non-refundable and are deferred and recognized over the period of the expected license term.

    Collaboration fees

        Collaboration fees are amounts received from our commercial partners for our participation in joint development activities. Such fees are generally received upfront, are non-refundable and are deferred and recognized as services are rendered based on the percentage of completion method.

    Technical access fees

        Technical access fees represent amounts charged to licensing partners to provide access to, and allow them to commercially exploit, data that we possess or that can be expected to result from our research programs that are in progress. Non-refundable technical access fees that involve the delivery of data that we possess and that permit our licensing partners to use the data freely and where we have no remaining obligations to perform are recognized as revenue upon delivery of the data. Non-refundable technical access fees relating to data where the research program is ongoing are recognized based on the percentage of completion method.

    Development and approval milestone fees

        Development and approval milestones represent amounts received from our commercial partners, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones. We recognize development and approval milestone fees as revenue based on the percentage of completion method on the assumption that all stages will be completed successfully, but with

91


Table of Contents

cumulative revenue recognized limited to non-refundable amounts already received or reasonably certain to be received.

    Research and development fees

        Research and development fees represent amounts chargeable to our development partners relating to the conduct of our joint research plans. Revenue from development partner-funded contract research and development agreements is recognized as research and development services are rendered. Where services are in-progress at period end, we recognize revenue proportionately, in line with the percentage of completion of the service. Where such in-progress services include the conduct of clinical trials, we recognize revenue in line with the stage of completion of each trial so that revenue is recognized in line with the expenditures.

    Royalties

        Royalty revenue arises from our contractual entitlement to receive a fixed percentage of our commercial partner's in-market net product sales revenue. Royalty revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to us and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

    Costs of sales

        Costs of sales principally includes the cost of materials, direct labor, depreciation of manufacturing assets and overhead associated with our manufacturing facilities.

    Research and development expenditure

        Expenses on research and development activities are recognized as an expense in the period in which the expense is incurred.

        An internally-generated intangible asset arising from our development activities is recognized only when an asset is created that can be identified, it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

        We have determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold for the creation of an internally generated intangible asset can be achieved. All research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred.

    GW-funded research and development expenditure

        GW-funded research and development expenditure consists of costs associated with our research activities. These costs include costs of conducting our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, payroll costs associated with employing our team of research and development staff, share-based payment expenses, property costs associated with leasing laboratory and office space to accommodate our research teams, costs of growing botanical raw material, costs of consumables used in the conduct of our in-house research programs, payments for research work conducted by sub-contractors and sponsorship of work by our network of academic collaborative research scientists, costs associated with safety studies and costs associated with the development of further Sativex data.

        We expect to increase our investment in GW-funded research and development in the future as we seek to advance our most promising pipeline product candidates through further clinical development.

92


Table of Contents

    Development partner-funded research and development expenditure

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditure represent costs incurred by us in conducting the joint research plans under our collaborations. These costs include (i) costs incurred under our Phase 3 cancer pain program and other Sativex related U.S. market development activities that are chargeable to Otsuka under the terms of the 2007 Sativex U.S. development license, (ii) costs incurred in carrying out our pre-clinical toxicology, pharmacology and both in vitro and in vivo pre-clinical models in the fields of CNS disease and oncology, which were chargeable to our partner Otsuka under the terms of the research collaboration agreement until its conclusion on June 30, 2013 and (iii) costs that we incur in providing support to the regulatory and research activities of our other Sativex development partners, which are recoverable under the terms of our agreements.

    Management and administrative expenses

        Management and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits related to our executive, finance, business development and support functions. Other management and administrative expenses include costs associated with managing our commercial activities and the costs of compliance with the day-to-day requirements of being a listed public company in both the United Kingdom and the United States, including insurance, general administration overhead, legal and professional fees, audit fees and fees for taxation services. We expect that management and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we expand our operating activities.

    Interest expense and income

        Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense incurred on two finance leases which expire in 2018 and 2027, respectively.

        Interest income consists primarily of interest earned by investing our cash reserves in short-term interest-bearing deposit accounts.

    Taxation

        As a U.K. resident trading entity, we are subject to U.K. corporate taxation. Our tax recognized represents the sum of the tax currently payable or recoverable, and deferred tax. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

        As a company that carries out extensive research and development activities, we benefit from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime, whereby our principal research subsidiary company, GW Research Ltd., is able to surrender the trading losses that arise from its research and development activities for a cash rebate of up to 24.75% of eligible research and development expenditures. Qualifying expenditures largely comprise employment costs for research staff, consumables and certain internal overhead costs incurred as part of research projects. Subcontracted research expenditures are eligible for a cash rebate of up to 16%. The majority of our pipeline research, clinical trials management and the Sativex chemistry and manufacturing controls development activities, all of which are being carried out by GW Research Ltd., are eligible for inclusion within these tax credit cash rebate claims. The Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials program, which is fully funded by Otsuka, and certain other Sativex safety studies are being carried out by GW Pharma Ltd., our principal commercial trading subsidiary. As GW Pharma Ltd. is currently profitable, it is currently unable to surrender trading losses to seek a research and development tax credit cash rebate.

        We also expect to benefit in the future from the new "patent box" initiative in the United Kingdom. This effectively allows profits attributable to revenues from patented products to be taxed at

93


Table of Contents

a lower rate than other revenue that over time will be reduced to 10%. As we have many different patents covering our products, we expect that future upfront fees, milestone fees, product revenues and royalties will be taxed at this favorably low tax rate. When taken in combination with the enhanced relief available on our research and development expenditure, we expect that this will result in a long-term low rate of corporation tax. As such, we consider that the United Kingdom is a favorable location for us to continue to conduct our business for the long-term.


Critical Judgments in Applying our Accounting Policies

        In the application of our accounting policies, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        Our estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

        The following are our critical judgments, except those involving estimation uncertainty, that we have made in the process of applying our accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Recognition of clinical trials expenses

        We recognize expenses incurred in carrying out clinical trials during the course of conduct of each clinical trial in line with the state of completion of each trial. This involves the calculation of clinical trial accruals at each period end to account for incurred expenses. This requires estimation of the expected full cost to complete the trial as well as the current stage of trial completion.

        Clinical trials usually take place over extended time periods and typically involve a set-up phase, a recruitment phase and a completion phase which ends upon the receipt of a final report containing full statistical analysis of trial results. Accruals are prepared separately for each in-process clinical trial and take into consideration the stage of completion of each trial including the number of patients that have entered the trial, the number of patients that have completed treatment and whether we have received the final report. In all cases, the full cost of each trial is expensed by the time we have received the final report.

    Revenue recognition

        We recognize revenue from product sales, license fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with our commercial partners generally include a non-refundable upfront fee (attributed to separately identifiable components including license fees, collaboration fees and technical access fees), milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, royalties on product sales of licensed products if and when such product sales occur and revenue from the supply of products to our commercial partners. For these agreements, we are required to apply judgment in the allocation of total agreement consideration to the separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions.

94


Table of Contents

        Product revenue received is based on a contractually agreed percentage of our commercial partner's in-market net sales revenue. The commercial partner's in-market net sales revenue is the price per vial charged to end customers, less set defined deductible overheads incurred in distributing the product. In developing estimates, we use monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners during the course of the year. For certain markets, where negotiations are ongoing with local reimbursement authorities, an estimated in-market sales price is used, which requires the application of judgement in assessing whether an estimated in-market sales price is reliably measurable. In our assessment, we consider, inter alia, identical products sold in similar markets and whether the agreed prices for those identical products support the estimated in-market sales price. In the event that we consider there to be significant uncertainty with regards to the in-market sales price to be charged by the commercial partner as a result of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities, such that it is not possible to reliably measure the amount of revenue that will flow to us, we would not recognize revenue until that uncertainty has been resolved.

        We apply the percentage of completion revenue recognition method to certain classes of revenue. The application of this approach requires our judgment with regards to the total costs incurred and total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the length of the agreement.


Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

        The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year, are discussed below.

    Provision for inventories

        We maintain inventories which, based upon current sales levels and the current regulatory status of the product in each indication, are in-excess of the amount that is expected to be utilized in the manufacture of finished product for future commercial sales. Provision is therefore made to reduce the carrying value of the excess inventories to their expected net realizable value.

        Our provision for inventories, and adjustments thereto, are estimated based on evaluation of the status of the regulatory approval, projected sales volumes and growth rates. The timing and extent of future provision adjustments will be contingent upon the timing and extent of future regulatory approvals and post-approval in-market sales demand, which remain uncertain at this time.

    Deferred taxation

        At September 30, 2013, we have accumulated tax losses of £33.6 million, which are available to offset against future profits. Our policy is to recognize deferred tax assets only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax-planning strategies and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the brought forward trading losses can be utilized. Estimation of the level of future taxable profits is therefore required in order to determine the appropriate carrying value of the deferred tax asset at each balance sheet date. We recognize the value of certain tax losses as deferred tax assets on the balance sheet. A deferred tax asset of £0.9 million was recognized on our balance sheet at September 30, 2013.

        If the value of the remaining losses and certain other timing differences were recognized within our balance sheet at the balance sheet date, we would be carrying a further deferred tax asset of £6.1 million as at September 30, 2013.

95


Table of Contents

    Rebate provision

        We maintain a rebate provision for expected reimbursements to our commercial partners in circumstances in which actual net revenue per vial differs from expected net revenue per vial as a consequence of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities.

        The amount of our rebate provision is based on, amongst other things, monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners and represents our best estimate of the rebate expected to be required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period.

        Pricing decisions made by local health authorities, including revisions and clarifications that have retroactive application can result in changes to management's estimates of the rebates reported in prior periods.

        Aggregate rebate provision accruals at September 30, 2013 were £1.2 million.


Segments

        We operate through three reportable segments, Sativex Commercial, Sativex Research and Development and Pipeline Research and Development.

            Sativex Commercial.     The Sativex Commercial segment promotes Sativex through strategic collaborations with major pharmaceutical companies for the currently approved indication of MS spasticity. We entered into agreements with: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Novartis in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group in Israel.

            Sativex Research and Development.     The Sativex R&D segment seeks to maximize the potential of Sativex through the development of new indications. The current focus for this segment is the Phase 3 clinical development program of Sativex for use in the treatment of cancer pain. We also believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for the United States and we intend to pursue an additional clinical development program for this significant market opportunity. In addition, Sativex has shown promising efficacy in Phase 2 trials in other indications such as neuropathic pain, but these areas are not currently the subject of full development programs.

            Pipeline Research and Development.     The Pipeline R&D segment seeks to develop cannabinoid medications other than Sativex across a range of therapeutic areas using our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. The Group's product pipeline includes an orphan childhood epilepsy program as well as other product candidates in Phase 1 and 2 clinical development for glioma, ulcerative colitis, type-2 diabetes and schizophrenia.

96


Table of Contents


Results of Operations

    Comparison of Years Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change
2013 vs. 2012
 
 
  2013   2013   2012   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Revenue

    44,158     27,295     33,120     (5,825 )   (18 )%

Cost of sales

    (2,064 )   (1,276 )   (839 )   437     52 %

Research and development expenditure

    (52,897 )   (32,697 )   (27,578 )   5,119     19 %

Management and administrative expenses

    (6,135 )   (3,792 )   (3,660 )   132     4 %
                       

Operating (loss)/profit

    (16,938 )   (10,470 )   1,043     (11,513 )   (1,104 )%

Interest expense

    (104 )   (64 )   (1 )   63      

Interest income

    288     178     200     (22 )   (11 )%
                       

(Loss)/profit before tax

    (16,754 )   (10,356 )   1,242     (11,598 )   (934 )%

Tax

    9,395     5,807     1,248     4,559     365 %
                       

(Loss)/profit for the year

    (7,359 )   (4,549 )   2,490     (7,039 )   (283 )%
                       

    Revenue

        The following table summarizes our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
   
  Change
2013 vs. 2012
 
 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2013   2013   2012  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Product sales

    3,490     2,157     2,514     (357 )   (14 )%

Research and development fees

    38,172     23,594     19,500     4,094     21 %

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    2,094     1,294     1,294          

Development and approval milestone fees

    402     250     9,812     (9,562 )   (97 )%
                       

Total revenue

    44,158     27,295     33,120     (5,825 )   (18 )%
                       

        Total revenue decreased by 18% to £27.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2013, compared to £33.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This reduction was driven by a variety of factors, as explained below.

        Sativex product sales revenue declined by £0.4 million, or 14%, to £2.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £2.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This decline was primarily due to the recognition of a £1.1 million rebate provision in 2013 for amounts expected to be paid to Almirall following an adverse German pricing decision in March 2013 coupled with a decline in the supply price charged to Almirall as a result of the amended supply agreement, which was effective from March 2012. These declines were partially offset by a 51% increase in the sales volumes of Sativex shipped to partners.

        Research and development fees increased by £4.1 million, or 21%, to £23.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £19.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This

97


Table of Contents

increase was due to increased charges to our partners, principally Otsuka, for fees we have incurred in conducting our joint research plans, for which our partners reimburse us under the terms of our license and collaboration agreements. Further discussion regarding the joint research plan activities is included within the "research and development expenditure" section below.

        License, collaboration and technical access fees of £1.3 million were consistent with the £1.3 million recorded in the year ended September 30, 2012.

        Development and approval milestone fees decreased by £9.5 million, or 97%, to £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £9.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. Development and approval milestone fees consist of milestone payments due to us from Sativex partners under the terms of our agreements. Development and approval milestone payments of £0.3 million during the year ended September 30, 2013 resulted from a single milestone payment received from Almirall upon agreement of Italian pricing and reimbursement approval for Sativex.

        During the year ended September 30, 2012, development and approval milestone fees of £9.8 million resulted from a milestone payment received from Almirall upon achievement of an agreed Phase 3 cancer pain trial patient recruitment target.

    Cost of sales

        Cost of sales increased by £0.4 million, or 52%, to £1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This increase was due to a 51% increase in the volume of Sativex vials shipped to partners during the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to 2012 as previously discussed. Costs of sales per unit shipped remained consistent across periods.

    Research and development expenditure

        The following table summarizes our research and development expenditure for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
   
  Change
2013 vs.
2012
 
 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2013   2013   2012  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

GW-funded research and development

    14,725     9,103     8,078     1,025     13 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    38,172     23,594     19,500     4,094     21 %
                       

Total research and development expenditure

    52,897     32,697     27,578     5,119     19 %
                       

        Research and development expenditure increased by £5.1 million, or 19%, to £32.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2013, from £27.6 million for year ended September 30, 2012. As shown in the table above, research and development expenditure consists of two elements, GW-funded research and development expenditure and development partner-funded research and development expenditure.

        The £1.0 million increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure was due principally to:

    £0.7 million of costs relating to a Phase 1 clinical trial with GWP42006, one of our epilepsy product candidates, plus costs associated with our collaborative work with U.S. epileptologists at New York University and the University of California—San Francisco to establish a program of investigator IND's to explore the use of our other epilepsy product candidate, Epidiolex, to treat pediatric epilepsy syndromes.

98


Table of Contents

    £0.1 million of costs associated with new Phase 2 clinical studies in the fields of glioma, schizophrenia and diabetes.

    a £0.2 million increase in payroll costs for research staff, share based payment expenses, property related overhead and other internal overhead costs associated with GW-funded research activities.

        We track all research and development expenditures against detailed budgets but do not seek to allocate and monitor all research and development costs by individual project. As noted in the segmental analysis below, we do analyze GW-funded research and development into Sativex related expenditures and pipeline related expenditures. External third-party costs of running clinical trials totaling £1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 and £1.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 were tracked by individual project while the remaining £7.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 and £6.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 consisting largely of internal overhead costs were not allocated to individual projects. We believe that our existing liquidity is sufficient to complete our currently ongoing GW-funded research and development projects.

        Development partner-funded research and development projects are funded in advance by our development partners, which involves the receipt of advanced funds every three months, sufficient to cover projected expenditure for the next three months. For further information on the risks our research and development program face, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates".

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditure was made up of two principal elements, as follows:

 
   
   
   
  Change
2013 vs. 2012
 
 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2013   2013   2012  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Sativex U.S. development program

    31,278     19,333     14,080     5,253     37 %

Otsuka research collaboration expenses

    6,894     4,261     5,420     (1,161 )   (21 )%
                       

Total development partner-funded research and development

    38,172     23,594     19,500     4,094     21 %
                       

        Sativex U.S. development expenses increased by £5.3 million, or 37%, to £19.3 million during the year ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2012. This reflects increased patient recruitment into the first two Sativex Phase 3 trials, geographic expansion of the trials into new territories and commencement of the third Phase 3 cancer pain trial.

        Otsuka research collaboration expenses decreased by £1.2 million, or 21%, to £4.3 million during the year ended September 30, 2013 as compared to £5.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. These charges to Otsuka included charges for the cost of employing staff to work on our joint research plan, plus the cost of subcontracted pre-clinical studies and sponsorship of our network of academic scientists. The decrease reflects the fact that the Otsuka research collaboration term ended on June 30, 2013. Most of the pre-clinical programs that Otsuka were funding are now proceeding into Phase 1/2 clinical trials as part of the GW-funded clinical programs.

    Management and administrative expenses

        Management and administrative expenses increased by £0.1 million, or 4%, to £3.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £3.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This reflected the combined effects of increases in management and administrative expenses of £0.3 million, driven by incremental costs associated with being a U.S. publicly listed company offset by a reversal of £

99


Table of Contents

0.2 million of share-based payment charges previously recognized as a result of management not having met a non-market vesting condition linked to 25% of the long term incentive plan grants that were due to vest in July 2013.

    Interest expense

        Interest expense of £0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 represents a £0.1 million increase compared to the year ended September 30, 2012. This expense relates to a finance lease arrangement we entered into in June 2013 to fund the fit-out of new research and development laboratory space.

    Interest income

        Interest income of £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 was consistent with the £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2012.

    Tax

        Our tax credit increased by £4.6 million, or 365%, to £5.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This credit consists of:

    Recognition of a £2.0 million research and development tax credit claimed and received in early 2013 from the UK tax authority in respect of the year ended September 30, 2012. This resulted from Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs, or HMRC, agreeing that our principal research subsidiary company, GW Research Ltd., was able to surrender trading losses that arise from its research and development activity for a tax credit cash rebate. The majority of our pipeline research, clinical trials management and the Sativex chemistry and manufacturing controls development activities, all of which are being carried out by GW Research Ltd., are eligible for inclusion within the tax credit cash rebate claims.

    Accrual for an expected research and development tax credit claim of £2.9 million in respect of the year ended September 30, 2013 for GW Research Ltd. We expect to submit this claim in by the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and this claim is subject to agreement by HMRC.

    Recognition of a deferred tax asset of £0.9 million arising from the expected utilization of brought forward corporation tax trading losses which we intend to utilize to offset against future trading profits by GW Pharma Ltd., our principal commercial trading subsidiary.

        Research and development tax credits recognized vary depending on our available tax losses, the eligibility of our research and development expenditure and the level of certainty relating to the recoverability of the claim.

100


Table of Contents

    Segmental review

Sativex Commercial segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex Commercial segment for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
   
  Change
2013 vs. 2012
 
 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  Increase/
Decrease
 
 
  2013   2013   2012  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Product sales

    3,490     2,157     2,514     (357 )   (14 )%

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    2,094     1,294     1,294          

Development and approval milestone fees

    402     250     9,812     (9,562 )   97 %
                       

Total revenue

    5,986     3,701     13,620     (9,919 )   73 %

Cost of sales

    (2,064 )   (1,276 )   (839 )   437     52 %

Research and development credit

    966     597     1,300     (703 )   (54 )%
                       

Segmental result

    4,888     3,022     14,081     (11,059 )   (79 )%
                       

        We classify all revenue from Sativex collaboration partners, with the exception of research and development fees, as Sativex Commercial segment revenue. The principal variances in these revenue streams are summarized in the table above. An explanation of the principal movements in the revenue streams is provided in the revenue section above.

        Cost of sales increased by £0.5 million, or 52%, to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 driven by a 51% year on year increase in the volume of Sativex vials shipped to partners as previously discussed.

        For the Sativex Commercial segment, the research and development credit represents the movement in the provision against inventories manufactured prior to the regulatory approval of Sativex. All inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval were capitalized as an asset but provided for, with the charge recognized in the research and development expenditure line, until there was a high probability of regulatory approval. When we determined that there was a high probability of regulatory approval of Sativex, the provision was revised to adjust the carrying value of Sativex inventories to the expected net realizable value, which may not exceed original cost. The provision for inventories release of £0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 was lower than the £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. The higher provision release in the year ended September 30, 2012 was due to us having reassessed and increased our estimated future sales of Sativex, resulting in release of provision.

        The provision release in the year ended September 30, 2013 reflects increased sales of Sativex and a decrease in the volume of inventory expected to expire prior to use.

101


Table of Contents


Sativex Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
   
  Change
2013 vs.
2012
 
 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  Increase/
Decrease
 
 
  2013   2013   2012  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Research and development fees

    31,278     19,333     14,080     5,253     37 %

Research and development expenditure

                               

GW-funded research and development

    (7,125 )   (4,404 )   (4,335 )   69     2 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    (31,278 )   (19,333 )   (14,080 )   5,253     37 %
                       

Total research and development expenditure

    (38,403 )   (23,737 )   (18,415 )   5,322     29 %
                       

Segmental result

    (7,125 )   (4,404 )   (4,335 )   69     2 %
                       

        Total research and development expenditure related to Sativex during the year ended September 30, 2013 increased by £5.3 million, or 29%, to £23.8 million as compared to £18.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This growth consisted of a £3.9 million increase due to the expansion of the Phase 3 cancer pain clinical program plus £1.4 million of Phase 1 trials, pre-clinical, regulatory and abuse liability planning activities that are being carried out to support the cancer pain development program and are funded by Otsuka under the terms of the Sativex license and development agreement.

        As all of the development partner-funded research and development expenditure is reimbursed to us under the terms of our license agreements, the net result for this segment equals the GW-funded research and development expenditure on Sativex related projects.


Pipeline Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Pipeline R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
   
  Change
2013 vs.
2012
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
Decrease
 
 
  2013   2013   2012  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Research and development fees

    6,894     4,261     5,420     (1,159 )   (21 )%

Research and development expenditure

                               

GW-funded research and development

    (8,055 )   (4,979 )   (4,484 )   495     11 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    (6,894 )   (4,261 )   (5,420 )   (1,159 )   (21 )%
                       

Total research and development expenditure

    (14,949 )   (9,240 )   (9,904 )   (664 )   (7 )%
                       

Segmental result

    (8,055 )   (4,979 )   (4,484 )   495     11 %
                       

        Pipeline research and development fees are equal to the development partner-funded research and development expenditure incurred by us in conducting our joint pipeline research program and recharged to Otsuka under the terms of our 2007 research collaboration agreement. The 21% year-on-year decrease in pipeline research and development fees reflects the fact that our pre-clinical

102


Table of Contents

research collaboration with Otsuka in the field of CNS disorders and oncology ended on June 30, 2013. GW has a worldwide license to all data and product candidates generated under the collaboration.

        GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure increased by £0.5 million, or 11%, to £5.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 as compared to £4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012. This reflects the fact that most of the product candidates that have been developed under the pre-clinical collaboration with Otsuka are now starting to enter Phase 1/Phase 2 clinical trials and are being wholly funded internally. Since July 1, 2013 we have initiated a Phase 1 clinical trial with GWP42006, a glioma Phase 2 trial with a THC:CBD product candidate and is in the process of setting up Phase 2 trials in the field of schizophrenia with GWP42003 and in diabetes with GWP42004.

        As the development partner-funded research and development expenditure was fully offset by the associated research and development fees, the segmental result equals the GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure.

    Comparison of Years Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

Revenue

    33,120     29,627     3,493     12 %

Cost of sales

    (839 )   (1,347 )   (508 )   (38 )%

Research and development expenditure

    (27,578 )   (22,714 )   4,864     21 %

Management and administrative expenses

    (3,660 )   (3,298 )   362     11 %
                   

Operating profit

    1,043     2,268     (1,225 )   (54 )%

Interest expense

    (1 )   (3 )   (2 )   (67 )%

Interest income

    200     263     (63 )   (24 )%
                   

Profit before tax

    1,242     2,528     (1,286 )   (51 )%

Tax

    1,248     221     1,027     465 %
                   

Profit for the year

    2,490     2,749     (259 )   (9 )%
                   

    Revenue

        The following table summarizes our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

Product sales

    2,514     4,409     (1,895 )   (43 )%

Research and development fees

    19,500     16,038     3,462     22 %

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    1,294     3,843     (2,549 )   (66 )%

Development and approval milestone fees

    9,812     5,337     4,475     84 %
                   

Total revenue

    33,120     29,627     3,493     12 %
                   

103


Table of Contents

        Total revenue grew by 12% to £33.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012, compared to £29.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This growth was driven by a variety of factors, as explained below.

        Sativex product sales revenue declined by £1.9 million, or 43%, to £2.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 when compared to 2011. This decline was driven by two factors. First, at this early stage in the commercialization of Sativex, our deliveries consist principally of launch stock for new countries. During the year ended September 30, 2011, product sales revenue included £1.2 million of launch inventory delivered to Almirall between June and September 2011 in anticipation of a German commercial launch in the first quarter of the year ended September 30, 2012. In comparison, there were no launch stock deliveries during the year ended September 30, 2012. Second, there were lower deliveries of Sativex batches during the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to 2011, as Almirall in Europe and Bayer in the United Kingdom serviced in-market sales principally from their existing inventory. As our partners' level of inventory stabilizes, we expect our revenue from product sales to become more representative of the in-market sales trend. This sales trend will be determined by launches in new countries, the level of pricing charged by our partners in each country and the rate of sales growth.

        Total Sativex in-market net sales by our commercial partners rose to £10.0 million, for the year ended September 30, 2012 from £5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. The volume of Sativex 10ml vials sold in-market by our partners increased year on year by 108%, which was driven by increased prescription rates in Spain and Germany as a result of Almirall's marketing efforts.

        Research and development fees increased by £3.5 million, or 22%, to £19.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This reflected increased charges to our partners, principally Otsuka, for fees we have incurred in conducting our joint research plans, for which our partners reimburse us under the terms of our license and collaboration agreements. Further discussion regarding the joint research plan activities is included within the research and development expenditure section below.

        License, collaboration and technical access fees declined by £2.5 million, or 66%, to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 when compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This variance was due principally to:

    The inclusion in the year ended September 30, 2011 of Novartis technical access fees of £1.9 million, which included a £1.8 million fee to grant access to our MS spasticity dossier. We recognized technical access fee revenue of £1.8 million upon completion and delivery of the dossier during the year ended September 30, 2011.

    A decline in Otsuka collaboration fees of £0.8 million.

        Development and approval milestone fees increased by £4.5 million, or 84%, to £9.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. Development and approval milestone fees consist of milestone payments due to us from Sativex partners under the terms of our agreements. Development and approval milestone payments of £9.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 resulted from a £9.8 million milestone payment received from Almirall upon achievement of an agreed Phase 3 cancer pain trial patient recruitment target.

        During the year ended September 30, 2011, development and approval milestone fees of £5.3 million included:

    £2.5 million from Almirall upon achievement of Spanish reimbursement and pricing approval for Sativex;

    £0.3 million from Almirall upon German commercial launch; and

104


Table of Contents

    £2.5 million from Otsuka upon recruitment of the first patient into our Phase 3 cancer pain clinical program.

    Cost of sales

        Cost of sales decreased by £0.5 million, or 38%, to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This decline was primarily driven by higher sales of Sativex to Almirall during the year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to 2012 as it prepared for the German commercial launch of Sativex in the first quarter of the year ended September 30, 2012 and sales of Sativex in 2012 by Almirall and Bayer being serviced out of their existing inventory.

    Research and development expenditure

        The following table summarizes our research and development expenditure for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

GW-funded research and development

    8,078     6,676     1,402     21 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    19,500     16,038     3,462     22 %
                   

Total research and development expenditure

    27,578     22,714     4,864     21 %
                   

        Research and development expenditure increased by £4.9 million, or 21%, to £27.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2012, from £22.7 million for year ended September 30, 2011. As shown in the table above, research and development expenditure consists of two elements, GW-funded research and development expenditure and development partner-funded research and development expenditure.

        The £1.4 million increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure was due principally to:

    a £0.3 million increase in expenditure on our Phase 2 trials as two of the four trials that were in progress during the year ended September 30, 2012 neared completion. This expense consisted principally of external third party costs incurred in the conduct of these exploratory clinical trials;

    £0.5 million of expenditure on our Sativex regulatory commitments, which includes a 120 patient MS cognition trial as well as patient registry studies being conducted in the United Kingdom, Germany and Sweden. These studies were required by regulators as a post-approval commitment following the regulatory approvals granted during the years ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2011 in these countries; and

    a £0.6 million increase in payroll costs for research staff, share based payment expenses, property related overhead and other internal overhead costs associated with GW-funded research activities.

        We track all research and development expenditures against detailed budgets but do not seek to allocate and monitor all research and development costs by individual project. As noted in the segmental analysis below, we do analyze GW-funded research and development into Sativex related expenditures and pipeline related expenditures. External third party costs of running clinical trials totaling £1.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 and £0.8 million for the year ended

105


Table of Contents

September 30, 2011 were tracked by individual project while the remaining £6.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 and £5.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 consisting largely of internal overhead costs were not allocated to individual projects. We believe that our existing liquidity is sufficient to complete our GW-funded research and development projects. Development partner-funded research and development projects are funded in advance by our development partners, which involves the receipt of advanced funds every three months, sufficient to cover projected expenditure for the next three months. For further information on the risks our research and development program face, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates".

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditure was made up of two principal elements, as follows:

 
   
   
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

Sativex U.S. development program

    14,080     10,822     3,228     30 %

Otsuka research collaboration expenses

    5,420     5,216     234     5 %
                   

Total development partner-funded research and development

    19,500     16,038     3,462     22 %
                   

        Sativex U.S. development expenses increased by £3.2 million, or 30%, to £14.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This reflected increased patient recruitment into the first two Sativex Phase 3 trials, geographic expansion of the trials into new territories and commencement of the third Phase 3 cancer pain trial.

        Otsuka research collaboration expenses increased by £0.2 million, or 5%, to £5.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. These charges to Otsuka included charges for the cost of employing staff to work on our joint research plan, plus the cost of subcontracted pre-clinical studies and sponsorship of our network of academic scientists. The increase reflected a rise in the amount of sub-contracted pre-clinical studies as we started to focus our research upon the product candidates of most interest to Otsuka to demonstrate efficacy in in vivo models of disease and to refine our understanding of likely mechanisms of action in an effort to further advance this collaboration.

    Management and administrative expenses

        Management and administrative expenses increased by £0.4 million, or 11%, to £3.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £3.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This reflected the combined effects of increases in share-based payment charges of £0.2 million and other management and administrative expenses of £0.2 million.

    Interest income

        Interest income declined by £0.1 million to £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011, reflecting lower interest rates achieved on our cash deposits during the year ended September 30, 2012, principally due to a tightening of our treasury policy, whereby our board of directors decided to keep our cash deposits on a very short term, typically 30 to 60 days, in order to maximize the liquidity of our funds during a period of economic uncertainty and increased concern about counterparty credit risk. This approach to investing our surplus cash deposits resulted in a reduction to the average interest rates achieved on deposits.

106


Table of Contents

    Tax

        Our tax credit increased by £1.0 million, or 464%, to £1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. Research and development tax credits recognized vary depending on our available tax losses, the eligibility of our research and development expenditure and the level of certainty relating to the recoverability of the claim. The significant increase in research and development tax credits recognized in the year ended September 30, 2012 arose following an increase in levels of qualifying expenditure supported by a sustained history of agreement by Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (UK) with such claims.

    Segmental review

Sativex Commercial segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex Commercial segment for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
Decrease
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

Product sales

    2,514     4,409     (1,895 )   (43 )%

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    1,294     3,843     (2,549 )   (66 )%

Development and approval milestone fees

    9,812     5,337     4,475     (84 )%
                   

Total revenue

    13,620     13,589     31     0 %

Cost of sales

    (839 )   (1,347 )   (508 )   (38 )%

Research and development credit

    1,300     266     1,034     389 %
                   

Segmental result

    14,081     12,508     1,573     13 %
                   

        We classify all revenue from Sativex collaboration partners, with the exception of research and development fees, as Sativex Commercial segment revenue. The principal variances in these revenue streams are summarized in the table above. An explanation of the principal movements in the revenue streams is provided in the revenue section above.

        Cost of sales declined by £0.5 million, or 38%, to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. An explanation of the principal movements in the cost of sales is provided in the cost of sales section above.

        For the Sativex Commercial segment, the research and development credit represents the movement in the provision against inventories manufactured prior to the regulatory approval of Sativex. All inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval were capitalized as an asset but provided for, with the charge recognized in the research and development expenditure line, until there was a high probability of regulatory approval. When we determined that there was a high probability of regulatory approval of Sativex, the provision was revised to adjust the carrying value of Sativex inventories to the expected net realizable value, which may not exceed original cost. The provision for inventories release of £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 was higher than the £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 due to higher estimated future sales of Sativex at September 30, 2012.

107


Table of Contents


Sativex Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex Research and Development segment for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended
September 30,
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  2012   2011   Increase/Decrease  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

Research and development fees

    14,080     10,822     3,258     30 %

Research and development expenditure

                         

GW-funded research and development

    (4,335 )   (3,935 )   400     10 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    (14,080 )   (10,822 )   3,258     30 %
                   

Total research and development expenditure

    (18,415 )   (14,757 )   3,658     25 %
                   

Segmental result

    (4,335 )   (3,935 )   (400 )   10 %
                   

        Total research and development expenditure related to Sativex during the year ended September 30, 2012 increased by £3.7 million, or 25%, to £18.4 million as compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This growth was largely attributable to a £3.3 million increase to the expanding Phase 3 cancer pain clinical program and associated development projects that are funded by Otsuka under the terms of the Sativex license and development agreement.

        As all of the development partner-funded research and development expenditure is reimbursed to us under the terms of our license agreements, the net result for this segment equals the GW-funded research and development expenditure on Sativex related projects.


Pipeline Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Pipeline R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
   
   
  Change
2012 vs.
2011
 
 
  Year Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Increase/
Decrease
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 

Research and development fees

    5,420     5,216     204     4 %

Research and development expenditure

                         

GW-funded research and development

    (4,484 )   (2,618 )   1,866     71 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    (5,420 )   (5.216 )   204     4 %
                   

Total research and development expenditure

    (9,904 )   (7,834 )   2,070     26 %
                   

Segmental result

    (4,484 )   (2,618 )   1,866     71 %
                   

        Pipeline research and development fees are equal to the development partner-funded research and development expenditure incurred by us in conducting our joint pipeline research program and recharged to Otsuka under the terms of our 2007 research collaboration agreement. The 4% year-on-year increase in pipeline research and development fees and development partner-funded research and development fees reflect an increasing amount of in vivo pre-clinical studies as we focused our work on preparing Otsuka's preferred product candidates for potential clinic development.

108


Table of Contents

        GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure increased by £1.9 million, or 71%, to £4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to £2.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This increase was attributable to us having made progress with the recruitment of our Phase 2 trials, with the result that there was a year-on-year increase in Phase 2 clinical expenses.

        As the development partner-funded research and development expenditure was fully offset by the associated research and development fees, the segmental result equals the GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure.

B.  Liquidity & Capital Resources

        In recent years, we have largely funded our operations and growth from research and development fees and milestone payments from our development partners. We have also funded our operations and growth with cash flow from operations including Sativex revenue, research and development tax credits, interest income and issuances of equity securities. Our cash flows may fluctuate, are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors including:

    the rate of growth of our Sativex revenue, which relies upon the marketing efforts of our commercial partners and factors such as the timing of further national approvals, the price levels achieved by our partners in each country, and the availability of reimbursement in countries in which the product is able to be marketed;

    the extent to which we seek to retain development rights to our pipeline of new product candidates or whether we seek to out-license them to a partner who will fund future research and development expenditure in return for a right to share in future commercial revenue;

    the extent of success in our early pre-clinical and clinical stage research programs which will determine the amount of funding required to further the development of our product candidates;

    the timing of achievement of the milestones receivable if Sativex is approved and launched in the United States;

    the terms and timing of new strategic collaborations;

    the number and characteristics of the product candidates that we seek to develop;

    the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals of Sativex and our other product candidates;

    the costs involved in constructing larger, FDA-compliant manufacturing facilities for Sativex and our other product candidates;

    the costs involved in filing and prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending potential patent claims; and

    the costs of hiring additional skilled employees to support our continued growth.

        We believe that our cash and cash equivalents as at September 30, 2013 of £38.1 million coupled with cash flow from operating activities will be sufficient to fund our operations, including currently anticipated research and development activities and planned capital expenditures, for the foreseeable future, including for at least the next twelve months.

109


Table of Contents

    Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes the results of our cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2013   2012   2011  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

    (12,080 )   (7,468 )   1,801     2,361  

Net cash outflow from investing activities

    (3,359 )   (2,076 )   (1,060 )   (647 )

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    29,529     18,253     73     1,393  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

    61,588     38,069     29,335     28,319  

    Operating activities

        Net cash flow from operating activities decreased by £9.3 million to a £7.5 million outflow for the year ended September 30, 2013 compared to a £1.8 million inflow for the year ended September 30, 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by a £9.5 million reduction in development milestone receipts, a £0.3 million reduction in Sativex product sales, a £1.1 million increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure, a £0.9 million increase in cash used for working capital partially offset by a £2.4 million increase in research and development tax receipts.

        Net cash inflow from operating activities decreased by £0.6 million, or 24%, to £1.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £2.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This decrease was primarily driven by a £3.1 million reduction in receipts of license and technical access fees, a £1.4 million reduction in Sativex product sales and a £1.8 million increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure and management and administrative expenditure, being only partially offset by an increase in milestone payments received of £4.5 million, a £1.0 million reduction in working capital growth and a £0.2 million increase in tax credit receipts.

    Investing activities

        The net cash outflow from investing activities increased by £1.0 million to £2.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 from £1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012, reflecting an increase in capital expenditure of £0.9 million during the year ended September 30, 2013 as we invested in expanding and upgrading our manufacturing and research laboratory facilities.

        The net cash outflow from investing activities increased by £0.5 million to £1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 from £0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011, principally reflecting an increase in capital expenditure of £0.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 as we invested in expanding and upgrading our manufacturing facilities.

    Financing activities

        Net cash inflow from financing activities increased by £18.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2013 primarily as a result of the receipt of £18.1 million of net proceeds from the new equity issuance of ADSs in our U.S. initial public offering in May 2013. In addition, proceeds received on the inception of a new finance lease amounted to £0.2 million.

        Cash generated by financing activities in the years ended September, 30 2012 and September 30, 2011 relates principally to the proceeds received on exercise of share options. Such cash inflows amounted to £0.1 million in the year ended September 30, 2012 and £1.4 million in the year ended September 30, 2011.

110


Table of Contents

C.  Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

        Full details of our research and development activities and expenditures are given in the Business section and Operating and financial review sections above.

D.  Trend information.

        The following charts illustrate the key financial trends in our business:


GRAPHIC

 
GRAPHIC

        Our revenues consist of research and development fees, product sales revenues, license collaboration and technical access fees and development and approval milestone fees. As illustrated above, in each of the years ended September 30, 2009 to 2012 we received substantial development and approval milestones from our Sativex licensees. During the year ended September 30, 2013, we received only £0.3 million of development and approval milestone income, £9.5 million less than the prior year. The £5.8 million reduction in total revenues from 2012 to 2013 was therefore wholly attributable to the reduction in development and approval milestones earned, offset by increases to research and development fees earned.

        We consider our research and development fees, license and technical access fees and our product sales revenues to be recurring revenues. As illustrated above, over the last five years there has been a consistent growth trend in these revenues. The milestone revenues recognized in each of the years above tend to be individual items linked to specific development milestones achieved in a particular year. These are non-recurring items which tend to have a significant impact upon the profitability and cash flow of our business in each year in which they are received and earned.

        The Sativex in-market vial sales graph above illustrates the trend in in-market commercial sales of Sativex by our commercial marketing partners Bayer in UK/Canada, Almirall in Europe and Neopharm in Israel.

        In 2009, vial sales consisted entirely of vials sold by Bayer in Canada. In June 2010, Bayer started marketing Sativex in the UK. In 2011, Almirall launched Sativex in Spain, Germany and Denmark and in 2012 started commercial sales of Sativex to private patients in Sweden. In 2013, Almirall commenced sales of Sativex in Norway, Austria, Italy, Poland and Neopharm initiated sales of Sativex in Israel. We expect new launches and increases to the number of prescriptions written in each of the existing markets to continue to drive growth of Sativex sales in the future.

111


Table of Contents

        In market sales of Sativex in the year ended September 30, 2013 grew by 25% from the year ended September 30, 2012 to the year ended September 30, 2013. The growth trend in Sativex sales above reflects a compound annual growth rate of 24% per annum over the last five years.


GRAPHIC

 
GRAPHIC

        As illustrated above our research and development expenditures have shown a consistent growth trend over the last five years from £19.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 to £32.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2013. The growth reflects progress with the Sativex development program and the expansion of the scope of our research to involve a broad range of pipeline product candidates. In the last five years, a significant proportion of the growth of the partner-funded research and development expenditures has been driven by our expanding U.S. Phase 3 Sativex cancer pain clinical trials program, which has evolved from a single Phase 2a trial in 2009 to three pivotal Phase 3 cancer pain trials plus a series of supporting Phase 1 clinical trial and regulatory activities in 2013. All of this clinical activity is funded by our development partner Otsuka.

        Over the last five years Otsuka also funded a significant amount of pre-clinical activity as part of our six year pre-clinical research collaboration. This pre-clinical collaboration ended on June 30, 2013, resulting in a £1.2 million decrease in partner-funded pre-clinical expenditures in the year ended September 30, 2013 from the year ended September 30, 2012.

        From the year ended September 30, 2009 to the year ended September 30, 2011, GW-funded research and development expenditure remained relatively static. For the year ended September 30, 2009 GW-funded research and development expenditure was £6.8 million, £7.3 million in 2010 and £6.9 million in 2011, increasing to £8.1 million in 2012 and £9.1 million in 2013. This increasing GW-funded research and development expenditure reflects decisions we have taken to progress the cannabinoid product candidates developed under the Otsuka pre-clinical collaboration into Phase 1/2 clinical trials in order to seek proof of concept data in multiple disease areas including epilepsy, glioma, diabetes and schizophrenia.

        The cash graph above illustrates the trend in our year-end closing cash and cash equivalents position for each of the last five years in the period ended September 30, 2013.

        From the year ended September 30, 2010 to the year ended September 30, 2012, we recorded a positive net operating cash inflow in each year, largely as a result of the substantial milestone receipts in each year. In the year ended September 30, 2013 the lack of milestone receipts and increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure, as previously discussed, resulted in an operating cash outflow for the year of £7.5 million. However, we raised £18.1 million of net new funds from issue of equity securities as part of our Nasdaq initial public offering on May 1, 2013 and we reported a net increase in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended September 30, 2013 of £8.7 million, resulting in closing cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2013 of £38.1 million.

E.  Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

112


Table of Contents

F.  Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as at September 30, 2013.

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations(1)

    3,971     1,136     1,637     391     807  

Finance lease obligations(2)

    2,005     100     282     320     1,303  

Purchase obligations(3)

    147     147              
                       

Total contractual cash obligations(3)

    6,123     1,383     1,919     711     2,110  
                       

(1)
We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Most lease arrangements provide us with the option to renew the leases on defined terms. The future operating lease obligations would change if we exercise our renewal options, or if we were to enter into additional new operating leases. See Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. In addition, see Note 28 for a discussion of an operating lease arrangement entered into subsequent to September 30, 2013 (which is therefore not reflected in the table above).

(2)
We enter into finance leases when beneficial to the Group. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(3)
Purchase obligations include signed orders for capital equipment, which have been committed but not yet received at the balance sheet date totaling £0.1 million.

G.  Safe Harbor

        See the section entitled "Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" at the beginning of this Annual Report.

Item 6    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.  Directors and Senior Management.

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers

         

Dr. Geoffrey Guy(3)

    58   Chairman of the Board of Directors and member of Board of Directors

Justin Gover

    42   Chief Executive Officer and member of Board of Directors

Dr. Stephen Wright

    61   Research and Development Director and member of Board of Directors

Adam George

    43   Chief Financial Officer and member of Board of Directors

Chris Tovey

    47   Chief Operating officer and Member of Board of Directors

Non-Employee Directors

         

James Noble(1)(2)(3)(4)

    54   Deputy Chairman

Cabot Brown(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

    51   Non-Executive Director

Thomas Lynch(1)(2)(4)

    55   Non-Executive Director

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of the Remuneration Committee.

113


Table of Contents

(3)
Member of the Nomination Committee.

(4)
An "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

(5)
The board confirmed Mr. Brown's appointment in February 2013.


Executive Officers

        Dr.  Geoffrey Guy is our founder and has served as our Chairman since 1998. Dr. Guy has over 30 years of experience in medical research and global drug development, most recently as Chairman and Chief Executive of Ethical Holdings plc, a Nasdaq-quoted drug delivery company (now Amarin Corporation plc, or Amarin), which he founded in 1985 and led to its Nasdaq listing in 1993. He also founded Phytopharm plc in 1989, of which he was Chairman until 1997. Dr. Guy has been the physician in charge of over 200 clinical studies including first dose in man, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, dose-ranging, controlled clinical trials and large scale multi-centered studies and clinical surveys. He is also an author on numerous scientific publications and has contributed to six books. Dr. Guy was appointed as Visiting Professor in the School of Science and Medicine at the University of Buckingham in July 2011. He also received the "Deloitte Director of the Year Award in Pharmaceuticals and Healthcare" in 2011. Dr. Guy holds a BSc. in pharmacology from the University of London, an MBBS at St. Bartholomew's Hospital, an MRCS Eng. and LRCP London, an LMSSA Society of Apothecaries and a Diploma of Pharmaceutical Medicine from the Royal Colleges of Physicians.

         Justin Gover has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1999. He has 17 years' experience in the pharmaceutical industry. As Chief Executive Officer, he has been the lead executive responsible for the running of our company's operations, as well as in leading equity financings and business development activities. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Gover was Head of Corporate Affairs at Ethical Holdings plc from 1995 to 1997 where he was responsible for the company's strategic corporate activities, including mergers and acquisitions, strategic investments, equity financings and investor relations. Mr. Gover holds an M.B.A. from INSEAD and a BSc. (Hons) from Bristol University.

         Dr. Stephen Wright has served as our Research and Development Director since January 2004 and as a Director since March 2005. Dr. Wright has more than 20 years of experience in drug development. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Wright was Senior Vice President of Clinical Research & Development and a member of the U.K. Board of Directors at Ipsen Limited, where he led teams responsible for regulatory success in both the United States and the European Union. Dr. Wright also has direct U.S. drug development experience, first as Medical Director of Immunosciences, then as Venture Head of Neuroscience at Abbott Laboratories. Dr. Wright is a Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of Edinburgh and the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine. Dr. Wright is also a Visiting Professor in the School of Chemistry, Food and Pharmacy at The University of Reading and is the author of more than 100 publications, and several book chapters. Dr. Wright received an M.D. and an M.A. in Social and Political Science from the University of Cambridge and qualified in Medicine (MBBS) at The Royal London Hospital.

         Adam George has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2012. Mr. George also acts as our Company Secretary. Prior to taking on his current role, Mr. George served as our Financial Controller since 2007. Mr. George has previously occupied several senior finance roles within both public and privately-owned companies, most recently as Finance Director from 2004 to 2007 and as Group Financial Controller from 2001 to 2004 of Believe It Group Limited (now 4Com plc), a telecommunications service provider. Mr. George holds a BSc. in Biology from Bristol University and is qualified as a chartered accountant.

         Chris Tovey has served as our Chief Operating Officer since October 2012. Mr. Tovey has over 25 years' experience in the pharmaceutical industry. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Tovey was at UCB Pharmaceuticals from 2006 to 2012. Most recently, Mr. Tovey was the Vice President of Global

114


Table of Contents

Marketing Operations where he was responsible for worldwide marketing activities on a portfolio of UCB products generating over €2.0 billion in annual sales. Previous experience and roles at UCB included Managing Director Greece and Cyprus, and leader of all UCB activities on the orphan narcotic medication Xyrem®, used in the treatment of narcolepsy. Mr. Tovey previously spent 18 years at GlaxoSmithKline plc in senior commercial roles in both the European and U.K. organizations. These roles included Director Commercial Strategy Distribution Europe, Director European Vaccine Therapy Director Commercial Development U.K., Director Vaccines Business Unit U.K. and Business Unit Manager Oncology U.K. While at GSK, Mr. Tovey worked across a wide range of therapeutic areas including infectious diseases, neurology, oncology, diabetes, respiratory, and immunology. Mr. Tovey holds a BSc. degree in Marine Biology from the University of Liverpool.


Non-Employee Directors

         James Noble has served as a Non-Executive Director since January 2007. Mr. Noble has 20 years of experience in the biotech industry. Mr. Noble currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Immunocore Limited and Adaptimmune Limited, two privately-held companies involved in T-cell receptor technology. Mr. Noble has previously held numerous non-executive director positions, including at CuraGen Corporation, PowderJect Pharmaceuticals plc, Oxford GlycoSciences plc, MediGene AG, and Advanced Medical Solutions plc. Mr. Noble is qualified as a chartered accountant with Price Waterhouse and spent seven years at the investment bank Kleinwort Benson Limited, where he became a director in 1990. He then joined British Biotech plc as Chief Financial Officer and secured the company's IPO on the Nasdaq and London stock exchanges in 1992. Mr. Noble was previously Chief Executive Officer of Avidex Limited, a privately-held biotechnology company. Mr. Noble holds an M.A. from the University of Oxford. Our board of directors believes Mr. Noble's qualifications to serve as a member of our board include his financial expertise, his extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry and his years of experience in his leadership roles as a director and executive officer.

         Cabot Brown has served as a Non-Executive Director since February 2013. Mr. Brown has over 25 years of experience in the financial industry. Mr. Brown is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Carabiner LLC, an advisory and private equity firm based in San Francisco and London that specializes in health care and education. Previously, Mr. Brown served as a Managing Director at GCA Savvian Group Corp., an international financial advisory firm, from 2011 to 2012 where he directed the firm's efforts in the health care industry. Before joining GCA Savvian, Mr. Brown worked for ten years at Seven Hills Group, an investment banking group he co-founded where he also directed the firm's health care activities. He also was Managing Director of Brown, McMillan & Co., an investment firm he co-founded that sponsored buy-outs and venture capital investments. From 1987 until 1995, Mr. Brown worked at Volpe, Welty & Company, a boutique investment bank where he co-founded and ran the health care practice and served as a member of its Executive Committee. Mr. Brown started his finance career in New York, working in the investment banking departments of The First Boston Corporation and Lehman Brothers. Mr. Brown holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School with high distinction as a George F. Baker Scholar and an A.B. cum laude in Government from Harvard College. Our board of directors believes Mr. Brown's qualifications to serve as a member of our board include his financial expertise, his extensive experience in the health care industry and his years of experience in his leadership roles as a director and executive officer.

         Thomas Lynch has served as a Non-Executive Director since July 2010. Mr. Lynch has over 19 years of experience in the biotechnology industry. Mr. Lynch currently serves as Chairman of ICON plc, a clinical research company, and Profectus BioSciences Inc., (a company conducting research into immunological diseases) and is Chairman of Chrontech AB, a Swedish company conducting research in infectious diseases. Previously, Mr. Lynch served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Amarin from 2000 and 2007, respectively, until December 2009. During his tenure as Chief

115


Table of Contents

Executive Officer, Mr. Lynch led the re-positioning of Amarin as a cardiovascular company, over $100 million in equity financings and the de-listing of Amarin's shares from the AIM while maintaining the company's primary listing on Nasdaq. As at December 31, 2012, Amarin's market capitalization had reached over $1.2 billion. Mr. Lynch continues as Chairman of Amarin Pharmaceuticals (Ireland) Limited, having stepped down from its parent board of directors in October 2010. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Lynch worked in a variety of capacities in Elan Corporation plc, including Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice-President, Vice-Chairman and senior adviser. Mr. Lynch holds an economics degree from Queen's University Belfast. Our board of directors believes Mr. Lynch's qualifications to serve as a member of our board include his extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry and his years of experience in his leadership roles as a director and executive officer.

B.  Compensation

        The following discussion provides the amount of compensation paid, and benefits in kind granted, by us and our subsidiaries to our directors and members of the executive management board for services in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the year ended September 30, 2013, as well as the amount contributed by us or our subsidiaries into money purchase plans for the year ended September 30, 2013 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to, our directors and members of the executive management board.

    Directors and Executive Management Board Compensation

    Directors Compensation

        For the year ended September 30, 2013, the table below sets forth the compensation paid to our directors, and in the case of Messrs. Guy, Gover, Wright and George, reflects the compensation paid for their services as our executives.

116


Table of Contents


Year Ended September 30, 2013 Directors Compensation(1)

Name
  Salary/Fees   Annual
Bonus
  Benefit(3)
Excluding
Pension
  Pension
Benefit
  Total  
 
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 

Dr. Geoffrey Guy

    354,383     112,761     5,542     56,204     528,890  

Executive Director
Chairman

                               

Justin Gover

   
286,770
   
92,725
   
3,905
   
47,405
   
430,805
 

Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer

                               

Dr. Stephen Wright

   
241,232
   
77,234
   
8,845
   
39,486
   
366,797
 

Executive Director
Research and Development Director

                               

Adam George

   
162,163
   
43,750
   
3,646
   
22,109
   
231,668
 

Executive Director
Chief Financial Officer

                               

Chris Tovey(4)

   
214,988
   
17,063
   
3,656
   
34,893
   
270,600
 

Executive Director
Chief Operating Officer

                               

James Noble

   
52,934
   
   
   
   
52,934
 

Non-Executive Director
Deputy Chairman

                               

Cabot Brown(5)

   
28,863
   
   
   
   
28,863
 

Non-Executive Director

                               

Richard Forrest(6)

   
22,712
   
   
   
   
22,712
 

Non-Executive Director

                               

Thomas Lynch(7)

   
   
   
   
   
 

Non-Executive Director

                               

(1)
For the year ended September 30, 2013, the compensation of all our Non-Executive and Executive Directors was set, and paid, in pounds sterling (£).

(2)
For our Executive Directors, these amounts represent the value of the personal benefits granted to our senior management for the year ended September 30, 2013, which include car allowance and medical and life insurance.

(3)
These amounts represent our contribution into money purchase plans.

(4)
Mr. Tovey was appointed on October 1, 2012.

(5)
Mr. Brown was appointed on February 19, 2013.

(6)
Mr. Forrest retired on January 18, 2013.

(7)
Mr. Lynch has waived his right to receive remuneration for his service as a Non-Executive Director.

117


Table of Contents

    Executive Management Compensation

        The compensation for each member of our executive management board is comprised of the following elements: base salary, annual bonus, personal benefits, and long-term incentives. The total amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind granted to the members of our executive management board, whether or not a director, for the year ended September 30, 2013 was £1.9 million.

    Bonus Plans

        The discussion set forth below describes each bonus plan pursuant to which compensation was paid to our directors and members of our executive management board for our last full year.

        Executive Directors are eligible for an annual bonus at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Bonus awards are reviewed at the end of each calendar year and any such awards are determined by the performance of the individual and the Group as a whole based upon the achievement of strategic objectives set at the beginning of the year. The awards are normally limited to a maximum of 50% of basic salary, however in exceptional circumstances the annual maximum may increase up to 100% of basic salary.

    Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercise

        During the year ended September 30, 2013, 1,616,261 options to purchase ordinary shares were awarded to the directors. As of September, 2013, directors held options to purchase 9,140,952 ordinary shares. None of the Directors exercised any options during the year ended September 30, 2013.

        We periodically grant share options to employees, including executive officers, to enable them to share in our successes and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns employee interests with that of our shareholders. Since September 30, 2010, we have granted a number of additional options to purchase ordinary shares to 160 employees who are not members of our executive management board.

        Options issued under our Long Term Incentive Plan have an exercise price of £0.001 per share, a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. These options are also subject to a number of different performance conditions. If the relevant performance conditions are not achieved by the three-year vesting date, the options lapse. In addition, generally, an optionholder must remain an employee throughout the relevant vesting period or the options will lapse. Options issued under the other share option schemes were all issued with an exercise price equal to the closing market price on the day prior to grant, a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from date of grant. The only performance condition linked to these awards was continued employment throughout the vesting period.

    Pension, Retirement and Similar Benefits

        For the year ended September 30, 2013, we and our subsidiaries contributed a total of £0.2 million into money purchase plans to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors and members of the executive management board.


Employment Agreements

    Dr. Geoffrey Guy

        On March 14, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Dr. Guy, our Chairman and Founder. Dr. Guy's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Dr. Guy not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research

118


Table of Contents

Limited may terminate Dr. Guy's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Dr. Guy's service agreement provides for a base salary of £322,174 per annum (to be reviewed annually), a car allowance of £24,960 per annum, plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. Dr. Guy's service agreement provides that for a 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Justin Gover

        On February 26, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. Gover, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Gover's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Mr. Gover not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Mr. Gover's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Mr. Gover's service agreement provides for a base salary of £272,875 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, car allowance of £15,600 per annum, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Mr. Gover's service agreement provides that for 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Dr. Stephen Wright

        On January 18, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Dr. Stephen Wright, our Research and Development Director. The service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than twelve months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Dr. Wright not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Dr. Wright's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Dr. Wright's service agreement provide for a base salary of £227,287 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Dr. Wright, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a bonus on such terms

119


Table of Contents

and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Dr. Wright's service agreement provides that for 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Adam George

        On June 1, 2012, GW Pharma Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. George, our Chief Financial Officer. The service agreement provides for a base salary of £185,000 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Mr. George, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a discretionary bonus on such terms and of such amount as decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Mr. George's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than six months' written notice. The notice period is expected to increase to 12 months after two years' service, subject to approval by the Remuneration Committee. During the first two years of service, the notice period required from GW Pharma Limited will increase to 12 months if notice is given during the three month period immediately following a change of control of the company. Upon notice of termination, GW Pharma Limited may require Mr. George not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Pharma Limited may terminate Mr. George's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Mr. George's service agreement provides that for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Pharma Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Pharma Limited or any member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Chris Tovey

        On July 11, 2012, GW Pharma Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. Tovey, our Chief Operating Officer. The service agreement provides for a base salary of £200,850 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Mr. Tovey, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a discretionary bonus on such terms and of such amount as decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Mr. Tovey's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than six months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Pharma Limited may require Mr. Tovey not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Pharma Limited may terminate Mr. Tovey's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his employment agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct, or serious or repeated breaches of obligations to his service.

120


Table of Contents

        Mr. Tovey's service agreement provides that for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Pharma Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Pharma Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    James Noble

        On January 19, 2007, GW Pharmaceuticals plc appointed Mr. Noble Deputy Chairman and Non-Executive Director with effect from January 26, 2007. On February 26, 2013, GW Pharmaceuticals plc entered into an appointment letter with Mr. Noble, which continues for no specific duration. The appointment letter provides for Director's fees of £52,934 per annum plus reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceutical plc business and director's and officer's liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our Board of Directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Noble's agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension or employee share schemes and is not eligible for any other benefits.

        Mr. Noble's appointment letter provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months' written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Noble's appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year. Mr. Noble's agreement provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Noble not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The agreement includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for 12 months following termination of his office.

    Cabot Brown

        We originally appointed Mr. Brown as a Non-Executive Director on February 19, 2013. Mr. Brown serves as a member of the Audit Committee, the Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee.

        On November 7, 2013, Mr. Brown entered into a new employment contract with GW Pharmaceuticals Inc., the terms of which provide for an agreed salary plus reimbursement for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.'s business and director's and officer's liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.'s Board of Directors may from time to time decide. The contract provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension and will not be eligible for other benefits.

        Mr. Brown's contract also provides that his employment will continue until either party provides no less than three months' written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year attending board and general meetings of GW Pharmaceuticals plc representing GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.'s business interests. Mr. Brown's appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office as a director of GW Pharmaceuticals plc by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year. Mr. Brown's employment contract provides that GW Pharmaceuticals Inc. may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Brown not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The contract includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for one year.

121


Table of Contents

    Thomas Lynch

        On July 22, 2010, GW Pharmaceuticals plc appointed Mr. Lynch, a Non-Executive Director. On February 26, 2013, Mr. Lynch entered into an updated appointment letter with GW Pharmaceuticals plc, which continues for no specific duration. Mr. Lynch has waived his right to receive remuneration for this role. Mr. Lynch's agreement provides for reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceutical plc business and director's and officer's liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our Board of Directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Lynch's agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension or employee share schemes and is not eligible for any other benefits.

        Mr. Lynch's agreement provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months' written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Lynch's appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.

        Mr. Lynch's agreement provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Lynch not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The agreement includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for 12 months following termination of his office.


Equity Compensation Plans

    GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted and our shareholders approved the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the Long-Term Incentive Plan, on March 18, 2008. The Long-Term Incentive Plan permits participating employees to purchase Investment Shares and provides for the grant of Matching Awards and Performance Awards, or, collectively, Awards, all summarized below.

        Investment Shares.     The Remuneration Committee may invite any eligible employee to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan by purchasing ordinary shares, which are referred to as Investment Shares in this Annual Report. The invitation will specify the maximum amount of Investment Shares which can be purchased, the procedure for purchasing the Investment Shares, the maximum number of ordinary shares which may be received as a Matching Award and other terms of the award. A "Return Date" will also be specified which is the date by which the invitation to participate must be accepted. As soon as practicable after the Return Date, we procure the Investment Shares. The participant will have full rights with respect to the Investment Shares. Any ordinary shares subject to a Matching Award with respect to Investment Shares will be transferred to the participant when the Matching Award vests.

        Matching Awards and Performance Awards.     Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Remuneration Committee may grant Matching Awards or Performance Awards and will designate the type of award prior to the date on which the award is granted. The Remuneration Committee will also specify whether an Award is a Conditional Award or an option to purchase our ordinary shares, referred to in this Annual Report as an Option; provided, however, that if the Remuneration Committee does not specify the type of Award, the Award will be in the form of an Option. Awards may be granted only within the six weeks beginning with the dealing date after the date on which we announce our results for any period or at any other time that the Committee determines that the circumstances justify the grant. The Remuneration Committee may determine that any Conditional Award or Option may be settled in cash rather than ordinary shares unless it would be unlawful to do

122


Table of Contents

so or if it would cause adverse tax or social security contribution consequences for the participant or us or our affiliates.

        Vesting of Awards.     Awards generally vest on the later of the date on which the Remuneration Committee determines whether any applicable performance conditions or other vesting condition have been met or the third anniversary of the grant date (or such other date as the Remuneration Committee may determine prior to the grant of the applicable Award). In addition, a Matching Award will lapse on the date on which the participant does any act in breach of the terms relating to Investment Shares or loses his entitlement to, transfers, charges or otherwise disposes of the Investment Shares to which the Matching Award relates and the lapse shall be pro rata to the number of the affected Investment Shares.

        If a participant ceases to be a director or employee of us or our affiliates before the normal vesting date of an Award by reason of (i) death, (ii) retirement with the agreement of the Remuneration Committee (in the case of our executive directors or senior management) or the employer (in the case of other participants), (iii) ill health, injury or disability, (iv) redundancy, (v) his office or employment is with a company that ceases to be one of our affiliates or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to an unrelated third party, or (vi) or for any other reason that the Remuneration Committee determines, then the Award will vest on the normal vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides that the Award will vest on the date specified in paragraphs (i) through (vi) above (and an Option could be exercised for six months thereafter). If a participant ceases to be a director or employee in other circumstances, the Award will lapse immediately upon cessation of service. Special rules apply to determine the number of ordinary shares that will vest in any specified circumstances, including application of any performance conditions.

        Limits on Ordinary Shares and Awards.     No Award may be made under the Long-Term Incentive Plan in any calendar year if, at the time of the proposed grant date, it would cause the number of our ordinary shares allocated on or after June 28, 2001 and in the period of ten calendar years ending with that calendar year under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, any other employee share plan operated by us or any other share incentive arrangement operated by us for the benefit of directors or consultants to any participating company to exceed ten percent of our ordinary share capital in issue at that time. Ordinary shares are generally considered to be allocated if they are subject to outstanding options to acquire unissued shares or treasury shares, if they are issued or transferred from treasury otherwise than pursuant to an option or other right to acquire the ordinary shares or, in certain circumstances, if they are issued or may be issued to any trustees to satisfy the grant of an option or other contractual right. Existing shares other than treasury shares that are transferred or over which options or other contractual rights are granted are not treated as allocated. Special rules apply to the determination of whether shares are allocated in the case of awards that expire or are settled in cash or where institutional investor guidelines cease to require the shares to be counted as allocated. In addition, the aggregate number of shares in relation to which Awards may be made pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan after March 14, 2013 shall not exceed 15 million.

        Except as otherwise determined by the Committee for exceptional circumstances (such as recruitment or retention), the maximum total market value of our ordinary shares over which Award may be granted to any employee during any year is 100% of the employee's base salary.

        Takeovers and Corporate Events.     If a person or group obtains control of us pursuant to a general offer to acquire our ordinary shares or has obtained control of us and then makes such an offer or such an offer becomes unconditional in all respects, then the Remuneration Committee will notify all participants and all Awards will vest on the date determined by the Remuneration Committee (but no later than the date of the change in control or offer becoming unconditional) and any Option can be exercised within one month after such early vesting date. Special vesting rules apply in the context of a winding up of us or in the event of a demerger, special dividends or other events which, in the opinion

123


Table of Contents

of the Remuneration Committee would affect the market price of our ordinary shares to a material extent. In certain cases, the Remuneration Committee, with the consent of an acquiring company if applicable, may decide before the change of control that an Award will not vest under the special vesting provisions but shall instead be surrendered in consideration for the grant of a new award which the Remuneration Committee determines is equivalent in value to the Award that it replaces. Special rules apply to determine the numbers of ordinary shares that will vest in any specified circumstances, including application of any performance conditions.

        Adjustment of Awards.     In the event that there is any variation in our share capital or any demerger, special dividend or other similar event which affects the market price of our ordinary shares to a material extent, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate, taking into account where relevant, any adjustment to the related holding of Investment Shares. Any such adjustments may be made to one or more of the number of ordinary shares subject to an Award, the option price or the number of ordinary shares that may be transferred pursuant to a vested Award which has not yet been settled. Limitations apply to the extent that any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

        Transferability.     No award under the Long-Term Incentive Plan may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on death to the recipient's personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will lapse immediately if the recipient of an award is declared bankrupt.

        Amendment and Termination.     The Long-Term Incentive Plan will expire ten years after the date that it was approved by our shareholders and no awards may be granted thereunder after the expiration date. The Committee may, at any time, alter the Long-Term Incentive Plan or the terms of any Award; provided, however, that no alteration to the benefit of a participant or potential participants will be made to the provisions relating to the individual limits on participation, the overall limits on the issue of ordinary shares or transfer of treasury shares, the overall limit on the number of ordinary shares which may be subject to Awards or the foregoing restrictions without approval of our ordinary shareholders. Minor alterations to benefit the administration of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, to take into account changes in law or obtain or maintain favorable tax treatment, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants or us and our affiliates or alterations to performance conditions are not subject to shareholder approval. Alterations to the disadvantage of participants (other than changes to performance conditions) may not be made unless all participants have the opportunity to approve the change and the change is approved by a majority of the participants. Although performance conditions can generally be altered by the Committee, we have undertaken to consult with our major shareholders prior to altering any performance conditions existing as of January 18, 2008.

    GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme

        GW Pharma Ltd. (then GW Pharmaceuticals Ltd.) adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme, or the Share Scheme, on August 16, 2000 and it was approved by the U.K.'s Inland Revenue on August 25, 2000 as what is now known as an approved share incentive plan. The Share Scheme provides for the grant of awards of our ordinary shares, which may be Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares, or, collectively, Share Scheme Awards, all summarized below, in a tax advantageous manner. Dividends payable in relation to Share Scheme Awards may be reinvested as Dividend Shares subject to the scheme. Shares awarded are held by the trustees of the scheme, or the Trustees, in a specially established trust on behalf of the participants. The scheme originally operated over ordinary shares in GW Pharma Ltd, but following our acquisition of GW Pharma Ltd the scheme was amended so that it operated over our ordinary shares.

        Eligibility.     Generally, employees of GW Pharma or certain of its subsidiaries are eligible to receive Share Scheme Awards under the Plan. In order to satisfy certain U.K. tax rules, certain

124


Table of Contents

participants, referred to in this Annual Report as Qualifying Employees, must be invited to participate in the Share Scheme if they are otherwise eligible.

        Generally, all Qualifying Employees who are required to be invited (or who have been invited) to participate in an Share Scheme Award under the Share Scheme will participate on the same terms. We may, however, make awards of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees which vary by reference to their remuneration, length of service or hours worked or by reference to their performance.

        Free Shares.     The Trustees, with the prior consent of GW Pharma Ltd., may award Free Shares. The number of Free Shares to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee will be determined by GW Pharma Ltd. and the initial market value of any such Share Scheme Award in any tax year will not exceed £3,000. The number of Free Shares granted to a Qualifying Employee on any date may be determined by reference to performance allowances. If such performance allowances are used, they will apply to all Qualifying Employees. The Share Scheme sets forth methodologies for determining how to calculate the number of Free Shares that are awarded to a Qualifying Employee by reference to performance allowances. With respect to the grant of Free Shares, a holding period is specified through which a participant who has been granted Free Shares must be bound by the terms of a Free Share agreement. The length of the holding period will not be less than three nor more than five years beginning on the award date and will be the same for all participants who receive a grant at the same time.

        Partnership Shares.     GW Pharma Ltd. may invite every Qualifying Employee to enter into an agreement with respect to the grant of Partnership Shares. Partnership Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Share Scheme and are not subject to any forfeiture provisions. Participants are required to have amounts deducted from their compensation to pay for Partnership Shares, such amounts referred to in this Annual Report as Partnership Share Money; provided, however, that the maximum amount of Partnership Share Money for any month cannot exceed £125 or such lower figure that may be specified and the total Partnership Share Money for any period during which contributions are accumulated to purchase Partnership Shares such period referred to in this Annual Report as the Accumulation Period, cannot exceed 10% of the payments of salary made to the participant over the Accumulation Period. There may also be a minimum amount of Partnership Share Money for any month (applied uniformly to all participants), which minimum cannot exceed £10. Any Partnership Share Money that is deducted in excess of the limitations, less applicable taxes, will be paid to the participant as soon as practicable.

        If there is an Accumulation Period, the maximum number of Partnership Shares that may be acquired for that Accumulation Period will be determined by reference to the lower of the value of our shares at the beginning of the Accumulation Period or the value of ordinary shares on the acquisition date. Any excess Partnership Share Money remaining after purchase of the ordinary shares may, with the agreement of the participant, be carried over to the next Accumulation Period or in other cases be paid to the participant less applicable taxes. The number of Partnership Shares that may be purchased as of any date may be reduced if the applications to purchase exceed the permitted limits.

        An employee may withdraw from purchasing Partnership Shares at any time. Unless otherwise specified by the employee, the withdrawal will take effect 30 days after we receive the notice. In the event of a withdrawal, any Partnership Purchase Money held on behalf of the withdrawing employee, less applicable taxes, will be returned to the employee as soon as practicable.

        If approval of the Share Scheme is withdrawn or if the Share Scheme is terminated, all Partnership Share Money, less applicable taxes, will be repaid to employees as soon as practicable.

        Matching Shares.     Matching Shares are granted on the basis set forth in the Partnership Agreement relating to the grant of Partnership Shares. No payment is made by the participants in

125


Table of Contents

relation to Matching Shares. Generally, Matching Shares are awarded to all participants on the same basis. In no event will the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares exceed 2:1.

        Dividend Shares.     If any dividends are paid in relation to ordinary shares held pursuant to the Share Scheme for participants, GW Pharma Ltd may specify that some or all of those dividends shall be applied to purchase Dividend Shares or they may give the participants the choice between such dividends being applied to purchase Dividend Shares or being paid in cash. Special rules apply to reinvestment of dividends. Dividend Shares are subject to a three year holding period.

        Limits on Shares and Awards.     No ordinary shares will be issued under the Share Scheme if the issue would result in the aggregate number of our ordinary shares which have been allocated under the Share Scheme, any other employees' share plan adopted by us or any other share incentive arrangements for employees, directors, officers and consultants of our affiliates during the period of ten years ending on the date of the issue to exceed 10% of our ordinary shares then in issue. "Allocated" for these purposes means the grant of options or other rights to acquire ordinary shares which may be satisfied by the issue of new shares, or, where no such rights are granted, the issue of ordinary shares. Rights which have lapsed are no longer taken into account.

        Amendment.     GW Pharma Ltd. may, with the Trustees' written consent, amend the Share Scheme, provided that no amendment which may increase the limits described in the preceding paragraph may be made without the approval of our shareholders. In addition, no amendment may be made which would adversely prejudice to a material extent the rights attached to any ordinary shares awarded, and certain amendments would require the approval of the UK tax authorities.

        Reconstructions and Rights Issues.     The Share Scheme sets forth special rules that apply in the case of reconstructions and rights issues.

    GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001

        Our shareholders approved and adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001, or the Executive Option Scheme, on May 31, 2001. In the United Kingdom, generally, an "unapproved" share option scheme means that it does not qualify for certain tax breaks since it has not been "approved" by the U.K. tax authority. It is typical for U.K. companies to have both "approved" and "unapproved" share options schemes due, in part, to the individual participation limits found in "approved" schemes. Under the Executive Option Scheme, Options were granted to our employees, such employees referred to in this Annual Report as eligible employees. The scheme terminated on May 31, 2011, and no further options will be granted under the scheme. Termination of the scheme did not affect the rights of existing participants.

        Options granted under the Executive Option Scheme may be designated as "EMI Options" which are intended to qualify for advantageous tax treatment as enterprise management incentives under applicable UK tax law. Generally, EMI Options are subject to the same terms and conditions as apply to Options. Other terms and conditions may also apply to EMI Options, particularly where the Committee determines that such alternative treatment is appropriate to obtain, protect or maximize beneficial tax or national insurance treatment of the participant, us or our affiliates.

        Exercise of Options.     Options generally may not be exercised prior to the third anniversary of the grant, however all outstanding options are currently exercisable. If applicable, any performance targets and other conditions on exercise must also be satisfied. Vesting provisions and performance targets may be waived only to the extent provided in the grant terms or, in the case of a performance target, an event occurs which makes the condition more onerous to achieve.

        Generally, Options must be exercised while the participant is an eligible employee. In the event, however, that a participant ceases to be an eligible employee as the result of injury, illness or disability,

126


Table of Contents

redundancy or retirement on or after attaining his normal retirement age (age 60 or such other date on which he is required to retire pursuant to his employment contract) or at the specific request of his employer, the Option may be exercised during the period of six months (or such longer period as the Committee may specify) commencing on the date he ceases to be an eligible employee. If a participant dies while he is an eligible employee or during the extended exercise period described in the preceding sentence, the participant's personal representatives may exercise the Option for twelve months after the participant's death. In all other cases, the Remuneration Committee may permit post-cessation exercise during such period from the date of cessation as they may notify to the participant. All Options lapse upon the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        Takeovers and Corporate Events.     If any person obtaining control of us (as determined in accordance with specified U.K. tax law) as the result of making an offer to acquire all of our issued share capital that is either unconditional or which is made on a condition which, if satisfied will cause the person making the offer to have control of us or a general offer to acquire all of our ordinary shares, any such offer referred to in this document as a Takeover Offer, Options may be exercised within the relevant period after the time the person has obtained control and any conditions subject to which the Takeover Offer have been satisfied. Options may also be exercisable for the relevant period in the event of certain court sanctioned restructurings or amalgamations of us or if another company becomes bound or entitled to acquire our ordinary shares pursuant to certain provisions of U.K. corporate law. If the Remuneration Committee determines that it is likely that we will come under the control of another company such that our ordinary shares will cease to satisfy specified conditions of U.K. tax law, the Remuneration Committee may permit exercise of the Options prior to the change of control.

        In the event of a Takeover Offer or court sanctioned restructuring or amalgamation, the participant, by agreement with the other company, release Options in consideration for the grant of a new option with respect to the acquiring company's shares and subject to certain other terms and conditions. The Remuneration Committee may also permit exercise of the Options within a relevant period following the date on which we pass a resolution for voluntary winding up or certain other transactions involving a change in control of us.

        With respect to any event, the "relevant period" is generally the period of three months or such different period not less than 30 days and not more than six months that the Remuneration Committee may determine in connection with a relevant particular event which may allow Options to be exercised. Options not exercised by the end of that period will lapse.

        Adjustment of Awards.     In the event that there is any variation in our share capital the Remuneration Committee may make adjustments as it considers fair and reasonable to preserve the participant's position to the number of ordinary shares subject to an Option and/or the acquisition price and/or the aggregate maximum number of ordinary shares. Limitations apply to the extent to which any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

        Transferability.     No Option under the Executive Option Scheme may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on death to the recipient's personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the Executive Option Scheme will lapse immediately if the recipient of an award is declared bankrupt or if there is a compulsory winding up of us.

        Amendment.     The Committee may, at any time, alter the Executive Option Scheme.

127


Table of Contents

    GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001

        Our shareholders approved and adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001, or the "Company Option Scheme", on May 31, 2001 and it was approved by the U.K.'s Inland Revenue on July 3, 2001. Under the Company Option Scheme, Options were granted to our employees who were not ineligible to participate in the Company Option Scheme under applicable U.K. tax law and who, in the case of a director, is required to work not less than 25 hours per week, such individuals referred to in this Annual Report as Option Scheme eligible employees. The scheme terminated on May 31, 2011, and no further options will be granted under the scheme. Termination of the scheme did not affect the rights of existing participants.

        Exercise of Options.     Options generally may not be exercised prior to the third anniversary of the grant. All outstanding options, however, are currently exercisable. If applicable, any performance targets and other conditions on exercise must also be satisfied. Vesting provisions and performance targets may be waived only to the extent provided in the grant terms or, in the case of a performance target, an event occurs which makes the condition more onerous to achieve.

        Generally, Options must be exercised while the participant is an Option Scheme eligible employee. In the event, however, that a participant ceases to be an Option Scheme eligible employee as the result of injury, illness or disability, redundancy or retirement on or after attaining his normal retirement age (age 60 or such other date on which he is required to retire pursuant to his employment contract) or at the specific request of his employer, the Option may be exercised during the period commencing on the date he ceases to be an Option Scheme eligible employee and ending on the later of six months thereafter or three years and six months after the date of grant. If a participant dies while he is an Option Scheme eligible employee or during the extended exercise period described in the preceding sentence, the participant's personal representatives may exercise the Option for twelve months after the participant's death (unless the participant would have been precluded from exercising the option during that period under applicable U.K. tax law). In all other cases, the Remuneration Committee may permit post-cessation exercise for up to six months from the date of cessation or, if later three years and six months after the date of grant. All Options lapse upon the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        Takeovers and Corporate Events.     If any person obtains control of us (as determined in accordance with specified U.K. tax law) as a result of making a Takeover Offer, any Options may be exercised within the relevant period after the time the person has obtained control and any conditions subject to which the Takeover Offer have been satisfied. Options may also be exercisable for the relevant period in the event of certain court sanctioned restructurings or amalgamations of us or if another company becomes bound or entitled to acquire our ordinary shares pursuant to certain provisions of U.K. corporate law. If the Remuneration Committee determines that it is likely that we will come under the control of another company such that our ordinary shares will cease to satisfy the conditions of applicable U.K. tax law, the Remuneration Committee may permit exercise of the Options prior to the change of control.

        In the event of a Takeover Offer or court sanctioned restructuring or amalgamation, the participant may, by agreement with the other company, release Options in consideration for the grant of a new option with respect to the acquiring company's shares and subject to certain other terms and conditions, in such a manner as to preserve the tax advantages applicable to the Options.

        The Remuneration Committee may also permit exercise of the Options within a relevant period following the date on which we pass a resolution for voluntary winding up or certain other transactions involving a change in control of us.

        With respect to any event, the "relevant period" is generally the period of three months or such different period not less than 30 days and not more than six months that the Remuneration Committee

128


Table of Contents

may determine in connection with a relevant particular event which may allow Options to be exercised. Options not exercised by the end of that period will lapse.

        Adjustment of Awards.     In the event that there is any variation in our share capital the Remuneration Committee may make adjustments as it considers fair and reasonable to preserve the participant's position to the number of ordinary shares subject to an Option and/or the acquisition price and/or the aggregate maximum number of ordinary shares. Limitations apply to the extent to which any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option and no adjustment will take effect until it has been approved by the United Kingdom tax authorities in accordance with applicable U.K. tax law.

        Transferability.     No Option under the Company Option Scheme may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on death to the recipient's personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the Company Option Scheme will lapse immediately if the recipient of an award is declared bankrupt or if there is a compulsory winding up of us.

        Amendment.     The Remuneration Committee may, at any time, alter the Company Option Scheme provided that no alterations shall be effective unless approved by the U.K. tax authorities in accordance with applicable U.K. tax law.

    Options granted to non-employees

        Our consultants and non-executive directors, who are not employees of companies in the Group, are not eligible to participate in our equity compensation plans described above. Certain of these consultants and non-executive directors have been granted options to acquire our shares pursuant to separate option agreements. These options are generally on comparable terms to options granted under the Executive Option Scheme.


Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        To the extent permitted by the Companies Act 2006, we shall indemnify our directors against any liability. We maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.

C.  Board Practices

Board Composition

        Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which is currently composed of eight members. As a foreign private issuer, we have elected to follow home country practices in lieu of Nasdaq's requirement that a majority of our board qualify as independent directors. Three of our directors qualify as independent directors under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.


Committees of the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance

        Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of the Nasdaq permit a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of Nasdaq.

129


Table of Contents

        The committees of our board of directors consist of an audit committee, a remuneration committee and a nominations committee. Each of these committees has the responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

    Audit Committee

        The members of our audit committee comprise our three non-executive directors, Mr. James Noble, Mr. Cabot Brown and Mr. Thomas Lynch, and each of the members is an "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Noble serves as chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Noble is a financial expert as contemplated by the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Our Audit Committee meets at least three times per year and oversees the monitoring of our internal controls, accounting policies and financial reporting and provides a forum through which our external auditors and independent registered public accounting firm reports. Our Audit Committee meets at least once a year with the external auditors and our independent registered public accounting firm without executive Board members present. The audit committee is also responsible for overseeing the activities of the external auditors and our independent registered public accounting firm, including their appointment, reappointment, or removal as well as monitoring of their objectivity and independence. The Audit Committee also considers the fees paid to the external auditors and independent registered public accounting firm and determines whether the fee levels for non-audit services, individually and in aggregate, relative to the audit fee are appropriate so as not to undermine their independence.

    Remuneration Committee

        The members of the Remuneration Committee comprise our three non-executive directors, Mr. James Noble, Mr. Cabot Brown and Mr. Thomas Lynch, and each of the members is an "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Lynch serves as chair of the remuneration committee. Our Remuneration Committee reviews, among other things, the performance of the Executive Directors and sets the scale and structure of their remuneration and the basis of their service agreements with due regard to the interests of the shareholders. The Remuneration Committee also determines the allocation of awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP to our executive directors. No director has a service agreement with a notice period exceeding one year. During the year ended September 30, 2012, there were three meetings of the Remuneration Committee. It is a policy of the Remuneration Committee that no individual participates in discussions or decisions concerning his own remuneration.

    Nominations Committee

        As permitted for foreign private issuers, we have elected to follow our home country's practice in lieu of Nasdaq's requirement for U.S. listed companies that a nominating committee must be comprised of independent directors. The members of the nominations committee comprise Dr. Geoffrey Guy, Mr. James Noble and Cabot Brown, with Mr. Noble and Mr. Brown being independent directors. Dr. Guy serves as chair of the nominations committee and oversees the evaluation of the board's performance. Dr. Guy's performance as Chairman is reviewed by Mr. Noble, in his capacity as senior independent director, taking into account feedback from other members of the board of directors. The nominations committee meets at least twice a year and reviews the structure, size and composition of the board of directors, supervising the selection and appointment process of directors, making recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any changes and using an external search consultancy if considered appropriate. For new appointments, the nominations committee will make a final recommendation to the board of directors, and the board has the opportunity to meet the candidate prior to approving the appointment. Once appointed, the

130


Table of Contents

nominations committee oversees the induction of new directors and provides the appropriate training to the board during the course of the year in order to ensure that they have the knowledge and skills necessary to operate effectively. The nominations committee is also responsible for annually evaluating the performance of the board, both on an individual basis and for the board as a whole, taking into account such factors as attendance record, contribution during board meetings and the amount of time that has been dedicated to board matters during the course of the year.


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors and is available on our website at http://www.gwpharm.com. We expect that any amendment to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this document, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this document.

D.  Employees

        The number of employees by function and geographic location as of the end of the period for our fiscals ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

By Function:

                   

Research and development

    108     109     118  

Manufacturing and operations

    43     39     24  

Quality control and assurance

    23     20     18  

Management and administrative

    20     16     14  
               

Total

    194     194     174  
               

By Geography:

                   

United Kingdom

    194     184     174  

North America

             

Rest of the World

             
               

Total

    194     184     174  
               

        We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by a labor union. We believe our employee relations are good.

E.  Share Ownership

Item 7    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.  Major Shareholders.

        The following table and related footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, as of September 30, 2013, by:

    each of our directors and members of the executive board; and

    each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2013.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of ordinary shares owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security.

131


Table of Contents

These ordinary shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person. Ownership of our ordinary shares by the "principal shareholders" identified above has been determined by reference to our share register, which provides us with information regarding the registered holders of our ordinary shares but generally provides limited, or no, information regarding the ultimate beneficial owners of such ordinary shares. As a result, we may not be aware of each person or group of affiliated persons who beneficially owns more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

        This table assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the shareholders in the table below is c/o GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ, United Kingdom.

 
  Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned(2)  
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Number   Percent  

Greater than 5% Shareholders

             

Prudential plc group of companies(3)

    26,241,389     14.8 %

VHCP Management LLC(4)

   
10,053,600
   
5.7

%

Dr. Brian Whittle(5)

   
8,428,722
   
6.3

%

Named Executive Officers and Directors

             

Dr. Geoffrey Guy(6)

    18,711,986     10.5 %

Mr. Justin Gover(7)

    5,258,554     3.0 %

Mr. Thomas Lynch

    236,344     *  

Mr. James Noble

    72,500     *  

Mr. Adam George(8)

    288,761     *  

Dr. Stephen Wright(9)

    1,274,172     *  

Mr. Chris Tovey

    10,000     *  

Mr. Cabot Brown

        *  

All Named Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (8 persons)

    25,852,317     14.6 %

*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our ordinary shares.

(1)
The business addresses for the listed beneficial owners are as follows: Prudential plc group of companies—Laurence Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0HH, VHCP Management LLC—3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and Dr. Brian Whittle c/o Graybrowne Limited, The Counting House, 13 Nelson Street, Hull, HU1 1XE.

(2)
Number of shares owned as shown both in this table and the accompanying footnotes and percentage ownership is based on 177,521,287 ordinary shares outstanding on September 30, 2013.

(3)
Includes (i) 26,241,389 ordinary shares indirectly held by Prudential plc, (ii) 26,241,389 ordinary shares indirectly held by M&G Group Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Prudential plc, (iii) 26,241,389 ordinary shares indirectly held by M&G Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Group Limited, (iv) 26,241,389 ordinary shares indirectly held by M&G Investment Management Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Limited and (v) 26,241,389 ordinary shares held of record by M&G Securities Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Limited.

(4)
VHCP Management LLC holds these shares in the form of American Depositary Shares.

132


Table of Contents

(5)
Includes options to purchase 341,231 ordinary shares that have vested.

(6)
Includes 25,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Dr. Guy's immediate family, 1,174,958 shares held by his personal pension plan and options to purchase 1,524,332 ordinary shares that have vested.

(7)
Includes 33,147 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Gover's spouse and options to purchase 1,274,886 ordinary shares that have vested.

(8)
Includes 21,696 shares held by his personal pension plan and options to purchase 267,065 ordinary shares that have vested.

(9)
Includes 5,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Dr. Wright's spouse and options to purchase 1,269,172 ordinary shares that have vested.

        Our major shareholders do not have different voting rights. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

        Citibank, N.A. is the holder of record for the company's ADR program, whereby each ADS represents twelve ordinary. As of September 30, 2013, Citibank, N.A. held 43,741,692 ordinary shares representing 24.6% of the issued share capital held at that date. As of September 30, 2013, we had a further 1,016,523 ordinary shares held by 11 U.S. resident shareholders of record, representing less than one percent of total voting power. Certain of these ordinary shares and ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees. As a result, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the U.S. is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of beneficial holders.

        To our knowledge, there has been no significant change in the percentage ownership held by the principal shareholders listed above since September 30, 2013.

B.  Related Party Transactions

        During the three year period ended September 30, 2013, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any material transaction or series of similar material transactions to which we were or are a party in which any of our directors, members of our executive management board, associates, holders of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation and shareholding arrangements we describe where required in "Management."

        We have adopted a related person transaction policy which sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any employee, director or beneficial owner of more than 3% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

        Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third-party or to or from employees

133


Table of Contents

generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant shareholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

C.  Interests of experts and counsel

        Not applicable.

Item 8    Financial Information.

A.  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.

        See "Item 18. Financial Statements."

B.  Significant Changes

        Except as disclosed in Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report, there have been no significant changes since September 30, 2013.

134


Table of Contents

Item 9    The Offer and Listing.

A.  Offer and Listing Details

Price History of Stock

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ordinary shares on the AIM in pounds sterling and U.S. dollars. U.S. dollar per ordinary share amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at $1.00 = £0.6181 based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Bank of New York on September 30, 2013.

 
  Price Per
Ordinary
Share
  Price Per
Ordinary
Share
 
 
  £   $  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  

Annual (Year Ended September 30):

                         

2008

    1.04     0.35     1.68     0.56  

2009

    1.07     0.26     1.73     0.42  

2010

    1.56     0.80     2.52     1.29  

2011

    1.33     0.83     2.15     1.34  

2012

    1.03     0.66     1.66     1.06  

2013

    0.90     0.40     1.46     0.65  

Quarterly:

                         

First Quarter 2010

    1.03     0.80     1.66     1.29  

Second Quarter 2010

    1.41     0.86     2.27     1.39  

Third Quarter 2010

    1.56     1.06     2.52     1.71  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    1.24     0.90     2.00     1.45  

First Quarter 2011

    1.15     0.83     1.86     1.34  

Second Quarter 2011

    1.19     0.93     1.92     1.50  

Third Quarter 2011

    1.30     0.93     2.10     1.50  

Fourth Quarter 2011

    1.33     0.86     2.15     1.39  

First Quarter 2012

    1.03     0.76     1.66     1.23  

Second Quarter 2012

    1.00     0.81     1.61     1.31  

Third Quarter 2012

    0.94     0.72     1.52     1.16  

Fourth Quarter 2012

    0.78     0.66     1.26     1.06  

First Quarter 2013

    0.75     0.54     1.21     0.87  

Second Quarter 2013

    0.63     0.40     1.02     0.65  

Third Quarter 2013

    0.70     0.46     1.13     0.74  

Fourth Quarter 2013

    0.87     0.47     1.41     0.76  

Most Recent Six Months:

                         

May 2013

    0.62     0.48     1.00     0.78  

June 2013

    0.49     0.46     0.79     0.74  

July 2013

    0.57     0.47     0.92     0.76  

August 2013

    0.63     0.54     1.02     0.87  

September 2013

    0.87     0.63     1.41     1.02  

October 2013

    1.73     0.83     2.80     1.34  

November 2013 (through November 20, 2013)

    1.83     1.44     2.96     2.33  

        On September 30, 2013, the last reported sales price of our ordinary shares on AIM was £0.87 per share ($1.00 per share).

135


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ADSs on Nasdaq in U.S. dollars.

 
  Price Per
Ordinary Share
 
 
  $  
 
  High   Low  

Annual (Year Ended September 30):

             

2013

    17.95     8.46  

2014 (through November 20, 2013)

    17.95     8.46  

Quarterly:

             

Third Quarter 2013

    9.20     8.46  

Fourth Quarter 2013

    17.95     8.50  

Most Recent Six Months:

             

May 2013

    9.20     8.72  

June 2013

    9.08     8.46  

July 2013

    11.50     8.50  

August 2013

    12.50     9.87  

September 2013

    17.95     12.50  

October 2013

    35.00     16.60  

        On September 30, 2013, the last reported sales price of our ADSs on Nasdaq was $17.34 per ADS.

B.  Plan of Distribution

        Not applicable.

C.  Markets

        3,645,141 of our ADSs of GW Pharmaceuticals PLC are listed on Nasdaq. The Depositary for the ADSs holds twelve ordinary share for every ADS. Our ADSs are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol "GWPH". 133,779,595 of our ordinary shares are listed on the AIM. Our ordinary shares have been trading on the AIM under the symbol "GWP" since June 28, 2001.

D.  Selling Shareholders

        Not applicable

E.  Dilution

        Not applicable

F.  Expenses of the Issue

        Not applicable.

Item 10    Additional Information

A.  Share Capital

        The following describes our issued share capital, summarizes the material provisions of our articles of association and highlights certain differences in corporate law in the United Kingdom and the United States.

136


Table of Contents


Issued Share Capital

        Our issued share capital as at the date of this report is 177,521,287 ordinary shares, par value £0.001 per share. Each issued ordinary share is fully paid.


Ordinary Shares

        The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them and according to the amount paid up on such ordinary shares (excluding amounts paid up in advance of a call) during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid, all of our profits paid out as dividends. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them and to the amounts paid up thereon, to share in any surplus in the event of the winding up of our company. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend either in person or by proxy or, being a corporation, by a duly authorized representative, and vote at general meetings of shareholders.

        As at September 30, 2013, there were options to purchase 12,740,180 ordinary shares outstanding. All options granted are exercisable at the market value on the date of the grant, with the exception of options issued under our Long Term Incentive Plan, which are issued with an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option. The vesting period for all options granted is three years from the date of grant and the options lapse after ten years.

        As at September 30, 2013, there were warrants to subscribe for 3,776,960 ordinary shares outstanding. These warrants can be exercised at any time prior to August 13, 2014. The exercise price for warrants exercisable for 1,888,480 of the ordinary shares is £1.05 per ordinary share and the exercise price for the remaining warrants is £1.75 per ordinary share.

B.  Memorandum and articles of association

        The information called for by this item has been reported previously in our Registration Statement on form F-1 (File No. 333-187356), filed with the SEC March 19, 2013, as amended, under the heading "Description of Share Capital" and is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

C.  Material contracts

        There are no material contracts other than those entered to in the ordinary course of business.

        All material contracts are listed on Part III

D.  Exchange controls

        There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the United Kingdom that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by English law or our articles of association on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.

E.  Taxation

U.S. Federal Income Taxation

        The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs by a holder that is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. domestic corporation or a person or entity that otherwise will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of our ADSs (a "U.S. Holder"). This discussion does not

137


Table of Contents

purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, hold or dispose of the ADSs. In particular, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a U.S. Holder that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation, a dealer in securities or currencies, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, banks, thrifts, or other financial institutions, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a person that holds the ADSs as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes, a person whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, a person subject to the U.S. alternative minimum tax, or a person that owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the company's voting stock (including ADSs). In addition, the discussion does not address tax consequences to an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds the ADSs, or a partner in such partnership. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold the ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in effect as of the date of this Annual Report and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. This summary does not address any tax consequences under the laws of any state or locality of the United States.

         YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RULES TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE ADSs.

        The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms.

        If you hold ADSs, you should be treated as the holder of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

    Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on the ADSs

        Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of cash distributions made by us to you with respect to the ADSs will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by the depositary, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent, if any, that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ADSs, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them if we pay dividends in any non-U.S. currency. A dividend in respect of the ADSs will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

        With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will generally be taxed at the preferential rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (i) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an

138


Table of Contents

exchange of information program, (ii) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, (iii) certain holding period requirements are met and (iv) you are not under any obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, common or ordinary shares, or ADSs representing such shares, are considered for purpose of clause (i) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on Nasdaq. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the preferential rate for dividends paid with respect to the ADSs.

        Dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. However, if 50% or more of our stock is treated as held by U.S. persons, we will be treated as a "U.S.-owned foreign corporation." In that case, dividends may be treated for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes as income from sources outside the United States to the extent paid out of our non-U.S. source earnings and profits, and as income from sources within the United States to the extent paid out of our U.S. source earnings and profits. We cannot assure you that we will not be treated as a U.S.-owned foreign corporation. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the U.S. foreign tax credit limitation will generally be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the preferential rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the ADSs will generally constitute "passive category income."

    Taxation of Dispositions of ADSs

        Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ADS equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the ADS and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ADS. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the ADS for more than one year, you will be eligible for preferential tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

    Medicare Tax

        Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on some or all of such U.S. Holder's "net investment income." Net investment income generally includes interest on, and gain from the disposition of, the ADSs unless such interest income or gain is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). You should consult your tax advisors regarding the effect this Medicare tax may have, if any, on your acquisition, ownership or disposition of the ADSs.

    Passive Foreign Investment Company

        Special U.S. tax rules apply to companies that are considered to be passive foreign investment companies or PFICs. We will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or (ii) on average at least 50% of the value of our assets produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, certain dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income.

139


Table of Contents

        In making this determination, we will be treated as earning our proportionate share of any income and owning our proportionate share of any assets of any corporation in which we hold a 25% or greater interest (by value). Based on current estimates of our gross income and gross assets, the nature of our business and our current business plan (all of which are subject to change), we believe that we will not be classified as a PFIC, but the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and it is possible that we may become a PFIC in a future year. In the event that, contrary to our expectation, we are classified as a PFIC in any year in which you hold the ADSs, and you do not make one of the elections described in the following paragraph, any gain recognized by you on a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs would be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by you on your ADSs were to exceed 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ADSs received during the preceding three years or your holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain on the sale or other disposition of shares if we were a PFIC, described above. Classification as a PFIC may also have other adverse tax consequences, including, in the case of individuals, the denial of a step-up in the basis of your ADSs at death.

        You can avoid the unfavorable rules described in the preceding paragraph by electing to mark your ADSs to market, but only if the ADSs are treated as "marketable stock." If you make this mark-to-market election, you will be required in any year in which we are a PFIC to include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your ADSs at year-end over your basis in those ADSs. In addition, the excess, if any, of your basis in the ADSs over the fair market value of your ADSs at year-end is deductible as an ordinary loss in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of the excess or (ii) the amount of the net mark-to-market gains that you have included in income in prior years. Any gain you recognize upon the sale of your ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income in the year of sale. Amounts treated as ordinary income will not be eligible for the preferential tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains.

        The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs, any elections available with respect to such ADSs and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

    Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Distributions with respect to ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

140


Table of Contents


United Kingdom Tax Considerations

        The following is a general summary of certain U.K. tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposal of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or the ADSs. It is based on current U.K. tax law and published HM Revenue & Customs, or HMRC, practice as at the date of this Annual Report, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

        Save as provided otherwise, this summary applies only to persons who are resident (and, in the case of individuals, domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and who are not resident for tax purposes in any other jurisdiction and do not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in any other jurisdiction with which the holding of the ordinary shares or ADSs is connected ("U.K. Holders"). Persons (a) who are not resident (or, if resident are not domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, including those individuals and companies who trade in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or the ADSs are attributable, or (b) who are resident or otherwise subject to tax in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom, are recommended to seek the advice of professional advisors in relation to their taxation obligations.

        This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In particular:

    this summary only applies to the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and any dividends paid in respect of the ordinary shares where the dividends are regarded for U.K. tax purposes as that person's own income (and not the income of some other person);

    this summary: (a) only addresses the principal U.K. tax consequences for investors who hold the ordinary share or ADSs as capital assets, (b) does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to certain special classes of investor such as dealers, brokers or traders in shares or securities and other persons who hold the ordinary shares or ADSs otherwise than as an investment, (c) does not address the tax consequences for holders that are financial institutions, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, pension schemes, charities and tax-exempt organizations, (d) assumes that the holder is not an officer or employee of the company (or of any related company) and has not (and is not deemed to have) acquired the ordinary shares or ADSs by virtue of an office or employment, and (e) assumes that the holder does not control or hold (and is not deemed to control or hold), either alone or together with one or more associated or connected persons, directly or indirectly (including through the holding of the ADSs), an interest of 10% or more in the issued share capital (or in any class thereof), voting power, rights to profits or capital of the company, and is not otherwise connected with the company.

        This summary further assumes that a holder of ADSs is the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary shares for U.K. direct tax purposes.

        POTENTIAL INVESTORS IN THE ADSs SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER U.K. TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs, IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS.

141


Table of Contents

    Taxation of dividends

    Withholding Tax

        Dividend payments in respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.

    Income Tax

        Dividends received by individual U.K. Holders will be subject to U.K. income tax on the gross amount of the dividend paid (including the amount of the non-refundable U.K. dividend tax credit referred to below).

        An individual holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is not a U.K. Holder will not be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends paid by the company, unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the company.

        The rate of U.K. income tax that is chargeable on dividends received in the tax year 2013/2014 by (i) additional rate taxpayers is 37.5%, (ii) higher rate taxpayers is 32.5%, and (iii) basic rate taxpayers is 10%. Individual U.K. Holders will be entitled to a non-refundable tax credit equal to one-ninth of the full amount of the dividend received from the company, which will be taken into account in computing the gross amount of the dividend that is chargeable to U.K. income tax. The tax credit will be credited against such holder's liability (if any) to U.K. income tax on the gross amount of the dividend. After taking into account the tax credit, the effective rate of tax for the 2013/2014 tax year (i) for additional rate taxpayers will be 30.6% of the dividend paid (ii) for higher rate taxpayers will be 25% of the dividend paid, and (iii) for basic rate taxpayers will be nil. An individual holder who is not subject to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the company will not generally be entitled to claim repayment of the tax credit in respect of such dividends. An individual's dividend income is treated as the top slice of their total income that is chargeable to U.K. income tax.

    Corporation Tax

        A U.K. Holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may be entitled to exemption from U.K. corporation tax in respect of dividend payments. If the conditions for the exemption are not satisfied, or such U.K. Holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, U.K. corporation tax will be chargeable on the gross amount of any dividends. If potential investors are in any doubt as to their position, they should consult their own professional advisers.

        A corporate holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.K. Holder will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the company, unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on its individual circumstances and if the exemption from U.K. corporation tax discussed above does not apply, be chargeable to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the company.

    Taxation of disposals

    U.K. Holders

        A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by an individual U.K. Holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, give rise to a chargeable gain or to an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. capital gains tax. The principal factors that will determine the capital gains tax

142


Table of Contents

position on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or any earlier tax year and the level of the annual allowance of tax-free gains in that tax year (the "annual exemption"). The annual exemption for the 2013/2014 tax year is £10,900. If, after all allowable deductions, an individual U.K. Holder's total taxable income for the year exceed the basic rate income tax limit, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxed at 28%. In other cases, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs may be taxed at 18% or 28% or at a combination of both rates.

        A disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by a corporate U.K. Holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. corporation tax. Such a holder should be entitled to an indexation allowance, which applies to reduce capital gains to the extent that such gains arise due to inflation. The allowance may reduce a chargeable gain but will not create or increase an allowable loss.

        Any gains or losses in respect of currency fluctuations over the period of holding the ADSs would also be brought into account on the disposal.

    Non-U.K. Holders

        An individual holder who is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on capital gains realized on the disposal of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs.

        A corporate holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its ordinary shares or ADSs unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by such holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax.

    Inheritance Tax

        If for the purposes of the Taxes on Estates of Deceased Persons and on Gifts Treaty 1978 between the United States and the United Kingdom an individual holder is domiciled in the United States and is not a national of the United Kingdom, any ordinary shares or ADSs beneficially owned by that holder will not generally be subject to U.K. inheritance tax on that holder's death or on a gift made by that holder during his/her lifetime, provided that any applicable United States federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, except where (i) the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a U.K. permanent establishment or pertain to a U.K. fixed base used for the performance of independent personal services; or (ii) the ordinary shares or ADSs are comprised in a settlement unless, at the time the settlement was made, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and not a national of the U.K. (in which case no change to U.K. inheritance tax should apply).

    Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax

    Issue and transfer of ordinary shares

        No U.K. stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax or SDRT, is payable on the issue of the ordinary shares.

143


Table of Contents

        The transfer on sale of ordinary shares by a written instrument of transfer will generally be liable to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.

        An agreement to transfer ordinary shares will generally give rise to a liability on the purchaser to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. Such SDRT is payable on the seventh day of the month following the month in which the charge arises, but where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of a period of six years beginning with the date of that agreement, (i) any SDRT that has not been paid ceases to be payable, and (ii) any SDRT that has been paid may be recovered from HMRC, generally with interest.

        UK legislation does provide for stamp duty (in the case of transfers) or SDRT to be payable at the rate of 1.5% on the amount or value of the consideration (or, in some cases, the value of the ordinary shares) where ordinary shares are issued or transferred to a person (or a nominee or agent of a person) whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services.

        However, following litigation on the subject, HMRC has confirmed that it will no longer seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT charge when new shares are issued to a clearance service or depositary receipt system on the basis that the charge is not compatible with EU law. In HMRC's view, the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge will continue to apply to transfers of shares into a clearance service or depositary receipt system unless they are an integral part of an issue of share capital. The law in this area may still be susceptible to change. We therefore recommend that advice is sought in relation to paying the 1.5 per cent SDRT or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.

    Transfer of ADSs

        No U.K. stamp duty will be payable on a written instrument transferring an ADS or on a written agreement to transfer an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer or the agreement to transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Where these conditions are not met, the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS could, depending on the circumstances, attract a charge to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration given in connection with the transfer.

        No SDRT will be payable in respect of an agreement to transfer an ADS.

F.  Dividends and paying agents

        Not applicable.

G.  Statement by experts

        Not applicable.

H.  Documents on Display

        You may read and copy any reports or information that we file at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E.,Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling at the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is "www.sec.gov".

        We also make available on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 20-F and the text of our reports on Form 6-K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as cretins other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the

144


Table of Contents

SEC. Our website address is "www.gwpharm.com". The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this document.

I.  Subsidiary information

        Not applicable

Item 11    Quantitative & Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Market risk arises from our exposure to fluctuation in interest rates and currency exchange rates. These risks are managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of cash deposits in various currencies, placed with a variety of financial institutions for varying periods according to expected liquidity requirements.

    Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to interest rate risk as we place surplus cash funds on deposit to earn interest income. We seek to ensure that we consistently earn commercially competitive interest rates by using the services of an independent broker to identify and secure the best commercially available interest rates from those banks that meet our stringent counterparty credit rating criteria. In doing so, we manage the term of cash deposits, up to 365 days, in order to maximize interest earnings while also ensuring that we maintain sufficient readily available cash in order to meet short-term liquidity needs.

        At September 30, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents consisted of very short-term cash deposits with maturities of less than 90 days, in order to maximize the liquidity of our funds during a period of economic uncertainty and increased concern about counterparty credit risk.

        We do not have any balance sheet exposure to assets or liabilities that would increase or decrease in fair value with changes to interest rates.

    Currency Risk

        Our functional currency is pounds sterling and the majority of our transactions are denominated in that currency. However, we receive revenue and incur expenses in other currencies and are exposed to the effects of exchange rates. We seek to minimize this exposure by passively maintaining other currency cash balances at levels appropriate to meet foreseeable expenses in these other currencies, converting surplus currency balances of these other currencies into pounds sterling as soon as they arise. We do not use forward exchange contracts to manage exchange rate exposure.

        For additional information about our quantitative and qualitative risks, see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 12    Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

A.  Debt Securities

        Not Applicable

B.  Warrant and Rights

        As at September 30, 2013, there were warrants to subscribe for 3,776,960 ordinary shares outstanding. These warrants can be exercised at any time prior to August 13, 2014. The exercise price for warrants exercisable for 1,888,480 of the ordinary shares is £1.05 per ordinary share and the exercise price for the remaining warrants is £1.75 per ordinary share.

145


Table of Contents

C.  Other Securities

        Not Applicable

D.  American Depositary Shares

Fees and Charges

        The following table shows the fees and charges that a holder of our ADSs may have to pay, either directly or indirectly. The majority of these costs are set by the Depositary and are subject to change:

Service
  Fees

Issuance of ADSs

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued

Cancellation of ADSs

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS canceled

Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends, free stock distributions or exercise of rights

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

Depositary Services

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

        ADS holders may also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges such as:

    Fees for the transfer and registration of Shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the Shares in England and Wales (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of Shares).

    Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

    Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

    Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities (i.e., when Shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

    Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of Shares on deposit.

146


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

        None

Item 14.    Material Modifications To The Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds .

        Not applicable

Item 15.    Controls & Procedures .

        We have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) under the supervision and the participation of the Executive Management Board, which is responsible for the management of the internal controls, and which includes the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon our evaluation as of September 30, 2013, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures (i) were effective at a reasonable level of assurance as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report in ensuring that information required to be recorded, processed, summarized and reported in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and (ii) were effective at a reasonable level of assurance as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report in ensuring that information to be disclosed in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the management of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        This Annual Report does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company's registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

        During the period covered by this Annual Report, we have not made any changes to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A.    Audit Committee Financial Expert

        Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Noble is a financial expert as contemplated by the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

Item 16B.    Code of Ethics

        Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors and is available on our website at http://www.gwpharm.com. We expect that any amendment to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this document, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this document.

147


Table of Contents


Item 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

        The aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitte LLP, for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are further described in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

Pre-Approval policies and procedures

        The Audit Committee recognizes it is important that the independence of the external auditors, real or perceived, is not impaired through the provision of non-audit services. To ensure the independence and objectivity of the external auditors, all service are pre- approved by the Audit Committee.

Item 16D.    Exemptions From The Listing Standards For Audit Committees

        Not Applicable

Item 16E.    Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

        Not Applicable

Item 16F.    Change in the Registrants Certifying Accountant

        Not Applicable

Item 16G.    Corporate Governance

        We rely on a provision in Nasdaq's Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on Nasdaq.

        For example, we are exempt from Nasdaq regulations that require a listed U.S. company to:

    have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

    promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items;

    have an independent nominating committee;

    solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all shareholder meetings; and

    seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements.

        In accordance with our Nasdaq listing, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to Nasdaq-listed U.S. companies. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional Nasdaq requirements applicable to listed U.S. companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are "independent," using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.

148


Table of Contents

Item 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure

        Not Applicable

149


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 17    Financial Statements

        We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

Item 18    Financial Statements

        The financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report beginning on page F-1.

Item 19    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 * Memorandum & Articles of Association of GW Pharmaceuticals plc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).

 

2.1

*

Form of specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  2.2 (1)* Form of Deposit Agreement among GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Citibank, N.A., as the depositary bank and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of ADSs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  2.3 (1)* Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.2) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  2.4 * Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  2.5 * Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  2.6 * Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  2.7 * Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.1 †* License and Distribution Agreement between Bayer AG Division Pharma and GW Pharma Ltd., dated May 20, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.2 †* Amendment Number 1 to the License and Distribution Agreement, dated November 4, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
 
   

150


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  4.3 * Amendment Number 2 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated January 14, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.4 †* Amendment Number 3 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated March 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.5 †* Amendment Number 4 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated May 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.6 * Amendment Number 5 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (f/k/a Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.7 †* Supply Agreement between Bayer AG and GW Pharma Ltd., dated May 20, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.8 †* Amendment Number 1 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated November 4, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.9 †* Amendment Number 2 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated May 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.10 †* Amendment Number 3 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (f/k/a Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.11 †* Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Limited and Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A., dated June 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.12 †* Amendment No. 1 to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Laboratorios Almirall S.A., dated March 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.13 †* Amendment to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated July 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
 
   

151


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  4.14 †* Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated November 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.15 †* Amendment and Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated March 13, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.16 †* Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated July 9, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.17 †* Amendment No. 1 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated March 14, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.18 †* Amendment No. 2 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated June 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.19 †* Development and License Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and GW Pharmaceuticals Plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated February 14, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.20 †* Amendment No. 1 to Development and License Agreement, dated November 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.21 †* Letter amending Development and License Agreement, dated October 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.22 †* Distribution and License Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, by and between GW Pharma Ltd. and Novartis Pharma AG (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.23 †* Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated November 9, 2011, by and between Novartis Pharma AG and GW Pharma Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.24 †* Production Supply Agreement, dated March 7, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.25 †* Lease, dated July 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).

152


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  4.26 †* Lease, dated October 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.27 †* Lease, dated April 6, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.28 †* Lease, dated October 12, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.29 †* Lease, dated January 6, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.30 †* Agreement for Lease, dated April 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.31 * Occupational Underlease, dated August 11, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.32 * Lease, dated May 24, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.33 * Tenancy Agreement, dated November 19, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.34 * Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Ltd., and Adam George, dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.35 †* Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Ltd., and Chris Tovey, dated July 11, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.36 * Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Dr. Geoffrey Guy, dated March 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.37 * Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Justin Gover, dated February 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.38 * Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Dr. Stephen Wright, dated January 18, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
 
   

153


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  4.39 * Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and James Noble, dated February 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.40 * Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Tom Lynch, dated February 26, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.41   Service Agreement by and between GW Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Cabot Brown, dated November 7, 2013.
        
  4.42 * Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.43 * GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.44 * GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.45 * GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-187356), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on March 19, 2013).
        
  4.46 Lease, dated May 24, 2013.
        
  4.47 Lease, dated May 24, 2013.
        
  4.48 Lease, dated May 24, 2013.
        
  4.49   Lease, dated August 1, 2013.
        
  4.50 Lease, dated July 16, 2013.
        
  8.1   List of Subsidiaries.
        
  12.1   Section 302 Certificate.
        
  12.2   Section 302 Certificate.
        
  13.1   Section 906 Certificate.
        
  13.2   Section 906 Certificate.

*
Previously filed.

Confidential treatment requested.

(1)
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-187978), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to ADSs representing ordinary shares.

154


Table of Contents


Signature

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

    GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JUSTIN GOVER

        Name:   Justin Gover
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Date: November 25, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-1

Consolidated Income Statements for the year ended 30 September

 
F-2

Consolidated Income Statements of Changes in Equity for the year ended 30 September

 
F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at 30 September

 
F-4

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for the year ended 30 September

 
F-5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-6

Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries (the "Group") as at 30 September 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries as at 30 September 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ DELOITTE LLP
Reading, United Kingdom
18 November 2013

F-1


Table of Contents


Consolidated Income Statements

For the year ended 30 September

 
  Notes   2013   2012   2011  
 
   
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Revenue

  3     27,295     33,120     29,627  

Cost of sales

        (1,276 )   (839 )   (1,347 )

Research and development expenditure

  4     (32,697 )   (27,578 )   (22,714 )

Management and administrative expenses

        (3,792 )   (3,660 )   (3,298 )
                   

Operating (loss)/profit

        (10,470 )   1,043     2,268  

Interest expense

  9     (64 )   (1 )   (3 )

Interest income

  9     178     200     263  
                   

(Loss)/profit before tax

  5     (10,356 )   1,242     2,528  

Tax

  10     5,807     1,248     221  
                   

(Loss)/profit for the year

        (4,549 )   2,490     2,749  

(Loss)/earnings per share—basic

 

11

   
(3.0

)p
 
1.9p
   
2.1p
 
                   

(Loss)/earnings per share—diluted

  11     (3.0 )p   1.8p     2.0p  
                   

        All activities relate to continuing operations.

        The Group has no recognised gains or losses other than the gains and losses shown above and therefore no separate consolidated statements of comprehensive income have been presented.

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated income statements.

F-2


Table of Contents


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 September

Group
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
account
  Other
reserves
  Accumulated
deficit
  Total  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

At 1 October 2010

    131     64,433     20,184     (72,075 )   12,673  

Exercise of share options

    2     1,433             1,435  

Share-based payment transactions

                795     795  

Profit for the year

                2,749     2,749  
                       

Balance at 30 September 2011

    133     65,866     20,184     (68,531 )   17,652  

Exercise of share options

        81             81  

Share-based payment transactions

                1,009     1,009  

Profit for the year

                2,490     2,490  
                       

Balance at 30 September 2012

    133     65,947     20,184     (65,032 )   21,232  

Issue of share capital

    45     19,725             19,770  

Expenses associated with new equity issue

        (1,670 )           (1,670 )

Exercise of share options

        3             3  

Share-based payment transactions

                616     616  

Loss for the year

                (4,549 )   (4,549 )
                       

Balance at 30 September 2013

    178     84,005     20,184     (68,965 )   35,402  
                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements of changes in equity.

F-3


Table of Contents


Consolidated Balance Sheets

As at 30 September

 
   
  Group  
 
  Notes   2013   2012  
 
   
  £000's
  £000's
 

Non-current assets

                 

Intangible assets—goodwill

  12     5,210     5,210  

Property, plant and equipment

  13     5,476     2,432  
               

        10,686     7,642  
               

Current assets

                 

Inventories

  14     4,661     3,537  

Deferred tax asset

        895      

Taxation recoverable

  10     2,900     820  

Trade receivables and other current assets

  15     1,733     1,588  

Cash and cash equivalents

  19     38,069     29,335  
               

        48,258     35,280  
               

Total assets

        58,944     42,922  
               

Current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  16     (9,440 )   (9,114 )

Obligations under finance leases

  17     (100 )    

Deferred revenue

  18     (3,181 )   (2,449 )
               

        (12,721 )   (11,563 )
               

Non-current liabilities

                 

Obligations under finance leases

  17     (1,905 )    

Deferred revenue

  18     (8,916 )   (10,127 )
               

Total liabilities

        (23,542 )   (21,690 )
               

Net assets

        35,402     21,232  
               

Equity

                 

Share capital

  20     178     133  

Share premium account

        84,005     65,947  

Other reserves

  23     20,184     20,184  

Accumulated deficit

        (68,965 )   (65,032 )
               

Total equity

        35,402     21,232  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.

F-4


Table of Contents


Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

For the year ended 30 September

 
  Group  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

(Loss)/profit for the year

    (4,549 )   2,490     2,749  

Adjustments for:

                   

Interest expense

    64     1     3  

Interest income

    (178 )   (200 )   (263 )

Tax

    (5,807 )   (1,248 )   (221 )

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    989     754     589  

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

    (25 )   (202 )   7  

(Decrease)/increase in allowance for doubtful debts

    (26 )   26      

Decrease in provision for inventories

    (530 )   (1,300 )   (425 )

Share-based payment charge

    616     1,009     795  
               

    (9,446 )   1,330     3,234  

Increase in inventories

    (594 )   (813 )   (219 )

(Increase)/decrease in trade receivables and other current assets

    (108 )   609     (1,043 )

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables and deferred revenue

    (152 )   247     168  
               

Cash (used in)/generated by operations

    (10,300 )   1,373     2,140  

Research and development tax credits received

    2,832     428     221  
               

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

    (7,468 )   1,801     2,361  

Investing activities

                   

Interest received

    167     258     244  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

    (2,243 )   (1,318 )   (891 )
               

Net cash outflow from investing activities

    (2,076 )   (1,060 )   (647 )

Financing activities

                   

Proceeds on exercise of share options

    3     81     1,435  

Proceeds of new equity issue

    19,770          

Expenses of new equity issue

    (1,670 )        

Interest paid

    (64 )   (1 )   (3 )

Proceeds from finance leases

    225          

Capital element of finance leases

    (11 )   (7 )   (39 )
               

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    18,253     73     1,393  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    8,709     814     3,107  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    29,335     28,319     25,219  

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

    25     202     (7 )
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

    38,069     29,335     28,319  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated cash flow statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General Information

        GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (the "Group") are primarily involved in the development of cannabinoid prescription medicines using botanical extracts derived from the Cannabis Sativa plant. The Group are developing a portfolio of cannabinoid medicines, of which the lead product is Sativex®, an oromucosal spray for the treatment of MS symptoms, cancer pain and neuropathic pain.

        The Company is a public limited company, which has been listed on the Alternative Investment Market ("AIM"), which is a market operated by London Stock Exchange plc, since 28 June 2001. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of the Company's registered office and principal place of business is Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire.

        In addition, the Company has American Depository Receipts ("ADRs") registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and is listed on NASDAQ.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

        The principal Group accounting policies are summarised below.

Basis of Accounting

        The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as endorsed by the European Union and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). The Group financial statements also comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS regulation.

        The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for the revaluation of financial instruments. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for the assets. The principal accounting policies are set out below.

        The financial statements were approved for issuance by the Board on 18 November 2013.

Going Concern

        The Directors have considered the financial position of the Group, its cash position and forecast cash flows for the twelve month period from the date of signing these financial statements when considering going concern. They have also considered the Group's business activities, the key policies for managing financial risks and the key factors affecting the likely development of the business in 2014. In the light of this review, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements.

Basis of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 30 September each year. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity concerned, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.

        The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring

F-6


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group. All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method.

        In future business combinations, if a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary arises, such non-controlling interest will be identified separately from the Group's equity therein. The interests of non-controlling shareholders that are present ownership interests entitling their holders to a proportionate share of net assets upon liquidation may initially be measured at fair value or at the non-controlling interests' proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Other non-controlling interests are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests' share of subsequent changes in equity. Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

        Changes in the Group's interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group's interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.

        When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), less liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to the subsidiary are accounted for (i.e. reclassified to profit or loss or transferred directly to accumulated deficit) in the same manner as would be required if the relevant assets or liabilities are disposed of. The fair value of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent accounting under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or, when applicable, the costs on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or jointly controlled entity.

Intangible Assets—Goodwill

        Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed.

        Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying

F-7


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

        On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Revenue

        Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business net of value added tax and other sales-related taxes. The Group recognises revenue when the amount can be reliably measured; when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group; and when specific criteria have been met for each of the Group's activities, as described below.

        The Group's revenue arises from product sales, licensing fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with commercial partners generally include non-refundable up-front license and collaboration fees, milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, as well as royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur, and revenue from the supply of products. For these agreements, total arrangement consideration is attributed to separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions. The then allocated consideration is recognised as revenue in accordance with the principles described below.

        The percentage of completion method is used for a number of revenue streams of the Group. For each of the three years ended 30 September 2013, there were no discrete events or adjustments which caused the Group to revise its previous estimates of completion associated with those revenue arrangements accounted for under the percentage of completion method.

Product Sales

        Revenue from the sale of products is recognised when the Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods, the Group no longer has effective control over the goods sold, the amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably, and it is probable that the Group will receive future economic benefits associated with the transaction. Product sales have no rights of return.

        The Group maintains a rebate provision for expected reimbursements to our commercial partners in circumstances in which actual net revenue per vial differs from expected net revenue per vial as a consequence of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities.

        The amount of our rebate provision is based on, amongst other things, monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners and represents management's best estimate of the rebate expected to be required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. Provisions for rebates are established in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

F-8


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Licensing Fees

        License fees received in connection with product out-licensing agreements, even where such fees are non-refundable, are deferred and recognised over the period of the license term.

Collaboration Fees

        Collaboration fees are deferred and recognised as services are rendered based on the percentage of completion method.

Technical Access Fees

        Technical access fees represent amounts charged to licensing partners to provide access to, and to commercially exploit data that the Group possesses or which can be expected to result from Group research programmes that are in progress. Non-refundable technical access fees that involve the delivery of data that the Group possesses and that permit the licensing partner to use the data freely and where the Group has no remaining obligations to perform are recognised as revenue upon delivery of the data. Non-refundable technical access fees relating to data where the research programme is on-going are recognised based on the percentage of completion method.

Development and Approval Milestone Fees

        Development and approval milestone fees are recognised as revenue based on the percentage of completion method on the assumption that all stages will be completed successfully, but with cumulative revenue recognised limited to non-refundable amounts already received or reasonably certain to be received.

Research and Development Fees

        Revenue from partner funded contract research and development agreements is recognised as research and development services are rendered. Where services are in-progress at period end, the Group recognises revenues proportionately, in line with the percentage of completion of the service. Where such in-progress services include the conduct of clinical trials, the Group recognises revenue in line with the stage of completion of each trial so that revenues are recognised in line with the expenditures.

Royalties

        Royalty revenue is recognised on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement, provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

Research and Development

        Expenditure on research and development activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

        An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group's development activities is recognised only if the following conditions are met:

F-9


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Group has determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold can be achieved. All research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost of assets, less their estimated residual values, over their useful lives using the straight line method, as follows:

 
   

Motor vehicles

  4 years

Plant, machinery and lab equipment

  3 - 10 years

Office and IT equipment

  4 years

Leasehold improvements

  5 - 15 years or term of the lease if shorter

        Assets under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.

        No depreciation is provided on assets under the course of construction.

        The gain or loss arising on disposal or scrappage of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in operating profit.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost method. Cost includes materials, direct labour, depreciation of manufacturing assets and an attributable proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price, less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

        If net realisable value is lower than the carrying amount, a write down provision is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its net realisable value.

        Inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval are capitalised as an asset but provided for until there is a high probability of regulatory approval of the product. At the point when a high probability of regulatory approval is obtained, the provision is adjusted appropriately to adjust the carrying value to expected net realisable value, which may not exceed original cost.

        Adjustments to the provision against inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval are recorded as a component of research and development expenditure. Adjustments to the provision against commercial product related inventories manufactured following achievement of regulatory approval are recorded as a component of cost of goods.

Taxation

        The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable or recoverable and deferred tax.

F-10


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The tax payable or recoverable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the consolidated income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

        Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

        Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

        The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

        Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

(Loss)/earnings per Share

        Basic earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held in the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme (the "ESOP") during the year to satisfy employee share awards.

        Diluted earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of shares held in the ESOP during the year to satisfy employee share awards, plus the weighted average number of dilutive shares resulting from share options or warrants where the inclusion of these would not be antidilutive.

F-11


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Retirement Benefit Costs

        The Group does not operate any pension plans, but makes contributions to personal pension arrangements of its Executive Directors and employees. The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of pension costs are the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the consolidated balance sheet.

Foreign Currency

        The individual financial statements of each group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates (its functional currency), which for all companies forming part of the Group, is pounds sterling. The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is also pounds sterling.

        In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity's functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

        Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the income statement as a component of operating loss.

Share-based Payment

        Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market based vesting conditions) at the date of grant.

        The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group's estimate of shares that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

        Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees are measured at the fair value of the goods or services received, except where that fair value cannot be estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, measured at the date of grant.

Warrants

        Warrants issued by the Group are recognised and classified as equity when upon exercise, the Company would issue a fixed amount of its own equity instruments (ordinary shares) in exchange for a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset.

F-12


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Consideration received, net of incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of such new warrants, is shown in equity.

        Changes in fair value of such warrants are not recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

        When the warrants are exercised, the Company issues new shares. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium.

Leases

        Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

        Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease except where another more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the lease are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

        In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

        Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the finance lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance expenses are recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised in accordance with the Group's general policy on borrowing costs. Contingent rentals are recognised as an expense in the periods in which they are incurred.

Financial Instruments

        Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group's balance sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

        All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

        Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets 'at fair value through profit or loss', 'held-to-maturity' investments, 'available-for-sale' financial assets and 'loans and receivables'. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

        For each reporting period covered herein, the Group's financial assets were restricted to 'loans and receivables'.

F-13


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Loans and Receivables

        Trade receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as 'loans and receivables'. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

        Trade receivables are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Trade receivables are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition, the estimated future cash flows of the receivables have been affected. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the income statement. The allowance recognised is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and on-call deposits held with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

Financial Liabilities

        Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities 'at Fair Value Though Profit and Loss' or 'other financial liabilities'. For each reporting period covered herein, the Group's financial liabilities were restricted to 'other financial liabilities'.

Other Financial Liabilities

        Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

        The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Critical Judgements in Applying the Group's Accounting Policies

        In the application of the Group's accounting policies, which are described above, the Board of Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

F-14


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that the Directors have made in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Recognition of Clinical Trials Expenditure

        The Group recognises expenditure incurred in carrying out clinical trials during the course of conduct of each clinical trial in line with the state of completion of each trial. This involves the calculation of clinical trial accruals at each period end to account for expenditure which has been incurred. This requires estimation of the expected full cost to complete the trial and also estimation of the current stage of trial completion.

        Clinical trials usually take place over extended time periods and typically involve a set-up phase, a recruitment phase and a completion phase which ends upon the receipt of a final report containing full statistical analysis of trial results. Accruals are prepared separately for each in-process clinical trial and take into consideration the stage of completion of each trial including the number of patients that have entered the trial, the number of patients that have completed treatment and whether the final report has been received. In all cases, the full cost of each trial is expensed by the time the final report has been received.

Revenue Recognition

        The Group recognises revenue from product sales, licensing fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with commercial partners generally include a non-refundable up-front fee, milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, as well as royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur. For these agreements, the Group is required to apply judgement in the allocation of total agreement consideration to the separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions.

        Product revenue received is based on a contractually agreed percentage of our commercial partner's in-market net sales revenue. The commercial partner's in-market net sales revenue is the price per vial charged to end customers, less set defined deductible overheads incurred in distributing the product. In developing estimates, the Group uses monthly unit sales and in-market sales data received from commercial partners during the course of the year. For certain markets, where negotiations are ongoing with local reimbursement authorities, an estimated in-market sales price is used, which requires the application of judgement in assessing whether an estimated in-market sales price is reliably measurable. In the Group's assessment, the Group considers, inter alia, identical products sold in similar markets and whether the agreed prices for those identical products support the estimated in-market sales price. In the event that the Group considers there to be significant uncertainty with regards to the in-market sales price to be charged by the commercial partner as a result of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities, such that it is not possible to reliably measure the amount of revenue that will flow to the Group, the Group would not recognize revenue until that uncertainty has been resolved.

        The Group applies the percentage of completion revenue recognition method to certain classes of revenue. The application of this approach requires the judgement of the Group with regards to the total costs incurred and total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the length of the agreement.

F-15


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

        The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below.

Rebate provision

        The Group maintains a rebate provision for expected reimbursements to our commercial partners in circumstances in which actual net revenue per vial differs from expected net revenue per vial as a consequence of, as an example, ongoing pricing negotiations with local health authorities.

        The amount of the rebate provision is based on, amongst other things, monthly unit sales and in-markets sales data received from commercial partners and represents management's best estimate of the rebate expected to be required to settle this present obligation at the end of the reporting period.

        Pricing decisions made by local health authorities, including revisions and clarifications that have retroactive application can result in changes to management's estimates of the rebates reported in prior periods.

        Aggregate rebate provision accruals as at 30 September 2013 and 2012 were £1.2 and £0.2 million, respectively.

Provision for inventories

        The Group maintains inventories which, based upon current sales levels and the current regulatory status of the product in each indication, is in-excess of the amount that is expected to be utilised in the manufacture of finished product for future commercial sales.

        Provision is therefore made to reduce the carrying value of the excess inventories to their expected net realisable value.

        The provision for inventories and adjustments thereto, are estimated based on evaluation of the status of the regulatory approval, projected sales volumes and growth rates. The timing and extent of future provision adjustments will be contingent upon timing and extent of future regulatory approvals and post-approval in-market sales demand, which remain uncertain at this time.

Deferred taxation

        At the balance sheet date, the Group has accumulated tax losses of £33.6m (2012: £40.9m) available to offset against future profits. If the value of these losses were recognised within the Group's balance sheet at the balance sheet date, the Group would be carrying a deferred tax asset of £6.1m (2012: £9.7m). However, as explained in the tax accounting policy note, the Group's policy is to recognise deferred tax assets only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax-planning strategies, and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the brought forward trading losses can be utilised. Estimation of the level of future taxable profits is therefore required in order to determine the appropriate carrying value of the deferred tax asset at each balance sheet date.

F-16


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Adoption of New and Revised Standards

        In the current year, the following revised standards have been adopted in these financial statements. Adoption has not had a significant impact on the amounts reported in these financial statements but may impact the accounting for future transactions and arrangements.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements
IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement
IAS 19 (revised June 2011) Employee Benefits
IAS 27 (revised May 2011) Separate Financial Statements
IAS 28 (revised May 2011) Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
Amendments to IAS 1 (June 2011) Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income

        At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these financial statements were issued by the IASB but not yet effective:

Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (Oct 2012) Investment Entities
Amendments to IAS 32 (Dec 2011) Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Amendments to IAS 36 (May 2013) Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets
Amendments to IAS 39 (Jun 2013) Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting
Amendments to IFRS 1 (Mar 2012) Government Loans
Amendments to IFRS 7 (Dec 2011) Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2009-2011 Cycle (May 2012)
Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities:
    Transition Guidance (June 2012)
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRIC 20 Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine
IFRIC 21 Levies

        The Directors do not expect that the adoption of these Standards and Interpretations in future periods will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

3. Segmental Information

        Information reported to the Company's Board of Directors, the chief operating decision maker for the Group, for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is focused on the stage of product development. The Group's reportable segments are as follows:

F-17


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are consistent with the Group's accounting policies described in Note 2. Segment result represents the result of each segment without allocation of share-based payment expenses, and before management and administrative expenses, interest expense, interest income and tax.

        No measures of segment assets and segment liabilities are reported to the Company's Board of Directors in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Intersegment activity has been eliminated. There are no intersegment sales and all revenue is generated from external customers.

F-18


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

Segment Results

For the Year Ended 30 September 2013

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex R&D   Pipeline R&D   Total
reportable
segments
  Unallocated
costs(1)
  Consolidated  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Revenue:

                                     

Product sales

    2,157             2,157         2,157  

Research and development fees

        19,333     4,261     23,594         23,594  

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    1,294             1,294         1,294  

Development and approval milestone fees

    250             250         250  
                           

Total revenue

    3,701     19,333     4,261     27,295         27,295  

Cost of sales

    (1,276 )           (1,276 )       (1,276 )

Research and development credit/(expenditure)

    597     (23,737 )   (9,240 )   (32,380 )   (317 )   (32,697 )
                           

Segmental result

    3,022     (4,404 )   (4,979 )   (6,361 )   (317 )   (6,678 )
                           

Management and administrative expenses

                                  (3,792 )
                           

Operating loss

                                  (10,470 )

Interest expense

                                  (64 )

Interest income

                                  178  
                           

Loss before tax

                                  (10,356 )

Tax

                                  5,807  
                           

Loss for the year

                                  (4,549 )
                           

        The following is an analysis of depreciation and the movement in the provision for inventories by segment for the year ended 30 September 2013:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex R&D   Pipeline R&D   Total
reportable
segments
  Unallocated
costs(1)
  Consolidated  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Depreciation

        (560 )   (429 )   (989 )       (989 )

Decrease/(increase) in provision for inventories

    597     (67 )       530         530  

(1)
Unallocated costs represent the portion of share-based payment expenditures which is included in research and development expenditure, but which is not allocated to segments. The remaining share-based payment expenditure is included within management and administrative expenses, which is similarly excluded from segmental result.

F-19


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

Segment Results

For the Year Ended 30 September 2012

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex
R&D
  Pipeline
R&D
  Total
reportable
segments
  Unallocated
costs(1)
  Consolidated  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Revenue:

                                     

Product sales

    2,514             2,514         2,514  

Research and development fees

        14,080     5,420     19,500         19,500  

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    1,294             1,294         1,294  

Development and approval milestone fees

    9,812             9,812         9,812  
                           

Total revenue

    13,620     14,080     5,420     33,120         33,120  

Cost of sales

    (839 )           (839 )       (839 )

Research and development credit/(expenditure)

    1,300     (18,415 )   (9,904 )   (27,019 )   (559 )   (27,578 )
                           

Segmental result

    14,081     (4,335 )   (4,484 )   5,262     (559 )   4,703  
                           

Management and administrative expenses

                                  (3,660 )
                                     

Operating profit

                                  1,043  

Interest expenses

                                  (1 )

Interest income

                                  200  
                                     

Profit before tax

                                  1,242  

Tax

                                  1,248  
                                     

Profit for the year

                                  2,490  
                                     

        The following is an analysis of depreciation and the movement in the provision for inventories by segment for the year ended 30 September 2012:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex
R&D
  Pipeline
R&D
  Total
reportable
segments
  Unallocated
costs(1)
  Consolidated  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Depreciation

        (394 )   (360 )   (754 )       (754 )

Decrease in provision for inventories

    1,300             1,300         1,300  

(1)
Unallocated costs represent the portion of share-based payment expenditures which is included in research and development expenditure, but which is not allocated to segments. The remaining share-based payment expenditure is included within management and administrative expenses, which is similarly excluded from segmental result.

F-20


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

Segment Results

For the Year Ended 30 September 2011

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex
R&D
  Pipeline
R&D
  Total
reportable
segments
  Unallocated
costs(1)
  Consolidated  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Revenue:

                                     

Product sales

    4,409             4,409         4,409  

Research and development fees

        10,822     5,216     16,038         16,038  

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    3,843             3,843         3,843  

Development and approval milestone fees

    5,337             5,337         5,337  
                           

Total revenue

    13,589     10,822     5,216     29,627         29,627  

Cost of sales

    (1,347 )           (1,347 )       (1,347 )

Research and development credit/(expenditure)

    266     (14,757 )   (7,834 )   (22,325 )   (389 )   (22,714 )
                           

Segmental result

    12,508     (3,935 )   (2,618 )   5,955     (389 )   5,566  
                           

Management and administrative expenses

                                  (3,298 )
                                     

Operating profit

                                  2,268  

Interest expense

                                  (3 )

Interest income

                                  263  
                                     

Profit before tax

                                  2,528  

Tax

                                  221  
                                     

Profit for the year

                                  2,749  
                                     

        The following is an analysis of depreciation and the movement in the provision for inventories by segment for the year ended 30 September 2011:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex
R&D
  Pipeline
R&D
  Total
reportable
segments
  Unallocated
costs(1)
  Consolidated  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Depreciation

        (248 )   (341 )   (589 )       (589 )

Decrease in provision for inventories

    266     159         425         425  

(1)
Unallocated costs represent the portion of share-based payment expenditures which is included in research and development expenditure, but which is not allocated to segments. The remaining share-based payment expenditure is included within management and administrative expenses, which is similarly excluded from segmental result.

F-21


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

Segment Results

        Revenues from the Group's largest customer, the only customer where revenues amount for more than 10% of the Group's revenues, are included within the above segments as follows:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
  Sativex
R&D
  Pipeline
R&D
  Total  
 
  £'000
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Year ended 30 September 2013

        19,333     4,261     23,594  
                   

Year ended 30 September 2012

        13,994     5,420     19,414  
                   

Year ended 30 September 2011

    3,687     10,729     5,216     19,632  
                   

Geographical Analysis of Revenue by Destination of Customer:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

UK

    577     248     1,469  

Europe (excluding UK)

    2,290     12,712     10,317  

United States

    19,508     14,274     11,830  

Canada

    587     436     795  

Asia

    4,333     5,450     5,216  
               

    27,295     33,120     29,627  
               

        All revenue, profits and losses before tax originated in the UK. All assets and liabilities are held in the UK.

4. Research and Development Expenditure

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

GW-funded research and development

    9,103     8,078     6,676  

Development partner-funded research and development

    23,594     19,500     16,038  
               

    32,697     27,578     22,714  
               

        GW-funded research and development consists of payroll costs for research staff and associated overhead, cost of growing botanical raw material, research work and sponsorship of collaborative scientists, and external third party costs incurred in conducting clinical trials.

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditures include the costs of employing staff to work on joint research and development plans, plus the costs of subcontracted pre-clinical studies and sponsorships of academic scientists who collaborate with the Group. These expenditures are charged to the Group's commercial partners, principally Otsuka. The Group is the primary obligor for these activities and under the terms of the Sativex development agreements and the Otsuka research collaboration agreement, the Group uses both its internal resources and third party contractors to provide contract research and development services to its commercial partners.

F-22


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. (Loss)/profit before Tax

        (Loss)/profit before tax is stated after charging/(crediting):

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Operating lease rentals—land and buildings

    1,186     1,036     782  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment—owned

    947     744     541  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment—leased

    42     10     48  

Provision for inventories

    (530 )   (1,300 )   (425 )

Allowance for doubtful debts—trade receivables

    (26 )   26      

Foreign exchange loss/(gain)

    237     301     (96 )

Staff costs (see note 7)

    10,686     10,098     8,532  

6. Auditor's remuneration

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

The auditor for the years ended 30 September 2013, 2012 and 2011 were Deloitte LLP

                   

Audit fees:

                   

—Audit of the Company's annual accounts(1)

    70     51     8  

—Audit of the Company's subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

    40     42     37  
               

Total audit fees

    110     93     45  

Other services

                   

—Audit-related assurance(2)

    40     5     5  

—Other assurance services(3)

    306          

—All other services(4)

        13      
               

Total non-audit fees

    346     18     5  

(1)
For the years ended 30 September 2013 and 2012, the audit fees include amounts for the audit of the Group in accordance with the PCAOB standards.

(2)
Audit related assurance fees relate to fees for the performance of interim reviews.

(3)
Other assurance services represents assurance reporting on historical financial information included in the Company's initial US registration statement.

(4)
All other services represent other assurance services provided to the Group.

F-23


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Staff Costs

        The average number of Group employees (including Executive Directors) for the year ended 30 September was:

 
  2013
Number
  2012
Number
  2011
Number
 

Research and development

    170     162     136  

Management and administration

    18     15     16  
               

    188     177     152  
               

 

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

                   

Wages and salaries

    8,442     7,700     6,443  

Social security costs

    1,103     926     865  

Other pension costs

    525     463     429  

Share-based payment

    616     1,009     795  
               

    10,686     10,098     8,532  
               

8. Directors' Remuneration

        Directors' remuneration and other benefits for the year ended 30 September were as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Emoluments

    1,733     1,692     1,426  

Money purchase contributions to Directors' pension arrangements

    200     158     171  

Gain on exercise of share options

        122     225  
               

    1,933     1,972     1,822  
               

        During 2013, five Directors were members of defined contribution pension schemes (2012 and 2011: four).

9. Interest

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Interest expense—Finance lease interest

    (64 )   (1 )   (3 )
               

Interest income—Bank interest

    178     200     263  
               

F-24


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Tax

a)    Analysis of tax credit for the year

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Current year research and development tax credit

    (2,900 )   (820 )    

Adjustment in respect of prior year tax credit

    (2,012 )   (428 )   (221 )

Recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax asset

    (2,872 )        

Current year utilization of deferred tax assets

    1,977          
               

Tax credit

    (5,807 )   (1,248 )   (221 )
               

        Tax credits relate to UK research and development tax credits claimed under the Finance Act 2000.

        The Group has historically recognised uncertain benefits of enhanced research and development deductions and the resulting tax credits when certain acceptances of the claim has been reached with Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (UK)("HMRC"), resulting in prior year adjustments to the tax credit as shown above. There is now a sustained history of agreeing such claims with HMRC, resulting in the recognition in the year ended 30 September 2013 of the full estimated benefit for qualifying current year research and development expenditures. Any difference in the credit ultimately received is recorded as an adjustment in respect of prior year.

        During the current year, the Group reached an agreement with HMRC regarding the tax returns submitted for the year ended 30 September 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, HMRC agreed that the Group's principal research subsidiary company, GW Research Ltd., was able to surrender trading losses that arise from its research and development activity for a tax benefit. This agreement with HMRC resulted in an additional tax benefit being recorded in the current year due to: (i) the recognition of an additional £2.0m of research and development tax credits in respect of the year ended 30 September 2012 by GW Research Ltd. and (ii) the recognition of a £2.9m deferred tax asset in respect of cumulative trading losses which are utilisable against current and future trading profits by GW Pharma Ltd.

        At 30 September 2013 the Group had tax losses available for carry forward of approximately £33.6m (2012: £40.9m, 2011: £46.0m). The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset in respect of £4.1m (2012: £nil) of such losses. The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets relating to the remaining carried forward losses, of approximately £29.5m (2012: £40.9m, 2011: £11.4m). In addition, the Group has not recognised deferred tax assets relating to other temporary differences of £1.7m (2012: £1.3m, 2011: £0.4m). These deferred tax assets have not been recognised as the Group's management considers that there is insufficient future taxable income, taxable temporary differences and feasible tax-planning strategies to utilise all of the cumulative losses and therefore it is probable that the deferred tax assets will not be realised in full. If future income differs from current projections, this could significantly impact the tax charge or benefit in future periods.

F-25


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Tax (Continued)

b)    Factors affecting the tax credit for the year

        The tax credit for the year can be reconciled to the tax (credit)/charge on the Group (loss)/profit at the standard UK Corporation tax rate as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

(Loss)/profit before tax

    (10,356 )   1,242     2,528  
               

Tax charge on Group (loss)/profit at standard UK Corporation tax rate of 23.5% (2012: 25%, 2011: 27%)

    (2,434 )   311     682  

Effects of:

                   

Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit

    44         3  

Income not taxable in determining taxable profit

    (8 )   (4 )   (45 )

Current year research and development tax credit

    (2,900 )   (820 )    

R&D enhanced tax relief and surrender of losses

    2,225     88     (1,275 )

Effect of unrecognised losses and temporary differences

    2,150     (395 )   635  

Recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax asset

    (2,872 )        

Adjustment in respect of prior year tax credit

    (2,012 )   (428 )   (221 )
               

Tax

    (5,807 )   (1,248 )   (221 )
               

        The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior reporting periods:

 
  Accelerated tax
depreciation
  Other temporary
differences
  Tax
losses
  Total  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

At 1 October 2010

    (149 )   71     78      

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss

    (53 )   131     (78 )    
                   

At 1 October 2011

    (202 )   202          

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss

    (75 )   75          
                   

At 1 October 2012

    (277 )   277          

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss

    (463 )   (277 )   1,635     895  
                   

At 30 September 2013

    (740 )       1,635     895  
                   

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so, and intends to settle on a net basis. All entities in the Group operate in the same taxation jurisdiction and the taxing authority permits the Group to make or receive a single net payment.

        On 2 July 2013, the UK Government substantively enacted a reduction in the main rate of corporation tax from 23% to 21% with effect from 1 April 2014. The rate will reduce further to 20% from 1 April 2015.

F-26


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. (Loss)/earnings Per Share

        The calculations of (loss)/earnings per share are based on the following data:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

(Loss)/profit for the year—basic and diluted

    (4,549 )   2,490     2,749  
               

 

 
  Number of shares  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  m
  m
  m
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

    151.5     133.2     131.9  

Less ESOP trust ordinary shares(1)

        (0.2 )   (0.2 )
               

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for purposes of basic earnings per share

    151.5     133.0     131.7  

Effect of potentially dilutive shares arising from share options

        4.5     3.9  
               

Effect of potentially dilutive shares arising from warrants(2)

            0.2  
               

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for purposes of diluted earnings per share

    151.5     137.5     135.8  
               

(Loss)/earnings per share—basic

    (3.0p )   1.9p     2.1p  
               

(Loss)/earnings per share—diluted

    (3.0p )   1.8p     2.0p  
               

(1)
As at 30 September 2013, 34,706 ordinary shares were held in the ESOP trust. The financial effect is less than 0.1m, and consequently these have not been presented above.

(2)
We incurred a loss in the year ended 30 September 2013. As a result, the inclusion of potentially dilutive share options in the diluted loss per share calculation would have an antidilutive effect on the loss per share for the period. Therefore, the impact of 6.7 million share options have been excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation for the year ended 30 September 2013.

12. Intangible Assets—Goodwill

Group:
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Cost —As at 1 October

    5,210     5,210  

Accumulated impairment losses

         
           

Net book value —As at 30 September

    5,210     5,210  
           

        Goodwill arose upon the acquisition of GW Research Ltd (formerly G-Pharm Ltd) by GW Pharma Limited in 2001. For impairment testing purposes, all goodwill has been allocated to the Sativex Commercial segment as a separate cash generating unit. The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

        The recoverable amount of this cash-generating unit is determined based on a value in use calculation which uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five year period and a discount rate of 12% per annum (2012: 12% per annum). These projections take into account projected future product sales revenues. The Group models expected sales based upon the current in-market run rate. Expectations of future growth and timing of new launches are modelled based upon guidance from our marketing partners.

F-27


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Intangible Assets—Goodwill (Continued)

        Any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which recoverable amount is based would not cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit. An impairment loss is recognised only if the carrying value of the cash generating unit exceeds the recoverable amount.

13. Property, Plant and Equipment

Group
  Motor
vehicles
  Assets under
the course of
construction
  Plant,
machinery and
lab equipment
  Office and IT
equipment
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Cost

                                     

At 1 October 2011

    11         3,545     1,122     1,110     5,788  

Additions

            500     235     583     1,318  

Disposals

    (11 )       (403 )   (490 )   (504 )   (1,408 )
                           

At 1 October 2012

            3,642     867     1,189     5,698  

Additions

        1,164     630     225     2,014     4,033  
                           

At 30 September 2013

        1,164     4,272     1,092     3,203     9,731  
                           

Accumulated depreciation

                                     

At 1 October 2011

    11         2,396     669     844     3,920  

Charge for the year

            392     195     167     754  

Disposals

    (11 )       (403 )   (490 )   (504 )   (1,408 )
                           

At 1 October 2012

            2,385     374     507     3,266  

Charge for the year

            477     237     275     989  
                           

At 30 September 2013

            2,862     611     782     4,255  
                           

Net book value

                                     

At 30 September 2013

        1,164     1,410     481     2,421     5,476  
                           

At 30 September 2012

            1,257     493     682     2,432  
                           

        The net book value of property, plant and equipment at 30 September 2013 includes £1.9m in respect of assets held under finance leases (2012: nil).

14. Inventories

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Raw materials

    180     312  

Work in progress

    4,101     2,951  

Finished goods

    380     274  
           

    4,661     3,537  
           

        Inventory with a carrying value of £3.5m is considered to be recoverable after more than one year from the balance sheet date, but within the Group's normal operating cycle (2012: £2.3m).

F-28


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Inventories (Continued)

        The provision for inventories relates to inventories expected to expire before being utilised by the Group. The movement in the provision for inventories is as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Opening balance—as at 1 October

    2,131     3,431  

Decrease in provision for inventories

    (530 )   (1,300 )
           

As at 30 September

    1,601     2,131  
           

15. Financial Assets

Trade and Other Receivables

 
  Group  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Amounts falling due within one year

             

Trade receivables

    621     784  

Provision for impairment—trade receivables

        (26 )
           

    621     758  

Prepayments and accrued income

    763     595  

Other receivables

    349     235  
           

    1,733     1,588  
           

        Trade receivables disclosed above are classified as loans and receivables and are therefore measured at amortised cost.

        Trade receivables at 30 September 2013 represent 8 days of sales (2012: 8 days). The average trade receivable days during the year ended 30 September 2013 was 34 days (2012: 31 days). The credit period extended to customers is 30 to 60 days.

        The provision for impairment—trade receivables is £nil at 30 September 2013. £26,000 was considered to be impaired at 30 September 2012. This was subsequently reversed during the year ended 30 September 2013 following recovery in full of the related receivable. All trade receivables, aside from this individual receivable in the year ended 30 September 2012, were current at the balance sheet date as at 30 September 2013 and 2012.

 
  Group  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

             

Balance at the beginning of the period

    26      

Impairment losses recognised

        26  

Amounts recovered during the year

    (26 )    
           

Balance at the end of the period

        26  
           

F-29


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Financial Assets (Continued)

        The trade receivables balance at 30 September 2013 consisted of balances due from seven customers (2012: six customers) with the largest single customer representing 35% (2012: 38%) of the total amount due. Given that the Group's customers consist of a small number of large pharmaceutical companies, counterparty credit risk is considered to be low. The Group seeks to mitigate credit risk by seeking payments in advance from pharmaceutical partners for expenditure to be incurred on their behalf.

        No interest is charged on trade receivables.

        The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade receivables approximates to their fair value.

16. Financial Liabilities

Trade and Other Payables

 
  Group  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Amounts falling due within one year

             

Other creditors and accruals

    5,302     4,437  

Trade payables

    3,393     4,090  

Other taxation and social security

    745     587  
           

    9,440     9,114  
           

        Trade payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and on-going costs.

        Trade payables at 30 September 2013 represent the equivalent of 36 days purchases (2012: 51 days).

        The average credit period taken for trade purchases during the year ended 30 September 2013 was 39 days (2012: 31 days).

        For most suppliers, no interest is charged on invoices that are paid within a pre-agreed trade credit period. The Group has procedures in place to ensure that invoices are paid within agreed credit terms so as to ensure that interest charges by suppliers are minimised.

        The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

F-30


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Obligations under Finance Leases

 
  Minimum lease
payments
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Amounts payable under finance leases:

             

Within one year

    177      

In the second to fifth years inclusive

    861      

After five years

    1,559      
           

    2,597      
           

Less: future finance charges

    592      
           

Present value of lease obligations

    2,005      
           

 

 
  Present value
of lease
payments
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Amounts payable under finance leases:

             

Amounts due for settlement within 12 months

    100      

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months

    1,905      
           

    2,005      
           

        It is the Group's policy to lease certain of its property, plant and equipment under finance leases. The weighted average lease term remaining is 13.9 years (2012: nil). For the year ended 30 September 2013, the average effective borrowing rate was 4% (2012: nil). Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. All leases to date have been on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.

        All lease obligations are denominated in sterling.

        The carrying value of the Group's lease obligations as at 30 September 2013 approximates to their fair value.

        The Group's obligations under finance leases are generally secured by the lessors' rights over the leased assets.

F-31


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

18. Deferred Revenue

 
  Group  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Amounts falling due within one year

             

Deferred license, collaboration, and technical access fee income(1)

    1,294     1,378  

Advance research and development fees(2)

    1,887     1,071  
           

    3,181     2,449  
           

Amounts falling due after one year

             

Deferred license, collaboration and technical access fee income(1)

    8,916     10,127  
           

(1)
These deferred revenues result mainly from up-front license fees received in 2005 of £12.0 million from Almirall S.A. (deferred revenue balance as at 30 September 2013—£5.9 million and 30 September 2012—£6.6 million) and collaboration and technical access fees from other Sativex licensees. Amounts deferred under each agreement will be recognised in revenue as discussed in Note 2.

(2)
Advance payments received represents payments for research and development activities to be carried out in the next year on behalf of Otsuka. These amounts will be recognised as revenue in future periods as the services are rendered.

19. Financial Instruments

        The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising return to shareholders. The Group's overall strategy remains unchanged from 2012.

        Group senior management are responsible for monitoring and managing the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group, which include credit risk, market risks arising from interest rate risk and currency risk, and liquidity risk. The Board of Directors and the Audit Committee review and approve the internal policies for managing each of these risks, as summarised below. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

F-32


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The Group's financial instruments, as at 30 September, are summarised below:

Categories of Financial Instruments

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Financial assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    38,069     29,335  

Taxation recoverable

    2,900     820  

Trade receivables—at amortised cost

    621     758  

Prepayments and accrued income

    763     595  

Other receivables

    349     235  
           

Total financial assets

    42,702     31,743  
           

Financial liabilities

             

Other creditors and accruals

    5,302     4,437  

Trade payables—at amortised cost

    3,393     4,090  

Other taxation and social security

    745     587  

Obligations under finance leases

    2,005      
           

Total financial liabilities

    11,445     9,114  
           

        All financial assets and financial liabilities, other than the non-current element of £1.9m in respect of the obligations under finance leases (2012: £nil), are current in nature. In all instances, the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities approximates the carrying value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

        It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group's policy that no speculative trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken.

Credit Risk:

        Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group has a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties, principally involving the major UK clearing banks and their wholly owned subsidiaries, when placing cash on deposit. In addition the Group operates a treasury policy that dictates the maximum cash balance that may be placed on deposit with any single institution or group. This policy is reviewed and approved from time to time by the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.

        Trade receivables represent amounts due from customers for the sale of commercial product and research funding from development partners, consisting primarily of a small number of major pharmaceutical companies where the credit risk is considered to be low. The Group seeks to minimise credit risk by offering only 30 days credit to commercial customers and by requesting payment in advance from its development partners for the majority of its research activities.

        At the balance sheet date the maximum credit risk attributable to any individual counterparty was £11.2m (2012: £13.0m).

        Trade receivables at 30 September 2013 to the value of £nil (2012: £26,000) were past their due date and were provided against in full.

F-33


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The carrying amount of the financial assets recorded in the financial statements represents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk as no collateral or other credit enhancements are held.

Market Risk:

        The Group's activities expose it primarily to financial risks of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These risks are managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of cash deposits in various currencies, placed with a variety of financial institutions for varying periods according to the Group's expected liquidity requirements. There has been no material change to the Group's exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures risk.

i)     Interest Rate Risk

        The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it places surplus cash funds on deposit to earn interest income. The Group seeks to ensure that it consistently earns commercially competitive interest rates by using the services of an independent broker to identify and secure the best commercially available interest rates from those banks that meet the Group's stringent counterparty credit rating criteria. In doing so the Group manages the term of cash deposits, up to a maximum of 365 days, in order to maximise interest earnings while also ensuring that it maintains sufficient readily available cash in order to meet short-term liquidity needs.

        Interest income of £0.2m (2012: £0.2m; 2011: £0.3m) during the year ended 30 September 2013 was earned from deposits with a weighted average interest rate of 0.97% (2012: 1.00%; 2011: 0.86%). Therefore, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased interest income, and reduced the loss for the year, by £0.2m (2012: increased profit by £0.2m; 2011: increased profit by £0.3m).

        The Group does not have any balance sheet exposure to assets or liabilities which would increase or decrease in fair value with changes to interest rates.

ii)    Currency Risk

        The functional currency of the Company, and each of its subsidiaries, is pounds sterling and the majority of transactions in the Group are denominated in that currency. However, the Group receives revenues and incurs expenditures in foreign currencies and is exposed to the risks of foreign exchange rate movements, with the impacted recognised which are recorded in the consolidated income statement. The Group seeks to minimise this exposure by passively maintaining foreign currency cash balances at levels appropriate to meet foreseeable foreign currency expenditures, converting surplus foreign currency balances into pounds as soon as they arise. The Group does not use derivative contracts to manage exchange rate exposure.

F-34


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The table below shows an analysis of the sterling equivalent of the year end cash and cash equivalents balances by currency:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Cash at bank and in hand:

             

Sterling

    4,312     7,779  

Euro

    776     683  

US Dollar

    5,201     4,600  

Canadian Dollar

    227     228  
           

Total

    10,516     13,290  
           

Short-term deposits:

             

Sterling

    27,553     16,045  
           

Total cash and cash equivalents

    38,069     29,335  
           

        The table below shows those transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses recognised in the consolidated income statement. Such exposures comprise the net monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the functional currency of the relevant Group entity. As at 30 September these exposures were as follows:

Net Foreign Currency Assets/(Liabilities):

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

US Dollar

    2,424     355  

Euro

    710     396  

Canadian Dollar

    432     464  

Other

    (51 )   (24 )
           

    3,515     1,191  
           

Foreign Currency Sensitivity Analysis:

        The most significant currencies in which the Group transacts, other than Sterling, are the US Dollar and the Euro. The Group also trades in the Canadian Dollar; the Czech Crown and the Polish Zloty. The following table details the Group's sensitivity to a 10% change in the key foreign currency exchange rates against sterling:

Year Ended 30 September 2013
  Euro   US Dollar   Can Dollar   Other  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Profit before tax

    71     242     43     (5 )
                   

Equity

    71     242     43     (5 )
                   

F-35


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)


Year Ended 30 September 2012
  Euro   US Dollar   Can Dollar   Other  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Profit before tax

    40     36     46     (2 )
                   

Equity

    40     36     46     (2 )
                   

 

Year Ended 30 September 2011
  Euro   US Dollar   Can Dollar   Other  
 
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
  £'000
 

Profit before tax

    90     99     22     (4 )
                   

Equity

    90     99     22     (4 )
                   

Liquidity Risk:

        Responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built a liquidity risk management framework to enable the monitoring and management of short, medium and long term cash requirements of the business.

        The Board of Directors actively monitor Group cash flows and regularly review projections of future cash requirements to ensure that appropriate levels of liquidity are maintained. The Group manages its short term liquidity primarily by planning the maturity dates of cash deposits in order to time the availability of funds as liabilities fall due for payment. The Group does not maintain any borrowing facilities.

        Cash deposits, classified as cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet, comprise deposits placed on money markets for periods of up to three months and on call. The weighted average time for which the rate was fixed was 38 days (2012: 50 days).

        All of the Group's financial liabilities at each balance sheet date have maturity dates of less than 12 months from the balance sheet date, other than the long-term obligations under finance leases of £1.9m (2012: £nil) which will be repaid over a weighted average 13.9 year term. There have been no material changes to the Group's exposure to liquidity risks or the manner in which it manages and measures liquidity risk.

20. Share Capital

        As at 30 September 2013 the share capital of the Company allotted, called-up and fully paid was as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

    178     133  
           

F-36


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

20. Share Capital (Continued)

        Changes to the number of ordinary shares in issue have been as follows:

 
  Number of
shares
  Total
nominal
value
  Total share
premium
  Total
consideration
 
 
   
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

As at 1 October 2011

    133,055,154     133     65,866     65,999  

Exercise of share options

    315,200         81     81  
                   

As at 30 September 2012

    133,370,354     133     65,947     66,080  

Issue of new shares

    44,136,000     45     18,055     18,100  

Exercise of share options

    14,933         3     3  
                   

As at 30 September 2013

    177,521,287     178     84,005     84,183  
                   

        During the year ended 30 September 2013 the Group completed an Initial Public Offering on the NASDAQ Global Market, issuing 44,136,000 shares for net consideration of £18.1 million. This took the form of 3,678,000 American depositary shares ("ADSs") at a price to the public of $8.90 per ADS. Each ADS represents 12 ordinary shares of 0.1p each in the capital of the Company.

        The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.

Equity-settled share option schemes

        The Company operates various equity-settled share option schemes for employees of the Group. In addition, options have been issued to a small number of expert consultants in return for services provided to the Group.

        All options granted under these schemes are exercisable at the share price on the date of the grant, with the exception of options issued under the GW Pharmaceuticals Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") which are issued with an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option.

        The vesting period for all options granted is three years from the date of grant and options lapse after 10 years.

        Options generally also lapse if the employee leaves the Group before the options vest. However, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, under the "Good Leaver" provisions of the share option scheme rules, employees may be allowed to retain some or all of the share options upon ceasing employment by the Group. Vested options usually need to be exercised within six months of leaving.

        Under the terms of the LTIP employees are awarded options to subscribe for the Company's ordinary shares at an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option. These options are subject to performance conditions which must be achieved before the options vest and become exercisable. In the event that the performance conditions are not achieved within the required three year vesting period these options lapse. Once vested, an LTIP award may be exercised at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

21. Share-based payments

        LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors are subject to performance conditions which are determined by the Remuneration Committee. These are usually a mixture of market-based and

F-37


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

non-market based performance conditions which are intended to link executive compensation to the key value drivers for the business whilst aligning the interests of the Executive Directors with those of shareholders and employees.

2010 awards

        The vesting period of the 2010 awards completed on 19 July 2013. These awards were subdivided into four equal tranches, dependent upon four separate performance conditions. Two of the performance conditions were met. One unmet performance conditions was a marked-based performance condition, and therefore no reversal of the charge is permitted. The remaining unmet performance condition was a non-market-based performance condition. The reversal of this charge was £0.3m.

2011 awards

        In the year ended 30 September 2011, all awards granted were LTIP awards.

        The 2011 LTIP awards are subject to a performance condition whereby the number of options vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant will be determined according to the performance of the Company share price relative to a comparator group consisting of the constituents of the FTSE small cap index. LTIP awards will vest if the Company is ranked at median or above in relation to the group. 25% of the award vests if the Company achieves median ranking, with 100% vesting if an upper quartile ranking is achieved. A straight line approach is used to calculate the percentage vesting between these two extremes.

2012 awards

        In the year ended 30 September 2012, all awards granted were LTIP awards.

        The 2012 LTIP awards are subdivided into four equal tranches, each of which vests on 6 June 2015 upon achievement of the following performance conditions:

    one quarter of the award vests upon achievement of first positive cancer pain clinical trial results;

    one quarter of the award vests upon filing of a New Drug Application ("NDA") for Sativex with the US Food and Drug Administration ("FDA");

    one quarter of the award vests upon signature of a new non-Sativex product license agreement; and

    one quarter of the award vests subject to the Company share price performance over the three year vesting period. This will be ranked against the share price performance of a comparator group made up of the constituents of the FTSE Smallcap index. Awards will only vest if the Company is ranked at Median or above. 25% of this element of the award will vest if the Company achieves a Median ranking and 100% will vest if the Company achieves an Upper Quartile ranking, with a straight line approach used to calculate the percentage vesting between these two extremes.

F-38


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

2013 awards

        In the year ended 30 September 2013, all awards granted were LTIP awards.

        The 2013 LTIP awards are subject to performance conditions whereby 100% of the awards vest on the third anniversary of the date of the grant if the ADS price has increased by 75% or more during the three year vesting period ended 24 September 2016. 25% of the awards vests if 25% growth is achieved, with a straight line basis of calculation being used to calculate the number of options vesting between these two extremes. No options vest if the share price growth is below 25% over the three year vesting period.

        The starting price for the growth calculation for the 2013 award is based on the US dollar equivalent of the average closing mid-market price of twelve AIM listed Ordinary shares, as calculated over the last 30 trading days prior to the Nasdaq IPO on 1 May 2013. This price of $10.37, equivalent to 56.6 pence per UK Ordinary share, will be compared to the US dollar denominated average mid-market closing price of the ADS, calculated by reference to the last 30 trading days of the 3 year vesting period.

        The number of outstanding options under each scheme can be summarised as follows:

 
  30 Sept 2013
Number of share
options
  30 Sept 2012
Number of share
options
 

Employee share option schemes

    5,535,581     6,462,379  

Employee LTIP awards

    6,778,743     4,591,765  

Consultant share options

    425,856     612,456  
           

Options outstanding at 30 September

    12,740,180     11,666,600  
           

        The movement in share options in each scheme during the year can be summarised as follows:

 
  Employee
options
   
  Employee
LTIP
   
  Consultant
options
   
  Total
options
   
 
 
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
 
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
 
 
   
  £
   
  £
   
  £
   
  £
 

Outstanding at 1 October 2011

    6,867,829     1.23     3,458,345     0.001     714,956     1.32     11,041,130     0.85  

Granted during the year

            1,326,770     0.001             1,326,770     0.001  

Exercised during the year

    (95,200 )   0.76     (190,000 )   0.001     (30,000 )   0.29     (315,200 )   0.26  

Expired during the year

    (310,250 )   1.14     (3,350 )   0.001     (72,500 )   1.22     (386,100 )   1.15  
                                   

Outstanding at 1 October 2012

    6,462,379     1.24     4,591,765     0.001     612,456     0.76     11,666,600     0.76  

Granted during the year

            2,679,374     0.001             2,679,374     0.001  

Exercised during the year

    (5,800 )   0.54     (9,133 )   0.001             (14,933 )   0.21  

Expired during the year

    (920,998 )   1.71     (483,263 )   0.001     (186,600 )   1.61     (1,590,861 )   1.34  
                                   

Outstanding at 30 September 2013

    5,535,581     1.16     6,778,743     0.001     425,856     1.28     12,740,180     0.57  
                                   

F-39


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

        Share options outstanding at 30 September 2013 can be summarised as follows:

 
  Employee
options
   
  Employee
LTIP
   
  Consultant
options
   
  Total
options
   
 
 
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
 
Range of
exercise prices
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
 

£0.01 - £0.50

    10,000     5.0     6,778,743     8.5     30,000     6.2     6,818,743     8.5  

£0.51 - £1.00

    3,016,817     2.5             35,000     0.9     3,051,817     2.5  

£1.01 - £1.50

    1,656,372     1.7             288,496     1.5     1,944,868     1.7  

£1.51 - £2.00

    852,392     0.3             72,360     0.3     924,752     0.3  
                                   

Outstanding at 30 September 2013

    5,535,581     1.9     6,778,743     8.5     425,856     1.6     12,740,180     5.4  
                                   

Exercisable at 30 September 2013

    5,535,581     1.9     2,342,099     5.8     425,856     1.6     8,303,536     3.0  
                                   

        Share options outstanding at 30 September 2012 can be summarised as follows:

 
  Employee
options
   
  Employee
LTIP
   
  Consultant
options
   
  Total
options
   
 
 
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
 
Range of
exercise prices
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
  Number of
share
options
 

£0.01 - £0.50

    10,000     6.0     4,591,765     7.9     30,000     7.2     4,631,765     7.9  

£0.51 - £1.00

    3,025,117     3.5             85,000     0.8     3,110,117     3.4  

£1.01 - £1.50

    1,656,372     2.8             375,096     2.6     2,031,468     2.8  

£1.51 - £2.00

    918,498     0.3             72,360     0.8     990,858     0.3  

£2.01 - £2.50

    852,392     1.3             50,000     0.8     902,392     1.3  
                                   

Outstanding at 30 September 2012

    6,462,379     2.6     4,591,765     7.9     612,456     1.9     11,666,600     4.7  
                                   

Exercisable at 30 September 2012

    6,462,379     2.6     1,443,132     6.1     612,456     1.9     8,517,967     3.1  
                                   

        Charges for share based payments have been allocated to the research and development expenditure and management and administrative expenses in the consolidated income statements as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

Research and development expenditure

    317     559  

Management and administrative expenses

    299     450  
           

    616     1,009  
           

        In the year ended 30 September 2013, options were granted on 30 November 2012, 20 February 2013, 28 March 2013 and 24 September 2013. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £1.5m and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2013 was £0.57 per option.

        In the year ended 30 September 2012, options were granted on 15 December 2011, 23 March 2012, 31 May 2012, 6 June 2012 and 1 July 2012. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options

F-40


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

granted on those dates is £1.1m and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2012 was £0.82 per option.

        Fair values were calculated using the Black-Scholes share option pricing model for grants with non-market based performance conditions. The Monte Carlo share option pricing model has been used for grants with market based performance conditions. The following weighted average assumptions were used in calculating these fair values:

 
  2013   2012  

Weighted average share price

    55p     83p  

Weighted average exercise price

    0.1p     0.1p  

Expected volatility

    44 %   52 %

Expected life

    5.0 Years     5.0 Years  

Risk-free rate

    0.5 %   0.5 %

Expected dividend yield

    Nil     Nil  

        Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group's share price over the previous three years. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management's best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, performance conditions and behavioural considerations.

22. Warrants

        Warrants to subscribe for ordinary shares in the Company are as shown below:

 
  At 1 Oct
2012
Number
  Warrants
granted
Number
  Warrants
exercised
Number
  Warrants
lapsed
Number
  At 30 Sept
2013
Number
  Date of
issue
  Exercise
price
  Date of
expiry
 

Warrant Holder

                                                 

Great Point Partners

    1,888,480                 1,888,480     13/08/09     105.0p     13/08/14  

Great Point Partners

    1,888,480                 1,888,480     13/08/09     175.0p     13/08/14  
                                         

Total

    3,776,960                 3,776,960                    
                                         

        The above warrants were issued to Great Point Partners on 13 August 2009 at a time when the mid-market price for ordinary shares of the Company was 78.0 pence. The warrant issue was concurrent with the issue of 7,553,920 new ordinary shares to Great Point partners at 78.0 pence per share.

        The warrants can be exercised at any time prior to their expiry on 13 August 2014.

23. Other Reserves

        Other reserves of £20.2m relate to a £19.3m merger reserve and a £0.9m warrants reserve. The warrants reserve is discussed in note 22. The merger reserve was created as a result of the acquisition by the Company of the entire issued share capital of GW Pharma Ltd in 2001. This acquisition was effected by a share for share exchange which was merger accounted under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, or UK GAAP, in accordance with the merger relief provisions of section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) relating to the accounting for business combinations involving the issue of shares at a premium. In preparing consolidated financial statements, the amount by which

F-41


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

23. Other Reserves (Continued)

the fair value of the shares issued exceeded their nominal value was recorded in a merger reserve on consolidation, rather than in a share premium account. The merger reserve was retained upon transition to IFRS, as allowed under UK law. This reserve is not considered to be distributable.

ESOP Reserve

        The Group's "ESOP" is an Inland Revenue approved all employee share scheme constituted under a trust deed. The trust holds shares in the Company for the benefit of and as an incentive for the employees of the Group. The trustee of the ESOP is GWP Trustee Company Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Costs incurred by the trust are expensed in the Group's financial statements as incurred. Distributions from the trust are made in accordance with the scheme rules and on the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Company.

        Shares held in trust represent issued and fully paid up 0.1 pence ordinary shares and remain eligible to receive dividends. The shares held by the ESOP were originally acquired in 2000 for nil consideration by way of a gift from a shareholder and hence the balance on the ESOP reserve is nil (2012: nil).

        As at 30 September the ESOP held the following shares:

 
  2013
Number
  2012
Number
 

Unconditionally vested in employees

    374,408     228,607  

Conditionally gifted to employees

        173,951  

Shares available for future distribution to employees

    34,706     34,706  
           

Total

    409,114     437,264  
           

        The valuation methodology used to compute the share-based payment charge related to the ESOP is based on fair value at the grant date, which is determined by the application of a Black-Scholes share option pricing model. The assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes model for the ESOP shares are as detailed in Note 21 relating to the LTIP awards. The exercise price for shares granted under the ESOP is nil, and the vesting conditions include employment by the Group over the three year vesting period from the date of grant. The share-based payment charge for shares granted under the ESOP plan amounted to £nil in the year ended 30 September 2013 (2012: £33,441).

        As at 30 September 2013 the number and market value of shares held by the trust which have not yet unconditionally vested in employees is 34,706 (2012: 208,657) and £nil (2012: £0.2m) respectively.

24. Financial Commitments

        The Group had capital commitments for property, plant and equipment contracted but not provided for at 30 September 2013 of £0.1m (2012: £0.1m).

F-42


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

24. Financial Commitments (Continued)

        At the balance sheet date the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

 
  Group  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £000's
  £000's
 

—within one year

    1,136     987  

—between two and five years

    2,028     2,375  

—after five years

    807      
           

    3,971     3,362  
           

        The minimum lease payments payable under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year were £1.2m (2012: £1.0m).

        Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its leased properties. Manufacturing and laboratory facilities are subject to 10 to 15 year leases with a lease break three years prior to the conclusion of the lease at the Group's option. Office properties are usually leased for one year or less with the exception of the London property, which is on a five year lease and the Histon property which is on a ten year lease with a five year break.

25. Contingent Liabilities

        The Group may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings that are incidental to the Group operations. The Group is not currently involved in any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have, or have had in the 12 months preceding the date of this report, a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Group.

26. Related Party Transactions

Remuneration of Key Management Personnel:

        The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £000's
  £000's
  £000's
 

Short term employee benefits

    1,733     1,664     1,426  

Post-employment benefits

    200     158     171  

Share-based payments

    539     831     625  
               

    2,472     2,653     2,222  
               

Other Related Party Transactions:

        During the year the Group purchased services in the ordinary course of business from Brian Whittle Associates Limited, a company controlled by Brian Whittle, a former Director and substantial shareholder of the Company, at a cost of £4,000 (2012: £3,000; 2011: £19,000). As at 30 September 2013 there was no amount due to Brian Whittle Associates Limited (2012: nil; 2011: nil).

F-43


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

26. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        Upon the retirement of David Kirk from the Board of Directors of the Company, on 1 June 2012, the Remuneration Committee agreed that, in accordance with the "Good Leaver" provisions of the share option scheme rules, David Kirk would be allowed to retain all of his outstanding share options after leaving the employment of the Group.

        This includes:

    1.2m share options, with a weighted average exercise price of £1.48 and a weighted average time to expiry of 1.9 years.

    0.3m of vested LTIP awards with a 0.1 pence exercise price and a weighted average time to expiry of 6.0 years.

    0.3m of unvested LTIP award, with a 0.1 pence exercise price and weighted average time to expiry of 8.25 years.

        Subsequently, 0.5 m of the share options and 0.1m of the unvested LTIP award have lapsed. The remaining unvested options remain subject to the performance conditions and shall only become exercisable if the Group achieves the performance conditions before the vesting date. All vested options shall remain available to exercise at any time prior to their expiry upon the tenth anniversary of their date of grant.

27. Investments

        The Group has investments in the following significant subsidiary undertakings:

Name of undertaking
  Country of registration   Activity   % holding  

GW Pharma Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

GW Research Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited

  Guernsey   Research and Development     100  

GWP Trustee Company Limited

  England and Wales   Employee Share Ownership     100  

G-Pharm Trustee Company Limited

  England and Wales   Dormant     100  

G-Pharm Limited

  England and Wales   Dormant     100  

        All the subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts.

28. Subsequent events

        Subsequent to the year-end, on 12 November 2013, the Group entered into an arrangement for the construction of new 10,000 sq. ft. manufacturing lease premises. As part of the agreement of the lease, the landlord will provide up to £7.8m of fit out funding as a finance lease, to be repaid via rentals of £1.0m over the first fifteen years of the twenty year lease term. Construction is expected to start in December 2013 and be completed in 2015.

F-44




Exhibit 4.41

 

GRAPHIC

 

1 February 2013

 

Mr Cabot Brown

 

Cabot Brown

c/o Carabiner LLC

One Maritime Plaza, Suite 2250

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

Dear Cabot

GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company”)

 

I am writing to record the terms of your appointment as a non-executive Director of the Company, which will commence on 5 February 2013 and will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 3 months’ prior written notice or as provided for in paragraph 1 below.

 

It is agreed that, on acceptance of this offer, this letter will constitute a contract for services and not a contract of employment and you confirm that you are not subject to any restrictions which prevent you from holding office as a director.

 

1.                                       Appointment

 

(a)                                  Your appointment as a non-executive Director is subject to the Articles of Association of the Company. Your appointment will be subject to the usual rules requiring your appointment and re-appointment to be approved by shareholders. Your appointment will automatically terminate without any entitlement to compensation if you:

 

(i)                                      are removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders;

 

(ii)                                   are not re-elected to office; or

 

(iii)                                cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

(b)                                  The Company may terminate your appointment with immediate effect if you:

 



 

(i)                                      commit any act, whether or not in the course of your duties for the Company, which tends to bring you or the Company or Group into disrepute;

 

(ii)                                   commit a material breach of your obligations under this letter;

 

(iii)                                commit any serious or repeated breach or non-observance of your obligations to the Company (which include an obligation not to breach your duties to the Company, whether statutory, fiduciary or common law);

 

(iv)                               are declared bankrupt or have made an arrangement with, or for the benefit of, your creditors;

 

(v)                                  are convicted of any arrestable criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the UK or elsewhere for which a fine or non-custodial penalty is imposed); or

 

(vi)                               are unavailable to perform your duties under your appointment for 6 months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.

 

(c)                                   During any period of notice in accordance with this agreement, the Company may at its absolute discretion ask you not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf.

 

(d)                                  Non-executive directors are typically expected to serve two three-year terms but may be invited by the Board to serve for an additional period. Any term renewal is subject to Board review and AGM re-election. Notwithstanding any mutual expectation, there is no right to re-nomination by the Board, either annually or after any three-year period.

 

(e)                                   Upon the ending of your appointment for any reason, you will resign at the request of the Company, without any claim for compensation (other than for accrued and unpaid fees due under this letter), from all directorships and other offices held by you in the Company and any other member of the Group and from all trusteeships held by you of any pension scheme or other trusts established by any member of the Group.  Should you fail to do so, you irrevocably appoint any member of the Board as your attorney in your name and on your behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to those resignations.

 

2.                                       Time commitment

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties, and you should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per annum on Company business. You are expected to attend Board Meetings and General Meetings of the shareholders of the Company as and when they are held.  In addition, you will exercise those

 



 

functions that are specifically delegated to you from time to time by the Board.

 

(b)                                  In addition to your appointment to the Board, you will become a director of GW Pharma Limited, the principal trading company of the Group, which company shall be responsible for the payment of your Director’s fees and expenses (as referred to in paragraph 3 below).

 

(c)                                   You will be required to to sit on the Remuneration Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

(d)                                  We expect this role to involve attendance at six Board meetings, the Annual General Meeting, Pre-Audit committee meetings with auditors and occasional attendance, as required, and meetings with other advisers and shareholders. Unless urgent and unavoidable circumstances prevent you from doing so, it is expected that you will attend these meetings.

 

(e)                                   Additional time may be required, on an ad-hoc basis, to deal with certain Board and sub-committee matters as they arise.  The nature of the role makes it impossible to be specific about the maximum time commitment, and there is always the possibility of additional time commitment in respect of preparation time and ad hoc matters which may arise from time to time, and particularly when the Company is undergoing a period of increased activity. At certain times, it may be necessary to convene additional Board, committee or shareholder meetings.

 

(f)                                    In accepting this role you are deemed to undertake that you have sufficient time available to commit to the proper performance of this role. Prior to acceptance of the role you will be required to provide to the Company Secretary details of your other Board appointments and significant commitments with a broad indication of the time involved and will be required to update the Company Secretary from time to time of any changes to these commitments.

 

3.                                       Remuneration and expenses

 

(a)                                  Your Director’s fees will be £47,000 per annum and will be subject to deduction at source for tax and national insurance.  The fees will be paid in equal instalments, monthly in arrears.  You are not eligible for any other benefits.

 

(b)                                  These fees will be reviewed from time to time by the Board. It is our current practice to review these fees at the end of each calendar year although such review does not imply nor guarantee any increase.

 

(c)                                   Any specific and additional services rendered by you to the Company will be remunerated on terms to be agreed with the Board at the time such services are commissioned but prior to them being undertaken.

 



 

(d)                                  You will not be entitled to participate in any Group pension scheme or any of its employee share schemes from time to time.

 

(e)                                   You will be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by you on Company business, including costs associated with you attending Board, Committee and General Meetings. Reimbursement would include the reasonable cost of obtaining legal advice, if circumstances should arise where it was necessary for you to seek such advice separately, about your responsibilities as a non-executive director of the Company although you should initially raise any such concerns with the Chairman of the Company. This advice should be obtained, and reimbursement will only be made, in accordance with any formal procedure for directors to take independent professional advice adopted from time to time by the Company and a copy of the current version will be supplied to you. Claims for reimbursement should be accompanied by evidence of expenditure.

 

4.                                       Insurance

 

The Company will, at its expense, provide you with director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide (including but not limited to terms relating to the level of cover, deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits) and subject to the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.  No undertaking is given regarding the continuation of this insurance, other than that you will be covered for as long as it remains in place for the directors of the Company.

 

5.                                       Duties

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to perform your duties, whether statutory, fiduciary or common-law, faithfully, efficiently and diligently to a standard commensurate with both the functions of your role and your knowledge, skills and experience.

 

(a)                                   You will exercise your powers in your role as a non-executive director having regard to relevant obligations under prevailing law and regulation, including the Companies Act 2006. You are also required to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq. You will be advised by the Company Secretary where these differ from requirements in the UK.

 

(b)                                   You will have particular regard to the general duties of directors as set out in Part 10, Chapter 2 of the Companies Act 2006, including the duty to promote the success of the company:

 

A director of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the

 



 

benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to -

 

(a)                       the likely consequences of any decision in the long term,

 

(b)                       the interests of the company’s employees,

 

(c)                        the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others,

 

(d)                       the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment,

 

(e)                        the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and

 

(f)                          the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

 

(c)                                    In your role as non-executive director you will be required to:

 

·                   constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy;

 

·                   scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

·                   satisfy yourself on the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible;

 

·                   determine appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing and, where necessary, removing executive directors, and in succession planning;

 

·                   devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills;

 

·                   uphold high standards of integrity and probity and support me and the other directors in instilling the appropriate culture, values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond;

 

·                   insist on receiving high-quality information sufficiently in advance of board meetings; and

 

·                   take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

(d)                                   You will be required to exercise relevant powers under, and abide by, the Company’s articles of association.

 



 

(e)                                    You will be required to exercise your powers as a director in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

(f)                                     You will disclose any direct or indirect interest which you may have in any matter being considered at a board meeting or committee meeting and, save as permitted under the articles of association, you will not vote on any resolution of the Board, or of one of its committees, on any matter where you have any direct or indirect interest.

 

(g)                                    You will immediately report to the Chairman your own wrongdoing or the wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any employee or director of which you become aware.

 

(h)                                   Unless specifically authorised to do so by the Board, you will not enter into any legal or other commitment or contract on behalf of the Company.

 

6.                                       Outside interests

 

During your appointment you may not, without the prior approval of the Board, accept a directorship of a company or provide your services to anyone who is a competitor of the Group. The Board’s agreement will not be given if such appointment or involvement would conflict with or is likely to interfere with this appointment. It is the parties understanding that the definition of a competitor shall be restricted to a project, business or activity, directly or indirectly, involving cannabinoid research. Please let the Company Secretary have a list of your current commitments for our records and keep him updated in that respect.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

You should not, during your appointment (except in the proper performance of your duties and then only to those who need to know such information) or after it has ceased (except as required by law), disclose to any person, company or other organisation or use otherwise than for the benefit of the Group any confidential information or trade secrets concerning its business. This includes but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, acquisition and investment proposals, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with customers and suppliers and their current or future requirements;

 

(c)                                   budgets, financial plans and management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports and information;

 

(d)                                  unpublished price sensitive information about the Group; and

 



 

(e)                                   any document marked “confidential” and any information which by its nature is commercially sensitive.

 

8.                                       Compliance

 

(a)                                  You are expected to comply with the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable stock exchange rules and regulations and the Company’s relevant internal codes. In particular during your appointment you will comply, and will procure, so far as you are able, that your spouse or Civil Partner and dependent children (if any) or any trust in which you or your spouse or Civil Partner may be concerned or interested as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

(b)                                  You will promptly give the Company such information as the Company or any member of the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal and regulatory obligations whether to any securities or investment exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which any member of the Group is, from time to time, subject or howsoever arising.

 

9.                                       Return of Company property

 

When your appointment ends, you should, unless otherwise agreed in writing, immediately return all documents and other property belonging to any member of the Group and which may be in your possession or under your control. No copies (including electronic copies) should be retained by you or by anyone on your behalf.

 

10.                                Data protection

 

By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as and when appropriate:

 

(i)                                      information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness to perform your duties;

 

(ii)                                   information about you that may be relevant to ensuring equality of opportunity and treatment in line with the Company’s equal opportunities policy and in compliance with equal opportunities legislation; and

 



 

(iii)                                information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved, for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

 

You consent to the transfer of such personal information to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes), whether or not outside the European Economic Area, for administration purposes and other purposes in connection with your appointment, where it is necessary or desirable for the Company to do so.

 

11.                                Non-compete

 

In consideration for the fees payable to you under this letter, you agree you will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to, for the period of 12 months immediately after the termination of your office, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Competitive Services” means any business connected to the marketing, sales or distribution, or development or proposed development of pharmaceuticals from cannabinoids which is competitive with the Company’s business; and “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country, or, in the United States, any state, which the Company or any member of the Group is operating or planning to operate a competitive business at the end of your appointment.

 

12.                                Rights of third parties

 

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this letter. No person other than you and the Company shall have any rights under this letter and the terms of this letter shall not be enforceable by any person other than you and the Company.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  For the purpose of this letter:

 

the “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time;

 

Civil Partner ” means a civil partner as defined by the Civil Partnership Act 2004; and

 

the “ Group ” means any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”,

 



 

“subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006.

 

(b)                                  This letter will be construed in accordance with English law and you and the Company irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any dispute which may arise in connection with this letter.

 

(c)                                   This letter constitutes the entire terms and conditions of your appointment.  No variation or addition to this letter and no waiver of any provision of it will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.

 

I would ask you to countersign the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm the basis of your appointment with the Company and to show acceptance of the terms of this letter by executing it as a deed.

 

I look forward to continuing to work with you to the general benefit of our shareholders.

 

Yours sincerely

 

 

Adam George

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

 

Signed as a Deed by:

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

in the presence of :

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.46

 

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406

 

DATED

24 MAY

2013

 

* * * LIMITED

- and -

* * * LIMITED

 

- and -

 

GW RESEARCH LIMITED

 

- and -

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

 

LEASE

 

- of -

 

BUILDING * * *

 

* * *

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Ref: CM1/CMS/VJS

21552/30588

 

Hogan Lovells International LLP, Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct, London EC1A 2FG

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

PAGE

 

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

2.

DEMISE AND RENT

3

 

 

 

3.

TENANTS’ COVENANTS

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Pay Rent

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Pay outgoings

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

Repair and decorate

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

Observe legislation

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

Yield up

6

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

Entry by Landlord

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

Entry by adjoining owners

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

Costs of default

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

User

8

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

Alterations

8

 

 

 

 

 

3.11

Signage

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.12

Aerials, etc

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.13

Planning Acts

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.14

Statutory Notices

10

 

 

 

 

 

3.15

Insurer’s requirements

10

 

 

 

 

 

3.16

To Let board

11

 

 

 

 

 

3.17

Prohibited alienation

11

 

 

 

 

 

3.18

Assignment

11

 

 

 

 

 

3.19

Subletting

12

 

 

 

 

 

3.20

Registration of dealings

13

 

 

 

 

 

3.21

Encroachments

13

 

 

 

 

 

3.22

Costs of applications

13

 

 

 

 

 

3.23

Observe documents

13

 

 

 

 

 

3.24

Energy Performance Certificate

14

 

 

 

 

 

3.25

Keyholder

14

 

 

 

 

 

3.26

Environmental liability

14

 

 

 

 

4.

LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

16

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Insure

16

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Quiet enjoyment

17

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Provide services

17

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Provision of power water etc

18

 

 

 

 

5.

PROVISOS

18

 



 

 

5.1

Interest on late payments

18

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Re-entry

19

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

Rent cesser

20

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

Reinstatement prevented

21

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

Reinstatement following damage by an Uninsured Risk

21

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

Statutory compensation

22

 

 

 

 

 

5.10

Data Protection Act 1998

22

 

 

 

 

 

5.11

Exclusion of liability

22

 

 

 

 

6.

RENT REVIEW

22

 

 

 

7.

TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

24

 

 

 

8.

ACCIDENTAL HAPPENINGS OR INJURIES

25

 

 

 

9.

NOTICES

25

 

 

 

10.

VAT

25

 

 

 

11.

SURETY’S COVENANTS

25

 

 

 

12.

LANDLORD AND TENANT (COVENANTS) ACT 1995

26

 

 

 

13.

ADDRESS FOR RENT DEMANDS

26

 

 

 

14.

DELIVERY AS A DEED

26

 

 

 

15.

RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

26

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

27

 

 

 

 

1.

Rights granted

27

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

28

 

 

 

 

2.

Rights reserved

28

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

29

 

 

 

 

3.

Documents to be observed

29

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4

30

 

 

 

 

4.

Service Charge

30

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

31

 

 

 

 

5.

Index-linked review of service charge

31

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

34

 

 

 

 

6.

Covenants by the Surety

34

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

36

 

 

 

 

7.

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

36

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

38

 

 

 

 

8.

The Regulations

38

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

39

 

 

 

 

9.

Utilities Charge

39

 



 

LAND REGISTRY PRESCRIBED CLAUSES

 

LR1 Date of lease

 

24 May

2013

 

 

 

LR2 Title number(s)

 

LR2.1 Landlord’s title number(s)

* * *

LR2.2 Other title numbers

None

 

 

 

LR3 Parties to this lease

 

Landlord

 ** * LIMITED (registered number * * *) and

* * * LIMITED (registered number * * *) whose registered offices are both at 21 Holborn Viaduct London EC1A 2DY

 

Tenant

GW Research Limited a company registered in England and Wales (registered number 3107561) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

Other parties

Surety

G W Pharmaceuticals plc a company registered in England and Wales (registered number 4160917) whose registered office is at 114 Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

 

 

LR4 Property

 

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

 

The Premises as defined in clause 1.1

 

 

 

 

LR5 Prescribed statements etc

 

LR5.1 Not applicable

 

LR5.2 Not applicable

 

 

 

LR6 Term for which the Property is leased

 

The Term is as follows:

15 years from and including 16 November 2012

 

 

 

LR7 Premium

 

None

 

 

 

LR8 Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

 

The lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

LR9 Rights of acquisition etc

 

LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

None

 

LR9.2 Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

None

 

LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease

None

 

 

 

LR10 Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR11 Easements

 

LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

The rights and matters set out in Schedule 1

 

LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property

The rights and matters set out in Schedule 2

 

 

 

LR12 Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR13 Application for standard form of restriction

 

None

 

 

 

LR14 Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant

 

Not applicable

 



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made on the date set out in clause LR1

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                  the Landlord as set out in clause LR3 ;

 

(2)                                  the Tenant as set out in clause LR3 ; and

 

(3)                                  the Surety as set out in clause LR3 .

 

1.                                      1                                           INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Lease:

 

Access Roads ” means the roads footpaths and accessways within the Science Park not adopted from time to time and the road connecting the Science Park to * * *   * * *;

 

adjoining or neighbouring premises ” includes any part or parts of the Science Park other than the Premises;

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement ” means an agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant entered into by the Tenant as covenantor in the circumstances set out in clause 3.18 and containing the provisions set out in Schedule 7;

 

Centre Common Parts ” means any entrances, passageways, Access Roads, Conducting Media, car parking, hardstanding, verges, landscaping and other parts of the Science Park available or intended to be available for use and/or enjoyment by two or more of the Landlord’s tenants of the Science Park in common (but for the avoidance of doubt including all car parking areas whether or not the subject of exclusive parking rights);

 

Conducting Media ” means tanks, pipes, cables, wires, meters, drains, sewers, gutters and other things of a similar nature for the passage of electricity, gas, water, soil and other services;

 

Environmental Audit ” means an audit of the Tenant’s activities on the Premises to be commissioned by the Landlord from time to time but not more than once per year;

 

EPC ” means energy performance certificate and recommendation report, as defined in the Energy Performance of Buildings (Certificates and Inspections) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007 as amended or updated from time to time;

 

Existing EPC ” means a copy of the EPC for the Premises reference no 9756-3080-0423-0390-9775;

 

First Termination Date ” means 15 November 2022;

 

Gateway Tenant ” means an individual, partnership or company whose prime activity either is within the areas of Science or High Technology or is the provision of support directly related to the scientific community as would maintain an appropriate mix of tenants for a science park;

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

Group Company ” means a company which is in the same group of companies (within the meaning of section 42 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) as the Tenant;

 

High Technology ” means research, development, design, distribution, manufacturing or service activities utilising, employing or manufacturing product or processes which apply research, pharmaceuticals, bio-technology, electronics, robotics, informatics or other such scientific disciplines as the Landlord (in conjunction with the local planning authority) determines to be representative of the field of high technology;

 

Insurance Rent ” means the rent reserved by clause 2.4;

 

Insured Risks ” means (to the extent insurance for such risks remains available in the London insurance market) fire, lightning, aircraft, explosion, riot, malicious persons, earthquake, storm, flood, burst pipes, impact, theft, subsidence, sprinkler leakage, terrorism and such other risks or perils (if any) as the Landlord or any superior landlord (acting reasonably) may from time to time deem it prudent to insure  against;

 

Landlord ” includes the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the Term;

 

Office Areas ” means the areas within the Premises which are designed for use and/or occupation as offices;

 

Planning Acts ” means and includes the “planning Acts” as defined in section 117 Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 together with that Act and all other legislation from time to time imposing controls on the development or use of land;

 

Premises ” means the premises (shown edged red on the plan numbered 1 annexed hereto) known as Building * * *  as well as any landlord’s fixtures and fittings from time to time in the Premises and each and every part of the Premises (but (if applicable) excluding the outer half, severed vertically, of any wall dividing the Premises from any adjoining or neighbouring premises);

 

Principal Rent ” means the principal rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.1 and clause 6;

 

Regulations ” means the regulations set out in Schedule 8;

 

Rent Review Specification ” means the specification annexed to this Lease;

 

Research and Development Areas ” means the areas which are designed for use and/or occupation for research and development;

 

Science ” means dependence upon the application of scientific or technological skills or knowledge in the production of new goods or services for competitive advantage;

 

Science Park ” means * * *, the * * * and any other land from time to time owned by the Landlord which is adjoining or neighbouring;

 

Second Rent ” means the second rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.2;

 

Second Termination Date ” means 15 November 2024;

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

Service Charge ” means the Service Charge as defined in and calculated pursuant to Schedule 4;

 

Tenant ” includes the successors in title and assigns of the Tenant;

 

Term ” means the term set out in Clause LR6 together with any continuation by statute or implication of law;

 

Third Rent ” means the third rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.3;

 

Uninsured Risk ” means an Insured Risk against which insurance is not or ceases to be obtainable for such risk on normal commercial terms in the London insurance market at reasonable commercial rates generally available in the London insurance market for a property of this type, size and location; and

 

VAT ” means Value Added Tax and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2                               In this Lease unless there be something in the context inconsistent therewith:

 

(a)                                 words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa and words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons and all references to persons shall include companies, corporations and firms and vice versa;

 

(b)                                 if at any time two or more persons are included in the expression the “Landlord”, the “Tenant” or the “Surety” then covenants contained in this Lease or implied by or on the part of the Landlord, the Tenant or the Surety as the case may be shall be deemed to be and shall be construed as covenants entered into by and binding on such persons jointly and severally;

 

(c)                                  wherever the consent or approval of the Landlord is required it may be given subject to the Tenant obtaining any necessary further consent or approval under any headlease and nothing in this Lease implies that such further consent or approval under any headlease will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(d)                                 where the Tenant is placed under a restriction by this Lease it includes an obligation not to permit or allow the restriction to be infringed;

 

(e)                                  references to “lease” shall include “underlease” and vice versa.

 

2.                                      2                                           DEMISE AND RENT

 

The Landlord at the request of the Surety DEMISES unto the Tenant ALL THOSE the Premises TOGETHER with the particular rights set out in Schedule 1 BUT EXCEPT AND RESERVED AND SUBJECT to the particular rights and matters set out in Schedule 2 AND SUBJECT ALSO to the matters contained or referred to in the documents brief particulars of which are set out in Schedule 3 TO HOLD the Premises unto the Tenant (together with but except and reserved and subject as above) for the Term YIELDING AND PAYING to the Landlord during the Term and so in proportion for any time less than a year without any deductions whatsoever the following rents namely:

 

2.1                               until and including 15 November 2013 the yearly Principal Rent of £19,234 and thereafter until and including 15 May 2015 the yearly Principal Rent of £28,851 and thereafter until and including 15 November 2017 the yearly Principal Rent of £38,468 and during the remainder of the Term the same yearly Principal Rent or such higher yearly rent as may become payable pursuant to review under clause 6 by equal quarterly payments in

 



 

advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.2                               until and including 15 November 2013 the yearly Second Rent of £24,095 and thereafter until and including 15 May 2015 the yearly Second Rent of £36,142.50 and thereafter during the remainder of the Term the yearly Second Rent of £48,190 by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.3                               until and including 15 May 2022 the yearly Third Rent of £1,876.38 per annum by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.4                               throughout the Term sums equal to a just proportion fairly attributable to the Premises of the total amounts which the Landlord shall from time to time expend by way of premium and incidental costs (including the cost of periodic valuations and any premium payable under any headlease and the whole of any increase in any premium from time to time as a result of or arising out of the manner or the purposes in or for which the Premises are kept used and occupied) in effecting and maintaining the several insurances referred to in clause 4.1 (together with any insurance effected by the Landlord against public liability risks in respect of the Science Park) each such sum to be paid within 14 days following written demand the first such payment in respect of amounts already so expended by the Landlord (being the due proportion commencing on 16 November 2012 to the next renewal date or dates for such insurances) to be paid on or before the date of this Lease and in the event of any dispute as to any such sum the same shall be determined by the Landlord’s surveyor (acting as an independent expert and not as an arbitrator) whose determination shall in the absence of manifest error be final and binding on the parties;

 

2.5                               throughout the Term sums equal to the Service Charge at the times and in the manner specified in Schedule 4; and

 

2.6                               VAT on the rents reserved by this Lease payable at the time such rents are payable.

 

3.                                      3                                           TENANTS’ COVENANTS

 

The Tenant to the intent that the obligations created shall continue throughout the whole of the Term COVENANTS with the Landlord as follows:

 

3.1                               3.1                                 Pay Rent

 

(a)                                 To pay the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent and the Service Charge at the times and in the manner required by clause 2 without deduction or set off and to pay the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Fixed Charge (as defined in Schedule 5) by bankers standing order or similar form of bank transfer if so required by the Landlord.

 

(b)                                 To pay all rents and other sums as they fall due under this Lease whether or not such rents or other sums relate to a period before the Term became vested in the Tenant (provided such rents or other sums do not relate to any period prior to the commencement of the Term).

 



 

3.2                               3.2                                 Pay outgoings

 

(a)                                 To pay and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all liability for all general and other rates of whatever nature or kind and all taxes, charges, duties, levies, assessments, impositions and outgoings whatever (whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description) which are now or may become rated taxed charged levied assessed or imposed upon the Premises or the owner, landlord, tenant or occupier of the Premises and whether or not required to be paid by the Tenant himself but “taxes” does not include value added tax or taxes imposed on the Landlord in respect of the yearly rent reserved by this Lease or in respect of a disposal of the interest in immediate reversion to this Lease.

 

(b)                                 Where not supplied directly by the relevant utility company to the Tenant to pay to the Landlord the cost (which may for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation include reasonable provision for management by the Landlord’s own staff) incurred by the Landlord in or incidental to arranging for the supply of services pursuant to clause 4.4 consumed at the Premises, such payment to be made in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 9 (which provisions are hereby incorporated)

 

SAVE THAT whilst the Tenant is GW Research Limited or a Group Company of GW Research Limited or of GW Pharmaceuticals plc Schedule 9 shall not apply and the Tenant shall pay such cost within 14 days of written  demand (and where not separately metered such cost shall be a due proportion determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably) of such costs payable or incurred by the Landlord in respect of the Premises together with other premises).

 

3.3                               3.3                                 Repair and decorate

 

(a)                                 (Damage by the Insured Risks always excepted unless the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord against them shall be rendered void or payment of the insurance moneys be refused in whole or in part by reason of or arising out of any act,  omission, neglect or default by the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant) to keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and in good decorative and clean condition with the glass cleaned both inside and (unless the cost of the same is being met by the Tenant as part of the Service Charge) outside at least once a month.

 

(b)                                 (Without prejudice to the generality of the above obligations of the Tenant) in a good and workmanlike manner whenever necessary and also in the last three months of the Term (however and whenever it may terminate) to decorate the Premises and in the case of decoration in the last three months of the Term the Landlord shall have the right to insist on a particular colour scheme being used.

 

3.4                               3.4                                 Observe legislation

 

(a)                                 To observe and perform all requirements of any Act of Parliament, local Act or bylaw and notices issued under such legislation or by any public, local or other competent authority (together referred to in this clause 3.4 as “Acts”) (whether or not required of the Tenant himself) in any way affecting the Premises or any thing in or any activity carried on by persons resorting to or working or employed at the Premises or the use and occupation of the Premises within the time prescribed by law or the notice requiring the same (or if no time is so prescribed then within a reasonable time) to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all such requirements and all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability whatever

 


 

arising out of or in connection with non-observance or non-performance of such requirements.

 

(b)                                 At its own expense to obtain from the appropriate authorities all licences consents and permissions as may be required for the carrying out by the Tenant of any operations on or for the use of any part of the Premises.

 

(c)                                  Not to do anything in the Premises or cause them to be used or occupied in such a way that the Landlord or any tenant or occupier of the Science Park is disabled from complying with any Acts in respect of the whole or any part of the Science Park or may under any Acts incur or have imposed upon it or become liable to pay any penalty damages compensation costs charges or expenses.

 

(d)                                 In particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing to comply with all the lawful requirements from time to time of the following bodies or their successors:

 

(i)                                      Health and Safety Executive;

 

(ii)                                   Environment Agency;

 

(iii)                                Home Office;

 

(iv)                              Department of Health;

 

(v)                                  Kent County Council;

 

(vi)                               HM Revenue and Customs;

 

(vii)                            Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs; and

 

(viii)                         Health Protection Agency.

 

3.5                               3.5                                 Yield up

 

Quietly to surrender and yield up the Premises to the Landlord (or as the Landlord may direct) at the end or sooner determination of the Term in a state and condition in all respects in accordance with the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease provided that:

 

(a)                                 unless the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing that such removal is not required, the Tenant shall at the Tenant’s expense remove from the Premises any partitioning contained within the Office Areas but shall have no obligation to remove or reinstate any other works of alteration or addition of whatsoever nature made to the Office Areas;

 

and the Tenant agrees:

 

(b)                                 to ensure that all fixtures and plant within the Research and Development Areas are in working order but shall have no obligation to remove or reinstate any works of alteration or addition of whatsoever nature made to the Research and Development Areas;

 

(c)                                  to hand over to the Landlord all keys relating to the Premises; and

 

(d)                                 to provide the Landlord with details of the utility companies providing utilities to the Premises and with sufficient details of the Tenant’s accounts with such utility

 



 

companies (so far as relating to the Premises) to enable the Landlord to contact the utility companies in relation to such accounts.

 

3.6                               3.6                                 Entry by Landlord

 

(a)                                 To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord after at least three days’ prior notice (except in an emergency when no notice need be given) to enter upon the Premises to view and inspect the Premises and ascertain how the Premises are being used and occupied and their state and condition and to take schedules of all landlord’s fixtures and fittings and to estimate the current value of the Premises for insurance, mortgage or other purposes and to carry out an Environmental Audit.

 

(b)                                 Whenever on any such inspection anything is found which constitutes a breach, non-performance or non-observance of the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease and of which the Landlord gives notice to the Tenant to commence to remedy and make good the same within one month of the date of such notice (or immediately in the case of any breach, non-performance or non-observance of clause 3.26 or in respect of any other matter which the Landlord reasonably deems as requiring immediate remedial action) and thereafter proceed diligently with the requisite works but if the Tenant shall fail so to do to permit the Landlord if it so desires (although the Landlord shall be under no obligation so to do) without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right or remedy of the Landlord to enter upon the Premises with contractors, workmen and others and all necessary equipment, tools and materials and to execute or complete such works and to pay to the Landlord on written demand either during or on completion of such works as the Landlord may require the costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord together with all solicitors’, surveyors’ and other professional fees and expenses incurred by the Landlord in relation to such works.

 

3.7                               3.7                                 Works to adjoining or neighbouring premises

 

To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord and their respective agents and contractors to enter upon the Premises with workmen and others and all necessary equipment, tools and materials after at least three days’ prior written notice (except in an emergency when no prior written notice need be given) in order to carry out repairs, alterations, additions or any other works to or of any adjoining or neighbouring premises which cannot reasonably be carried out without entry on to the Premises PROVIDED ALWAYS that the persons so entering shall:

 

(a)                                 be accompanied at all times by a representative of the Tenant (provided such a representative is made available for such purpose);

 

(b)                                 cause as little inconvenience and disruption as possible to the Tenant and the other occupiers of the Premises; and

 

(c)                                  with the minimum of delay and make good all damage thereby caused to the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

3.8                               3.8                                 Costs of default

 

To pay all proper costs, charges and expenses (including solicitors’ costs and bailiffs’, architects’ and surveyors’ fees) reasonably payable by the Landlord for the purposes of and incidental to the preparation, service and enforcement (whether by proceedings or otherwise) of:

 



 

(a)                                 any notice under section 146 or 147 Law of Property Act 1925 requiring the Tenant to remedy a breach of any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder notwithstanding forfeiture for any such breach shall be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court;

 

(b)                                 any notice to repair or schedule of dilapidations accrued at or prior to the end or sooner determination of the Term whether served during or within three months after the end of the Term;

 

(c)                                  the payment of any arrears in the rents reserved by this Lease;

 

and in default of payment all such sums shall be recoverable as rent in arrears.

 

3.9                               3.9                                 User

 

(a)                                 Not to use the Premises otherwise than for any use within Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (as in force at the date of the agreement for lease pursuant to which this Lease was entered into) (but not as diplomatic offices or as a betting office or bookmaker’s office) and not in any other manner or for any other purpose or for any immoral or unlawful purpose or for any sale by auction and the Tenant acknowledges that nothing in this Lease constitutes a warranty that the above use complies or will continue to comply with the Planning Acts and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any relief or compensation whatsoever from the Landlord in that respect.

 

(b)                                 Not to keep any animal on or about the Premises nor to conduct allow or permit to be conducted anywhere on or about the Premises any research or experiments of any kind on or involving animals of whatever kind whether live or dead.

 

(c)                                  Not to carry out (nor to allow or permit to be carried out) on or from the Premises research into or involving any of the following:

 

(i)                                      genetic modification within the meaning of Directive 2001/18/EC;

 

(ii)                                   human embryology within the meaning of the Human Fertilisation and Embryology Act 1990 (as amended); and/or

 

(iii)                                cloning, being (for the purposes of this clause) any process, including techniques of embryo splitting, designed to create a human being (or animal) with the same nuclear genetic information as another living or deceased human being (or animal as the case may be).

 

(d)                                 Not to overload any floor of the Premises or any lift in or serving the Premises and not to pass anything of a harmful nature through the Conducting Media in or serving the Premises (whether exclusively or jointly with other premises) or do anything at the Premises which shall be or may become a nuisance (whether indictable or not) or which shall cause any damage or disturbance to the Landlord or the owners, tenants or occupiers from time to time of any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 



 

3.10                        3.10                          Alterations

 

(a)                                 (Without prejudice to sub clause (b) of this clause) not to carry out any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord having been obtained (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and provided that — without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing — it shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent in any circumstances where a proposed alteration or addition to any of the Conducting Media or the systems for the supply of heating, air-conditioning (if any), lighting, electric power or water installed within or upon the Premises would or might have a material adverse impact upon the Existing EPC rating (and it is agreed that a downgrade in the Existing EPC rating shall constitute a material adverse impact).

 

(b)                                 Not to carry out any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises before all necessary approvals, consents, licences, permits or permissions of any competent authority, body or person have been obtained and such alterations, additions or works shall be carried out strictly in accordance with their terms and conditions.

 

(c)                                  To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord to enter upon the Premises at reasonable hours during the daytime for the purpose of seeing that all alterations, additions or other works are being or have been carried out in all respects in conformity with this clause and immediately upon being required to do so to remove any alteration, addition or other works of or to the Premises which do not so conform or in respect of which any such approvals, consents, licences, permits or permissions of the competent authority, body or person have been withdrawn or have lapsed and thereupon to make good all damage caused to the Premises and restore and reinstate all affected parts of the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

 

(d)                                 If any alterations or additions are made to the Premises, within 30 days following completion of such works to give written notice to the Landlord and at the same time (or at such later date as is reasonable) to provide to the Landlord a copy of the as-built drawings for such works.

 

(e)                                  To pay as additional rent any sums which the Landlord may properly expend by way of additional premiums for the insurance of the Premises by reason of any alterations or additions made to the Premises by the Tenant.

 

3.11                        3.11                          Signage

 

No fascia, sign, name plate, bill, notice, placard, advertisement or similar device shall be affixed to or displayed in or on any part of the Premises so as to be visible from the exterior other than those indicating the name of any occupier for the time being and his business and which have (with their size and positioning) been previously approved by the Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.12                        3.12                          Aerials, etc

 

No television or wireless or other form of mast or aerial nor any flagpole shall be affixed to any part of the exterior of the Premises other than those which have (with their positioning) been previously approved by the Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.13                        3.13                          Planning Acts

 

(a)                                 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 3.4 fully to observe and perform all the requirements of the Planning Acts in respect of the Premises or their use and

 



 

all the requirements of any approval, consent, licence, permit or permission granted under the Planning Acts which remain lawfully enforceable and affect the Premises and to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any non-observance or non-performance of this covenant.

 

(b)                                 No application shall be made for any approval, consent, licence, permit, permission, certificate or determination under the Planning Acts in respect of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(c)                                  Unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct in writing to carry out to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord during the Term (however and whenever it may terminate) all works to the Premises which as a condition of any such approval, consent, licence, permit or permission obtained by or on behalf of the Tenant or any subtenant are required to be carried out at the Premises by a date after the Term (however and whenever it may terminate).

 

3.14                        3.14                          Statutory Notices

 

To give the Landlord a copy of every notice of whatsoever nature affecting or likely to affect the Premises made given or issued by or on behalf of the local planning authority or any other authority, body or person having lawful jurisdiction within seven days of its receipt by the Tenant or any subtenant and to produce the original to the Landlord on written request and to take all reasonable and necessary steps to comply with every such notice And if so required in writing by or on behalf of the Landlord to make or join with the Landlord and any other persons for the time being interested in the Premises or any lawful adjoining or neighbouring premises in making such objections or representations against or in respect of any such notice as the Landlord may reasonably and properly require provided that such objections or representations are not adverse to the legitimate business interests of the Tenant.

 

3.15                        3.15                          Insurer’s requirements

 

(a)                                 (Save with the prior written consent of the Landlord) nothing of a noxious, dangerous, explosive or inflammable nature shall be stored, placed or kept or remain on the Premises nor (subject and to the extent that the Tenant has received appropriate details and notification from the Landlord of such insurances) shall any other thing be done in or about the Premises by the Tenant or any subtenant which does or may invalidate or render void or voidable or cause any increased premium to be payable for any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord in respect of the Premises or any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 

(b)                                 To repay to the Landlord upon written demand as part of the Insurance Rent an amount equal to any such increased premium referred to in sub clause (a) of this clause as may become so payable.

 

(c)                                  If the Premises or any other premises shall be destroyed or damaged as a result of any matter referred to in sub clause (a) of this clause or as a result of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or any person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant as a result of which any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord is rendered void or payment of the insurance money is refused in whole or in part, to pay to the Landlord within 21 days of written demand the amount so refused or which would (other than for the policy having been rendered void as aforesaid) have been payable.

 



 

3.16                        3.16                          To Let board

 

To permit the Landlord during the period of six months immediately preceding the end or sooner determination of the Term (and at any time during the Term in the event of any proposed disposal by the Landlord of its interest in the Premises or in any of the events set out in clause 5.2) to affix and retain on any part of the Premises (but not so as materially to interfere with any trade or business carried on at the Premises or with reasonable access of light and air to the Premises) notices and boards relating to any proposed disposal by the Landlord of its interest in the Premises for reletting or otherwise dealing with the same and to permit all persons with written authority from the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents to inspect and view the Premises at reasonable times of the day by previous appointment.

 

3.17                        3.17                          Prohibited alienation

 

(a)                                 The Tenant shall not assign, transfer, sublet, part with or share possession or occupation of, mortgage or charge any part (as opposed to the whole) of the Premises nor, save as permitted by Clauses 3.17(b), 3.18, and 3.19, part with or share possession or occupation of the whole of the Premises.

 

(b)                                 Nothing in clause 3.17(a) shall restrict the right of the Tenant to allow any Group Company to occupy or share the occupation of the Premises from time to time which the Tenant shall be entitled to do without the consent of the Landlord PROVIDED THAT:

 

(i)                                      no relationship of landlord and tenant shall be created or deemed to exist between the Tenant and the Group Company;

 

(ii)                                   the Group Company shall not be permitted to have exclusive occupation of the whole or any part or parts of the Premises; and

 

(iii)                                the relevant company shall vacate the Premises forthwith upon ceasing to be a Group Company.

 

3.18                        3.18                          Assignment

 

(a)                                 Not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) provided that the Landlord shall be entitled:

 

(i)                                      to withhold its consent in the circumstances set out in sub clause (c);

 

(ii)                                   to impose all or any of the matters set out in sub clause (d) as a condition of its consent.

 

(b)                                 The provisos to sub clause (a) shall operate without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to withhold such consent on any other ground or grounds where such withholding of consent on such other ground or grounds would be reasonable or to impose any further condition or conditions upon the grant of consent where the imposition of such condition or conditions would be reasonable.

 

(c)                                  The circumstances referred to in sub clause (a)(i) are as follows:

 

(i)                                      where the assignee is a Group Company unless in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the assignee (when assessed together with any proposed

 



 

guarantor for the assignee) is of at least equivalent financial standing to the Tenant; and

 

(ii)                                   where in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the assignee is not a Gateway Tenant.

 

(d)                                 The conditions referred to in sub clause (a)(ii) are as follows:

 

(i)                                      the execution and delivery by the Tenant to the Landlord prior to the assignment in question of a deed of guarantee (being an Authorised Guarantee Agreement);

 

(ii)                                   the payment to the Landlord of all rents which have fallen due under the Lease prior to the date of assignment;

 

(iii)                                the giving of any requisite consent of any superior landlord or mortgagee and the fulfilment of any lawful condition of such consent; and

 

(iv)                               if reasonably required by the Landlord either:

 

(1)                                 the execution and delivery to the Landlord prior to the assignment of a rent deposit deed in such form as the Landlord shall reasonably require together with the payment to the Landlord by way of cleared funds of the amount of the rent deposit (being a reasonable sum) specified in the rent deposit deed; or

 

(2)                                 the execution and delivery to the Landlord of a deed of guarantee entered into by a third party guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Landlord incorporating the provisions of Schedule 6.

 

3.19                        3.19                          Subletting

 

(a)                                 Not to sublet the whole of the Premises except in accordance with the provisions of sub clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this clause, and not to sublet any part (as distinct from the whole) of the Premises.

 

(b)                                 Not to sublet the Premises or agree to sublet the Premises at less than the open market rent then reasonably obtainable for the whole of the Premises with vacant possession without fine or premium being taken (but this shall not preclude the payment of any fine or premium or concessions or incentives which are standard in the market at the time of the subletting) nor to do so without provision for upwards only review of such rent as at each Review Date (as defined in clause 6.1(a)) which shall occur during the term of the relevant underlease in a similar manner (mutatis mutandis) as provided in clause 6 and every permitted underlease (whether mediate or immediate) of the whole of the Premises shall (so far as applicable) contain covenants by the subtenant in the same form as those contained in clauses 3.17, 3.18 and 3.19.

 

(c)                                  Before or at the same time as any subletting of the whole of the Premises shall be effected the proposed subtenant shall enter into direct covenants with the Landlord in such form as the Landlord shall reasonably require to observe and perform all the covenants and agreements on the part of the Tenant and the stipulations and conditions contained in this Lease (other than the payment of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent and the Service Charge) during the term of the underlease.

 



 

(d)                                 Any underlease shall contain a valid and effective agreement to exclude the provisions of sections 24-28 (inclusive) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to such underlease.

 

(e)                                  The Tenant shall not sublet the Premises or agree to sublet the Premises otherwise than to a subtenant who in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord is a Gateway Tenant.

 

(f)                                   Subject and without prejudice to the other provisions of this clause there shall be no subletting of the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.20                        3.20                          Registration of dealings

 

Within 21 days of every assignment or transfer (whether by deed, will or otherwise) and every mortgage or charge and every permitted subletting of the Premises and upon every other disposition or transmission or devolution of the Premises (including all Orders of Court, Probates and Letters of Administration) notice shall be given to the Landlord’s solicitors with the date and short particulars of the dealing and the names and addresses of every party and at the same time the deed, document or instrument creating or evidencing the dealing shall be produced to the Landlord’s solicitors for registration (with a certified copy for retention by the Landlord) and such solicitors’ reasonable fee of not less than £40 for such registration shall be paid by the Tenant.

 

3.21                        3.21                          Encroachments

 

(a)                                 Not to effect, authorise or permit any encroachment upon or acquisition of any right, easement, quasi-right, quasi-easement or privilege adversely affecting the Premises or any closing or obstruction of the access of light or air to any windows or openings of the Premises nor to give any acknowledgement to any third party that the enjoyment of access of light or air is by the consent of such third party or give any consideration to any third party or enter into any agreement with any third party for the purpose of inducing or binding such third party to abstain from obstructing the access of light or air.

 

(b)                                 If any such encroachment or acquisition or closing or obstruction shall be threatened or attempted to give notice of the dealing to the Landlord as soon as the same comes to the knowledge of the Tenant or of any subtenant and upon request by the Landlord to take immediate steps (in conjunction with the Landlord and other interested persons if the Landlord shall so require) and to adopt all such lawful means and do all such lawful things as the Landlord may reasonably deem appropriate for preventing any such encroachment or acquisition.

 

3.22                        3.22                          Costs of applications

 

To pay all reasonable and proper costs and expenses (including surveyors’ fees and solicitors’ charges and all disbursements) reasonably and properly incurred or payable by the Landlord in respect of every application to the Landlord for any consent or approval hereunder whether or not such consent or approval is granted or refused or the application for same is withdrawn save where a consent is withheld unlawfully or unlawful conditions are imposed.

 



 

3.23                        3.23                          Observe documents

 

By way of indemnity only to observe and perform the agreements, covenants and stipulations contained or referred to in the documents brief particulars of which are set out in Schedule 3 in so far as the same are still subsisting, relate to the Premises and are capable of being enforced against the Premises or the owner, landlord, tenant or occupier of the Premises and to keep the Landlord throughout the Term fully indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability in any way incurred by or made against the Landlord arising as a result of a breach by the Tenant of this covenant.

 

3.24                        3.24                          Energy Performance Certificate

 

(a)                                 Not to obtain an EPC for the Premises without the consent of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed where an EPC is required by statute).

 

(b)                                 Where supplied directly to the Tenant by the relevant utility company rather than by the Landlord, to provide to the Landlord within a reasonable period following written request any such information to the extent that the same is in the possession of the Tenant as may be reasonably required to enable the Landlord to measure or assess energy consumed at the Premises.

 

(c)                                  It shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent pursuant to clause 3.24(a) if:

 

(i)                                      the Existing EPC remains valid; or

 

(ii)                                   the Landlord provides to the Tenant a valid EPC for the Premises; or

 

(iii)                                the Landlord agrees to obtain an EPC for the Premises.

 

(d)                                 If the Tenant requests (and the Landlord provides) any information in order to allow an energy assessor to prepare an EPC then the Tenant shall on demand pay to the Landlord the Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in providing such information.

 

3.25                        3.25                          Keyholder

 

To ensure that at all times the Landlord has written notice of the name home address and home telephone number of at least two keyholders of the Premises.

 

3.26                        3.26                          Environmental liability

 

(a)                                 In this clause:

 

(i)                                      “Environmental Claim” means any formal written notice given by any person or body including without limitation any relevant enforcing or regulatory authority alleging liability or potential liability including (without limitation) investigatory costs remedial costs administrative costs fines damages and penalties arising out of or based on or resulting from either regulatory civil or criminal action relating to either the presence or release migration or escape into the environment of any Hazardous Materials and forming the basis of any infringement of any Environmental Laws;

 

(ii)                                   “Environmental Laws” means all legal requirements relating to the pollution or protection of the environment (as defined in Section 1(2) of the Environmental Protection Act 1990) or harm to human health or the environment including without limitation those relating to Environmental Matters or otherwise relating to the manufacture processing distribution

 



 

use treatment storage keeping disposal transport or handling of Hazardous Materials or of goods containing Hazardous Materials;

 

(iii)                                “Environmental Matters” means waste (as defined in Section 75 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990), contaminated land, discharges and emissions of Hazardous Materials into any environmental medium, noise and vibration, heat light and radiation, dangerous hazardous or toxic substances and materials, nuisance (including statutory nuisance) and health and safety;

 

(iv)                               “Hazardous Materials” means all chemicals pollutants contaminants waste petroleum petroleum products pesticides dangerous or noxious or hazardous or toxic or carcinogenic or radioactive or explosive or combustible or inflammable substances and materials (in each case whether in the form of a solid liquid, gas or vapour, and whether alone or in combination) which are in each case causing or in a condition capable of causing harm or damage to the environment or to the health and safety of persons;

 

(v)                                  “Pre-existing Environmental Matters” means the presence of any Hazardous Materials at the Premises or any Environmental Matters in existence at the Premises in either case prior to the first occupation of the Premises by the Tenant (except to the extent the condition of such Hazardous Materials or Environmental Matters has been made worse by the act or negligent omission of the Tenant).

 

(b)                                 Save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, not to discharge or permit or suffer to be discharged any Hazardous Materials from the Premises to any adjoining or neighbouring property and not to cause contamination or pollution at, on, in or under the Premises.

 

(c)                                  As soon as is reasonably practicable to notify the Landlord in writing of the following and to supply to the Landlord such further information relating to such matters as the Landlord may reasonably (save for information which has the benefit of legal privilege) require:

 

(i)                                      the presence at the Premises of any Hazardous Materials in any condition or any occurrence on the Premises that either results or could result in the breach of the terms of this Lease relating to Environmental Matters or that might form the basis of an Environmental Claim in respect of the Premises or any other property;

 

(ii)                                   any pending or threatened Environmental Claim in respect of the Premises.

 

(d)                                 If the Landlord acting reasonably shall believe that the terms of this Lease relating to Environmental Matters have been breached or that Hazardous Materials (other than petrol in the petrol tanks of vehicles at the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease or usual waste or any Hazardous Materials used in the ordinary course of the Tenant’s business which have been notified to and approved by the Landlord acting reasonably) have been brought on to the Premises then the Landlord may cause an independent environmental consultant chosen by the Landlord to make an inspection of the Premises (including making such tests and taking such samples as the consultant considers necessary or desirable) on such terms as the Landlord shall reasonably determine Provided that if such inspection reveals that the terms of this Lease have been so breached

 


 

the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand the costs and expenses of such inspection.

 

(e)                                  Whenever required by the Landlord and save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, the Tenant shall at the Landlord’s option either:

 

(i)                                      carry out at the Tenant’s expense such remedial works as the Landlord shall reasonably require to ensure that the Premises comply with all Environmental Laws insofar as any act default or omission of the Tenant has caused or is causing a breach of such laws; or

 

(ii)                                   grant the Landlord uninterrupted access to carry out such remedial works and reimburse the Landlord on demand all costs and expenses of and associated with such remedial works.

 

(f)                                   Save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, to keep the Landlord indemnified from and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties which the Landlord may suffer or incur as a consequence of Environmental Claims arising out of any act default or omission of the Tenant and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties in respect of or arising from damage to or pollution of the environment or damage to property or harm to human health caused or permitted by the Tenant at the Premises and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties arising from the Tenant’s breach of its covenants given in this clause 3.26.

 

(g)                                  To comply with the Regulations and all such further reasonable regulations and directions as the Landlord may from time to time make and provide to the Tenant in writing.  Insofar as there is any inconsistency between the terms of such regulations or directions and this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall prevail.

 

(h)                                 The Tenant hereby acknowledges and covenants that its obligations and all its liabilities in relation to all Environmental Claims and environmental matters arising during the subsistence of this Lease shall continue despite expiry or sooner determination of this Lease.

 

4.                                      4                                           LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

The Landlord COVENANTS with the Tenant as follows:

 

4.1                               4.1                                 Insure

 

(a)                                 To insure and (unless such insurance shall become void by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant) to keep insured (and pay all premiums for insuring) the Science Park including the Premises (whether or not with other premises) with a reputable insurance office in the United Kingdom against loss or damage by the Insured Risks for the full reinstatement cost together with insurance against:

 

(i)                                      architects’, surveyors’ and other professional advisers’ fees at the usual scales current for the time being and the cost of demolition and site clearance consequent upon rebuilding or reinstatement; and

 

(ii)                                   three years’ loss of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge or loss of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge for such longer period as the Landlord

 



 

shall in its absolute discretion (acting reasonably) deem necessary for the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises taking into account any likely increases in such rents during such period

 

subject to such exclusions, conditions, limitations and uninsured excesses as the insurer may reasonably apply, provided that the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that any such exclusions, conditions, limitations and uninsured excesses are no more onerous than would be applied as standard in the London insurance market to a policy at normal commercial rates for a property of this location, size and type.

 

(b)                                 If the Premises (or those parts of the Centre Common Parts that provide access to the Premises) shall at any time or times be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks:

 

(i)                                      to apply all such moneys (except moneys received in respect of loss or damage of or to such adjoining or neighbouring premises or any fixtures and fittings liability to third parties or loss of rent) as the Landlord may receive under or by virtue of such insurance in rebuilding or reinstating the Premises or such parts as may have been damaged or destroyed or the means of access to the same (as the case may be) as expeditiously as possible (subject always to the Landlord being able to obtain all such approvals, consents, licences, permits and permissions from any superior landlord or other competent authorities (which the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain) and all such materials and labour as may be necessary for such rebuilding and reinstatement); and

 

(ii)                                   (save to the extent payment of the insurance moneys shall be refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant and the Tenant fails to pay such monies to the Landlord in accordance with clause 3.15(c)) to pay any shortfall out of its own moneys.

 

(c)                                  To cause a note of the Tenant’s interest (either generally or specifically) to be endorsed on the insurance policy or policies and to produce to the Tenant within a reasonable time following demand (but not more than once in every year) a copy of the Landlord’s insurance policy or policies required to be effected by the Landlord in respect of the Science Park (including the Premises) pursuant to clause 4.1 and reasonable evidence of the payment of the insurance premium for the same.

 

4.2                              4.2                                 Quiet enjoyment

 

That the Tenant paying the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent, the Service Charge and all other moneys which may become payable hereunder by the Tenant and observing and performing the several covenants and agreements on the Tenant’s part and the conditions and stipulations contained in this Lease shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Lease without any lawful interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord or by title paramount.

 



 

4.3                               4.3                                 Provide services

 

(Unless prevented by strikes, lockouts, unavailability of materials or labour or by any other matter outside the control of the Landlord and so long as the Tenant shall pay the Service Charge) to use its best endeavours to carry out the works and to provide the services referred to in Schedule 4 Part B, and provided that the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any loss, damage or inconvenience which may be caused because of:

 

(a)                                 temporary interruption of such services during periods of inspection, maintenance, repair and renewal so long as such periods are kept as short as reasonably practicable and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent or mitigate the effect of such interruption and to restore the services as soon as possible; or

 

(b)                                 the breakdown, failure, stoppage, leaking, bursting or defect of any Conducting Media provided the Landlord uses its best endeavours to remedy such matters (so far as they are within its control) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

4.4                               4.4                                 Provision of power water etc

 

(a)                                 Until such time (if any) as the Landlord shall arrange for the provision of all or any of the following services directly from the relevant utility company the Landlord shall subject to the Tenant paying the outgoings referred to in clause 3.2(b) use all reasonable endeavours to procure the supply of the following services to the Premises:

 

(i)                                      electricity;

 

(ii)                                   heated water;

 

(iii)                                mains raw water;

 

(iv)                               sewerage;

 

(v)                                  medium temperature hot water for heating.

 

(b)                                 The Landlord may upon written notice to the Tenant of not less than five working days suspend for such reasonable period as may be necessary for repair replacement modernisation (including works to supply any service to the Premises directly from the relevant utility company) any of the services referred to in clause 4.4(a) and in any event the Landlord shall be under no liability in respect of any failure in the performance or observance of any such obligation Provided that if such suspension exceeds 24 continuous hours the landlord shall at its own cost provide a means of supplying equivalent temporary services.

 

(c)                                  All liability on the part of the Landlord pursuant to this clause shall cease in respect of any service which the Landlord shall, acting reasonably and in the interest of good estate management (but without any obligation so to do), make arrangements to have supplied directly to the Premises by the relevant utility company.

 

5.                                      5                                           PROVISOS

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

5.1                               5.1                                 Interest on late payments

 

(a)                                 Whenever the whole or any part of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent or the Service Charge (whether formally or legally

 



 

demanded or not) or any other moneys which may become payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord shall remain unpaid after becoming due and payable then the amount or the balance for the time being unpaid shall (without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right or remedy of the Landlord) as from the due date for payment and until the same is duly paid bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the rate of four per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or (in the event of such rate ceasing to be published) at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant in writing.

 

(b)                                 In the event of there being any breach by the Tenant of the covenants on its part contained in this Lease and the Landlord having notified the Tenant in writing that by reason of such breach the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent or the Service Charge will not be accepted for the time being then the amount or the balance for the time being outstanding shall (but without prejudice as mentioned above) as from the date of the notice served by the Landlord in respect of such breach or (if later) from the due date for payment until the date on which payment is tendered by the Tenant following the remedying of such breach bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the above rate;

 

and the Tenant accordingly COVENANTS with the Landlord that in every such case the Tenant will pay such interest thereon to the Landlord in addition to the Principal Rent Second Rent Third Rent Insurance Rent Service Charge and other moneys (as well after as before any judgment) at the above rate and in default of payment such interest shall be recoverable as rent in arrears.

 

5.2                              5.2                                 Re-entry

 

Without prejudice to any other provisions contained in this Lease, if:

 

(a)                                 any of the rents reserved by this Lease are unpaid for 21 days after becoming payable (whether formally demanded or not);

 

(b)                                 the Tenant is in breach of any of its obligations in this Lease;

 

(c)                                  the Tenant (being a company) enters into liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary (other than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation not involving a realisation of assets) or a resolution is passed or a petition is presented for such liquidation;

 

(d)                                 an administrator is appointed in respect of the Tenant pursuant to the Insolvency Act 1986 or the Insolvent Partnerships Order or application is made for such administration or notice is given under paragraph 15 or 26 of Schedule B1 to the  Insolvency Act 1986 (as amended);

 

(e)                                  a receiver is appointed in respect of the Tenant or any assets of the Tenant;

 

(f)                                   (where the Tenant comprises or includes one or more individuals) a bankruptcy order is made against any such individual or a petition is presented for such bankruptcy order;

 

(g)                                  the Tenant becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 Insolvency Act 1986 or makes a proposal for or enters into any composition with its or his creditors or makes a proposal for or enters into a voluntary arrangement (within the meaning of section 1 or section 253 Insolvency Act 1986);

 



 

(h)                                 distress, sequestration or execution is levied on the Tenant’s goods;

 

(i)                                     any of the above events occurs in relation to the Surety (excluding for this purpose any person whose liability at the time of such event derives from an Authorised Guarantee Agreement); or

 

(j)                                    any event analogous to any of the above events occurs in any jurisdiction other than England and Wales

 

then the Landlord may at any time re-enter the Premises or any part of the Premises in the name of the whole and immediately this Lease shall terminate absolutely but without prejudice to any rights of the Landlord in respect of any breach of any of the obligations on the Tenant’s part in this Lease.

 

5.3                               5.3                                 Rent cesser

 

If the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park shall at any time or times be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use and/or inaccessible then and in every such case (save to the extent provided in clause 4.1(b)(ii)) the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge or a fair and just proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained (as agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant in writing within one month of such destruction or damage) shall be suspended and cease to be payable for a period of three years (or for such other period as the Landlord shall have insured under clause 4.1(a)) from the date of such damage or destruction or (if earlier) until the Premises (or access roads within the Science Park, as the case may be) have been rebuilt or reinstated so that the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible and failing such agreement or in case any dispute shall arise as to the amount of such suspension and/or such period the same shall be determined by an independent surveyor who shall:

 

(a)                                 be a chartered surveyor with at least ten years’ experience in the assessment of rent for premises of a similar nature in the locality of the Premises;

 

(b)                                 be appointed by the President or Vice President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of whichever of the Landlord and the Tenant shall first so apply;

 

(c)                                  act as an expert and not as an arbitrator;

 

(d)                                 on his appointment serve written notice on the Landlord and the Tenant;

 

(e)                                  consider any written representations by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Tenant concerning such matter which are received by him within 28 days of such service but otherwise have an unfettered discretion to determine such matter;

 

(f)                                   serve notice of such determination on the Landlord and the Tenant as soon as he has made it;

 

(g)                                  be paid his proper fee and expenses in connection with such determination by the Landlord and the Tenant in equal shares or any such shares as he may determine;

 

and any such determination shall be final and binding on the parties PROVIDED that if and whenever any person so appointed shall die, be adjudged bankrupt or become of

 



 

unsound mind or if both the Landlord and the Tenant shall serve upon such person written notice that in their opinion he has unreasonably delayed making such determination such person shall ipso facto be discharged and be entitled only to his reasonable expenses prior to such discharge and another such independent surveyor shall be appointed to act in his place.

 

5.4                               Reinstatement prevented

 

If the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park are destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks and the Landlord has not completed reinstatement of the Premises or the relevant access roads (so that the Premises are fit again for occupation and use and accessible) within two years and nine months after the date of such damage or destruction then (unless payment of the insurance moneys was refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant and the Tenant failed to pay such monies to the Landlord in accordance with clause 3.15(c)) at any time thereafter this Lease may be terminated by either the Landlord or the Tenant giving to the other not less than three months’ notice and upon the expiry of such notice the Term shall end but if by the expiry of such notice the Premises (or the access roads) have been reinstated so that at that date the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible the notice will be void and this Lease will continue in full force and effect, and if this Lease is terminated pursuant to this clause the Landlord will be entitled to retain the whole of the insurance moneys for its absolute use and benefit.

 

5.5                               Reinstatement following damage by an Uninsured Risk

 

For the purpose of this clause 5.5 and clauses 5.6 and 5.7 below:

 

(a)                                 these provisions shall apply from the date on which any Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk but only in relation to the Uninsured Risk;

 

(b)                                 references to an Insured Risk becoming an Uninsured Risk shall, without limitation, include the application by insurers of an exclusion, condition or limitation to an Insured Risk to the extent to which such risk thereby is or becomes an Uninsured Risk but:

 

(i)                                     an Insured Risk shall not become an Uninsured Risk due to the Landlord’s failure to comply with the provisions of clause 4.1; and

 

(ii)                                  an Insured Risk shall not become an Uninsured Risk owing to the act or default of the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant or their respective agents, employees, licensees or contractors;

 

(c)                                  the Landlord shall notify the Tenant in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after an Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk.

 

5.6                               If, during the Term, the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park shall be damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk so as to make the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible:

 

(a)                                 then the provisions of clause 5.3 (except for the words “ , the Third Rent ” and the words “ for a period of three years (or for such other period as the Landlord shall have insured under clause 4.1(a)) from the date of such damage or destruction or (if earlier) ”) shall apply as if there had been damage or destruction by an Insured Risk;

 



 

(b)                                 the Landlord may serve notice on the Tenant within six months of the date of damage or destruction (time being of the essence) confirming that it will reinstate the Premises (or the access roads as the case may be) (“ a Reinstatement Notice ”); and

 

(c)                                  if the Landlord serves a Reinstatement Notice in accordance with clause 5.6(b) then clause 4.1(b) and clause 5.4 shall apply as if there had been damage or destruction by an Insured Risk (but as though the period of two years and nine months mentioned in clause 5.4 were deemed to be a period of three years).

 

5.7                               If the Landlord does not serve a Reinstatement Notice following damage or destruction by an Uninsured Risk, then at any time after the date six months after the date on which such damage or destruction occurred (time being of the essence) either party may by service of a written notice on the other terminate this Lease with immediate effect (unless in the meantime the Premises or the access roads within the Science Park have been reinstated so that the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible) but without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of this Lease.

 

5.8                               5.8                                 Statutory compensation

 

The Tenant shall not be entitled on quitting the Premises to any compensation under section 37 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (as amended).

 

5.9                               5.9                                 Data Protection Act 1998

 

For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998 or otherwise the Tenant and the Surety acknowledge that information relating to this tenancy will be held on computer and other filing systems by the Landlord or the Landlord’s managing agent (if any) for the purposes of general administration and/or enforcement of this Lease and agree to such information being used for such purposes and being disclosed to third parties so far only as is necessary in connection with:

 

(a)                                 the management of the Landlord’s interest in the Science Park;

 

(b)                                 the insurance and/or the maintenance of the Premises;

 

(c)                                  checking the credit-worthiness of the Tenant and the Surety; or

 

(d)                                 the disposal or sub-letting of the Premises or the Science Park,

 

or is necessary to conform with recognised industry practice in the management and letting of property.

 

5.10                        5.10                          Exclusion of liability

 

The Landlord shall not be liable to observe or perform any obligation on its part contained in this Lease after it has ceased to be entitled to the reversion immediately expectant upon the Term (and, without prejudice to any right of the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach by the Landlord of any of the obligations on the Landlord’s part prior to that date, the Tenant releases the Landlord from all liability in respect of any future breach or non-observance of any such obligation occurring after it has disposed of such reversion).

 

6.                                      6                                           RENT REVIEW

 

IT IS ALSO AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 



 

6.1                               In this clause:

 

(a)                                 the “Review Date” means and includes 16 November 2017 and 16 November 2022;

 

(b)                                 the “Market Rent” means the yearly rent exclusive of all outgoings at which the Premises might reasonably be expected to be let as a whole as between a willing landlord and a willing tenant in the open market with vacant possession for a term of ten years commencing on the relevant Review Date without payment of any fine or premium upon the terms and subject to covenants, agreements, stipulations and conditions similar to those contained in this Lease (except as to the Term and the amount of the Principal Rent and the fact of the payment and the amount of the payment of the Second Rent and the Third Rent but including similar provisions for review of the Principal Rent) but upon the assumption that:

 

(i)                                      the Tenant has complied with all of the covenants on the part of the Tenant in this Lease contained;

 

(ii)                                   the Premises have been finished at the Landlord’s cost to a specification equivalent to the Rent Review Specification and are accordingly ready to receive the willing tenant’s fitting out works and that the willing tenant has had the benefit of such rental concessions (including any rent free or reduced rent period) as are usual in the market to compensate it for the time and inconvenience of it having to fit out the Premises (but no other rent free periods or incentives);

 

(iii)                                the Premises may be used for any use permitted by this Lease and by any licence or consent granted by the Landlord prior to the relevant Review Date at the request of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or any predecessor in title of them or either of them respectively;

 

(iv)                               in case the Premises have been destroyed or damaged they have been fully restored;

 

(v)                                  all Value Added Tax payable by the Tenant under the provisions of this Lease is recoverable by the Tenant in full; and

 

(vi)                               the Premises comply with all requirements of all Acts (as defined in clause 3.4);

 

and disregarding (if appropriate, and without prejudice to the assumptions at paragraphs (ii) and (vi) above):

 

(1)                                 any effect on the rent of the fact that the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or their respective predecessors in title or any other permitted occupier has been or is in occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises;

 

(2)                                 any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on at the Premises of the business of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or other permitted occupier;

 

(3)                                 any permitted improvement to the Premises carried out by and at the expense of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or any predecessor in title of them or either of them respectively (otherwise than in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord save where the obligation arises pursuant to clauses 3.4 or 3.13(a)) and

 



 

being such an improvement completed after the date of this Lease but not more than 21 years before the relevant Review Date;

 

(4)                                 any works of demolition, construction, alteration or addition carried out or being carried out on the Premises by the Tenant or any undertenant or other permitted occupier or their respective predecessors in title (otherwise than by and at the instance of the Landlord or in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord save where the obligation arises pursuant to clauses 3.4 or 3.13(a)) which diminish the rental value of the Premises at the relevant Review Date.

 

6.2                               As at each Review Date there shall be a review of the Principal Rent and the Landlord and the Tenant shall seek to agree the Market Rent but failing written agreement between the parties the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time not more than two months prior to the relevant Review Date refer the determination of the Market Rent to an independent surveyor (being such a person as is mentioned in clause 5.3(a) and who shall be appointed as mentioned in clause 5.3(b)) acting as an arbitrator (in which case the Arbitration Act 1996 shall apply) or (if the Landlord and the Tenant shall so agree) such independent surveyor shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator.

 

6.3                               If the determination of the Market Rent shall be referred to an expert in accordance with the previous clause then clause 5.3(d), 5.3(e), 5.3(f) and 5.3(g) shall also apply and such expert shall give notice in writing of his decision within two months of his appointment or within such extended period as the parties may agree.

 

6.4                               The Principal Rent payable hereunder as from each Review Date (the “Reviewed Rent”) until the subsequent Review Date or the end or sooner determination of the Term (as the case may be) shall be the greater of the Principal Rent payable hereunder immediately prior to the relevant Review Date (the “Current Rent”) and the Market Rent agreed or determined in accordance with clause 6.2.

 

6.5                               If the Reviewed Rent shall not be ascertained by the Review Date then until it has been ascertained the Tenant shall continue to pay on account Principal Rent at the rate of the Current Rent until the quarter day after it has been ascertained on which quarter day the Tenant shall pay the Landlord an additional sum equal to the excess (if any) of Principal Rent at the rate of the Reviewed Rent over Principal Rent at the rate of the Current Rent for the period from the Review Date to such quarter day plus interest on such additional sum from the date on which each instalment would have been due during such period if the Reviewed Rent had then been ascertained such interest being chargeable at the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or (in the event of such rate ceasing to be published) at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant in writing.

 

6.6                               A Memorandum of the Market Rent shall be entered into between the parties in such terms as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

7.                                      7                                           TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

 

7.1                               The Tenant may end this Lease on either the First Termination Date or on the Second Termination Date (each being a “Termination Date” ) by giving at least 12 months’ written notice expiring on the relevant Termination Date provided that at the relevant Termination Date:

 

(a)                                 there are no arrears of the Principal Rent or the Second Rent or the Third Rent (or any VAT which may be chargeable in respect of the Principal Rent or the Second

 



 

Rent or the Third Rent) up to and including the relevant Termination Date but excluding any period falling after the relevant Termination Date;

 

(b)                                 occupation of the Premises is given up by the Tenant and no underleases of the Premises (or any part of the Premises) remain subsisting.

 

7.2                               If any of the conditions referred to in clause 7.1 (a) or (b) above are not satisfied at the relevant Termination Date the relevant Tenant’s notice served pursuant to clause 7.1 is deemed to be of no effect and this Lease shall continue as before, provided that the Landlord may waive all or any of such conditions by giving notice to the Tenant at any time.

 

7.3                               The ending of this Lease shall not affect any party’s rights in respect of any earlier breach of any provision of this Lease. Within twenty working days following termination of the Lease pursuant to this clause 7, the Landlord shall reimburse to the Tenant any Principal Rent, Second Rent, Third Rent, Service Charge or Insurance Rent paid in advance by the Tenant in respect of the period after (but excluding) the relevant Termination Date.

 

7.4                               On the date on which this Lease ends pursuant to this clause, the Tenant shall hand over to the Landlord the original Lease and all other title deeds and documents relating to the Premises where the same are in possession of the Tenant.

 

8.                                      8                                           ACCIDENTAL HAPPENINGS OR INJURIES

 

8.1                               The Landlord shall not be responsible to the Tenant or the Tenant’s licensees servants agents tradesmen or other persons in the Premises or any part thereof or calling upon the Tenant or upon the Science Park for any accidental happening or injury suffered to or loss of any chattel or property (save where the same are due to the act, default or negligence of the Landlord or the Landlord’s employees servants agents tradesmen or those under the control of the Landlord) sustained on the Premises the Science Park or any part thereof.

 

8.2                               The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person claiming through the Tenant for any loss or damage whatsoever which may be caused by stoppage interruption or defect of any plant or machinery in or service to the Premises or the Science Park or any neighbouring premises provided that the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent or mitigate the effect of such stoppage, interruption or defect and to remedy such matters as soon as possible.

 

9.                                      9                                           NOTICES

 

This Lease shall incorporate the provisions as to notices contained in section 196 Law of Property Act 1925 as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962 and every notice required to be given hereunder shall be in writing.

 

10.                               10                                    VAT

 

10.1                        All rents and other sums payable by the Tenant hereunder which are for the time being subject to VAT shall be considered to be tax exclusive sums and the VAT at the appropriate rate for the time being shall be payable by the Tenant in addition.

 

10.2                        The Tenant shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord against any VAT paid or payable by the Landlord in respect of any costs, fees, disbursements, expenses or other sums which the Landlord is entitled to recover under the terms of this Lease.

 


 

11.                               11            SURETY'S COVENANTS

 

The Surety covenants with the Landlord in the terms of Schedule 6.

 

12.                               12                                    LANDLORD AND TENANT (COVENANTS) ACT 1995

 

This Lease is a new tenancy within the meaning of section 1 Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

13.                               13                                    ADDRESS FOR RENT DEMANDS

 

Whilst GW Research Limited is the Tenant all rent demands should be sent to c/o GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Building 114, Porton Down Science Park, Porton, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ unless it notifies the Landlord of another address.

 

14.                               14                                    DELIVERY AS A DEED

 

This document shall be treated as having been executed as a deed only upon being dated.

 

15.                               15                                    RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

No person other than a contracting party may enforce any provision of this Lease by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

16.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

16.1                        This deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.2                        Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts to settle any dispute which may arise under or in connection with this deed or the legal relationships established by this deed.

 

IN WITNESS of the above the parties have executed this deed the day and year first before written

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Rights granted

 

1.                                      The right in common with all others having similar rights from time to time:

 

1.1                               of passage to and from the Premises with or without vehicles over the Access Roads subject to the Landlord’s right in its absolute discretion to alter, stop up or divert the Access Roads or any part or parts of them at any time during the Term provided that:

 

(a)                                 any expenses in altering, stopping up or diverting the Access Roads are borne by the Landlord; and

 

(b)                                 the Landlord leaves available for use by the Tenant reasonable means of access to the Premises;

 

1.2                               of full, free and uninterrupted passage and running of water, soil, gas, electricity and all other services from and to the Premises through the Conducting Media which are now in, upon, over or under other parts of the Science Park.

 

2.                                      The exclusive right to use 8 car parking spaces edged green on the plan numbered 2 attached hereto but:

 

2.1                               only for parking private motor cars (duly insured and taxed for use on the public highway) belonging to the Tenant or any undertenant or their respective invitees or others authorised by them (but for the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be entitled to demand any consideration in money or money’s worth from any third party for the use of such spaces); and

 

2.2                               if at any time acting reasonably and in the interests of good and proper estate management the Landlord desires to re-designate all or any of the said parking spaces, the Landlord shall have full right and liberty so to do on giving to the Tenant prior written notice of such re-designation, but at its own expense and subject to the Landlord making available for use by the Tenant always at least the same number of parking spaces as are edged green on the aforementioned plan.

 



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Rights reserved

 

1.                                      The full, free and uninterrupted passage and running of water, soil, gas, electricity and all other services for the benefit of the Landlord and the owners, tenants or occupiers for the time being of the adjoining or neighbouring premises through the Conducting Media which are now or may at any time hereafter be in, upon, over or under the Premises.

 

2.                                      The right at all reasonable times to enter such parts of the Premises as may be necessary after three working days’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) for the purposes of:

 

2.1                               anything connected with the provision of the services referred to in clauses 4.3 and 4.4;

 

2.2                               carrying out an assessment or survey of the Premises for the purposes of obtaining an EPC;

 

2.3                               connecting, laying, inspecting, cleansing, maintaining, repairing, replacing, amending, altering, relaying or renewing the Conducting Media; and/or

 

2.4                               erecting, constructing or laying in, under, over or across such reasonable parts of the Premises(as shall be agreed with the Tenant (whose agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) any Conducting Media, poles, structures, fixtures or other works for the drainage of or for the supply of water, gas, electricity, telephone, heating, steam and other services to any adjoining or neighbouring premises;

 

subject to performing such tasks as quickly as reasonably practicable.

 

3.                                      The right to erect scaffolding (and the right to enter in order to erect such scaffolding) for the purpose of inspecting repairing or cleaning the Premises or any buildings now or after the date of this Lease on adjoining or neighbouring premises notwithstanding that such scaffolding may temporarily restrict the access of light and air to the Premises.

 

4.                                      The right to enter after three working days’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) upon the Premises for the purpose of carrying out any necessary repairs, alterations or improvements to any adjoining or neighbouring premises

 

5.                                      The Landlord must make good in a reasonable manner to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction all damage occasioned to the Premises in the exercise of the rights referred to in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 above but the Landlord will not be liable to pay compensation for any inconvenience caused to the Tenant.

 

6.                                      All rights of light and air which the Premises enjoy over any other property.

 

7.                                      The right to deal with, modify or vary all covenants of which the Premises enjoy the benefit provided that in so doing the Tenant’s use of the Premises shall not be materially adversely affected.

 

8.                                      All rights of entry in clause 3 of this Lease.

 

9.                                      The right to erect any new buildings of any height on adjoining or neighbouring premises in such manner as it shall think fit notwithstanding the fact that the same may obstruct affect or interfere with the amenity of or access to the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Documents to be observed

 

1.                                      All those documents and matters referred to in the Property and Charges Registers of the Landlord’s freehold title of the Science Park as registered at the Land Registry under title number K765345 as at 19 August 2011 (save for any financial charges).

 

2.                                      Wayleaves granted to British Telecom (and its successors) variously:

 

2.1                               dated May 2002 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.2                              dated 6 September 2001 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.3                               dated 24 May 2001 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.4                               dated 15 February 2001 between Robert Williams, * * * (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.5                               dated 13 February 2001 between Robert Williams, * * * (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2).

 

3.                                      Wayleaves granted to The South Eastern Electricity Board variously:

 

3.1                               dated 26 January 1967 between * * * (1) and The South Eastern Electricity Board (2);

 

3.2                               dated 15 February 1989 between * * * (1) and The South Eastern Electricity Board (2).

 

4.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 19 May 2004 between * * * Limited and Sittingbourne (No. 2) Limited (1) and Neos Networks Limited (2).

 

5.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 30 March 2010 between * * * Limited and Sittingbourne (No. 2) Limited (1) and Virgin Media Limited (2).

 

6.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 21 May 2010 between * * * Limited and Sittingbourne (No. 2) Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2)

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Service Charge

 

Part A

 

1.                                      The service charge referred to in this Schedule (the “Service Charge”) shall be the Fixed Charge as defined in Schedule 5.

 

2.                                      The Tenant shall pay the Fixed Charge by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days and so in proportion for any broken period.

 

3.                                      Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Part of this Schedule the first payment of the Fixed Charge for the period from 16 November 2012 to the next quarter day hereafter shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease.

 

4.                                      The Landlord shall not be concerned in the administration and collection of or accounting for the Service Charge on an assignment of this Lease and accordingly the Landlord shall:

 

4.1                               not be required to make any apportionment relative to the assignment; and

 

4.2                               be entitled to deal exclusively with the Tenant in whom this Lease is for the time being vested (and for this purpose in disregard of any assignment which has not been registered in accordance with clause 3.20).

 

Part B

 

1.                                       Maintaining, repairing, cleansing, decorating and renewing (and landscaping as deemed appropriate by the Landlord in its discretion) the Centre Common Parts.

 

2.                                      Providing security at the Science Park to include (if and as deemed necessary by the Landlord in its discretion acting reasonably) 24 hour manned presence CCTV surveillance security fencing and gates or other equivalent perimeter security measures.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

Index-linked review of service charge

 

1.                                      In this Schedule the following expressions shall have the meanings set opposite them:

 

“Fixed Charge”

 

until 24 December 2012 the Initial Charge and thereafter as determined in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Schedule 5;

 

 

 

“Review Date”

 

the 25th day of December 2012 and every anniversary of that date and the date which is one day before the date on which the Term would expire by effluxion of time (disregarding any statutory continuation thereof);

 

 

 

“Initial Charge”

 

£8,477.50 per annum;

 

 

 

“Index”

 

the Index of Retail Prices (All Items) published by H M Government or any equivalent index stated by H M Government to be the official successor to the Index of Retail Prices (All Items)

PROVIDED that if the method of computation and/or the reference base of the Index shall materially change after the date of this Lease then the figure deemed to be shown in the Index for the purposes of this Lease after such change shall be the figure which would have been shown in the Index if the method of computation and/or reference base current at the date of this Lease had been retained, and any official reconciliation between such differing methods of computation or reference bases shall be binding on the parties to this Lease;

 

 

 

“Relevant Fraction”

 

a fraction of which the numerator is the figure of the Index published in the four weeks preceding the relevant Review Date and the denominator is the figure of the Index published in December 2011 ;

 

 

 

“Expert”

 

an independent chartered accountant (acting as an expert) being a partner in or a director of a leading firm or company of chartered accountants to be nominated in default of agreement by the Landlord and the Tenant by the President for the time being of the Institution of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales on the application of the Landlord or the Tenant made not more than one month before the relevant Review Date.

 

2.                                      From and including each Review Date the Fixed Charge shall be whichever is the higher of:

 

(a)                                 the Fixed Charge which was payable immediately before the relevant Review Date (the “Old Charge”); and

 

(b)                                 the figure calculated by multiplying the Initial Charge by the Relevant Fraction (the “Revised Charge”).

 



 

3.                                      If the Landlord and the Tenant shall fail to agree upon the Revised Charge, then either of them may not more than one month before the relevant Review Date require the Revised Charge to be determined by the Expert.

 

4.                                      The Expert shall on being appointed invite the Landlord and the Tenant to submit to him within such time limits as he shall consider appropriate (but not being less than 21 days) representations and cross representations as to the calculation of the Revised Charge, supported if they so wish by a statement of reasons and/or schedule of calculations.  The Expert shall consider such matters submitted to him but shall not be fettered thereby and shall determine the Revised Charge in accordance with his own knowledge, judgment and opinion having regard to such matters as he may consider appropriate.  The Expert’s decision shall (save as to any question of law) be final and binding on all matters referred to him under this Lease.

 

5.                                      If after the date of this Lease it becomes impossible (because of any change in the methods used to calculate the Index, or for any other reason) to calculate the Revised Charge, then the Expert shall have full power to determine what the increase in the Index would have been had it continued on the same basis as is assumed to be available for the operation of this rent review or (if that determination shall also be impossible) shall determine a reasonable charge having regard to the purposes and intent of this Schedule.

 

6.                                     If the Expert shall die or be unable or unwilling to accept his appointment or to carry out his functions then either the Landlord or the Tenant may apply for a replacement to be appointed in his stead, and this procedure may be repeated as often as necessary.

 

7.                                      If at any Review Date there is any statutory restriction upon the review or increase of the Fixed Charge or the Landlord’s right to recover it, then at any time after the lifting, removal or modification of such restriction and prior to the next following Review Date the Landlord may give the Tenant not less than one month’s notice requiring an additional review to take place on a quarter day to be specified in such notice which quarter day shall thereupon be treated for the purposes of this Lease as a Review Date.

 

8.                                      The costs of the Expert and the parties’ costs of the reference to him shall lie in his award but, in the absence of such award, the Landlord and Tenant shall each bear their own costs and one half of the Expert’s costs.  One party may pay the costs required to be borne by another party if they remain unpaid for more than 14 days after they become due, and then recover these and any incidental expenses incurred from that other party on demand.

 

9.                                      Time is not of the essence in relation to any matter contained in this Schedule.

 

10.                               If the Revised Charge has not been ascertained by the relevant Review Date, then the Old Charge shall be payable until such time as the Revised Charge has been ascertained.

 

11.                               Once the Revised Charge has been ascertained, the Tenant shall on demand pay the Landlord a sum equal to the amount (if any) by which the Revised Charge exceeds the Old Charge for the period from the relevant Review Date until the next quarter day following the date of such demand together with interest on each quarterly shortfall calculated on a daily basis from the date upon which each instalment of the shortfall would have been payable if the Revised Charge had then been ascertained at the base rate of Barclays Bank plc until seven days after the date of such demand, and thereafter together with interest calculated on a daily basis at the rate referred to in clause 5.1(a).

 



 

12.                               The Landlord and the Tenant may at any time settle the Revised Charge in more than one amount and agree to reserve such amounts increasing in steps until the next Review Date or, if none, until the termination of the Term, or as they may otherwise agree.

 

13.                               The parties will procure that a memorandum of the Revised Charge signed by the Landlord and Tenant shall be endorsed on or annexed to this Lease and its counterpart.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

Covenants by the Surety

 

1.                                      The Surety (if any) in consideration of the grant of this Lease (or the agreement to the assignment of this Lease as appropriate) COVENANTS AND GUARANTEES with and to the Landlord that:

 

1.1                               The Tenant shall punctually pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants and other terms of this Lease.

 

1.2                               If the Tenant shall make any default in payment of the rents or in performing or observing any of the covenants or other terms of this Lease the Surety will pay the rents and perform or observe the covenants or terms in respect of which the Tenant shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment, non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

(a)                                 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Tenant or any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of this Lease;

 

(b)                                 that the terms of this Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties;

 

(c)                                  any other act or thing (apart from an express release by deed) by which but for this provision the Surety would have been released.

 

1.3                               These provisions are to take effect immediately on the grant (or the assignment as appropriate) of the Lease to the Tenant and are to remain in force so long and to the extent that the Tenant is not released by law from liability for any of the covenants and other terms of this Lease.

 

2.                                      The Surety FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if this Lease is disclaimed or forfeited prior to any lawful assignment by the Tenant of this Lease the Landlord may within six months after the disclaimer or forfeiture by notice in writing require the Surety to accept a new lease of the Premises for a term equivalent to the residue which if there had been no disclaimer or forfeiture would have remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to similar covenants and conditions as are payable under and applicable to the tenancy immediately before the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture (such new lease and the rights and liabilities under it to take effect as from the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture) and in such case the Surety shall pay the Landlord’s costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with such new lease and the Surety shall accept such new lease accordingly and will execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

 

3.                                      If this Lease is disclaimed or forfeited and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Surety to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with paragraph 2 the Surety shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use or occupation of the Premises (less any expenditure incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Premises) and the rents which would have been payable under the Lease but for such disclaimer or forfeiture in both cases for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date six months after such disclaimer or forfeiture; and

 

(b)                                 the date (if any) upon which the Premises are relet.

 



 

4.                                      The Surety FURTHER COVENANTS and guarantees the obligations of the Tenant under any Authorised Guarantee Agreement entered into by the Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

5.                                      It is hereby agreed that if any payment is made under the terms of this guarantee and the Surety is thereupon subrogated to all the Landlord’s rights of recovery in relation thereto then the Surety shall not exercise any such rights against the Tenant.

 

6.                                      For the purposes of these provisions references to the Tenant are to the Tenant in relation to whom the Surety’s covenant is given but not any lawful assignee of such Tenant.

 


 

SCHEDULE 7

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

1.                                      The Tenant in consideration of the agreement to the assignment of the Lease COVENANTS AND GUARANTEES with and to the Landlord that:

 

1.1                               The Assignee shall punctually pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants and other terms of the Lease.

 

1.2                               If the Assignee shall make any default in payment of the rents or in performing or observing any of the covenants or other terms of the Lease the Tenant will pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants or terms in respect of which the Assignee shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment, non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

(a)                                 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Assignee or any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of the Lease;

 

(b)                                 that the terms of the Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties (but subject always to section 18 Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995);

 

(c)                                  any other act or thing (apart from an express release by deed) by which but for this provision the Tenant would have been released.

 

2.                                      The Tenant FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if the Lease is disclaimed prior to any lawful assignment by the Assignee of the Lease the Landlord may within six months after the disclaimer require the Tenant to accept a new lease of the Premises for a term equivalent to the residue which if there had been no disclaimer would have remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to similar covenants and conditions as are payable under and applicable to the tenancy immediately before the date of such disclaimer (such new lease and the rights and liabilities under it to take effect as from the date of such disclaimer) and in such case the Tenant shall pay the Landlord’s costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with such new lease and the Tenant shall accept such new lease accordingly and will execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

 

3.                                      If the Lease is disclaimed and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Tenant to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with paragraph 2 the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use or occupation of the Premises (less any expenditure incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Premises) and the rents which would have been payable under the Lease but for such disclaimer in both cases for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date six months after such disclaimer;

 

(b)                                 the end or sooner determination of the Term.

 

4.                                      Notwithstanding any of the above provisions the Tenant:

 

(a)                                 shall not be required to guarantee in any way the liability for the covenants and other terms of the Lease of any person other than the Assignee; and

 



 

(b)                                 shall not be subject to any liability, restriction or other requirement (of whatever nature) in relation to any time after the Assignee is by law released from the covenants and other terms of the Lease.

 

5.                                      It is hereby agreed that if any payment is made under the terms of this guarantee and the Tenant is thereupon subrogated to all the Landlord’s right of recovery in relation thereto then the Tenant shall not exercise any such rights against the Assignee.

 

6.                                      No person other than a contracting party may enforce any provision of this Deed by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

7.                                      Words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Lease.

 



 

SCHEDULE 8

 

The Regulations

 

1.                                      Not to store rubbish or waste of any description outside the Premises save in any area so designated by the Landlord from time to time.

 

2.                                      Not to allow empty containers or rubbish of any description to accumulate upon the Premises or the Centre Common Parts nor to discharge into the Conducting Media or onto any wall or parking area or forecourt of the Science Park any deleterious matter or substance including chemicals radioactive material diesel fuel or oil which might be or become a source of danger or injury to the Conducting Media or any other property or person.

 

3.                                      Not to use any container for rubbish or refuse other than such type and so constructed as to prevent any leakage or spillage therefrom and to keep the same in the area (if any) provided for the purpose and to prevent such rubbish or refuse causing a nuisance or annoyance to the Landlord or the owners or occupiers of neighbouring premises.

 

4.                                      Not to use any part of the Premises in such manner as to subject it to any excessive strain or interference and not to install machinery on the Premises which shall be unduly noisy or cause vibration.

 

5.                                     Not to do anything on the Premises which might reasonably be expected to produce directly or indirectly corrosive fumes or vapours or moisture or humidity in excess of that which the Premises were designed to bear and are otherwise reasonable.

 

6.                                      Not to load or unload any vehicle unless the vehicle shall be in a loading area provided from time to time for that purpose and not to obstruct or damage any access ways roads or landscaped areas in the Science Park or leading to the Premises.

 

7.                                      In the event of a spill or deposit on the Premises of any Hazardous Materials to inform the Landlord of this and permit him to enter and inspect the Premises.

 

8.                                      To observe the speed limits and traffic signs on the Access Roads.

 



 

SCHEDULE 9

 

Utilities Charge

 

1.                                      In this Schedule, the following meanings shall apply:

 

1.1                               Estimated Utilities Charge ” means the Landlord’s reasonable and proper estimate of the Utilities Charge for the forthcoming Utilities Charge Period.

 

1.2                               Utilities Charge ” means the cost referred to in clause 3.2(c), calculated in accordance with this Schedule;

 

1.3                               Utilities Charge Period ” means each period of 12 months commencing on 16 November falling wholly or partly within the Term (but only to the extent falling within the Term) provided that the Landlord may vary the Utilities Charge Period at its sole discretion at any time during the Term;

 

1.4                               End Date ” means the date on which the Term expires or (if earlier) on which the Term is determined;

 

1.5                               Final Utilities Charge Period ” means the Utilities Charge Period which ends on the End Date;

 

1.6                               First Utilities Charge Period ” means the Utilities Charge Period which begins when the Term commences;

 

1.7                               Meters ” means the measuring equipment (if any) installed in the Building for the purposes of measuring the supply of services to the Premises.

 

2.                                      Subject to paragraph 8, the Landlord will, prior to each Utilities Charge Period (or on or prior to the commencement of the Term, in the case of the First Utilities Charge Period), submit to the Tenant a statement setting out the Estimated Utilities Charge for the forthcoming Utilities Charge Period.

 

3.                                     The Tenant will pay the Estimated Utilities Charge to the Landlord by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days, the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on the day before the next quarter day hereafter) to be paid on or before the date of this Lease.

 

4.                                      At the end of each Utilities Charge Period the Landlord shall procure that readings are taken and recorded from the Meters and the readings taken and recorded shall (subject to manifest error) be accepted by the Landlord and the Tenant.  Should Meters not be installed the Landlord’s surveyor shall calculate (the Landlord’s surveyor’s determination to be conclusive) a just proportion fairly attributable to the Premises of the actual cost to the Landlord of supplying the relevant services to the Science Park during the relevant Utilities Charge Period and such proportion shall be the Utilities Charge for the relevant Utilities Charge Period.

 

5.                                      Upon having taken the readings or made the calculations in accordance with paragraph 4, the Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant a statement setting out in respect of the previous Utilities Charge Period:

 

5.1                               the Estimated Utilities Charge received from the Tenant;

 

5.2                               the Utilities Charge; and

 



 

5.3                               the difference (if any) between the sums referred to in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2.

 

6.                                      If in respect of a Utilities Charge Period the Utilities Charge is more or less than the Estimated Utilities Charge received from the Tenant then any sum payable to or by the Landlord by way of adjustment (with the intent that the Tenant shall have paid the whole of the Utilities Charge to the Landlord in respect of the relevant Utilities Charge Period) will become due and shall be paid by the Tenant (within 14 days of delivery of the statement referred to in paragraph 5) or credited to the Tenant for the succeeding Utilities Charge Period (or paid to the Tenant in the case of the Final Utilities Charge Period) as the case may require.

 

7.                                      The Tenant shall be liable only for the Utilities Charge up to and including the End Date but the provisions of this schedule shall otherwise continue to apply after the End Date.

 

8.                                      The Landlord may, on prior written notice to the Tenant, vary the means by which the Utilities Charge is charged to the Tenant provided that such variation is fair, proper and in the interests of good estate management.

 

9.

 

9.1                               Within one month after delivery to the Tenant of the statement referred to in paragraph 5 (time being of the essence) the Tenant may request the Landlord to provide (and the Landlord will promptly provide) to the Tenant all vouchers and invoices which the Tenant shall reasonably need in order to satisfy itself as to the accuracy of the Utilities Charge in accordance with this Schedule.

 

9.2                              Within two months after delivery of the statement referred to in paragraph 5 (time being of the essence) the Tenant may challenge it on the ground that it contains errors or is otherwise incorrectly drawn by giving to the Landlord notice to that effect but only if it has first made full payment of any amount due from the Tenant under paragraph 6 and if so:

 

(a)                                 both parties must endeavour to resolve the relevant issue; but if they cannot do so;

 

(b)                                 the issue in dispute may be referred by either party to the determination of an independent surveyor being such a person as is mentioned in clause 5.3(a) and who shall be appointed as mentioned in clause 5.3(b) and clauses 5.3(c),  5.3(d), 5.3(e), 5.3(f) and 5.3(g) shall also apply and the independent surveyor’s determination shall be final and binding on the parties Provided that if and whenever any person so appointed shall die, be adjudged bankrupt or become of unsound mind or if both the Landlord and the Tenant shall serve upon such person written notice that in their opinion he has unreasonably delayed making such determination such person shall ipso facto be discharged and be entitled only to his reasonable expenses prior to such discharge and another such independent surveyor shall be appointed to act in his place;

 

(c)                                  any adjustments to the statement required to be made in consequence of the determination of the independent surveyor shall be made and any sum payable to or by the Landlord shall immediately be paid (with interest in respect of the period during which the relevant amount has been underpaid, such interest to be at the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or, in the event of such rate ceasing to be published, at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant) or allowed as appropriate;

 

but if not the Tenant’s right of challenge to that statement shall lapse.

 



 

10.                               The Landlord shall not be concerned in the administration and collection of or accounting for the Utilities Charge on an assignment of this Lease and accordingly the Landlord shall:

 

10.1                        not be required to make any apportionment relative to the assignment; and

 

10.2                        be entitled to deal exclusively with the Tenant in whom this Lease is for the time being vested (and for this purpose in disregard of any assignment which has not been registered in accordance with clause 3.20).

 

11.                               The statement referred to in paragraph 5 shall for the purposes of this Schedule be deemed to have been delivered to the Tenant on the next working day after it is posted by first class post to the address referred to in clause 13 or to such other address as may have been notified by the Tenant to the Landlord as the address to which rent demands should be sent.

 



 

SIGNED as a deed by

 

)

s/CLAIRE DUTCH

and

 

)

as attorneys for * * *

 

)

* * * in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

s/KATIE JACOBSEN

 

 

Name of Witness and Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct

 

 

EC1 2FG

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a deed by

 

)

s/CLAIRE DUTCH

and

 

)

as attorneys for * * *

 

)

* * * in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

s/KATIE JACOBSEN

 

 

Name of Witness and Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct

 

 

EC1 2FG

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by GW Research

 

)

Limited acting by:

 

)

 

 

 

J D GOVER

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

A D GEORGE

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by GW

 

)

Pharmaceuticals plc acting by:

 

)

 

 

 

J D GOVER

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

A D GEORGE

 

 

 

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 




Exhibit 4.47

 

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406

 

DATED

24 MAY

2013

 

 

* * * LIMITED
- and -
* * * LIMITED
- and -

 

GW RESEARCH LIMITED

 

- and -

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

 

LEASE

 

- of -

 

BUILDING * * *

* * *

 

* * *

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Ref: CM1/CMS/VJS

21552/30588

 

Hogan Lovells International LLP, Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct, London EC1A 2FG

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

 

2.

DEMISE AND RENT

4

 

 

 

 

3.

TENANTS’ COVENANTS

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Pay Rent

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Pay outgoings

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

Repair and decorate

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

Observe legislation

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

Yield up

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

Entry by Landlord

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

Entry by adjoining owners

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

Costs of default

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

User

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

Alterations

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.11

Signage

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.12

Aerials, etc

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.13

Planning Acts

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.14

Statutory Notices

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.15

Insurer’s requirements

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.16

To Let board

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.17

Prohibited alienation

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.18

Assignment

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.19

Subletting

6

 

 

 

 

 

3.20

Registration of dealings

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.21

Encroachments

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.22

Costs of applications

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.23

Observe documents

8

 

 

 

 

 

3.24

Energy Performance Certificate

8

 

 

 

 

 

3.25

Keyholder

8

 

 

 

 

 

3.26

Environmental liability

8

 

 

 

 

4.

LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

10

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Insure

10

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Quiet enjoyment

11

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Provide services

12

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Provision of power water etc

12

 

 

 

 

5.

PROVISOS

13

 



 

 

5.1

Interest on late payments

13

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Re-entry

13

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

Rent cesser

14

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

Reinstatement prevented

15

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

Reinstatement following damage by an Uninsured Risk

15

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

Statutory compensation

16

 

 

 

 

 

5.10

Data Protection Act 1998

16

 

 

 

 

 

5.11

Exclusion of liability

16

 

 

 

 

6.

RENT REVIEW

17

 

 

 

 

7.

TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

19

 

 

 

 

8.

ACCIDENTAL HAPPENINGS OR INJURIES

19

 

 

 

 

9.

NOTICES

19

 

 

 

 

10.

VAT

20

 

 

 

 

11.

SURETY’S COVENANTS

20

 

 

 

 

12.

LANDLORD AND TENANT (COVENANTS) ACT 1995

20

 

 

 

 

13.

ADDRESS FOR RENT DEMANDS

20

 

 

 

 

14.

DELIVERY AS A DEED

20

 

 

 

 

15.

RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

20

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

21

 

 

 

 

1.

Rights granted

21

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

22

 

 

 

 

2.

Rights reserved

22

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

22

 

 

 

 

3.

Documents to be observed

1

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4

1

 

 

 

 

4.

Service Charge

1

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

2

 

 

 

 

5.

Index-linked review of service charge

2

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

5

 

 

 

 

6.

Covenants by the Surety

5

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

7

 

 

 

 

7.

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

7

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

9

 

 

 

 

8.

The Regulations

9

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

10

 

 

 

 

9.

Utilities Charge

10

 



 

LAND REGISTRY PRESCRIBED CLAUSES

 

LR1 Date of lease

 

  24 MAY

2013

 

 

 

LR2 Title number(s)

 

LR2.1 Landlord’s title number(s)

* * *

 

LR2.2 Other title numbers

None

 

 

 

LR3 Parties to this lease

 

Landlord

* * * LIMITED (registered number * * *) and * * * LIMITED (registered number * * *) whose registered offices are both at 21 Holborn Viaduct London EC1A 2DY

 

Tenant

GW Research Limited a company registered in England and Wales (registered number 3107561) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

Other parties

Surety

G W Pharmaceuticals plc a company registered in England and Wales (registered number 4160917) whose registered office is at 114 Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

 

 

LR4 Property

 

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

 

The Premises as defined in clause 1.1

 

 

 

LR5 Prescribed statements etc

 

LR5.1 Not applicable

 

LR5.2 Not applicable

 

 

 

LR6 Term for which the Property is leased

 

 

The Term is as follows:

15 years from and including 16 November 2012

LR7 Premium

 

None

 

 

 

LR8 Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

 

The lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

LR9 Rights of acquisition etc

 

LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

None

 

LR9.2 Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

None

 

LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease

None

 

 

 

LR10 Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR11 Easements

 

LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

The rights and matters set out in Schedule 1

 

LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property

The rights and matters set out in Schedule 2

 

 

 

LR12 Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR13 Application for standard form of restriction

 

None

 

 

 

LR14 Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant

 

Not applicable

 



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made on the date set out in clause LR1

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                  the Landlord as set out in clause LR3 ;

 

(2)                                  the Tenant as set out in clause LR3 ; and

 

(3)                                  the Surety as set out in clause LR3 .

 

1.                                      1                                           INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Lease:

 

Access Roads ” means the roads footpaths and accessways within the Science Park not adopted from time to time and the road connecting the Science Park to * * * Road;

 

adjoining or neighbouring premises ” includes any part or parts of the Science Park other than the Premises;

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement ” means an agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant entered into by the Tenant as covenantor in the circumstances set out in clause 3.18 and containing the provisions set out in Schedule 7;

 

Centre Common Parts ” means any entrances, passageways, Access Roads, Conducting Media, car parking, hardstanding, verges, landscaping and other parts of the Science Park available or intended to be available for use and/or enjoyment by two or more of the Landlord’s tenants of the Science Park in common (but for the avoidance of doubt including all car parking areas whether or not the subject of exclusive parking rights);

 

Conducting Media ” means tanks, pipes, cables, wires, meters, drains, sewers, gutters and other things of a similar nature for the passage of electricity, gas, water, soil and other services;

 

Environmental Audit ” means an audit of the Tenant’s activities on the Premises to be commissioned by the Landlord from time to time but not more than once per year;

 

EPC ” means energy performance certificate and recommendation report, as defined in the Energy Performance of Buildings (Certificates and Inspections) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007 as amended or updated from time to time;

 

Existing EPC ” means a copy of the EPC for the Premises reference no 9756-3080-0423-0390-9775;

 

First Termination Date ” means 15 November 2022;

 

Gateway Tenant ” means an individual, partnership or company whose prime activity either is within the areas of Science or High Technology or is the provision of support directly related to the scientific community as would maintain an appropriate mix of tenants for a science park;

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

Group Company ” means a company which is in the same group of companies (within the meaning of section 42 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) as the Tenant;

 

High Technology ” means research, development, design, distribution, manufacturing or service activities utilising, employing or manufacturing product or processes which apply research, pharmaceuticals, bio-technology, electronics, robotics, informatics or other such scientific disciplines as the Landlord (in conjunction with the local planning authority) determines to be representative of the field of high technology;

 

Insurance Rent ” means the rent reserved by clause 2.4;

 

Insured Risks ” means (to the extent insurance for such risks remains available in the London insurance market) fire, lightning, aircraft, explosion, riot, malicious persons, earthquake, storm, flood, burst pipes, impact, theft, subsidence, sprinkler leakage, terrorism and such other risks or perils (if any) as the Landlord or any superior landlord (acting reasonably) may from time to time deem it prudent to insure against;

 

Landlord ” includes the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the Term;

 

Office Areas ” means the areas within the Premises which are designed for use and/or occupation as offices;

 

Planning Acts ” means and includes the “planning Acts” as defined in section 117 Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 together with that Act and all other legislation from time to time imposing controls on the development or use of land;

 

Premises ” means the premises (shown edged red on the plan numbered 1 annexed hereto) known as Building * * * as well as any landlord’s fixtures and fittings from time to time in the Premises and each and every part of the Premises (but (if applicable) excluding the outer half, severed vertically, of any wall dividing the Premises from any adjoining or neighbouring premises);

 

Principal Rent ” means the principal rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.1 and clause 6;

 

Regulations ” means the regulations set out in Schedule 8;

 

Rent Review Specification ” means the specification annexed to this Lease;

 

Research and Development Areas ” means the areas which are designed for use and/or occupation for research and development;

 

Science ” means dependence upon the application of scientific or technological skills or knowledge in the production of new goods or services for competitive advantage;

 

Science Park ” means * * *, the * * * Complex and any other land from time to time owned by the Landlord which is adjoining or neighbouring;

 

Second Rent ” means the second rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.2;

 

Second Termination Date ” means 15 November 2024;

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

Service Charge ” means the Service Charge as defined in and calculated pursuant to Schedule 4

 

Tenant ” includes the successors in title and assigns of the Tenant;

 

Term ” means the term set out in Clause LR6 together with any continuation by statute or implication of law;

 

Third Rent ” means the third rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.3;

 

Uninsured Risk ” means an Insured Risk against which insurance is not or ceases to be obtainable for such risk on normal commercial terms in the London insurance market at reasonable commercial rates generally available in the London insurance market for a property of this type, size and location; and

 

VAT ” means Value Added Tax and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2                               In this Lease unless there be something in the context inconsistent therewith:

 

(a)                                 words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa and words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons and all references to persons shall include companies, corporations and firms and vice versa;

 

(b)                                 if at any time two or more persons are included in the expression the “Landlord”, the “Tenant” or the “Surety” then covenants contained in this Lease or implied by or on the part of the Landlord, the Tenant or the Surety as the case may be shall be deemed to be and shall be construed as covenants entered into by and binding on such persons jointly and severally;

 

(c)                                  wherever the consent or approval of the Landlord is required it may be given subject to the Tenant obtaining any necessary further consent or approval under any headlease and nothing in this Lease implies that such further consent or approval under any headlease will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(d)                                 where the Tenant is placed under a restriction by this Lease it includes an obligation not to permit or allow the restriction to be infringed;

 

(e)                                  references to “lease” shall include “underlease” and vice versa.

 

2.                                      2                                           DEMISE AND RENT

 

The Landlord at the request of the Surety DEMISES unto the Tenant ALL THOSE the Premises TOGETHER with the particular rights set out in Schedule 1 BUT EXCEPT AND RESERVED AND SUBJECT to the particular rights and matters set out in Schedule 2 AND SUBJECT ALSO to the matters contained or referred to in the documents brief particulars of which are set out in Schedule 3 TO HOLD the Premises unto the Tenant (together with but except and reserved and subject as above) for the Term YIELDING AND PAYING to the Landlord during the Term and so in proportion for any time less than a year without any deductions whatsoever the following rents namely:

 

2.1                               until and including 15 November 2013 the yearly Principal Rent of £45,531.50 and thereafter until and including 15 May 2015 the yearly Principal Rent of £68,297.25 and thereafter until and including 15 November 2017 the yearly Principal Rent of £91,063 and during the remainder of the Term the same yearly Principal Rent or such higher yearly rent as may become payable pursuant to review under clause 6 by equal quarterly



 

payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.2                               until and including 15 November 2013 the yearly Second Rent of £41,950 and thereafter until and including 15 May 2015 the yearly Second Rent of £62,925 and thereafter during the remainder of the Term the yearly Second Rent of £83,900 by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.3                               until and including 15 May 2022 the yearly Third Rent of £4,442.77 per annum by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.4                               throughout the Term sums equal to a just proportion fairly attributable to the Premises of the total amounts which the Landlord shall from time to time expend by way of premium and incidental costs (including the cost of periodic valuations and any premium payable under any headlease and the whole of any increase in any premium from time to time as a result of or arising out of the manner or the purposes in or for which the Premises are kept used and occupied) in effecting and maintaining the several insurances referred to in clause 4.1 (together with any insurance effected by the Landlord against public liability risks in respect of the Science Park) each such sum to be paid within 14 days following written demand the first such payment in respect of amounts already so expended by the Landlord (being the due proportion commencing on 16 November 2012 to the next renewal date or dates for such insurances) to be paid on or before the date of this Lease and in the event of any dispute as to any such sum the same shall be determined by the Landlord’s surveyor (acting as an independent expert and not as an arbitrator) whose determination shall in the absence of manifest error be final and binding on the parties;

 

2.5                               throughout the Term sums equal to the Service Charge at the times and in the manner specified in Schedule 4; and

 

2.6                               VAT on the rents reserved by this Lease payable at the time such rents are payable.

 

3.                                      3                                           TENANTS’ COVENANTS

 

The Tenant to the intent that the obligations created shall continue throughout the whole of the Term COVENANTS with the Landlord as follows:

 

3.1                               3.1                                 Pay Rent

 

(a)                                 To pay the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent and the Service Charge at the times and in the manner required by clause 2 without deduction or set off and to pay the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Fixed Charge (as defined in Schedule 5) by bankers standing order or similar form of bank transfer if so required by the Landlord.

 

(b)                                 To pay all rents and other sums as they fall due under this Lease whether or not such rents or other sums relate to a period before the Term became vested in the Tenant (provided such rents or other sums do not relate to any period prior to the commencement of the Term).

 



 

3.2                               3.2                                 Pay outgoings

 

(a)                                 To pay and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all liability for all general and other rates of whatever nature or kind and all taxes, charges, duties, levies, assessments, impositions and outgoings whatever (whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description) which are now or may become rated taxed charged levied assessed or imposed upon the Premises or the owner, landlord, tenant or occupier of the Premises and whether or not required to be paid by the Tenant himself but “taxes” does not include value added tax or taxes imposed on the Landlord in respect of the yearly rent reserved by this Lease or in respect of a disposal of the interest in immediate reversion to this Lease.

 

(b)                                 Where not supplied directly by the relevant utility company to the Tenant to pay to the Landlord the cost (which may for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation include reasonable provision for management by the Landlord’s own staff) incurred by the Landlord in or incidental to arranging for the supply of services pursuant to clause 4.4 consumed at the Premises, such payment to be made in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 9 (which provisions are hereby incorporated)

 

SAVE THAT whilst the Tenant is GW Research Limited or a Group Company of GW Research Limited or of GW Pharmaceuticals plc Schedule 9 shall not apply and the Tenant shall pay such cost within 14 days of written demand (and where not separately metered such cost shall be a due proportion determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably) of such costs payable or incurred by the Landlord in respect of the Premises together with other premises).

 

3.3                               3.3                                 Repair and decorate

 

(a)                                 (Damage by the Insured Risks always excepted unless the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord against them shall be rendered void or payment of the insurance moneys be refused in whole or in part by reason of or arising out of any act,  omission, neglect or default by the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant) to keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and in good decorative and clean condition with the glass cleaned both inside and (unless the cost of the same is being met by the Tenant as part of the Service Charge) outside at least once a month.

 

(b)                                 (Without prejudice to the generality of the above obligations of the Tenant) in a good and workmanlike manner whenever necessary and also in the last three months of the Term (however and whenever it may terminate) to decorate the Premises and in the case of decoration in the last three months of the Term the Landlord shall have the right to insist on a particular colour scheme being used.

 

3.4                               3.4                                 Observe legislation

 

(a)                                 To observe and perform all requirements of any Act of Parliament, local Act or bylaw and notices issued under such legislation or by any public, local or other competent authority (together referred to in this clause 3.4 as “Acts”) (whether or not required of the Tenant himself) in any way affecting the Premises or any thing in or any activity carried on by persons resorting to or working or employed at the Premises or the use and occupation of the Premises within the time prescribed by law or the notice requiring the same (or if no time is so prescribed then within a reasonable time) to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all such requirements and all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability whatever

 


 

arising out of or in connection with non-observance or non-performance of such requirements.

 

(b)                                 At its own expense to obtain from the appropriate authorities all licences consents and permissions as may be required for the carrying out by the Tenant of any operations on or for the use of any part of the Premises.

 

(c)                                  Not to do anything in the Premises or cause them to be used or occupied in such a way that the Landlord or any tenant or occupier of the Science Park is disabled from complying with any Acts in respect of the whole or any part of the Science Park or may under any Acts incur or have imposed upon it or become liable to pay any penalty damages compensation costs charges or expenses.

 

(d)                                 In particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing to comply with all the lawful requirements from time to time of the following bodies or their successors:

 

(i)                                      Health and Safety Executive;

 

(ii)                                   Environment Agency;

 

(iii)                                Home Office;

 

(iv)                              Department of Health;

 

(v)                                  * * * County Council;

 

(vi)                               HM Revenue and Customs;

 

(vii)                            Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs; and

 

(viii)                         Health Protection Agency.

 

3.5                               3.5                                 Yield up

 

Quietly to surrender and yield up the Premises to the Landlord (or as the Landlord may direct) at the end or sooner determination of the Term in a state and condition in all respects in accordance with the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease provided that:

 

(a)                                 unless the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing that such removal is not required, the Tenant shall at the Tenant’s expense remove from the Premises any partitioning contained within the Office Areas but shall have no obligation to remove or reinstate any other works of alteration or addition of whatsoever nature made to the Office Areas;

 

and the Tenant agrees:

 

(b)                                 to ensure that all fixtures and plant within the Research and Development Areas are in working order but shall have no obligation to remove or reinstate any works of alteration or addition of whatsoever nature made to the Research and Development Areas;

 

(c)                                  to hand over to the Landlord all keys relating to the Premises; and

 


***         Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

(d)                                 to provide the Landlord with details of the utility companies providing utilities to the Premises and with sufficient details of the Tenant’s accounts with such utility companies (so far as relating to the Premises) to enable the Landlord to contact the utility companies in relation to such accounts.

 

3.6                               3.6                                 Entry by Landlord

 

(a)                                 To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord after at least three days’ prior notice (except in an emergency when no notice need be given) to enter upon the Premises to view and inspect the Premises and ascertain how the Premises are being used and occupied and their state and condition and to take schedules of all landlord’s fixtures and fittings and to estimate the current value of the Premises for insurance, mortgage or other purposes and to carry out an Environmental Audit.

 

(b)                                 Whenever on any such inspection anything is found which constitutes a breach, non-performance or non-observance of the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease and of which the Landlord gives notice to the Tenant to commence to remedy and make good the same within one month of the date of such notice (or immediately in the case of any breach, non-performance or non-observance of clause 3.26 or in respect of any other matter which the Landlord reasonably deems as requiring immediate remedial action) and thereafter proceed diligently with the requisite works but if the Tenant shall fail so to do to permit the Landlord if it so desires (although the Landlord shall be under no obligation so to do) without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right or remedy of the Landlord to enter upon the Premises with contractors, workmen and others and all necessary equipment, tools and materials and to execute or complete such works and to pay to the Landlord on written demand either during or on completion of such works as the Landlord may require the costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord together with all solicitors’, surveyors’ and other professional fees and expenses incurred by the Landlord in relation to such works.

 

3.7                               3.7                                 Works to adjoining or neighbouring premises

 

To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord and their respective agents and contractors to enter upon the Premises with workmen and others and all necessary equipment, tools and materials after at least three days’ prior written notice (except in an emergency when no prior written notice need be given) in order to carry out repairs, alterations, additions or any other works to or of any adjoining or neighbouring premises which cannot reasonably be carried out without entry on to the Premises PROVIDED ALWAYS that the persons so entering shall:

 

(a)                                 be accompanied at all times by a representative of the Tenant (provided such a representative is made available for such purpose);

 

(b)                                 cause as little inconvenience and disruption as possible to the Tenant and the other occupiers of the Premises; and

 

(c)                                  with the minimum of delay and make good all damage thereby caused to the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

3.8                               3.8                                 Costs of default

 

To pay all proper costs, charges and expenses (including solicitors’ costs and bailiffs’, architects’ and surveyors’ fees) reasonably payable by the Landlord for the purposes of

 



 

and incidental to the preparation, service and enforcement (whether by proceedings or otherwise) of:

 

(a)                                 any notice under section 146 or 147 Law of Property Act 1925 requiring the Tenant to remedy a breach of any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder notwithstanding forfeiture for any such breach shall be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court;

 

(b)                                 any notice to repair or schedule of dilapidations accrued at or prior to the end or sooner determination of the Term whether served during or within three months after the end of the Term;

 

(c)                                  the payment of any arrears in the rents reserved by this Lease;

 

and in default of payment all such sums shall be recoverable as rent in arrears.

 

3.9                               3.9                                 User

 

(a)                                 Not to use the Premises otherwise than for any use within Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (as in force at the date of the agreement for lease pursuant to which this Lease was entered into) (but not as diplomatic offices or as a betting office or bookmaker’s office) and not in any other manner or for any other purpose or for any immoral or unlawful purpose or for any sale by auction and the Tenant acknowledges that nothing in this Lease constitutes a warranty that the above use complies or will continue to comply with the Planning Acts and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any relief or compensation whatsoever from the Landlord in that respect.

 

(b)                                 Not to keep any animal on or about the Premises nor to conduct allow or permit to be conducted anywhere on or about the Premises any research or experiments of any kind on or involving animals of whatever kind whether live or dead.

 

(c)                                  Not to carry out (nor to allow or permit to be carried out) on or from the Premises research into or involving any of the following:

 

(i)                                      genetic modification within the meaning of Directive 2001/18/EC;

 

(ii)                                   human embryology within the meaning of the Human Fertilisation and Embryology Act 1990 (as amended); and/or

 

(iii)                                cloning, being (for the purposes of this clause) any process, including techniques of embryo splitting, designed to create a human being (or animal) with the same nuclear genetic information as another living or deceased human being (or animal as the case may be).

 

(d)                                 Not to overload any floor of the Premises or any lift in or serving the Premises and not to pass anything of a harmful nature through the Conducting Media in or serving the Premises (whether exclusively or jointly with other premises) or do anything at the Premises which shall be or may become a nuisance (whether indictable or not) or which shall cause any damage or disturbance to the Landlord or the owners, tenants or occupiers from time to time of any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 



 

3.10                        3.10                          Alterations

 

(a)                                 (Without prejudice to sub clause (b) of this clause) not to carry out any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord having been obtained (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and provided that — without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing — it shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent in any circumstances where a proposed alteration or addition to any of the Conducting Media or the systems for the supply of heating, air-conditioning (if any), lighting, electric power or water installed within or upon the Premises would or might have a material adverse impact upon the Existing EPC rating (and it is agreed that a downgrade in the Existing EPC rating shall constitute a material adverse impact).

 

(b)                                 Not to carry out any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises before all necessary approvals, consents, licences, permits or permissions of any competent authority, body or person have been obtained and such alterations, additions or works shall be carried out strictly in accordance with their terms and conditions.

 

(c)                                  To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord to enter upon the Premises at reasonable hours during the daytime for the purpose of seeing that all alterations, additions or other works are being or have been carried out in all respects in conformity with this clause and immediately upon being required to do so to remove any alteration, addition or other works of or to the Premises which do not so conform or in respect of which any such approvals, consents, licences, permits or permissions of the competent authority, body or person have been withdrawn or have lapsed and thereupon to make good all damage caused to the Premises and restore and reinstate all affected parts of the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

 

(d)                                 If any alterations or additions are made to the Premises, within 30 days following completion of such works to give written notice to the Landlord and at the same time (or at such later date as is reasonable) to provide to the Landlord a copy of the as-built drawings for such works.

 

(e)                                  To pay as additional rent any sums which the Landlord may properly expend by way of additional premiums for the insurance of the Premises by reason of any alterations or additions made to the Premises by the Tenant.

 

3.11                        3.11                          Signage

 

No fascia, sign, name plate, bill, notice, placard, advertisement or similar device shall be affixed to or displayed in or on any part of the Premises so as to be visible from the exterior other than those indicating the name of any occupier for the time being and his business and which have (with their size and positioning) been previously approved by the Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.12                        3.12                          Aerials, etc

 

No television or wireless or other form of mast or aerial nor any flagpole shall be affixed to any part of the exterior of the Premises other than those which have (with their positioning) been previously approved by the Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.13                        3.13                          Planning Acts

 

(a)                                 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 3.4 fully to observe and perform all the requirements of the Planning Acts in respect of the Premises or their use and

 



 

all the requirements of any approval, consent, licence, permit or permission granted under the Planning Acts which remain lawfully enforceable and affect the Premises and to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any non-observance or non-performance of this covenant.

 

(b)                                 No application shall be made for any approval, consent, licence, permit, permission, certificate or determination under the Planning Acts in respect of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(c)                                  Unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct in writing to carry out to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord during the Term (however and whenever it may terminate) all works to the Premises which as a condition of any such approval, consent, licence, permit or permission obtained by or on behalf of the Tenant or any subtenant are required to be carried out at the Premises by a date after the Term (however and whenever it may terminate).

 

3.14                        3.14                          Statutory Notices

 

To give the Landlord a copy of every notice of whatsoever nature affecting or likely to affect the Premises made given or issued by or on behalf of the local planning authority or any other authority, body or person having lawful jurisdiction within seven days of its receipt by the Tenant or any subtenant and to produce the original to the Landlord on written request and to take all reasonable and necessary steps to comply with every such notice And if so required in writing by or on behalf of the Landlord to make or join with the Landlord and any other persons for the time being interested in the Premises or any lawful adjoining or neighbouring premises in making such objections or representations against or in respect of any such notice as the Landlord may reasonably and properly require provided that such objections or representations are not adverse to the legitimate business interests of the Tenant.

 

3.15                        3.15                          Insurer’s requirements

 

(a)                                 (Save with the prior written consent of the Landlord) nothing of a noxious, dangerous, explosive or inflammable nature shall be stored, placed or kept or remain on the Premises nor (subject and to the extent that the Tenant has received appropriate details and notification from the Landlord of such insurances) shall any other thing be done in or about the Premises by the Tenant or any subtenant which does or may invalidate or render void or voidable or cause any increased premium to be payable for any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord in respect of the Premises or any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 

(b)                                 To repay to the Landlord upon written demand as part of the Insurance Rent an amount equal to any such increased premium referred to in sub clause (a) of this clause as may become so payable.

 

(c)                                  If the Premises or any other premises shall be destroyed or damaged as a result of any matter referred to in sub clause (a) of this clause or as a result of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or any person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant as a result of which any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord is rendered void or payment of the insurance money is refused in whole or in part, to pay to the Landlord within 21 days of written demand the amount so refused or which would (other than for the policy having been rendered void as aforesaid) have been payable.

 



 

3.16                        3.16                          To Let board

 

To permit the Landlord during the period of six months immediately preceding the end or sooner determination of the Term (and at any time during the Term in the event of any proposed disposal by the Landlord of its interest in the Premises or in any of the events set out in clause 5.2) to affix and retain on any part of the Premises (but not so as materially to interfere with any trade or business carried on at the Premises or with reasonable access of light and air to the Premises) notices and boards relating to any proposed disposal by the Landlord of its interest in the Premises for reletting or otherwise dealing with the same and to permit all persons with written authority from the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents to inspect and view the Premises at reasonable times of the day by previous appointment.

 

3.17                        3.17                          Prohibited alienation

 

(a)                                 The Tenant shall not assign, transfer, part with or share possession or occupation of, mortgage or charge any part (as opposed to the whole) of the Premises nor, save as permitted by Clauses 3.17(b), 3.18, and 3.19, part with or share possession or occupation of the whole of the Premises.

 

(b)                                 Nothing in clause 3.17(a) shall restrict the right of the Tenant to allow any Group Company to occupy or share the occupation of the Premises from time to time which the Tenant shall be entitled to do without the consent of the Landlord PROVIDED THAT:

 

(i)                                      no relationship of landlord and tenant shall be created or deemed to exist between the Tenant and the Group Company;

 

(ii)                                   the Group Company shall not be permitted to have exclusive occupation of the whole or any part or parts of the Premises; and

 

(iii)                                the relevant company shall vacate the Premises forthwith upon ceasing to be a Group Company.

 

3.18                        3.18                          Assignment

 

(a)                                 Not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) provided that the Landlord shall be entitled:

 

(i)                                      to withhold its consent in the circumstances set out in sub clause (c);

 

(ii)                                   to impose all or any of the matters set out in sub clause (d) as a condition of its consent.

 

(b)                                 The provisos to sub clause (a) shall operate without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to withhold such consent on any other ground or grounds where such withholding of consent on such other ground or grounds would be reasonable or to impose any further condition or conditions upon the grant of consent where the imposition of such condition or conditions would be reasonable.

 

(c)                                  The circumstances referred to in sub clause (a)(i) are as follows:

 

(i)                                     where the assignee is a Group Company unless in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the assignee (when assessed together with any proposed

 



 

guarantor for the assignee) is of at least equivalent financial standing to the Tenant; and

 

(ii)                                   where in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the assignee is not a Gateway Tenant.

 

(d)                                 The conditions referred to in sub clause (a)(ii) are as follows:

 

(i)                                      the execution and delivery by the Tenant to the Landlord prior to the assignment in question of a deed of guarantee (being an Authorised Guarantee Agreement);

 

(ii)                                   the payment to the Landlord of all rents which have fallen due under the Lease prior to the date of assignment;

 

(iii)                                the giving of any requisite consent of any superior landlord or mortgagee and the fulfilment of any lawful condition of such consent; and

 

(iv)                               if reasonably required by the Landlord either:

 

(1)                                 the execution and delivery to the Landlord prior to the assignment of a rent deposit deed in such form as the Landlord shall reasonably require together with the payment to the Landlord by way of cleared funds of the amount of the rent deposit (being a reasonable sum) specified in the rent deposit deed; or

 

(2)                                 the execution and delivery to the Landlord of a deed of guarantee entered into by a third party guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Landlord incorporating the provisions of Schedule 6.

 

3.19                        3.19                          Subletting

 

(a)                                 Not to sublet the whole of the Premises (and not to sublet a “Permitted Part” (meaning a complete floor or floors of the Premises) except in accordance with the provisions of sub clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this clause, and not to sublet any part (as distinct from the whole) of the Premises other than a permitted part.

 

(b)                                 Not to sublet the Premises or agree to sublet the Premises or any Permitted Part at less than the open market rent then reasonably obtainable for the whole or the Permitted Part (as the case may be) of the Premises with vacant possession without fine or premium being taken (but this shall not preclude the payment of any fine or premium or concessions or incentives which are standard in the market at the time of the subletting) nor to do so without provision for upwards only review of such rent as at each Review Date (as defined in clause 6.1(a)) which shall occur during the term of the relevant underlease in a similar manner (mutatis mutandis) as provided in clause 6 and every permitted underlease (whether mediate or immediate) of the whole or any Permitted Part of the Premises shall (so far as applicable) contain covenants by the subtenant in the same form as those contained in clauses 3.17, 3.18 and 3.19.

 

(c)                                  Before or at the same time as any subletting of the whole of the Premises or of a Permitted Part of the Premises shall be effected the proposed subtenant shall enter into direct covenants with the Landlord in such form as the Landlord shall reasonably require to observe and perform all the covenants and agreements on the part of the Tenant and the stipulations and conditions contained in this Lease

 



 

(other than the payment of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent and the Service Charge) during the term of the underlease.

 

(d)                                 Any underlease shall contain a valid and effective agreement to exclude the provisions of sections 24-28 (inclusive) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to such underlease.

 

(e)                                  The Tenant shall not sublet the Premises or agree to sublet the Premises otherwise than to a subtenant who in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord is a Gateway Tenant.

 

(f)                                   Subject and without prejudice to the other provisions of this clause there shall be no subletting of the whole of the Premises or of a Permitted Part of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.20                        3.20                          Registration of dealings

 

Within 21 days of every assignment or transfer (whether by deed, will or otherwise) and every mortgage or charge and every permitted subletting of the Premises or any Permitted Part and upon every other disposition or transmission or devolution of the Premises (including all Orders of Court, Probates and Letters of Administration) notice shall be given to the Landlord’s solicitors with the date and short particulars of the dealing and the names and addresses of every party and at the same time the deed, document or instrument creating or evidencing the dealing shall be produced to the Landlord’s solicitors for registration (with a certified copy for retention by the Landlord) and such solicitors’ reasonable fee of not less than £40 for such registration shall be paid by the Tenant.

 

3.21                        3.21                          Encroachments

 

(a)                                 Not to effect, authorise or permit any encroachment upon or acquisition of any right, easement, quasi-right, quasi-easement or privilege adversely affecting the Premises or any closing or obstruction of the access of light or air to any windows or openings of the Premises nor to give any acknowledgement to any third party that the enjoyment of access of light or air is by the consent of such third party or give any consideration to any third party or enter into any agreement with any third party for the purpose of inducing or binding such third party to abstain from obstructing the access of light or air.

 

(b)                                 If any such encroachment or acquisition or closing or obstruction shall be threatened or attempted to give notice of the dealing to the Landlord as soon as the same comes to the knowledge of the Tenant or of any subtenant and upon request by the Landlord to take immediate steps (in conjunction with the Landlord and other interested persons if the Landlord shall so require) and to adopt all such lawful means and do all such lawful things as the Landlord may reasonably deem appropriate for preventing any such encroachment or acquisition.

 

3.22                        3.22                          Costs of applications

 

To pay all reasonable and proper costs and expenses (including surveyors’ fees and solicitors’ charges and all disbursements) reasonably and properly incurred or payable by the Landlord in respect of every application to the Landlord for any consent or approval hereunder whether or not such consent or approval is granted or refused or the

 



 

application for same is withdrawn save where a consent is withheld unlawfully or unlawful conditions are imposed.

 

3.23                        3.23                          Observe documents

 

By way of indemnity only to observe and perform the agreements, covenants and stipulations contained or referred to in the documents brief particulars of which are set out in Schedule 3 in so far as the same are still subsisting, relate to the Premises and are capable of being enforced against the Premises or the owner, landlord, tenant or occupier of the Premises and to keep the Landlord throughout the Term fully indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability in any way incurred by or made against the Landlord arising as a result of a breach by the Tenant of this covenant.

 

3.24                        3.24                          Energy Performance Certificate

 

(a)                                 Not to obtain an EPC for the Premises without the consent of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed where an EPC is required by statute).

 

(b)                                 Where supplied directly to the Tenant by the relevant utility company rather than by the Landlord, to provide to the Landlord within a reasonable period following written request any such information to the extent that the same is in the possession of the Tenant as may be reasonably required to enable the Landlord to measure or assess energy consumed at the Premises.

 

(c)                                  It shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent pursuant to clause 3.24(a) if:

 

(i)                                      the Existing EPC remains valid; or

 

(ii)                                   the Landlord provides to the Tenant a valid EPC for the Premises; or

 

(iii)                                the Landlord agrees to obtain an EPC for the Premises.

 

(d)                                 If the Tenant requests (and the Landlord provides) any information in order to allow an energy assessor to prepare an EPC then the Tenant shall on demand pay to the Landlord the Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in providing such information.

 

3.25                        3.25                          Keyholder

 

To ensure that at all times the Landlord has written notice of the name home address and home telephone number of at least two keyholders of the Premises.

 

3.26                        3.26                          Environmental liability

 

(a)                                 In this clause:

 

(i)                                      “Environmental Claim” means any formal written notice given by any person or body including without limitation any relevant enforcing or regulatory authority alleging liability or potential liability including (without limitation) investigatory costs remedial costs administrative costs fines damages and penalties arising out of or based on or resulting from either regulatory civil or criminal action relating to either the presence or release

 



 

migration or escape into the environment of any Hazardous Materials and forming the basis of any infringement of any Environmental Laws;

 

(ii)                                   “Environmental Laws” means all legal requirements relating to the pollution or protection of the environment (as defined in Section 1(2) of the Environmental Protection Act 1990) or harm to human health or the environment including without limitation those relating to Environmental Matters or otherwise relating to the manufacture processing distribution use treatment storage keeping disposal transport or handling of Hazardous Materials or of goods containing Hazardous Materials;

 

(iii)                               “Environmental Matters” means waste (as defined in Section 75 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990), contaminated land, discharges and emissions of Hazardous Materials into any environmental medium, noise and vibration, heat light and radiation, dangerous hazardous or toxic substances and materials, nuisance (including statutory nuisance) and health and safety;

 

(iv)                              “Hazardous Materials” means all chemicals pollutants contaminants waste petroleum petroleum products pesticides dangerous or noxious or hazardous or toxic or carcinogenic or radioactive or explosive or combustible or inflammable substances and materials (in each case whether in the form of a solid liquid, gas or vapour, and whether alone or in combination) which are in each case causing or in a condition capable of causing harm or damage to the environment or to the health and safety of persons;

 

(v)                                  “Pre-existing Environmental Matters” means the presence of any Hazardous Materials at the Premises or any Environmental Matters in existence at the Premises in either case prior to the first occupation of the Premises by the Tenant (except to the extent the condition of such Hazardous Materials or Environmental Matters has been made worse by the act or negligent omission of the Tenant).

 

(b)                                 Save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, not to discharge or permit or suffer to be discharged any Hazardous Materials from the Premises to any adjoining or neighbouring property and not to cause contamination or pollution at, on, in or under the Premises.

 

(c)                                  As soon as is reasonably practicable to notify the Landlord in writing of the following and to supply to the Landlord such further information relating to such matters as the Landlord may reasonably (save for information which has the benefit of legal privilege) require:

 

(i)                                      the presence at the Premises of any Hazardous Materials in any condition or any occurrence on the Premises that either results or could result in the breach of the terms of this Lease relating to Environmental Matters or that might form the basis of an Environmental Claim in respect of the Premises or any other property;

 

(ii)                                   any pending or threatened Environmental Claim in respect of the Premises.

 

(d)                                 If the Landlord acting reasonably shall believe that the terms of this Lease relating to Environmental Matters have been breached or that Hazardous Materials (other than petrol in the petrol tanks of vehicles at the Premises in accordance with the

 


 

provisions of this Lease or usual waste or any Hazardous Materials used in the ordinary course of the Tenant’s business which have been notified to and approved by the Landlord acting reasonably) have been brought on to the Premises then the Landlord may cause an independent environmental consultant chosen by the Landlord to make an inspection of the Premises (including making such tests and taking such samples as the consultant considers necessary or desirable) on such terms as the Landlord shall reasonably determine Provided that if such inspection reveals that the terms of this Lease have been so breached the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand the costs and expenses of such inspection.

 

(e)                                  Whenever required by the Landlord and save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, the Tenant shall at the Landlord’s option either:

 

(i)                                      carry out at the Tenant’s expense such remedial works as the Landlord shall reasonably require to ensure that the Premises comply with all Environmental Laws insofar as any act default or omission of the Tenant has caused or is causing a breach of such laws; or

 

(ii)                                   grant the Landlord uninterrupted access to carry out such remedial works and reimburse the Landlord on demand all costs and expenses of and associated with such remedial works.

 

(f)                                   Save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, to keep the Landlord indemnified from and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties which the Landlord may suffer or incur as a consequence of Environmental Claims arising out of any act default or omission of the Tenant and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties in respect of or arising from damage to or pollution of the environment or damage to property or harm to human health caused or permitted by the Tenant at the Premises and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties arising from the Tenant’s breach of its covenants given in this clause 3.26.

 

(g)                                  To comply with the Regulations and all such further reasonable regulations and directions as the Landlord may from time to time make and provide to the Tenant in writing.  Insofar as there is any inconsistency between the terms of such regulations or directions and this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall prevail.

 

(h)                                 The Tenant hereby acknowledges and covenants that its obligations and all its liabilities in relation to all Environmental Claims and environmental matters arising during the subsistence of this Lease shall continue despite expiry or sooner determination of this Lease.

 

4.                                      4                                           LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

The Landlord COVENANTS with the Tenant as follows:

 

4.1                               4.1                                 Insure

 

(a)                                 To insure and (unless such insurance shall become void by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant) to keep insured (and pay all premiums for insuring) the Science Park including the Premises (whether or not with other premises) with a reputable insurance office in the

 



 

United Kingdom against loss or damage by the Insured Risks for the full reinstatement cost together with insurance against:

 

(i)                                      architects’, surveyors’ and other professional advisers’ fees at the usual scales current for the time being and the cost of demolition and site clearance consequent upon rebuilding or reinstatement; and

 

(ii)                                   three years’ loss of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge or loss of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge for such longer period as the Landlord shall in its absolute discretion (acting reasonably) deem necessary for the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises taking into account any likely increases in such rents during such period

 

subject to such exclusions, conditions, limitations and uninsured excesses as the insurer may reasonably apply, provided that the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that any such exclusions, conditions, limitations and uninsured excesses are no more onerous than would be applied as standard in the London insurance market to a policy at normal commercial rates for a property of this location, size and type.

 

(b)                                 If the Premises (or those parts of the Centre Common Parts that provide access to the Premises) shall at any time or times be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks:

 

(i)                                      to apply all such moneys (except moneys received in respect of loss or damage of or to such adjoining or neighbouring premises or any fixtures and fittings liability to third parties or loss of rent) as the Landlord may receive under or by virtue of such insurance in rebuilding or reinstating the Premises or such parts as may have been damaged or destroyed or the means of access to the same (as the case may be) as expeditiously as possible (subject always to the Landlord being able to obtain all such approvals, consents, licences, permits and permissions from any superior landlord or other competent authorities (which the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain) and all such materials and labour as may be necessary for such rebuilding and reinstatement); and

 

(ii)                                   (save to the extent payment of the insurance moneys shall be refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant and the Tenant fails to pay such monies to the Landlord in accordance with clause 3.15(c)) to pay any shortfall out of its own moneys.

 

(c)                                  To cause a note of the Tenant’s interest (either generally or specifically) to be endorsed on the insurance policy or policies and to produce to the Tenant within a reasonable time following demand (but not more than once in every year) a copy of the Landlord’s insurance policy or policies required to be effected by the Landlord in respect of the Science Park (including the Premises) pursuant to clause 4.1 and reasonable evidence of the payment of the insurance premium for the same.

 

4.2                               4.2                                 Quiet enjoyment

 

That the Tenant paying the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent, the Service Charge and all other moneys which may become payable

 



 

hereunder by the Tenant and observing and performing the several covenants and agreements on the Tenant’s part and the conditions and stipulations contained in this Lease shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Lease without any lawful interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord or by title paramount.

 

4.3                               4.3                                 Provide services

 

(Unless prevented by strikes, lockouts, unavailability of materials or labour or by any other matter outside the control of the Landlord and so long as the Tenant shall pay the Service Charge) to use its best endeavours to carry out the works and to provide the services referred to in Schedule 4 Part B, and provided that the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any loss, damage or inconvenience which may be caused because of:

 

(a)                                 temporary interruption of such services during periods of inspection, maintenance, repair and renewal so long as such periods are kept as short as reasonably practicable and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent or mitigate the effect of such interruption and to restore the services as soon as possible; or

 

(b)                                 the breakdown, failure, stoppage, leaking, bursting or defect of any Conducting Media provided the Landlord uses its best endeavours to remedy such matters (so far as they are within its control) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

4.4                               4.4                                 Provision of power water etc

 

(a)                                 Until such time (if any) as the Landlord shall arrange for the provision of all or any of the following services directly from the relevant utility company the Landlord shall subject to the Tenant paying the outgoings referred to in clause 3.2(b) use all reasonable endeavours to procure the supply of the following services to the Premises:

 

(i)                                      electricity;

 

(ii)                                   heated water;

 

(iii)                                mains raw water;

 

(iv)                               sewerage;

 

(v)                                  medium temperature hot water for heating.

 

(b)                                 The Landlord may upon written notice to the Tenant of not less than five working days suspend for such reasonable period as may be necessary for repair replacement modernisation (including works to supply any service to the Premises directly from the relevant utility company) any of the services referred to in clause 4.4(a) and in any event the Landlord shall be under no liability in respect of any failure in the performance or observance of any such obligation Provided that if such suspension exceeds 24 continuous hours the landlord shall at its own cost provide a means of supplying equivalent temporary services.

 

(c)                                  All liability on the part of the Landlord pursuant to this clause shall cease in respect of any service which the Landlord shall, acting reasonably and in the interest of good estate management (but without any obligation so to do), make arrangements to have supplied directly to the Premises by the relevant utility company.

 



 

5.                                      5                                           PROVISOS

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

5.1                               5.1                                 Interest on late payments

 

(a)                                 Whenever the whole or any part of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent or the Service Charge (whether formally or legally demanded or not) or any other moneys which may become payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord shall remain unpaid after becoming due and payable then the amount or the balance for the time being unpaid shall (without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right or remedy of the Landlord) as from the due date for payment and until the same is duly paid bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the rate of four per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or (in the event of such rate ceasing to be published) at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant in writing.

 

(b)                                 In the event of there being any breach by the Tenant of the covenants on its part contained in this Lease and the Landlord having notified the Tenant in writing that by reason of such breach the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent or the Service Charge will not be accepted for the time being then the amount or the balance for the time being outstanding shall (but without prejudice as mentioned above) as from the date of the notice served by the Landlord in respect of such breach or (if later) from the due date for payment until the date on which payment is tendered by the Tenant following the remedying of such breach bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the above rate;

 

and the Tenant accordingly COVENANTS with the Landlord that in every such case the Tenant will pay such interest thereon to the Landlord in addition to the Principal Rent Second Rent Third Rent Insurance Rent Service Charge and other moneys (as well after as before any judgment) at the above rate and in default of payment such interest shall be recoverable as rent in arrears.

 

5.2                               5.2                                 Re-entry

 

Without prejudice to any other provisions contained in this Lease, if:

 

(a)                                 any of the rents reserved by this Lease are unpaid for 21 days after becoming payable (whether formally demanded or not);

 

(b)                                 the Tenant is in breach of any of its obligations in this Lease;

 

(c)                                  the Tenant (being a company) enters into liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary (other than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation not involving a realisation of assets) or a resolution is passed or a petition is presented for such liquidation;

 

(d)                                 an administrator is appointed in respect of the Tenant pursuant to the Insolvency Act 1986 or the Insolvent Partnerships Order or application is made for such administration or notice is given under paragraph 15 or 26 of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986 (as amended);

 

(e)                                  a receiver is appointed in respect of the Tenant or any assets of the Tenant;

 



 

(f)                                   (where the Tenant comprises or includes one or more individuals) a bankruptcy order is made against any such individual or a petition is presented for such bankruptcy order;

 

(g)                                  the Tenant becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 Insolvency Act 1986 or makes a proposal for or enters into any composition with its or his creditors or makes a proposal for or enters into a voluntary arrangement (within the meaning of section 1 or section 253 Insolvency Act 1986);

 

(h)                                 distress, sequestration or execution is levied on the Tenant’s goods;

 

(i)                                     any of the above events occurs in relation to the Surety (excluding for this purpose any person whose liability at the time of such event derives from an Authorised Guarantee Agreement); or

 

(j)                                    any event analogous to any of the above events occurs in any jurisdiction other than England and Wales

 

then the Landlord may at any time re-enter the Premises or any part of the Premises in the name of the whole and immediately this Lease shall terminate absolutely but without prejudice to any rights of the Landlord in respect of any breach of any of the obligations on the Tenant’s part in this Lease.

 

5.3                               5.3                                 Rent cesser

 

If the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park shall at any time or times be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use and/or inaccessible then and in every such case (save to the extent provided in clause 4.1(b)(ii)) the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge or a fair and just proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained (as agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant in writing within one month of such destruction or damage) shall be suspended and cease to be payable for a period of three years (or for such other period as the Landlord shall have insured under clause 4.1(a)) from the date of such damage or destruction or (if earlier) until the Premises (or access roads within the Science Park, as the case may be) have been rebuilt or reinstated so that the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible and failing such agreement or in case any dispute shall arise as to the amount of such suspension and/or such period the same shall be determined by an independent surveyor who shall:

 

(a)                                 be a chartered surveyor with at least ten years’ experience in the assessment of rent for premises of a similar nature in the locality of the Premises;

 

(b)                                 be appointed by the President or Vice President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of whichever of the Landlord and the Tenant shall first so apply;

 

(c)                                  act as an expert and not as an arbitrator;

 

(d)                                 on his appointment serve written notice on the Landlord and the Tenant;

 

(e)                                  consider any written representations by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Tenant concerning such matter which are received by him within 28 days of such service but otherwise have an unfettered discretion to determine such matter;

 



 

(f)                                   serve notice of such determination on the Landlord and the Tenant as soon as he has made it;

 

(g)                                  be paid his proper fee and expenses in connection with such determination by the Landlord and the Tenant in equal shares or any such shares as he may determine;

 

and any such determination shall be final and binding on the parties PROVIDED that if and whenever any person so appointed shall die, be adjudged bankrupt or become of unsound mind or if both the Landlord and the Tenant shall serve upon such person written notice that in their opinion he has unreasonably delayed making such determination such person shall ipso facto be discharged and be entitled only to his reasonable expenses prior to such discharge and another such independent surveyor shall be appointed to act in his place.

 

5.4                              Reinstatement prevented

 

If the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park are destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks and the Landlord has not completed reinstatement of the Premises or the relevant access roads (so that the Premises are fit again for occupation and use and accessible) within two years and nine months after the date of such damage or destruction then (unless payment of the insurance moneys was refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant and the Tenant failed to pay such monies to the Landlord in accordance with clause 3.15(c)) at any time thereafter this Lease may be terminated by either the Landlord or the Tenant giving to the other not less than three months’ notice and upon the expiry of such notice the Term shall end but if by the expiry of such notice the Premises (or the access roads) have been reinstated so that at that date the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible the notice will be void and this Lease will continue in full force and effect, and if this Lease is terminated pursuant to this clause the Landlord will be entitled to retain the whole of the insurance moneys for its absolute use and benefit.

 

5.5                               Reinstatement following damage by an Uninsured Risk

 

For the purpose of this clause 5.5 and clauses 5.6 and 5.7 below:

 

(a)                                 these provisions shall apply from the date on which any Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk but only in relation to the Uninsured Risk;

 

(b)                                 references to an Insured Risk becoming an Uninsured Risk shall, without limitation, include the application by insurers of an exclusion, condition or limitation to an Insured Risk to the extent to which such risk thereby is or becomes an Uninsured Risk but:

 

(i)                                     an Insured Risk shall not become an Uninsured Risk due to the Landlord’s failure to comply with the provisions of clause 4.1; and

 

(ii)                                  an Insured Risk shall not become an Uninsured Risk owing to the act or default of the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant or their respective agents, employees, licensees or contractors;

 

(c)                                  the Landlord shall notify the Tenant in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after an Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk.

 



 

5.6                               If, during the Term, the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park shall be damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk so as to make the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible:

 

(a)                                 then the provisions of clause 5.3 (except for the words “ , the Third Rent ” and the words “ for a period of three years (or for such other period as the Landlord shall have insured under clause 4.1(a)) from the date of such damage or destruction or (if earlier) ”) shall apply as if there had been damage or destruction by an Insured Risk;

 

(b)                                 the Landlord may serve notice on the Tenant within six months of the date of damage or destruction (time being of the essence) confirming that it will reinstate the Premises (or the access roads as the case may be) (“ a Reinstatement Notice ”); and

 

(c)                                  if the Landlord serves a Reinstatement Notice in accordance with clause 5.6(b) then clause 4.1(b) and clause 5.4 shall apply as if there had been damage or destruction by an Insured Risk (but as though the period of two years and nine months mentioned in clause 5.4 were deemed to be a period of three years).

 

5.7                               If the Landlord does not serve a Reinstatement Notice following damage or destruction by an Uninsured Risk, then at any time after the date six months after the date on which such damage or destruction occurred (time being of the essence) either party may by service of a written notice on the other terminate this Lease with immediate effect (unless in the meantime the Premises or the access roads within the Science Park have been reinstated so that the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible) but without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of this Lease.

 

5.8                               5.8                                 Statutory compensation

 

The Tenant shall not be entitled on quitting the Premises to any compensation under section 37 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (as amended).

 

5.9                               5.9                                 Data Protection Act 1998

 

For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998 or otherwise the Tenant and the Surety acknowledge that information relating to this tenancy will be held on computer and other filing systems by the Landlord or the Landlord’s managing agent (if any) for the purposes of general administration and/or enforcement of this Lease and agree to such information being used for such purposes and being disclosed to third parties so far only as is necessary in connection with:

 

(a)                                 the management of the Landlord’s interest in the Science Park;

 

(b)                                 the insurance and/or the maintenance of the Premises;

 

(c)                                  checking the credit-worthiness of the Tenant and the Surety; or

 

(d)                                 the disposal or sub-letting of the Premises or the Science Park,

 

or is necessary to conform with recognised industry practice in the management and letting of property.

 



 

5.10                        5.10                          Exclusion of liability

 

The Landlord shall not be liable to observe or perform any obligation on its part contained in this Lease after it has ceased to be entitled to the reversion immediately expectant upon the Term (and, without prejudice to any right of the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach by the Landlord of any of the obligations on the Landlord’s part prior to that date, the Tenant releases the Landlord from all liability in respect of any future breach or non-observance of any such obligation occurring after it has disposed of such reversion).

 

6.                                      6                                           RENT REVIEW

 

IT IS ALSO AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

6.1                               In this clause:

 

(a)                                 the “Review Date” means and includes 16 November 2017 and 16 November 2022;

 

(b)                                 the “Market Rent” means the yearly rent exclusive of all outgoings at which the Premises might reasonably be expected to be let as a whole as between a willing landlord and a willing tenant in the open market with vacant possession for a term of ten years commencing on the relevant Review Date without payment of any fine or premium upon the terms and subject to covenants, agreements, stipulations and conditions similar to those contained in this Lease (except as to the Term and the amount of the Principal Rent and the fact of the payment and the amount of the payment of the Second Rent and the Third Rent but including similar provisions for review of the Principal Rent) but upon the assumption that:

 

(i)                                      the Tenant has complied with all of the covenants on the part of the Tenant in this Lease contained;

 

(ii)                                   the Premises have been finished at the Landlord’s cost to a specification equivalent to the Rent Review Specification and are accordingly ready to receive the willing tenant’s fitting out works and that the willing tenant has had the benefit of such rental concessions (including any rent free or reduced rent period) as are usual in the market to compensate it for the time and inconvenience of it having to fit out the Premises (but no other rent free periods or incentives);

 

(iii)                                the Premises may be used for any use permitted by this Lease and by any licence or consent granted by the Landlord prior to the relevant Review Date at the request of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or any predecessor in title of them or either of them respectively;

 

(iv)                               in case the Premises have been destroyed or damaged they have been fully restored;

 

(v)                                  all Value Added Tax payable by the Tenant under the provisions of this Lease is recoverable by the Tenant in full; and

 

(vi)                               the Premises comply with all requirements of all Acts (as defined in clause 3.4);

 

and disregarding (if appropriate, and without prejudice to the assumptions at paragraphs (ii) and (vi) above):

 

(1)                                 any effect on the rent of the fact that the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or their respective predecessors in title or any other

 



 

permitted occupier has been or is in occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises;

 

(2)                                 any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on at the Premises of the business of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or other permitted occupier;

 

(3)                                 any permitted improvement to the Premises carried out by and at the expense of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or any predecessor in title of them or either of them respectively (otherwise than in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord save where the obligation arises pursuant to clauses 3.4 or 3.13(a)) and being such an improvement completed after the date of this Lease but not more than 21 years before the relevant Review Date;

 

(4)                                 any works of demolition, construction, alteration or addition carried out or being carried out on the Premises by the Tenant or any undertenant or other permitted occupier or their respective predecessors in title (otherwise than by and at the instance of the Landlord or in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord save where the obligation arises pursuant to clauses 3.4 or 3.13(a)) which diminish the rental value of the Premises at the relevant Review Date.

 

6.2                               As at each Review Date there shall be a review of the Principal Rent and the Landlord and the Tenant shall seek to agree the Market Rent but failing written agreement between the parties the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time not more than two months prior to the relevant Review Date refer the determination of the Market Rent to an independent surveyor (being such a person as is mentioned in clause 5.3(a) and who shall be appointed as mentioned in clause 5.3(b)) acting as an arbitrator (in which case the Arbitration Act 1996 shall apply) or (if the Landlord and the Tenant shall so agree) such independent surveyor shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator.

 

6.3                               If the determination of the Market Rent shall be referred to an expert in accordance with the previous clause then clause 5.3(d), 5.3(e), 5.3(f) and 5.3(g) shall also apply and such expert shall give notice in writing of his decision within two months of his appointment or within such extended period as the parties may agree.

 

6.4                              The Principal Rent payable hereunder as from each Review Date (the “Reviewed Rent”) until the subsequent Review Date or the end or sooner determination of the Term (as the case may be) shall be the greater of the Principal Rent payable hereunder immediately prior to the relevant Review Date (the “Current Rent”) and the Market Rent agreed or determined in accordance with clause 6.2.

 

6.5                               If the Reviewed Rent shall not be ascertained by the Review Date then until it has been ascertained the Tenant shall continue to pay on account Principal Rent at the rate of the Current Rent until the quarter day after it has been ascertained on which quarter day the Tenant shall pay the Landlord an additional sum equal to the excess (if any) of Principal Rent at the rate of the Reviewed Rent over Principal Rent at the rate of the Current Rent for the period from the Review Date to such quarter day plus interest on such additional sum from the date on which each instalment would have been due during such period if the Reviewed Rent had then been ascertained such interest being chargeable at the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or (in the event of such rate ceasing to be published) at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant in writing.

 



 

6.6                               A Memorandum of the Market Rent shall be entered into between the parties in such terms as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

7.                                      7                                           TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

 

7.1                               The Tenant may end this Lease on either the First Termination Date or on the Second Termination Date (each being a “Termination Date” ) by giving at least 12 months’ written notice expiring on the relevant Termination Date provided that at the relevant Termination Date:

 

(a)                                 there are no arrears of the Principal Rent or the Second Rent or the Third Rent (or any VAT which may be chargeable in respect of the Principal Rent or the Second Rent or the Third Rent) up to and including the relevant Termination Date but excluding any period falling after the relevant Termination Date;

 

(b)                                 occupation of the Premises is given up by the Tenant and no underleases of the Premises (or any part of the Premises) remain subsisting.

 

7.2                               If any of the conditions referred to in clause 7.1 (a) or (b) above are not satisfied at the relevant Termination Date the relevant Tenant’s notice served pursuant to clause 7.1 is deemed to be of no effect and this Lease shall continue as before, provided that the Landlord may waive all or any of such conditions by giving notice to the Tenant at any time.

 

7.3                               The ending of this Lease shall not affect any party’s rights in respect of any earlier breach of any provision of this Lease. Within twenty working days following termination of the Lease pursuant to this clause 7, the Landlord shall reimburse to the Tenant any Principal Rent, Second Rent, Third Rent, Service Charge or Insurance Rent paid in advance by the Tenant in respect of the period after (but excluding) the relevant Termination Date.

 

7.4                              On the date on which this Lease ends pursuant to this clause, the Tenant shall hand over to the Landlord the original Lease and all other title deeds and documents relating to the Premises where the same are in possession of the Tenant.

 

8.                                      8                                           ACCIDENTAL HAPPENINGS OR INJURIES

 

8.1                               The Landlord shall not be responsible to the Tenant or the Tenant’s licensees servants agents tradesmen or other persons in the Premises or any part thereof or calling upon the Tenant or upon the Science Park for any accidental happening or injury suffered to or loss of any chattel or property (save where the same are due to the act, default or negligence of the Landlord or the Landlord’s employees servants agents tradesmen or those under the control of the Landlord) sustained on the Premises the Science Park or any part thereof.

 

8.2                               The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person claiming through the Tenant for any loss or damage whatsoever which may be caused by stoppage interruption or defect of any plant or machinery in or service to the Premises or the Science Park or any neighbouring premises provided that the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent or mitigate the effect of such stoppage, interruption or defect and to remedy such matters as soon as possible.

 

9.                                      9                                           NOTICES

 

This Lease shall incorporate the provisions as to notices contained in section 196 Law of Property Act 1925 as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962 and every notice required to be given hereunder shall be in writing.

 


 

10.                               10           VAT

 

10.1                        All rents and other sums payable by the Tenant hereunder which are for the time being subject to VAT shall be considered to be tax exclusive sums and the VAT at the appropriate rate for the time being shall be payable by the Tenant in addition.

 

10.2                        The Tenant shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord against any VAT paid or payable by the Landlord in respect of any costs, fees, disbursements, expenses or other sums which the Landlord is entitled to recover under the terms of this Lease.

 

11.                               11           SURETY’S COVENANTS

 

The Surety covenants with the Landlord in the terms of Schedule 6.

 

12.                               12           LANDLORD AND TENANT (COVENANTS) ACT 1995

 

This Lease is a new tenancy within the meaning of section 1 Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

13.                               13           ADDRESS FOR RENT DEMANDS

 

Whilst GW Research Limited is the Tenant all rent demands should be sent to c/o GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Building 114, Porton Down Science Park, Porton, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ unless it notifies the Landlord of another address.

 

14.                               14           DELIVERY AS A DEED

 

This document shall be treated as having been executed as a deed only upon being dated.

 

15.                               15           RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

No person other than a contracting party may enforce any provision of this Lease by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

16.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

16.1                        This deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.2                        Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts to settle any dispute which may arise under or in connection with this deed or the legal relationships established by this deed.

 

IN WITNESS of the above the parties have executed this deed the day and year first before written

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Rights granted

 

1.                                      The right in common with all others having similar rights from time to time:

 

1.1                               of passage to and from the Premises with or without vehicles over the Access Roads subject to the Landlord’s right in its absolute discretion to alter, stop up or divert the Access Roads or any part or parts of them at any time during the Term provided that:

 

(a)                                 any expenses in altering, stopping up or diverting the Access Roads are borne by the Landlord; and

 

(b)                                 the Landlord leaves available for use by the Tenant reasonable means of access to the Premises;

 

1.2                               of full, free and uninterrupted passage and running of water, soil, gas, electricity and all other services from and to the Premises through the Conducting Media which are now in, upon, over or under other parts of the Science Park.

 

2.                                      The exclusive right to use 15 car parking spaces edged green on the plan numbered 2 attached hereto but:

 

2.1                               only for parking private motor cars (duly insured and taxed for use on the public highway) belonging to the Tenant or any undertenant or their respective invitees or others authorised by them (but for the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be entitled to demand any consideration in money or money’s worth from any third party for the use of such spaces); and

 

2.2                               if at any time acting reasonably and in the interests of good and proper estate management the Landlord desires to re-designate all or any of the said parking spaces, the Landlord shall have full right and liberty so to do on giving to the Tenant prior written notice of such re-designation, but at its own expense and subject to the Landlord making available for use by the Tenant always at least the same number of parking spaces as are edged green on the aforementioned plan.

 



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Rights reserved

 

1.                                      The full, free and uninterrupted passage and running of water, soil, gas, electricity and all other services for the benefit of the Landlord and the owners, tenants or occupiers for the time being of the adjoining or neighbouring premises through the Conducting Media which are now or may at any time hereafter be in, upon, over or under the Premises.

 

2.                                      The right at all reasonable times to enter such parts of the Premises as may be necessary after three working days’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) for the purposes of:

 

2.1                               anything connected with the provision of the services referred to in clauses 4.3 and 4.4;

 

2.2                               carrying out an assessment or survey of the Premises for the purposes of obtaining an EPC;

 

2.3                               connecting, laying, inspecting, cleansing, maintaining, repairing, replacing, amending, altering, relaying or renewing the Conducting Media; and/or

 

2.4                               erecting, constructing or laying in, under, over or across such reasonable parts of the Premises(as shall be agreed with the Tenant (whose agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) any Conducting Media, poles, structures, fixtures or other works for the drainage of or for the supply of water, gas, electricity, telephone, heating, steam and other services to any adjoining or neighbouring premises;

 

subject to performing such tasks as quickly as reasonably practicable.

 

3.                                      The right to erect scaffolding (and the right to enter in order to erect such scaffolding) for the purpose of inspecting repairing or cleaning the Premises or any buildings now or after the date of this Lease on adjoining or neighbouring premises notwithstanding that such scaffolding may temporarily restrict the access of light and air to the Premises.

 

4.                                      The right to enter after three working days’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) upon the Premises for the purpose of carrying out any necessary repairs, alterations or improvements to any adjoining or neighbouring premises

 

5.                                      The Landlord must make good in a reasonable manner to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction all damage occasioned to the Premises in the exercise of the rights referred to in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 above but the Landlord will not be liable to pay compensation for any inconvenience caused to the Tenant.

 

6.                                      All rights of light and air which the Premises enjoy over any other property.

 

7.                                      The right to deal with, modify or vary all covenants of which the Premises enjoy the benefit provided that in so doing the Tenant’s use of the Premises shall not be materially adversely affected.

 

8.                                      All rights of entry in clause 3 of this Lease.

 

9.                                      The right to erect any new buildings of any height on adjoining or neighbouring premises in such manner as it shall think fit notwithstanding the fact that the same may obstruct affect or interfere with the amenity of or access to the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Documents to be observed

 

1.                                      All those documents and matters referred to in the Property and Charges Registers of the Landlord’s freehold title of the Science Park as registered at the Land Registry under title number * * * as at 19 August 2011 (save for any financial charges).

 

2.                                     Wayleaves granted to British Telecom (and its successors) variously:

 

2.1                               dated May 2002 between Ashtenne * * *  Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.2                               dated 6 September 2001 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.3                               dated 24 May 2001 between Ashtenne * * *  Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.4                               dated 15 February 2001 between Robert Williams, * * *  Centre (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.5                               dated 13 February 2001 between Robert Williams, * * * Centre (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2).

 

3.                                      Wayleaves granted to The South Eastern Electricity Board variously:

 

3.1                               dated 26 January 1967 between * * * Limited (1) and The South Eastern Electricity Board (2);

 

3.2                               dated 15 February 1989 between * * * Limited (1) and The South Eastern Electricity Board (2).

 

4.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 19 May 2004 between * * * Limited and Sittingbourne (No. 2) Limited (1) and Neos Networks Limited (2).

 

5.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 30 March 2010 between * * * Limited and Sittingbourne (No. 2) Limited (1) and Virgin Media Limited (2).

 

6.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 21 May 2010 between * * * Limited and Sittingbourne (No. 2) Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2)

 


***         Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Service Charge

 

Part A

 

1.                                      The service charge referred to in this Schedule (the “Service Charge”) shall be the Fixed Charge as defined in Schedule 5.

 

2.                                      The Tenant shall pay the Fixed Charge by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days and so in proportion for any broken period.

 

3.                                      Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Part of this Schedule the first payment of the Fixed Charge for the period from 16 November 2012 to the next quarter day hereafter shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease.

 

4.                                      The Landlord shall not be concerned in the administration and collection of or accounting for the Service Charge on an assignment of this Lease and accordingly the Landlord shall:

 

4.1                               not be required to make any apportionment relative to the assignment; and

 

4.2                               be entitled to deal exclusively with the Tenant in whom this Lease is for the time being vested (and for this purpose in disregard of any assignment which has not been registered in accordance with clause 3.20).

 

Part B

 

1.                                       Maintaining, repairing, cleansing, decorating and renewing (and landscaping as deemed appropriate by the Landlord in its discretion) the Centre Common Parts.

 

2.                                      Providing security at the Science Park to include (if and as deemed necessary by the Landlord in its discretion acting reasonably) 24 hour manned presence CCTV surveillance security fencing and gates or other equivalent perimeter security measures.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

Index-linked review of service charge

 

1.                                      In this Schedule the following expressions shall have the meanings set opposite them:

 

“Fixed Charge”

 

until 24 December 2012 the Initial Charge and thereafter as determined in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Schedule 5;

 

 

 

“Review Date”

 

the 25th day of December 2012 and every anniversary of that date and the date which is one day before the date on which the Term would expire by effluxion of time (disregarding any statutory continuation thereof);

 

 

 

“Initial Charge”

 

£20,072.50 per annum;

 

 

 

“Index”

 

the Index of Retail Prices (All Items) published by H M Government or any equivalent index stated by H M Government to be the official successor to the Index of Retail Prices (All Items)

PROVIDED that if the method of computation and/or the reference base of the Index shall materially change after the date of this Lease then the figure deemed to be shown in the Index for the purposes of this Lease after such change shall be the figure which would have been shown in the Index if the method of computation and/or reference base current at the date of this Lease had been retained, and any official reconciliation between such differing methods of computation or reference bases shall be binding on the parties to this Lease;

 

 

 

“Relevant Fraction”

 

a fraction of which the numerator is the figure of the Index published in the four weeks preceding the relevant Review Date and the denominator is the figure of the Index published in December 2011 ;

 

 

 

“Expert”

 

an independent chartered accountant (acting as an expert) being a partner in or a director of a leading firm or company of chartered accountants to be nominated in default of agreement by the Landlord and the Tenant by the President for the time being of the Institution of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales on the application of the Landlord or the Tenant made not more than one month before the relevant Review Date.

 

2.                                      From and including each Review Date the Fixed Charge shall be whichever is the higher of:

 

(a)                                 the Fixed Charge which was payable immediately before the relevant Review Date (the “Old Charge”); and

 

(b)                                 the figure calculated by multiplying the Initial Charge by the Relevant Fraction (the “Revised Charge”).

 



 

3.                                      If the Landlord and the Tenant shall fail to agree upon the Revised Charge, then either of them may not more than one month before the relevant Review Date require the Revised Charge to be determined by the Expert.

 

4.                                      The Expert shall on being appointed invite the Landlord and the Tenant to submit to him within such time limits as he shall consider appropriate (but not being less than 21 days) representations and cross representations as to the calculation of the Revised Charge, supported if they so wish by a statement of reasons and/or schedule of calculations.  The Expert shall consider such matters submitted to him but shall not be fettered thereby and shall determine the Revised Charge in accordance with his own knowledge, judgment and opinion having regard to such matters as he may consider appropriate.  The Expert’s decision shall (save as to any question of law) be final and binding on all matters referred to him under this Lease.

 

5.                                      If after the date of this Lease it becomes impossible (because of any change in the methods used to calculate the Index, or for any other reason) to calculate the Revised Charge, then the Expert shall have full power to determine what the increase in the Index would have been had it continued on the same basis as is assumed to be available for the operation of this rent review or (if that determination shall also be impossible) shall determine a reasonable charge having regard to the purposes and intent of this Schedule.

 

6.                                      If the Expert shall die or be unable or unwilling to accept his appointment or to carry out his functions then either the Landlord or the Tenant may apply for a replacement to be appointed in his stead, and this procedure may be repeated as often as necessary.

 

7.                                      If at any Review Date there is any statutory restriction upon the review or increase of the Fixed Charge or the Landlord’s right to recover it, then at any time after the lifting, removal or modification of such restriction and prior to the next following Review Date the Landlord may give the Tenant not less than one month’s notice requiring an additional review to take place on a quarter day to be specified in such notice which quarter day shall thereupon be treated for the purposes of this Lease as a Review Date.

 

8.                                      The costs of the Expert and the parties’ costs of the reference to him shall lie in his award but, in the absence of such award, the Landlord and Tenant shall each bear their own costs and one half of the Expert’s costs.  One party may pay the costs required to be borne by another party if they remain unpaid for more than 14 days after they become due, and then recover these and any incidental expenses incurred from that other party on demand.

 

9.                                      Time is not of the essence in relation to any matter contained in this Schedule.

 

10.                               If the Revised Charge has not been ascertained by the relevant Review Date, then the Old Charge shall be payable until such time as the Revised Charge has been ascertained.

 

11.                               Once the Revised Charge has been ascertained, the Tenant shall on demand pay the Landlord a sum equal to the amount (if any) by which the Revised Charge exceeds the Old Charge for the period from the relevant Review Date until the next quarter day following the date of such demand together with interest on each quarterly shortfall calculated on a daily basis from the date upon which each instalment of the shortfall would have been payable if the Revised Charge had then been ascertained at the base rate of Barclays Bank plc until seven days after the date of such demand, and thereafter together with interest calculated on a daily basis at the rate referred to in clause 5.1(a).

 



 

12.                               The Landlord and the Tenant may at any time settle the Revised Charge in more than one amount and agree to reserve such amounts increasing in steps until the next Review Date or, if none, until the termination of the Term, or as they may otherwise agree.

 

13.                              The parties will procure that a memorandum of the Revised Charge signed by the Landlord and Tenant shall be endorsed on or annexed to this Lease and its counterpart.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

Covenants by the Surety

 

1.                                      The Surety (if any) in consideration of the grant of this Lease (or the agreement to the assignment of this Lease as appropriate) COVENANTS AND GUARANTEES with and to the Landlord that:

 

1.1                               The Tenant shall punctually pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants and other terms of this Lease.

 

1.2                               If the Tenant shall make any default in payment of the rents or in performing or observing any of the covenants or other terms of this Lease the Surety will pay the rents and perform or observe the covenants or terms in respect of which the Tenant shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment, non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

(a)                                 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Tenant or any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of this Lease;

 

(b)                                 that the terms of this Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties;

 

(c)                                  any other act or thing (apart from an express release by deed) by which but for this provision the Surety would have been released.

 

1.3                               These provisions are to take effect immediately on the grant (or the assignment as appropriate) of the Lease to the Tenant and are to remain in force so long and to the extent that the Tenant is not released by law from liability for any of the covenants and other terms of this Lease.

 

2.                                      The Surety FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if this Lease is disclaimed or forfeited prior to any lawful assignment by the Tenant of this Lease the Landlord may within six months after the disclaimer or forfeiture by notice in writing require the Surety to accept a new lease of the Premises for a term equivalent to the residue which if there had been no disclaimer or forfeiture would have remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to similar covenants and conditions as are payable under and applicable to the tenancy immediately before the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture (such new lease and the rights and liabilities under it to take effect as from the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture) and in such case the Surety shall pay the Landlord’s costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with such new lease and the Surety shall accept such new lease accordingly and will execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

 

3.                                      If this Lease is disclaimed or forfeited and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Surety to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with paragraph 2 the Surety shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use or occupation of the Premises (less any expenditure incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Premises) and the rents which would have been payable under the Lease but for such disclaimer or forfeiture in both cases for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date six months after such disclaimer or forfeiture; and

 

(b)                                 the date (if any) upon which the Premises are relet.

 



 

4.                                      The Surety FURTHER COVENANTS and guarantees the obligations of the Tenant under any Authorised Guarantee Agreement entered into by the Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

5.                                      It is hereby agreed that if any payment is made under the terms of this guarantee and the Surety is thereupon subrogated to all the Landlord’s rights of recovery in relation thereto then the Surety shall not exercise any such rights against the Tenant.

 

6.                                      For the purposes of these provisions references to the Tenant are to the Tenant in relation to whom the Surety’s covenant is given but not any lawful assignee of such Tenant.

 


 

SCHEDULE 7

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

1.                                      The Tenant in consideration of the agreement to the assignment of the Lease COVENANTS AND GUARANTEES with and to the Landlord that:

 

1.1                               The Assignee shall punctually pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants and other terms of the Lease.

 

1.2                               If the Assignee shall make any default in payment of the rents or in performing or observing any of the covenants or other terms of the Lease the Tenant will pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants or terms in respect of which the Assignee shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment, non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

(a)                                 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Assignee or any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of the Lease;

 

(b)                                 that the terms of the Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties (but subject always to section 18 Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995);

 

(c)                                  any other act or thing (apart from an express release by deed) by which but for this provision the Tenant would have been released.

 

2.                                      The Tenant FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if the Lease is disclaimed prior to any lawful assignment by the Assignee of the Lease the Landlord may within six months after the disclaimer require the Tenant to accept a new lease of the Premises for a term equivalent to the residue which if there had been no disclaimer would have remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to similar covenants and conditions as are payable under and applicable to the tenancy immediately before the date of such disclaimer (such new lease and the rights and liabilities under it to take effect as from the date of such disclaimer) and in such case the Tenant shall pay the Landlord’s costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with such new lease and the Tenant shall accept such new lease accordingly and will execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

 

3.                                      If the Lease is disclaimed and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Tenant to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with paragraph 2 the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use or occupation of the Premises (less any expenditure incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Premises) and the rents which would have been payable under the Lease but for such disclaimer in both cases for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date six months after such disclaimer;

 

(b)                                 the end or sooner determination of the Term.

 

4.                                      Notwithstanding any of the above provisions the Tenant:

 

(a)                                 shall not be required to guarantee in any way the liability for the covenants and other terms of the Lease of any person other than the Assignee; and

 



 

(b)                                 shall not be subject to any liability, restriction or other requirement (of whatever nature) in relation to any time after the Assignee is by law released from the covenants and other terms of the Lease.

 

5.                                      It is hereby agreed that if any payment is made under the terms of this guarantee and the Tenant is thereupon subrogated to all the Landlord’s right of recovery in relation thereto then the Tenant shall not exercise any such rights against the Assignee.

 

6.                                      No person other than a contracting party may enforce any provision of this Deed by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

7.                                      Words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Lease.

 



 

SCHEDULE 8

 

The Regulations

 

1.                                      Not to store rubbish or waste of any description outside the Premises save in any area so designated by the Landlord from time to time.

 

2.                                      Not to allow empty containers or rubbish of any description to accumulate upon the Premises or the Centre Common Parts nor to discharge into the Conducting Media or onto any wall or parking area or forecourt of the Science Park any deleterious matter or substance including chemicals radioactive material diesel fuel or oil which might be or become a source of danger or injury to the Conducting Media or any other property or person.

 

3.                                      Not to use any container for rubbish or refuse other than such type and so constructed as to prevent any leakage or spillage therefrom and to keep the same in the area (if any) provided for the purpose and to prevent such rubbish or refuse causing a nuisance or annoyance to the Landlord or the owners or occupiers of neighbouring premises.

 

4.                                      Not to use any part of the Premises in such manner as to subject it to any excessive strain or interference and not to install machinery on the Premises which shall be unduly noisy or cause vibration.

 

5.                                     Not to do anything on the Premises which might reasonably be expected to produce directly or indirectly corrosive fumes or vapours or moisture or humidity in excess of that which the Premises were designed to bear and are otherwise reasonable.

 

6.                                      Not to load or unload any vehicle unless the vehicle shall be in a loading area provided from time to time for that purpose and not to obstruct or damage any access ways roads or landscaped areas in the Science Park or leading to the Premises.

 

7.                                      In the event of a spill or deposit on the Premises of any Hazardous Materials to inform the Landlord of this and permit him to enter and inspect the Premises.

 

8.                                      To observe the speed limits and traffic signs on the Access Roads.

 



 

SCHEDULE 9

 

Utilities Charge

 

1.                                      In this Schedule, the following meanings shall apply:

 

1.1                               Estimated Utilities Charge ” means the Landlord’s reasonable and proper estimate of the Utilities Charge for the forthcoming Utilities Charge Period.

 

1.2                               Utilities Charge ” means the cost referred to in clause 3.2(c), calculated in accordance with this Schedule;

 

1.3                               Utilities Charge Period ” means each period of 12 months commencing on 16 November falling wholly or partly within the Term (but only to the extent falling within the Term) provided that the Landlord may vary the Utilities Charge Period at its sole discretion at any time during the Term;

 

1.4                               End Date ” means the date on which the Term expires or (if earlier) on which the Term is determined;

 

1.5                               Final Utilities Charge Period ” means the Utilities Charge Period which ends on the End Date;

 

1.6                               First Utilities Charge Period ” means the Utilities Charge Period which begins when the Term commences;

 

1.7                               Meters ” means the measuring equipment (if any) installed in the Building for the purposes of measuring the supply of services to the Premises.

 

2.                                      Subject to paragraph 8, the Landlord will, prior to each Utilities Charge Period (or on or prior to the commencement of the Term, in the case of the First Utilities Charge Period), submit to the Tenant a statement setting out the Estimated Utilities Charge for the forthcoming Utilities Charge Period.

 

3.                                     The Tenant will pay the Estimated Utilities Charge to the Landlord by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days, the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on the day before the next quarter day hereafter) to be paid on or before the date of this Lease.

 

4.                                      At the end of each Utilities Charge Period the Landlord shall procure that readings are taken and recorded from the Meters and the readings taken and recorded shall (subject to manifest error) be accepted by the Landlord and the Tenant.  Should Meters not be installed the Landlord’s surveyor shall calculate (the Landlord’s surveyor’s determination to be conclusive) a just proportion fairly attributable to the Premises of the actual cost to the Landlord of supplying the relevant services to the Science Park during the relevant Utilities Charge Period and such proportion shall be the Utilities Charge for the relevant Utilities Charge Period.

 

5.                                      Upon having taken the readings or made the calculations in accordance with paragraph 4, the Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant a statement setting out in respect of the previous Utilities Charge Period:

 

5.1                               the Estimated Utilities Charge received from the Tenant;

 

5.2                               the Utilities Charge; and

 



 

5.3                               the difference (if any) between the sums referred to in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2.

 

6.                                      If in respect of a Utilities Charge Period the Utilities Charge is more or less than the Estimated Utilities Charge received from the Tenant then any sum payable to or by the Landlord by way of adjustment (with the intent that the Tenant shall have paid the whole of the Utilities Charge to the Landlord in respect of the relevant Utilities Charge Period) will become due and shall be paid by the Tenant (within 14 days of delivery of the statement referred to in paragraph 5) or credited to the Tenant for the succeeding Utilities Charge Period (or paid to the Tenant in the case of the Final Utilities Charge Period) as the case may require.

 

7.                                      The Tenant shall be liable only for the Utilities Charge up to and including the End Date but the provisions of this schedule shall otherwise continue to apply after the End Date.

 

8.                                      The Landlord may, on prior written notice to the Tenant, vary the means by which the Utilities Charge is charged to the Tenant provided that such variation is fair, proper and in the interests of good estate management.

 

9.

 

9.1                               Within one month after delivery to the Tenant of the statement referred to in paragraph 5 (time being of the essence) the Tenant may request the Landlord to provide (and the Landlord will promptly provide) to the Tenant all vouchers and invoices which the Tenant shall reasonably need in order to satisfy itself as to the accuracy of the Utilities Charge in accordance with this Schedule.

 

9.2                              Within two months after delivery of the statement referred to in paragraph 5 (time being of the essence) the Tenant may challenge it on the ground that it contains errors or is otherwise incorrectly drawn by giving to the Landlord notice to that effect but only if it has first made full payment of any amount due from the Tenant under paragraph 6 and if so:

 

(a)                                 both parties must endeavour to resolve the relevant issue; but if they cannot do so;

 

(b)                                 the issue in dispute may be referred by either party to the determination of an independent surveyor being such a person as is mentioned in clause 5.3(a) and who shall be appointed as mentioned in clause 5.3(b) and clauses 5.3(c),  5.3(d), 5.3(e), 5.3(f) and 5.3(g) shall also apply and the independent surveyor’s determination shall be final and binding on the parties Provided that if and whenever any person so appointed shall die, be adjudged bankrupt or become of unsound mind or if both the Landlord and the Tenant shall serve upon such person written notice that in their opinion he has unreasonably delayed making such determination such person shall ipso facto be discharged and be entitled only to his reasonable expenses prior to such discharge and another such independent surveyor shall be appointed to act in his place;

 

(c)                                  any adjustments to the statement required to be made in consequence of the determination of the independent surveyor shall be made and any sum payable to or by the Landlord shall immediately be paid (with interest in respect of the period during which the relevant amount has been underpaid, such interest to be at the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or, in the event of such rate ceasing to be published, at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant) or allowed as appropriate;

 

but if not the Tenant’s right of challenge to that statement shall lapse.

 



 

10.                               The Landlord shall not be concerned in the administration and collection of or accounting for the Utilities Charge on an assignment of this Lease and accordingly the Landlord shall:

 

10.1                        not be required to make any apportionment relative to the assignment; and

 

10.2                        be entitled to deal exclusively with the Tenant in whom this Lease is for the time being vested (and for this purpose in disregard of any assignment which has not been registered in accordance with clause 3.20).

 

11.                               The statement referred to in paragraph 5 shall for the purposes of this Schedule be deemed to have been delivered to the Tenant on the next working day after it is posted by first class post to the address referred to in clause 13 or to such other address as may have been notified by the Tenant to the Landlord as the address to which rent demands should be sent.

 



 

SIGNED as a deed by

)s/ CLAIRE DUTCH

and

)s/M BRANCOMBE

as attorneys for * * *

)

* * * Limited in the presence of:

)

 

 

s/Katie Jacobsen

 

Name of Witness and Signature

 

 

 

Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct

 

EC1A 2FG

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

SIGNED as a deed by

)s/CLAIRE DEAR

and

)s/M BRANCOMBE

as attorneys for * * *

)

* * * Limited in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness and Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by GW Research

)

Limited acting by:

)

 

 

s/ J D GOVER

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

s/ A D GEORGE

 

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by GW

)

Pharmaceuticals plc acting by:

)

 

 

J D GOVER

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

A D GEORGE

 

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 


***         Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 




Exhibit 4.48

 

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406

 

DATED

24 MAY

2013

 

* * * LIMITED

- and -

* * *LIMITED

 

- and -

 

GW RESEARCH LIMITED

 

- and -

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

LEASE

 

- of -

 

BUILDING * * *

* * *

 

* * *

 

GRAPHIC

 

Ref: CM1/CMS/VJS

21552/30588

 

Hogan Lovells International LLP, Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct, London EC1A 2FG

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

PAGE

 

 

 

1.

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

DEMISE AND RENT

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

TENANTS’ COVENANTS

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Pay Rent

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Pay outgoings

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

Repair and decorate

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

Observe legislation

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

Yield up

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

Entry by Landlord

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

Entry by adjoining owners

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

Costs of default

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

User

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

Alterations

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.11

Signage

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.12

Aerials, etc

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.13

Planning Acts

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.14

Statutory Notices

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.15

Insurer’s requirements

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.16

To Let board

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.17

Prohibited alienation

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.18

Assignment

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.19

Subletting

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.20

Registration of dealings

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.21

Encroachments

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.22

Costs of applications

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.23

Observe documents

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.24

Energy Performance Certificate

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.25

Keyholder

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.26

Environmental liability

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Insure

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Quiet enjoyment

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Provide services

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Provision of power water etc

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

PROVISOS

 

12

 



 

 

 

5.1

Interest on late payments

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Re-entry

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

Rent cesser

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

Reinstatement prevented

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

Reinstatement following damage by an Uninsured Risk

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

Statutory compensation

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.10

Data Protection Act 1998

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.11

Exclusion of liability

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

RENT REVIEW

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

ACCIDENTAL HAPPENINGS OR INJURIES

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

NOTICES

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

VAT

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

SURETY’S COVENANTS

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

LANDLORD AND TENANT (COVENANTS) ACT 1995

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

13.

 

ADDRESS FOR RENT DEMANDS

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

14.

 

DELIVERY AS A DEED

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

15.

 

RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

21

 

 

 

1.

 

Rights granted

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Rights reserved

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Documents to be observed

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 4

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Service Charge

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Index-linked review of service charge

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Covenants by the Surety

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

8.

 

The Regulations

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 9

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

9.

 

Utilities Charge

 

10

 



 

LAND REGISTRY PRESCRIBED CLAUSES

 

LR1 Date of lease

 

24 MAY 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

LR2 Title number(s)

 

LR2.1 Landlord’s title number(s)

 

 

* * *

 

 

 

 

 

LR2.2 Other title numbers

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

LR3 Parties to this lease

 

Landlord

 

 

* * * LIMITED (registered number * * *) and * * * LIMITED (registered number * * *) whose registered offices are both at 21 Holborn Viaduct London EC1A 2DY

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant

 

 

GW Research Limited a company registered in England and Wales (registered number 3107561) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

 

 

 

 

Other parties

 

 

Surety

 

 

G W Pharmaceuticals plc a company registered in England and Wales (registered number 4160917) whose registered office is at 114 Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

 

 

LR4 Property

 

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

The Premises as defined in clause 1.1

 

 

 

LR5 Prescribed statements etc

 

LR5.1 Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

LR5.2 Not applicable

 

 

 

LR6 Term for which the Property is leased

 

The Term is as follows:

 

 

15 years from and including 16 November 2012

LR7 Premium

 

None

 

 

 

LR8 Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

 

The lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

LR9 Rights of acquisition etc

 

LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

LR9.2 Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease

 

 

None

 

 

 

LR10 Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR11 Easements

 

LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

 

 

The rights and matters set out in Schedule 1

 

 

 

 

 

LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property

 

 

The rights and matters set out in Schedule 2

 

 

 

LR12 Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR13 Application for standard form of restriction

 

None

 

 

 

LR14 Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant

 

Not applicable

 



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made on the date set out in clause LR1

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                  the Landlord as set out in clause LR3 ;

 

(2)                                  the Tenant as set out in clause LR3 ; and

 

(3)                                  the Surety as set out in clause LR3 .

 

1.                                      1                                           INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Lease:

 

Access Roads ” means the roads footpaths and accessways within the Science Park not adopted from time to time and the road connecting the Science Park to * * * Road;

 

adjoining or neighbouring premises ” includes any part or parts of the Science Park other than the Premises;

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement ” means an agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant entered into by the Tenant as covenantor in the circumstances set out in clause 3.18 and containing the provisions set out in Schedule 7;

 

Centre Common Parts ” means any entrances, passageways, Access Roads, Conducting Media, car parking, hardstanding, verges, landscaping and other parts of the Science Park available or intended to be available for use and/or enjoyment by two or more of the Landlord’s tenants of the Science Park in common (but for the avoidance of doubt including all car parking areas whether or not the subject of exclusive parking rights);

 

Conducting Media ” means tanks, pipes, cables, wires, meters, drains, sewers, gutters and other things of a similar nature for the passage of electricity, gas, water, soil and other services;

 

Environmental Audit ” means an audit of the Tenant’s activities on the Premises to be commissioned by the Landlord from time to time but not more than once per year;

 

EPC ” means energy performance certificate and recommendation report, as defined in the Energy Performance of Buildings (Certificates and Inspections) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007 as amended or updated from time to time;

 

Existing EPC ” means a copy of the EPC for the Premises reference no 0598-7602-0830-9390-2203;

 

First Termination Date ” means 15 November 2022;

 

Gateway Tenant ” means an individual, partnership or company whose prime activity either is within the areas of Science or High Technology or is the provision of support directly related to the scientific community as would maintain an appropriate mix of tenants for a science park;

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

Group Company ” means a company which is in the same group of companies (within the meaning of section 42 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) as the Tenant;

 

High Technology ” means research, development, design, distribution, manufacturing or service activities utilising, employing or manufacturing product or processes which apply research, pharmaceuticals, bio-technology, electronics, robotics, informatics or other such scientific disciplines as the Landlord (in conjunction with the local planning authority) determines to be representative of the field of high technology;

 

Insurance Rent ” means the rent reserved by clause 2.4;

 

Insured Risks ” means (to the extent insurance for such risks remains available in the London insurance market) fire, lightning, aircraft, explosion, riot, malicious persons, earthquake, storm, flood, burst pipes, impact, theft, subsidence, sprinkler leakage, terrorism and such other risks or perils (if any) as the Landlord or any superior landlord (acting reasonably) may from time to time deem it prudent to insure against;

 

Landlord ” includes the person or persons for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the Term;

 

Office Areas ” means the areas within the Premises which are designed for use and/or occupation as offices;

 

Planning Acts ” means and includes the “planning Acts” as defined in section 117 Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 together with that Act and all other legislation from time to time imposing controls on the development or use of land;

 

Premises ” means the premises (shown edged red on the plan numbered 1 annexed hereto) known as Building * * * as well as any landlord’s fixtures and fittings from time to time in the Premises and each and every part of the Premises (but (if applicable) excluding the outer half, severed vertically, of any wall dividing the Premises from any adjoining or neighbouring premises);

 

Principal Rent ” means the principal rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.1 and clause 6;

 

Regulations ” means the regulations set out in Schedule 8;

 

Rent Review Specification ” means the specification annexed to this Lease;

 

Research and Development Areas ” means the areas which are designed for use and/or occupation for research and development;

 

Science ” means dependence upon the application of scientific or technological skills or knowledge in the production of new goods or services for competitive advantage;

 

Science Park ” means Kent Science Park, the Woodstock Sports Complex and any other land from time to time owned by the Landlord which is adjoining or neighbouring;

 

Second Rent ” means the second rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.2;

 

Second Termination Date ” means 15 November 2024;

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

Service Charge ” means the Service Charge as defined in and calculated pursuant to Schedule 4;

 

Tenant ” includes the successors in title and assigns of the Tenant;

 

Term ” means the term set out in Clause LR6 together with any continuation by statute or implication of law;

 

Third Rent ” means the third rent reserved by this Lease at the rate from time to time payable under clause 2.3;

 

Uninsured Risk ” means an Insured Risk against which insurance is not or ceases to be obtainable for such risk on normal commercial terms in the London insurance market at reasonable commercial rates generally available in the London insurance market for a property of this type, size and location; and

 

VAT ” means Value Added Tax and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2                               In this Lease unless there be something in the context inconsistent therewith:

 

(a)                                 words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa and words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons and all references to persons shall include companies, corporations and firms and vice versa;

 

(b)                                 if at any time two or more persons are included in the expression the “Landlord”, the “Tenant” or the “Surety” then covenants contained in this Lease or implied by or on the part of the Landlord, the Tenant or the Surety as the case may be shall be deemed to be and shall be construed as covenants entered into by and binding on such persons jointly and severally;

 

(c)                                  wherever the consent or approval of the Landlord is required it may be given subject to the Tenant obtaining any necessary further consent or approval under any headlease and nothing in this Lease implies that such further consent or approval under any headlease will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(d)                                 where the Tenant is placed under a restriction by this Lease it includes an obligation not to permit or allow the restriction to be infringed;

 

(e)                                  references to “lease” shall include “underlease” and vice versa.

 

2.                                      2                                           DEMISE AND RENT

 

The Landlord at the request of the Surety DEMISES unto the Tenant ALL THOSE the Premises TOGETHER with the particular rights set out in Schedule 1 BUT EXCEPT AND RESERVED AND SUBJECT to the particular rights and matters set out in Schedule 2 AND SUBJECT ALSO to the matters contained or referred to in the documents brief particulars of which are set out in Schedule 3 TO HOLD the Premises unto the Tenant (together with but except and reserved and subject as above) for the Term YIELDING AND PAYING to the Landlord during the Term and so in proportion for any time less than a year without any deductions whatsoever the following rents namely:

 

2.1                               until and including 15 November 2013 the yearly Principal Rent of £18,984.50 and thereafter until and including 15 May 2015 the yearly Principal Rent of £28,476.75 and thereafter until and including 15 November 2017 the yearly Principal Rent of £37,969 and during the remainder of the Term the same yearly Principal Rent or such higher yearly rent as may become payable pursuant to review under clause 6 by equal quarterly

 



 

payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.2                               until and including 15 November 2013 the yearly Second Rent of £17,705 and thereafter until and including 15 May 2015 the yearly Second Rent of £26,557.50 and thereafter during the remainder of the Term the yearly Second Rent of £35,410 by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.3                               until and including 15 May 2022 the yearly Third Rent of £1,852.03 per annum by equal quarterly payments in advance on the four usual quarter days in each year of which the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on 24 March 2013) shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease;

 

2.4                               throughout the Term sums equal to a just proportion fairly attributable to the Premises of the total amounts which the Landlord shall from time to time expend by way of premium and incidental costs (including the cost of periodic valuations and any premium payable under any headlease and the whole of any increase in any premium from time to time as a result of or arising out of the manner or the purposes in or for which the Premises are kept used and occupied) in effecting and maintaining the several insurances referred to in clause 4.1 (together with any insurance effected by the Landlord against public liability risks in respect of the Science Park) each such sum to be paid within 14 days following written demand the first such payment in respect of amounts already so expended by the Landlord (being the due proportion commencing on 16 November 2012 to the next renewal date or dates for such insurances) to be paid on or before the date of this Lease and in the event of any dispute as to any such sum the same shall be determined by the Landlord’s surveyor (acting as an independent expert and not as an arbitrator) whose determination shall in the absence of manifest error be final and binding on the parties;

 

2.5                               throughout the Term sums equal to the Service Charge at the times and in the manner specified in Schedule 4; and

 

2.6                               VAT on the rents reserved by this Lease payable at the time such rents are payable.

 

3.                                      3                                           TENANTS’ COVENANTS

 

The Tenant to the intent that the obligations created shall continue throughout the whole of the Term COVENANTS with the Landlord as follows:

 

3.1                               3.1                                 Pay Rent

 

(a)                                 To pay the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent and the Service Charge at the times and in the manner required by clause 2 without deduction or set off and to pay the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Fixed Charge (as defined in Schedule 5) by bankers standing order or similar form of bank transfer if so required by the Landlord.

 

(b)                                 To pay all rents and other sums as they fall due under this Lease whether or not such rents or other sums relate to a period before the Term became vested in the Tenant (provided such rents or other sums do not relate to any period prior to the commencement of the Term).

 



 

3.2                               3.2                                 Pay outgoings

 

(a)                                 To pay and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all liability for all general and other rates of whatever nature or kind and all taxes, charges, duties, levies, assessments, impositions and outgoings whatever (whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description) which are now or may become rated taxed charged levied assessed or imposed upon the Premises or the owner, landlord, tenant or occupier of the Premises and whether or not required to be paid by the Tenant himself but “taxes” does not include value added tax or taxes imposed on the Landlord in respect of the yearly rent reserved by this Lease or in respect of a disposal of the interest in immediate reversion to this Lease.

 

(b)                                 Where not supplied directly by the relevant utility company to the Tenant to pay to the Landlord the cost (which may for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation include reasonable provision for management by the Landlord’s own staff) incurred by the Landlord in or incidental to arranging for the supply of services pursuant to clause 4.4 consumed at the Premises, such payment to be made in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 9 (which provisions are hereby incorporated)

 

SAVE THAT whilst the Tenant is GW Research Limited or a Group Company of GW Research Limited or of GW Pharmaceuticals plc Schedule 9 shall not apply and the Tenant shall pay such cost within 14 days of written demand (and where not separately metered such cost shall be a due proportion determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably) of such costs payable or incurred by the Landlord in respect of the Premises together with other premises).

 

3.3                               3.3                                 Repair and decorate

 

(a)                                 (Damage by the Insured Risks always excepted unless the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord against them shall be rendered void or payment of the insurance moneys be refused in whole or in part by reason of or arising out of any act,  omission, neglect or default by the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant) to keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and in good decorative and clean condition with the glass cleaned both inside and (unless the cost of the same is being met by the Tenant as part of the Service Charge) outside at least once a month.

 

(b)                                 (Without prejudice to the generality of the above obligations of the Tenant) in a good and workmanlike manner whenever necessary and also in the last three months of the Term (however and whenever it may terminate) to decorate the Premises and in the case of decoration in the last three months of the Term the Landlord shall have the right to insist on a particular colour scheme being used.

 

3.4                               3.4                                 Observe legislation

 

(a)                                 To observe and perform all requirements of any Act of Parliament, local Act or bylaw and notices issued under such legislation or by any public, local or other competent authority (together referred to in this clause 3.4 as “Acts”) (whether or not required of the Tenant himself) in any way affecting the Premises or any thing in or any activity carried on by persons resorting to or working or employed at the Premises or the use and occupation of the Premises within the time prescribed by law or the notice requiring the same (or if no time is so prescribed then within a reasonable time) to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all such requirements and all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability whatever

 


 

arising out of or in connection with non-observance or non-performance of such requirements.

 

(b)            At its own expense to obtain from the appropriate authorities all licences consents and permissions as may be required for the carrying out by the Tenant of any operations on or for the use of any part of the Premises.

 

(c)            Not to do anything in the Premises or cause them to be used or occupied in such a way that the Landlord or any tenant or occupier of the Science Park is disabled from complying with any Acts in respect of the whole or any part of the Science Park or may under any Acts incur or have imposed upon it or become liable to pay any penalty damages compensation costs charges or expenses.

 

(d)            In particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing to comply with all the lawful requirements from time to time of the following bodies or their successors:

 

(i)             Health and Safety Executive;

 

(ii)            Environment Agency;

 

(iii)           Home Office;

 

(iv)           Department of Health;

 

(v)            * * * County Council;

 

(vi)           HM Revenue and Customs;

 

(vii)          Department for Environment Food and Rural Affairs; and

 

(viii)         Health Protection Agency.

 

3.5           3.5            Yield up

 

Quietly to surrender and yield up the Premises to the Landlord (or as the Landlord may direct) at the end or sooner determination of the Term in a state and condition in all respects in accordance with the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease provided that:

 

(a)            unless the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing that such removal is not required, the Tenant shall at the Tenant’s expense remove from the Premises any partitioning contained within the Office Areas but shall have no obligation to remove or reinstate any other works of alteration or addition of whatsoever nature made to the Office Areas;

 

and the Tenant agrees:

 

(b)            to ensure that all fixtures and plant within the Research and Development Areas are in working order but shall have no obligation to remove or reinstate any works of alteration or addition of whatsoever nature made to the Research and Development Areas;

 

(c)            to hand over to the Landlord all keys relating to the Premises; and

 


***         Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

(d)            to provide the Landlord with details of the utility companies providing utilities to the Premises and with sufficient details of the Tenant’s accounts with such utility companies (so far as relating to the Premises) to enable the Landlord to contact the utility companies in relation to such accounts.

 

3.6           3.6            Entry by Landlord

 

(a)            To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord after at least three days’ prior notice (except in an emergency when no notice need be given) to enter upon the Premises to view and inspect the Premises and ascertain how the Premises are being used and occupied and their state and condition and to take schedules of all landlord’s fixtures and fittings and to estimate the current value of the Premises for insurance, mortgage or other purposes and to carry out an Environmental Audit.

 

(b)            Whenever on any such inspection anything is found which constitutes a breach, non-performance or non-observance of the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease and of which the Landlord gives notice to the Tenant to commence to remedy and make good the same within one month of the date of such notice (or immediately in the case of any breach, non-performance or non-observance of clause 3.26 or in respect of any other matter which the Landlord reasonably deems as requiring immediate remedial action) and thereafter proceed diligently with the requisite works but if the Tenant shall fail so to do to permit the Landlord if it so desires (although the Landlord shall be under no obligation so to do) without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right or remedy of the Landlord to enter upon the Premises with contractors, workmen and others and all necessary equipment, tools and materials and to execute or complete such works and to pay to the Landlord on written demand either during or on completion of such works as the Landlord may require the costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord together with all solicitors’, surveyors’ and other professional fees and expenses incurred by the Landlord in relation to such works.

 

3.7           3.7            Works to adjoining or neighbouring premises

 

To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord and their respective agents and contractors to enter upon the Premises with workmen and others and all necessary equipment, tools and materials after at least three days’ prior written notice (except in an emergency when no prior written notice need be given) in order to carry out repairs, alterations, additions or any other works to or of any adjoining or neighbouring premises which cannot reasonably be carried out without entry on to the Premises PROVIDED ALWAYS that the persons so entering shall:

 

(a)            be accompanied at all times by a representative of the Tenant (provided such a representative is made available for such purpose);

 

(b)            cause as little inconvenience and disruption as possible to the Tenant and the other occupiers of the Premises; and

 

(c)            with the minimum of delay and make good all damage thereby caused to the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

3.8           3.8            Costs of default

 

To pay all proper costs, charges and expenses (including solicitors’ costs and bailiffs’, architects’ and surveyors’ fees) reasonably payable by the Landlord for the purposes of

 



 

and incidental to the preparation, service and enforcement (whether by proceedings or otherwise) of:

 

(a)            any notice under section 146 or 147 Law of Property Act 1925 requiring the Tenant to remedy a breach of any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder notwithstanding forfeiture for any such breach shall be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court;

 

(b)            any notice to repair or schedule of dilapidations accrued at or prior to the end or sooner determination of the Term whether served during or within three months after the end of the Term;

 

(c)            the payment of any arrears in the rents reserved by this Lease;

 

and in default of payment all such sums shall be recoverable as rent in arrears.

 

3.9           3.9            User

 

(a)            Not to use the Premises otherwise than for any use within Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (as in force at the date of the agreement for lease pursuant to which this Lease was entered into) (but not as diplomatic offices or as a betting office or bookmaker’s office) and not in any other manner or for any other purpose or for any immoral or unlawful purpose or for any sale by auction and the Tenant acknowledges that nothing in this Lease constitutes a warranty that the above use complies or will continue to comply with the Planning Acts and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any relief or compensation whatsoever from the Landlord in that respect.

 

(b)            Not to keep any animal on or about the Premises nor to conduct allow or permit to be conducted anywhere on or about the Premises any research or experiments of any kind on or involving animals of whatever kind whether live or dead.

 

(c)            Not to carry out (nor to allow or permit to be carried out) on or from the Premises research into or involving any of the following:

 

(i)             genetic modification within the meaning of Directive 2001/18/EC;

 

(ii)            human embryology within the meaning of the Human Fertilisation and Embryology Act 1990 (as amended); and/or

 

(iii)           cloning, being (for the purposes of this clause) any process, including techniques of embryo splitting, designed to create a human being (or animal) with the same nuclear genetic information as another living or deceased human being (or animal as the case may be).

 

(d)            Not to overload any floor of the Premises or any lift in or serving the Premises and not to pass anything of a harmful nature through the Conducting Media in or serving the Premises (whether exclusively or jointly with other premises) or do anything at the Premises which shall be or may become a nuisance (whether indictable or not) or which shall cause any damage or disturbance to the Landlord or the owners, tenants or occupiers from time to time of any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 



 

3.10         3.10         Alterations

 

(a)            (Without prejudice to sub clause (b) of this clause) not to carry out any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord having been obtained (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and provided that — without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing — it shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent in any circumstances where a proposed alteration or addition to any of the Conducting Media or the systems for the supply of heating, air-conditioning (if any), lighting, electric power or water installed within or upon the Premises would or might have a material adverse impact upon the Existing EPC rating (and it is agreed that a downgrade in the Existing EPC rating shall constitute a material adverse impact).

 

(b)            Not to carry out any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises before all necessary approvals, consents, licences, permits or permissions of any competent authority, body or person have been obtained and such alterations, additions or works shall be carried out strictly in accordance with their terms and conditions.

 

(c)            To permit the Landlord and others authorised by the Landlord to enter upon the Premises at reasonable hours during the daytime for the purpose of seeing that all alterations, additions or other works are being or have been carried out in all respects in conformity with this clause and immediately upon being required to do so to remove any alteration, addition or other works of or to the Premises which do not so conform or in respect of which any such approvals, consents, licences, permits or permissions of the competent authority, body or person have been withdrawn or have lapsed and thereupon to make good all damage caused to the Premises and restore and reinstate all affected parts of the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

 

(d)            If any alterations or additions are made to the Premises, within 30 days following completion of such works to give written notice to the Landlord and at the same time (or at such later date as is reasonable) to provide to the Landlord a copy of the as-built drawings for such works.

 

(e)            To pay as additional rent any sums which the Landlord may properly expend by way of additional premiums for the insurance of the Premises by reason of any alterations or additions made to the Premises by the Tenant.

 

3.11         3.11         Signage

 

No fascia, sign, name plate, bill, notice, placard, advertisement or similar device shall be affixed to or displayed in or on any part of the Premises so as to be visible from the exterior other than those indicating the name of any occupier for the time being and his business and which have (with their size and positioning) been previously approved by the Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.12         3.12         Aerials, etc

 

No television or wireless or other form of mast or aerial nor any flagpole shall be affixed to any part of the exterior of the Premises other than those which have (with their positioning) been previously approved by the Landlord in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.13         3.13         Planning Acts

 

(a)            Without prejudice to the generality of clause 3.4 fully to observe and perform all the requirements of the Planning Acts in respect of the Premises or their use and

 



 

all the requirements of any approval, consent, licence, permit or permission granted under the Planning Acts which remain lawfully enforceable and affect the Premises and to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any non-observance or non-performance of this covenant.

 

(b)            No application shall be made for any approval, consent, licence, permit, permission, certificate or determination under the Planning Acts in respect of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(c)            Unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct in writing to carry out to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord during the Term (however and whenever it may terminate) all works to the Premises which as a condition of any such approval, consent, licence, permit or permission obtained by or on behalf of the Tenant or any subtenant are required to be carried out at the Premises by a date after the Term (however and whenever it may terminate).

 

3.14         3.14         Statutory Notices

 

To give the Landlord a copy of every notice of whatsoever nature affecting or likely to affect the Premises made given or issued by or on behalf of the local planning authority or any other authority, body or person having lawful jurisdiction within seven days of its receipt by the Tenant or any subtenant and to produce the original to the Landlord on written request and to take all reasonable and necessary steps to comply with every such notice And if so required in writing by or on behalf of the Landlord to make or join with the Landlord and any other persons for the time being interested in the Premises or any lawful adjoining or neighbouring premises in making such objections or representations against or in respect of any such notice as the Landlord may reasonably and properly require provided that such objections or representations are not adverse to the legitimate business interests of the Tenant.

 

3.15         3.15         Insurer’s requirements

 

(a)            (Save with the prior written consent of the Landlord) nothing of a noxious, dangerous, explosive or inflammable nature shall be stored, placed or kept or remain on the Premises nor (subject and to the extent that the Tenant has received appropriate details and notification from the Landlord of such insurances) shall any other thing be done in or about the Premises by the Tenant or any subtenant which does or may invalidate or render void or voidable or cause any increased premium to be payable for any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord in respect of the Premises or any adjoining or neighbouring premises.

 

(b)            To repay to the Landlord upon written demand as part of the Insurance Rent an amount equal to any such increased premium referred to in sub clause (a) of this clause as may become so payable.

 

(c)            If the Premises or any other premises shall be destroyed or damaged as a result of any matter referred to in sub clause (a) of this clause or as a result of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or any person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant as a result of which any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord is rendered void or payment of the insurance money is refused in whole or in part, to pay to the Landlord within 21 days of written demand the amount so refused or which would (other than for the policy having been rendered void as aforesaid) have been payable.

 



 

3.16         3.16         To Let board

 

To permit the Landlord during the period of six months immediately preceding the end or sooner determination of the Term (and at any time during the Term in the event of any proposed disposal by the Landlord of its interest in the Premises or in any of the events set out in clause 5.2) to affix and retain on any part of the Premises (but not so as materially to interfere with any trade or business carried on at the Premises or with reasonable access of light and air to the Premises) notices and boards relating to any proposed disposal by the Landlord of its interest in the Premises for reletting or otherwise dealing with the same and to permit all persons with written authority from the Landlord or the Landlord’s agents to inspect and view the Premises at reasonable times of the day by previous appointment.

 

3.17         3.17         Prohibited alienation

 

(a)            The Tenant shall not assign, transfer, sublet, part with or share possession or occupation of, mortgage or charge any part (as opposed to the whole) of the Premises nor, save as permitted by Clauses 3.17(b), 3.18, and 3.19, part with or share possession or occupation of the whole of the Premises.

 

(b)            Nothing in clause 3.17(a) shall restrict the right of the Tenant to allow any Group Company to occupy or share the occupation of the Premises from time to time which the Tenant shall be entitled to do without the consent of the Landlord PROVIDED THAT:

 

(i)             no relationship of landlord and tenant shall be created or deemed to exist between the Tenant and the Group Company;

 

(ii)            the Group Company shall not be permitted to have exclusive occupation of the whole or any part or parts of the Premises; and

 

(iii)           the relevant company shall vacate the Premises forthwith upon ceasing to be a Group Company.

 

3.18         3.18         Assignment

 

(a)            Not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) provided that the Landlord shall be entitled:

 

(i)             to withhold its consent in the circumstances set out in sub clause (c);

 

(ii)            to impose all or any of the matters set out in sub clause (d) as a condition of its consent.

 

(b)            The provisos to sub clause (a) shall operate without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to withhold such consent on any other ground or grounds where such withholding of consent on such other ground or grounds would be reasonable or to impose any further condition or conditions upon the grant of consent where the imposition of such condition or conditions would be reasonable.

 

(c)            The circumstances referred to in sub clause (a)(i) are as follows:

 

(i)             where the assignee is a Group Company unless in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the assignee (when assessed together with any proposed

 



 

guarantor for the assignee) is of at least equivalent financial standing to the Tenant; and

 

(ii)            where in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord the assignee is not a Gateway Tenant.

 

(d)            The conditions referred to in sub clause (a)(ii) are as follows:

 

(i)             the execution and delivery by the Tenant to the Landlord prior to the assignment in question of a deed of guarantee (being an Authorised Guarantee Agreement);

 

(ii)            the payment to the Landlord of all rents which have fallen due under the Lease prior to the date of assignment;

 

(iii)           the giving of any requisite consent of any superior landlord or mortgagee and the fulfilment of any lawful condition of such consent; and

 

(iv)           if reasonably required by the Landlord either:

 

(1)            the execution and delivery to the Landlord prior to the assignment of a rent deposit deed in such form as the Landlord shall reasonably require together with the payment to the Landlord by way of cleared funds of the amount of the rent deposit (being a reasonable sum) specified in the rent deposit deed; or

 

(2)            the execution and delivery to the Landlord of a deed of guarantee entered into by a third party guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Landlord incorporating the provisions of Schedule 6.

 

3.19         3.19         Subletting

 

(a)            Not to sublet the whole of the Premises except in accordance with the provisions of sub clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this clause, and not to sublet any part (as distinct from the whole) of the Premises.

 

(b)            Not to sublet the Premises or agree to sublet the Premises at less than the open market rent then reasonably obtainable for the whole of the Premises with vacant possession without fine or premium being taken (but this shall not preclude the payment of any fine or premium or concessions or incentives which are standard in the market at the time of the subletting) nor to do so without provision for upwards only review of such rent as at each Review Date (as defined in clause 6.1(a)) which shall occur during the term of the relevant underlease in a similar manner (mutatis mutandis) as provided in clause 6 and every permitted underlease (whether mediate or immediate) of the whole of the Premises shall (so far as applicable) contain covenants by the subtenant in the same form as those contained in clauses 3.17, 3.18 and 3.19.

 

(c)            Before or at the same time as any subletting of the whole of the Premises shall be effected the proposed subtenant shall enter into direct covenants with the Landlord in such form as the Landlord shall reasonably require to observe and perform all the covenants and agreements on the part of the Tenant and the stipulations and conditions contained in this Lease (other than the payment of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent and the Service Charge) during the term of the underlease.

 



 

(d)            Any underlease shall contain a valid and effective agreement to exclude the provisions of sections 24-28 (inclusive) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to such underlease.

 

(e)            The Tenant shall not sublet the Premises or agree to sublet the Premises otherwise than to a subtenant who in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord is a Gateway Tenant.

 

(f)            Subject and without prejudice to the other provisions of this clause there shall be no subletting of the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3.20         3.20         Registration of dealings

 

Within 21 days of every assignment or transfer (whether by deed, will or otherwise) and every mortgage or charge and every permitted subletting of the Premises and upon every other disposition or transmission or devolution of the Premises (including all Orders of Court, Probates and Letters of Administration) notice shall be given to the Landlord’s solicitors with the date and short particulars of the dealing and the names and addresses of every party and at the same time the deed, document or instrument creating or evidencing the dealing shall be produced to the Landlord’s solicitors for registration (with a certified copy for retention by the Landlord) and such solicitors’ reasonable fee of not less than £40 for such registration shall be paid by the Tenant.

 

3.21         3.21         Encroachments

 

(a)            Not to effect, authorise or permit any encroachment upon or acquisition of any right, easement, quasi-right, quasi-easement or privilege adversely affecting the Premises or any closing or obstruction of the access of light or air to any windows or openings of the Premises nor to give any acknowledgement to any third party that the enjoyment of access of light or air is by the consent of such third party or give any consideration to any third party or enter into any agreement with any third party for the purpose of inducing or binding such third party to abstain from obstructing the access of light or air.

 

(b)            If any such encroachment or acquisition or closing or obstruction shall be threatened or attempted to give notice of the dealing to the Landlord as soon as the same comes to the knowledge of the Tenant or of any subtenant and upon request by the Landlord to take immediate steps (in conjunction with the Landlord and other interested persons if the Landlord shall so require) and to adopt all such lawful means and do all such lawful things as the Landlord may reasonably deem appropriate for preventing any such encroachment or acquisition.

 

3.22         3.22         Costs of applications

 

To pay all reasonable and proper costs and expenses (including surveyors’ fees and solicitors’ charges and all disbursements) reasonably and properly incurred or payable by the Landlord in respect of every application to the Landlord for any consent or approval hereunder whether or not such consent or approval is granted or refused or the application for same is withdrawn save where a consent is withheld unlawfully or unlawful conditions are imposed.

 



 

3.23         3.23         Observe documents

 

By way of indemnity only to observe and perform the agreements, covenants and stipulations contained or referred to in the documents brief particulars of which are set out in Schedule 3 in so far as the same are still subsisting, relate to the Premises and are capable of being enforced against the Premises or the owner, landlord, tenant or occupier of the Premises and to keep the Landlord throughout the Term fully indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims, demands, expenses and liability in any way incurred by or made against the Landlord arising as a result of a breach by the Tenant of this covenant.

 

3.24         3.24         Energy Performance Certificate

 

(a)            Not to obtain an EPC for the Premises without the consent of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed where an EPC is required by statute).

 

(b)            Where supplied directly to the Tenant by the relevant utility company rather than by the Landlord, to provide to the Landlord within a reasonable period following written request any such information to the extent that the same is in the possession of the Tenant as may be reasonably required to enable the Landlord to measure or assess energy consumed at the Premises.

 

(c)            It shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent pursuant to clause 3.24(a) if:

 

(i)             the Existing EPC remains valid; or

 

(ii)            the Landlord provides to the Tenant a valid EPC for the Premises; or

 

(iii)           the Landlord agrees to obtain an EPC for the Premises.

 

(d)            If the Tenant requests (and the Landlord provides) any information in order to allow an energy assessor to prepare an EPC then the Tenant shall on demand pay to the Landlord the Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in providing such information.

 

3.25         3.25         Keyholder

 

To ensure that at all times the Landlord has written notice of the name home address and home telephone number of at least two keyholders of the Premises.

 

3.26         3.26         Environmental liability

 

(a)            In this clause:

 

(i)             “Environmental Claim” means any formal written notice given by any person or body including without limitation any relevant enforcing or regulatory authority alleging liability or potential liability including (without limitation) investigatory costs remedial costs administrative costs fines damages and penalties arising out of or based on or resulting from either regulatory civil or criminal action relating to either the presence or release migration or escape into the environment of any Hazardous Materials and forming the basis of any infringement of any Environmental Laws;

 

(ii)            “Environmental Laws” means all legal requirements relating to the pollution or protection of the environment (as defined in Section 1(2) of the Environmental Protection Act 1990) or harm to human health or the environment including without limitation those relating to Environmental Matters or otherwise relating to the manufacture processing distribution

 



 

use treatment storage keeping disposal transport or handling of Hazardous Materials or of goods containing Hazardous Materials;

 

(iii)           “Environmental Matters” means waste (as defined in Section 75 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990), contaminated land, discharges and emissions of Hazardous Materials into any environmental medium, noise and vibration, heat light and radiation, dangerous hazardous or toxic substances and materials, nuisance (including statutory nuisance) and health and safety;

 

(iv)           “Hazardous Materials” means all chemicals pollutants contaminants waste petroleum petroleum products pesticides dangerous or noxious or hazardous or toxic or carcinogenic or radioactive or explosive or combustible or inflammable substances and materials (in each case whether in the form of a solid liquid, gas or vapour, and whether alone or in combination) which are in each case causing or in a condition capable of causing harm or damage to the environment or to the health and safety of persons;

 

(v)            “Pre-existing Environmental Matters” means the presence of any Hazardous Materials at the Premises or any Environmental Matters in existence at the Premises in either case prior to the first occupation of the Premises by the Tenant (except to the extent the condition of such Hazardous Materials or Environmental Matters has been made worse by the act or negligent omission of the Tenant).

 

(b)            Save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, not to discharge or permit or suffer to be discharged any Hazardous Materials from the Premises to any adjoining or neighbouring property and not to cause contamination or pollution at, on, in or under the Premises.

 

(c)            As soon as is reasonably practicable to notify the Landlord in writing of the following and to supply to the Landlord such further information relating to such matters as the Landlord may reasonably (save for information which has the benefit of legal privilege) require:

 

(i)             the presence at the Premises of any Hazardous Materials in any condition or any occurrence on the Premises that either results or could result in the breach of the terms of this Lease relating to Environmental Matters or that might form the basis of an Environmental Claim in respect of the Premises or any other property;

 

(ii)            any pending or threatened Environmental Claim in respect of the Premises.

 

(d)            If the Landlord acting reasonably shall believe that the terms of this Lease relating to Environmental Matters have been breached or that Hazardous Materials (other than petrol in the petrol tanks of vehicles at the Premises in accordance with the provisions of this Lease or usual waste or any Hazardous Materials used in the ordinary course of the Tenant’s business which have been notified to and approved by the Landlord acting reasonably) have been brought on to the Premises then the Landlord may cause an independent environmental consultant chosen by the Landlord to make an inspection of the Premises (including making such tests and taking such samples as the consultant considers necessary or desirable) on such terms as the Landlord shall reasonably determine Provided that if such inspection reveals that the terms of this Lease have been so breached

 


 

the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand the costs and expenses of such inspection.

 

(e)                                  Whenever required by the Landlord and save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, the Tenant shall at the Landlord’s option either:

 

(i)                                             carry out at the Tenant’s expense such remedial works as the Landlord shall reasonably require to ensure that the Premises comply with all Environmental Laws insofar as any act default or omission of the Tenant has caused or is causing a breach of such laws; or

 

(ii)                                          grant the Landlord uninterrupted access to carry out such remedial works and reimburse the Landlord on demand all costs and expenses of and associated with such remedial works.

 

(f)                                   Save in relation to Pre-existing Environmental Matters, to keep the Landlord indemnified from and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties which the Landlord may suffer or incur as a consequence of Environmental Claims arising out of any act default or omission of the Tenant and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties in respect of or arising from damage to or pollution of the environment or damage to property or harm to human health caused or permitted by the Tenant at the Premises and against all expenses, costs, claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, fines and penalties arising from the Tenant’s breach of its covenants given in this clause 3.26.

 

(g)                                  To comply with the Regulations and all such further reasonable regulations and directions as the Landlord may from time to time make and provide to the Tenant in writing.  Insofar as there is any inconsistency between the terms of such regulations or directions and this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall prevail.

 

(h)                                 The Tenant hereby acknowledges and covenants that its obligations and all its liabilities in relation to all Environmental Claims and environmental matters arising during the subsistence of this Lease shall continue despite expiry or sooner determination of this Lease.

 

4.                                      4                                           LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

The Landlord COVENANTS with the Tenant as follows:

 

4.1                               4.1                                 Insure

 

(a)                                 To insure and (unless such insurance shall become void by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant) to keep insured (and pay all premiums for insuring) the Science Park including the Premises (whether or not with other premises) with a reputable insurance office in the United Kingdom against loss or damage by the Insured Risks for the full reinstatement cost together with insurance against:

 

(i)                                             architects’, surveyors’ and other professional advisers’ fees at the usual scales current for the time being and the cost of demolition and site clearance consequent upon rebuilding or reinstatement; and

 

(ii)                                          three years’ loss of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge or loss of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge for such longer period as the Landlord

 



 

shall in its absolute discretion (acting reasonably) deem necessary for the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises taking into account any likely increases in such rents during such period

 

subject to such exclusions, conditions, limitations and uninsured excesses as the insurer may reasonably apply, provided that the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that any such exclusions, conditions, limitations and uninsured excesses are no more onerous than would be applied as standard in the London insurance market to a policy at normal commercial rates for a property of this location, size and type.

 

(b)                                 If the Premises (or those parts of the Centre Common Parts that provide access to the Premises) shall at any time or times be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks:

 

(i)                                             to apply all such moneys (except moneys received in respect of loss or damage of or to such adjoining or neighbouring premises or any fixtures and fittings liability to third parties or loss of rent) as the Landlord may receive under or by virtue of such insurance in rebuilding or reinstating the Premises or such parts as may have been damaged or destroyed or the means of access to the same (as the case may be) as expeditiously as possible (subject always to the Landlord being able to obtain all such approvals, consents, licences, permits and permissions from any superior landlord or other competent authorities (which the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain) and all such materials and labour as may be necessary for such rebuilding and reinstatement); and

 

(ii)                                          (save to the extent payment of the insurance moneys shall be refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant and the Tenant fails to pay such monies to the Landlord in accordance with clause 3.15(c)) to pay any shortfall out of its own moneys.

 

(c)                                  To cause a note of the Tenant’s interest (either generally or specifically) to be endorsed on the insurance policy or policies and to produce to the Tenant within a reasonable time following demand (but not more than once in every year) a copy of the Landlord’s insurance policy or policies required to be effected by the Landlord in respect of the Science Park (including the Premises) pursuant to clause 4.1 and reasonable evidence of the payment of the insurance premium for the same.

 

4.2                              4.2                                 Quiet enjoyment

 

That the Tenant paying the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent, the Service Charge and all other moneys which may become payable hereunder by the Tenant and observing and performing the several covenants and agreements on the Tenant’s part and the conditions and stipulations contained in this Lease shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Lease without any lawful interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord or by title paramount.

 



 

4.3                               4.3                                 Provide services

 

(Unless prevented by strikes, lockouts, unavailability of materials or labour or by any other matter outside the control of the Landlord and so long as the Tenant shall pay the Service Charge) to use its best endeavours to carry out the works and to provide the services referred to in Schedule 4 Part B, and provided that the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any loss, damage or inconvenience which may be caused because of:

 

(a)                                 temporary interruption of such services during periods of inspection, maintenance, repair and renewal so long as such periods are kept as short as reasonably practicable and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent or mitigate the effect of such interruption and to restore the services as soon as possible; or

 

(b)                                 the breakdown, failure, stoppage, leaking, bursting or defect of any Conducting Media provided the Landlord uses its best endeavours to remedy such matters (so far as they are within its control) as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

4.4                               4.4                                 Provision of power water etc

 

(a)                                 Until such time (if any) as the Landlord shall arrange for the provision of all or any of the following services directly from the relevant utility company the Landlord shall subject to the Tenant paying the outgoings referred to in clause 3.2(b) use all reasonable endeavours to procure the supply of the following services to the Premises:

 

(i)                                      electricity;

 

(ii)                                   heated water;

 

(iii)                                mains raw water;

 

(iv)                               sewerage;

 

(v)                                  medium temperature hot water for heating.

 

(b)                                 The Landlord may upon written notice to the Tenant of not less than five working days suspend for such reasonable period as may be necessary for repair replacement modernisation (including works to supply any service to the Premises directly from the relevant utility company) any of the services referred to in clause 4.4(a) and in any event the Landlord shall be under no liability in respect of any failure in the performance or observance of any such obligation Provided that if such suspension exceeds 24 continuous hours the landlord shall at its own cost provide a means of supplying equivalent temporary services.

 

(c)                                  All liability on the part of the Landlord pursuant to this clause shall cease in respect of any service which the Landlord shall, acting reasonably and in the interest of good estate management (but without any obligation so to do), make arrangements to have supplied directly to the Premises by the relevant utility company.

 

5.                                      5                                           PROVISOS

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS AND IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

5.1                               5.1                                 Interest on late payments

 

(a)                                 Whenever the whole or any part of the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent or the Service Charge (whether formally or legally

 



 

demanded or not) or any other moneys which may become payable hereunder by the Tenant to the Landlord shall remain unpaid after becoming due and payable then the amount or the balance for the time being unpaid shall (without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right or remedy of the Landlord) as from the due date for payment and until the same is duly paid bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the rate of four per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or (in the event of such rate ceasing to be published) at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant in writing.

 

(b)                                 In the event of there being any breach by the Tenant of the covenants on its part contained in this Lease and the Landlord having notified the Tenant in writing that by reason of such breach the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent, the Insurance Rent or the Service Charge will not be accepted for the time being then the amount or the balance for the time being outstanding shall (but without prejudice as mentioned above) as from the date of the notice served by the Landlord in respect of such breach or (if later) from the due date for payment until the date on which payment is tendered by the Tenant following the remedying of such breach bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the above rate;

 

and the Tenant accordingly COVENANTS with the Landlord that in every such case the Tenant will pay such interest thereon to the Landlord in addition to the Principal Rent Second Rent Third Rent Insurance Rent Service Charge and other moneys (as well after as before any judgment) at the above rate and in default of payment such interest shall be recoverable as rent in arrears.

 

5.2                              5.2                                 Re-entry

 

Without prejudice to any other provisions contained in this Lease, if:

 

(a)                                 any of the rents reserved by this Lease are unpaid for 21 days after becoming payable (whether formally demanded or not);

 

(b)                                 the Tenant is in breach of any of its obligations in this Lease;

 

(c)                                  the Tenant (being a company) enters into liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary (other than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation not involving a realisation of assets) or a resolution is passed or a petition is presented for such liquidation;

 

(d)                                 an administrator is appointed in respect of the Tenant pursuant to the Insolvency Act 1986 or the Insolvent Partnerships Order or application is made for such administration or notice is given under paragraph 15 or 26 of Schedule B1 to the  Insolvency Act 1986 (as amended);

 

(e)                                  a receiver is appointed in respect of the Tenant or any assets of the Tenant;

 

(f)                                   (where the Tenant comprises or includes one or more individuals) a bankruptcy order is made against any such individual or a petition is presented for such bankruptcy order;

 

(g)                                  the Tenant becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 Insolvency Act 1986 or makes a proposal for or enters into any composition with its or his creditors or makes a proposal for or enters into a voluntary arrangement (within the meaning of section 1 or section 253 Insolvency Act 1986);

 



 

(h)                                 distress, sequestration or execution is levied on the Tenant’s goods;

 

(i)                                     any of the above events occurs in relation to the Surety (excluding for this purpose any person whose liability at the time of such event derives from an Authorised Guarantee Agreement); or

 

(j)                                    any event analogous to any of the above events occurs in any jurisdiction other than England and Wales

 

then the Landlord may at any time re-enter the Premises or any part of the Premises in the name of the whole and immediately this Lease shall terminate absolutely but without prejudice to any rights of the Landlord in respect of any breach of any of the obligations on the Tenant’s part in this Lease.

 

5.3                               5.3                                 Rent cesser

 

If the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park shall at any time or times be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use and/or inaccessible then and in every such case (save to the extent provided in clause 4.1(b)(ii)) the Principal Rent, the Second Rent, the Third Rent and the Service Charge or a fair and just proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained (as agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant in writing within one month of such destruction or damage) shall be suspended and cease to be payable for a period of three years (or for such other period as the Landlord shall have insured under clause 4.1(a)) from the date of such damage or destruction or (if earlier) until the Premises (or access roads within the Science Park, as the case may be) have been rebuilt or reinstated so that the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible and failing such agreement or in case any dispute shall arise as to the amount of such suspension and/or such period the same shall be determined by an independent surveyor who shall:

 

(a)                                 be a chartered surveyor with at least ten years’ experience in the assessment of rent for premises of a similar nature in the locality of the Premises;

 

(b)                                 be appointed by the President or Vice President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of whichever of the Landlord and the Tenant shall first so apply;

 

(c)                                  act as an expert and not as an arbitrator;

 

(d)                                 on his appointment serve written notice on the Landlord and the Tenant;

 

(e)                                  consider any written representations by or on behalf of the Landlord or the Tenant concerning such matter which are received by him within 28 days of such service but otherwise have an unfettered discretion to determine such matter;

 

(f)                                   serve notice of such determination on the Landlord and the Tenant as soon as he has made it;

 

(g)                                  be paid his proper fee and expenses in connection with such determination by the Landlord and the Tenant in equal shares or any such shares as he may determine;

 

and any such determination shall be final and binding on the parties PROVIDED that if and whenever any person so appointed shall die, be adjudged bankrupt or become of

 



 

unsound mind or if both the Landlord and the Tenant shall serve upon such person written notice that in their opinion he has unreasonably delayed making such determination such person shall ipso facto be discharged and be entitled only to his reasonable expenses prior to such discharge and another such independent surveyor shall be appointed to act in his place.

 

5.4                               Reinstatement prevented

 

If the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park are destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks and the Landlord has not completed reinstatement of the Premises or the relevant access roads (so that the Premises are fit again for occupation and use and accessible) within two years and nine months after the date of such damage or destruction then (unless payment of the insurance moneys was refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default by or on the part of the Tenant or any subtenant or other person under the control of the Tenant or any subtenant and the Tenant failed to pay such monies to the Landlord in accordance with clause 3.15(c)) at any time thereafter this Lease may be terminated by either the Landlord or the Tenant giving to the other not less than three months’ notice and upon the expiry of such notice the Term shall end but if by the expiry of such notice the Premises (or the access roads) have been reinstated so that at that date the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible the notice will be void and this Lease will continue in full force and effect, and if this Lease is terminated pursuant to this clause the Landlord will be entitled to retain the whole of the insurance moneys for its absolute use and benefit.

 

5.5                               Reinstatement following damage by an Uninsured Risk

 

For the purpose of this clause 5.5 and clauses 5.6 and 5.7 below:

 

(a)                                 these provisions shall apply from the date on which any Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk but only in relation to the Uninsured Risk;

 

(b)                                 references to an Insured Risk becoming an Uninsured Risk shall, without limitation, include the application by insurers of an exclusion, condition or limitation to an Insured Risk to the extent to which such risk thereby is or becomes an Uninsured Risk but:

 

(i)                                      an Insured Risk shall not become an Uninsured Risk due to the Landlord’s failure to comply with the provisions of clause 4.1; and

 

(ii)                                   an Insured Risk shall not become an Uninsured Risk owing to the act or default of the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant or their respective agents, employees, licensees or contractors;

 

(c)                                  the Landlord shall notify the Tenant in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after an Insured Risk becomes an Uninsured Risk.

 

5.6                               If, during the Term, the Premises or any part of them or any access roads within the Science Park shall be damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk so as to make the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible:

 

(a)                                 then the provisions of clause 5.3 (except for the words “ , the Third Rent ” and the words “ for a period of three years (or for such other period as the Landlord shall have insured under clause 4.1(a)) from the date of such damage or destruction or (if earlier) ”) shall apply as if there had been damage or destruction by an Insured Risk;

 



 

(b)                                 the Landlord may serve notice on the Tenant within six months of the date of damage or destruction (time being of the essence) confirming that it will reinstate the Premises (or the access roads as the case may be) (“ a Reinstatement Notice ”); and

 

(c)                                  if the Landlord serves a Reinstatement Notice in accordance with clause 5.6(b) then clause 4.1(b) and clause 5.4 shall apply as if there had been damage or destruction by an Insured Risk (but as though the period of two years and nine months mentioned in clause 5.4 were deemed to be a period of three years).

 

5.7                               If the Landlord does not serve a Reinstatement Notice following damage or destruction by an Uninsured Risk, then at any time after the date six months after the date on which such damage or destruction occurred (time being of the essence) either party may by service of a written notice on the other terminate this Lease with immediate effect (unless in the meantime the Premises or the access roads within the Science Park have been reinstated so that the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible) but without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of this Lease.

 

5.8                               5.8                                 Statutory compensation

 

The Tenant shall not be entitled on quitting the Premises to any compensation under section 37 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (as amended).

 

5.9                               5.9                                 Data Protection Act 1998

 

For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998 or otherwise the Tenant and the Surety acknowledge that information relating to this tenancy will be held on computer and other filing systems by the Landlord or the Landlord’s managing agent (if any) for the purposes of general administration and/or enforcement of this Lease and agree to such information being used for such purposes and being disclosed to third parties so far only as is necessary in connection with:

 

(a)                                 the management of the Landlord’s interest in the Science Park;

 

(b)                                 the insurance and/or the maintenance of the Premises;

 

(c)                                  checking the credit-worthiness of the Tenant and the Surety; or

 

(d)                                 the disposal or sub-letting of the Premises or the Science Park,

 

or is necessary to conform with recognised industry practice in the management and letting of property.

 

5.10                        5.10                          Exclusion of liability

 

The Landlord shall not be liable to observe or perform any obligation on its part contained in this Lease after it has ceased to be entitled to the reversion immediately expectant upon the Term (and, without prejudice to any right of the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach by the Landlord of any of the obligations on the Landlord’s part prior to that date, the Tenant releases the Landlord from all liability in respect of any future breach or non-observance of any such obligation occurring after it has disposed of such reversion).

 



 

6.                                      6                                           RENT REVIEW

 

IT IS ALSO AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

6.1                               In this clause:

 

(a)                                 the “Review Date” means and includes 16 November 2017 and 16 November 2022;

 

(b)                                 the “Market Rent” means the yearly rent exclusive of all outgoings at which the Premises might reasonably be expected to be let as a whole as between a willing landlord and a willing tenant in the open market with vacant possession for a term of ten years commencing on the relevant Review Date without payment of any fine or premium upon the terms and subject to covenants, agreements, stipulations and conditions similar to those contained in this Lease (except as to the Term and the amount of the Principal Rent and the fact of the payment and the amount of the payment of the Second Rent and the Third Rent but including similar provisions for review of the Principal Rent) but upon the assumption that:

 

(i)                                      the Tenant has complied with all of the covenants on the part of the Tenant in this Lease contained;

 

(ii)                                   the Premises have been finished at the Landlord’s cost to a specification equivalent to the Rent Review Specification and are accordingly ready to receive the willing tenant’s fitting out works and that the willing tenant has had the benefit of such rental concessions (including any rent free or reduced rent period) as are usual in the market to compensate it for the time and inconvenience of it having to fit out the Premises (but no other rent free periods or incentives);

 

(iii)                                the Premises may be used for any use permitted by this Lease and by any licence or consent granted by the Landlord prior to the relevant Review Date at the request of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or any predecessor in title of them or either of them respectively;

 

(iv)                               in case the Premises have been destroyed or damaged they have been fully restored;

 

(v)                                  all Value Added Tax payable by the Tenant under the provisions of this Lease is recoverable by the Tenant in full; and

 

(vi)                               the Premises comply with all requirements of all Acts (as defined in clause 3.4);

 

and disregarding (if appropriate, and without prejudice to the assumptions at paragraphs (ii) and (vi) above):

 

(1)                                 any effect on the rent of the fact that the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or their respective predecessors in title or any other permitted occupier has been or is in occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises;

 

(2)                                 any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on at the Premises of the business of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or other permitted occupier;

 

(3)                                 any permitted improvement to the Premises carried out by and at the expense of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or any predecessor in title of them or either of them respectively (otherwise than in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord save where the obligation arises pursuant to clauses 3.4 or 3.13(a)) and

 



 

being such an improvement completed after the date of this Lease but not more than 21 years before the relevant Review Date;

 

(4)                                 any works of demolition, construction, alteration or addition carried out or being carried out on the Premises by the Tenant or any undertenant or other permitted occupier or their respective predecessors in title (otherwise than by and at the instance of the Landlord or in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord save where the obligation arises pursuant to clauses 3.4 or 3.13(a)) which diminish the rental value of the Premises at the relevant Review Date.

 

6.2                               As at each Review Date there shall be a review of the Principal Rent and the Landlord and the Tenant shall seek to agree the Market Rent but failing written agreement between the parties the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time not more than two months prior to the relevant Review Date refer the determination of the Market Rent to an independent surveyor (being such a person as is mentioned in clause 5.3(a) and who shall be appointed as mentioned in clause 5.3(b)) acting as an arbitrator (in which case the Arbitration Act 1996 shall apply) or (if the Landlord and the Tenant shall so agree) such independent surveyor shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator.

 

6.3                               If the determination of the Market Rent shall be referred to an expert in accordance with the previous clause then clause 5.3(d), 5.3(e), 5.3(f) and 5.3(g) shall also apply and such expert shall give notice in writing of his decision within two months of his appointment or within such extended period as the parties may agree.

 

6.4                               The Principal Rent payable hereunder as from each Review Date (the “Reviewed Rent”) until the subsequent Review Date or the end or sooner determination of the Term (as the case may be) shall be the greater of the Principal Rent payable hereunder immediately prior to the relevant Review Date (the “Current Rent”) and the Market Rent agreed or determined in accordance with clause 6.2.

 

6.5                               If the Reviewed Rent shall not be ascertained by the Review Date then until it has been ascertained the Tenant shall continue to pay on account Principal Rent at the rate of the Current Rent until the quarter day after it has been ascertained on which quarter day the Tenant shall pay the Landlord an additional sum equal to the excess (if any) of Principal Rent at the rate of the Reviewed Rent over Principal Rent at the rate of the Current Rent for the period from the Review Date to such quarter day plus interest on such additional sum from the date on which each instalment would have been due during such period if the Reviewed Rent had then been ascertained such interest being chargeable at the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or (in the event of such rate ceasing to be published) at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant in writing.

 

6.6                               A Memorandum of the Market Rent shall be entered into between the parties in such terms as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

7.                                      7                                           TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

 

7.1                               The Tenant may end this Lease on either the First Termination Date or on the Second Termination Date (each being a “Termination Date” ) by giving at least 12 months’ written notice expiring on the relevant Termination Date provided that at the relevant Termination Date:

 

(a)                                 there are no arrears of the Principal Rent or the Second Rent or the Third Rent (or any VAT which may be chargeable in respect of the Principal Rent or the Second

 



 

Rent or the Third Rent) up to and including the relevant Termination Date but excluding any period falling after the relevant Termination Date;

 

(b)                                 occupation of the Premises is given up by the Tenant and no underleases of the Premises (or any part of the Premises) remain subsisting.

 

7.2                               If any of the conditions referred to in clause 7.1 (a) or (b) above are not satisfied at the relevant Termination Date the relevant Tenant’s notice served pursuant to clause 7.1 is deemed to be of no effect and this Lease shall continue as before, provided that the Landlord may waive all or any of such conditions by giving notice to the Tenant at any time.

 

7.3                               The ending of this Lease shall not affect any party’s rights in respect of any earlier breach of any provision of this Lease. Within twenty working days following termination of the Lease pursuant to this clause 7, the Landlord shall reimburse to the Tenant any Principal Rent, Second Rent, Third Rent, Service Charge or Insurance Rent paid in advance by the Tenant in respect of the period after (but excluding) the relevant Termination Date.

 

7.4                               On the date on which this Lease ends pursuant to this clause, the Tenant shall hand over to the Landlord the original Lease and all other title deeds and documents relating to the Premises where the same are in possession of the Tenant.

 

8.                                      8                                           ACCIDENTAL HAPPENINGS OR INJURIES

 

8.1                               The Landlord shall not be responsible to the Tenant or the Tenant’s licensees servants agents tradesmen or other persons in the Premises or any part thereof or calling upon the Tenant or upon the Science Park for any accidental happening or injury suffered to or loss of any chattel or property (save where the same are due to the act, default or negligence of the Landlord or the Landlord’s employees servants agents tradesmen or those under the control of the Landlord) sustained on the Premises the Science Park or any part thereof.

 

8.2                               The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person claiming through the Tenant for any loss or damage whatsoever which may be caused by stoppage interruption or defect of any plant or machinery in or service to the Premises or the Science Park or any neighbouring premises provided that the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent or mitigate the effect of such stoppage, interruption or defect and to remedy such matters as soon as possible.

 

9.                                      9                                           NOTICES

 

This Lease shall incorporate the provisions as to notices contained in section 196 Law of Property Act 1925 as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962 and every notice required to be given hereunder shall be in writing.

 

10.                               10                                    VAT

 

10.1                        All rents and other sums payable by the Tenant hereunder which are for the time being subject to VAT shall be considered to be tax exclusive sums and the VAT at the appropriate rate for the time being shall be payable by the Tenant in addition.

 

10.2                        The Tenant shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord against any VAT paid or payable by the Landlord in respect of any costs, fees, disbursements, expenses or other sums which the Landlord is entitled to recover under the terms of this Lease.

 


 

11.                               11                                    SURETY’S COVENANTS

 

The Surety covenants with the Landlord in the terms of Schedule 6.

 

12.                               12                                    LANDLORD AND TENANT (COVENANTS) ACT 1995

 

This Lease is a new tenancy within the meaning of section 1 Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

13.                               13                                    ADDRESS FOR RENT DEMANDS

 

Whilst GW Research Limited is the Tenant all rent demands should be sent to c/o GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Building 114, Porton Down Science Park, Porton, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ unless it notifies the Landlord of another address.

 

14.                               14                                    DELIVERY AS A DEED

 

This document shall be treated as having been executed as a deed only upon being dated.

 

15.                               15                                    RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

No person other than a contracting party may enforce any provision of this Lease by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

16.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

16.1                        This deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.2                        Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts to settle any dispute which may arise under or in connection with this deed or the legal relationships established by this deed.

 

IN WITNESS of the above the parties have executed this deed the day and year first before written

 



 

SCHEDULE  1

 

Rights granted

 

1.                                      The right in common with all others having similar rights from time to time:

 

1.1                               of passage to and from the Premises with or without vehicles over the Access Roads subject to the Landlord’s right in its absolute discretion to alter, stop up or divert the Access Roads or any part or parts of them at any time during the Term provided that:

 

(a)                                 any expenses in altering, stopping up or diverting the Access Roads are borne by the Landlord; and

 

(b)                                 the Landlord leaves available for use by the Tenant reasonable means of access to the Premises;

 

1.2                               of full, free and uninterrupted passage and running of water, soil, gas, electricity and all other services from and to the Premises through the Conducting Media which are now in, upon, over or under other parts of the Science Park.

 

2.                                      The exclusive right to use 8 car parking spaces edged green on the plan numbered 2 attached hereto but:

 

2.1                               only for parking private motor cars (duly insured and taxed for use on the public highway) belonging to the Tenant or any undertenant or their respective invitees or others authorised by them (but for the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be entitled to demand any consideration in money or money’s worth from any third party for the use of such spaces); and

 

2.2                               if at any time acting reasonably and in the interests of good and proper estate management the Landlord desires to re-designate all or any of the said parking spaces, the Landlord shall have full right and liberty so to do on giving to the Tenant prior written notice of such re-designation, but at its own expense and subject to the Landlord making available for use by the Tenant always at least the same number of parking spaces as are edged green on the aforementioned plan.

 



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Rights reserved

 

1.                                      The full, free and uninterrupted passage and running of water, soil, gas, electricity and all other services for the benefit of the Landlord and the owners, tenants or occupiers for the time being of the adjoining or neighbouring premises through the Conducting Media which are now or may at any time hereafter be in, upon, over or under the Premises.

 

2.                                      The right at all reasonable times to enter such parts of the Premises as may be necessary after three working days’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) for the purposes of:

 

2.1                               anything connected with the provision of the services referred to in clauses 4.3 and 4.4;

 

2.2                               carrying out an assessment or survey of the Premises for the purposes of obtaining an EPC;

 

2.3                               connecting, laying, inspecting, cleansing, maintaining, repairing, replacing, amending, altering, relaying or renewing the Conducting Media; and/or

 

2.4                               erecting, constructing or laying in, under, over or across such reasonable parts of the Premises(as shall be agreed with the Tenant (whose agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) any Conducting Media, poles, structures, fixtures or other works for the drainage of or for the supply of water, gas, electricity, telephone, heating, steam and other services to any adjoining or neighbouring premises;

 

subject to performing such tasks as quickly as reasonably practicable.

 

3.                                      The right to erect scaffolding (and the right to enter in order to erect such scaffolding) for the purpose of inspecting repairing or cleaning the Premises or any buildings now or after the date of this Lease on adjoining or neighbouring premises notwithstanding that such scaffolding may temporarily restrict the access of light and air to the Premises.

 

4.                                      The right to enter after three working days’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) upon the Premises for the purpose of carrying out any necessary repairs, alterations or improvements to any adjoining or neighbouring premises

 

5.                                      The Landlord must make good in a reasonable manner to the Tenant’s reasonable satisfaction all damage occasioned to the Premises in the exercise of the rights referred to in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 above but the Landlord will not be liable to pay compensation for any inconvenience caused to the Tenant.

 

6.                                      All rights of light and air which the Premises enjoy over any other property.

 

7.                                      The right to deal with, modify or vary all covenants of which the Premises enjoy the benefit provided that in so doing the Tenant’s use of the Premises shall not be materially adversely affected.

 

8.                                      All rights of entry in clause 3 of this Lease.

 

9.                                      The right to erect any new buildings of any height on adjoining or neighbouring premises in such manner as it shall think fit notwithstanding the fact that the same may obstruct affect or interfere with the amenity of or access to the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Documents to be observed

 

1.                                      All those documents and matters referred to in the Property and Charges Registers of the Landlord’s freehold title of the Science Park as registered at the Land Registry under title number * * * as at 19 August 2011 (save for any financial charges).

 

2.                                      Wayleaves granted to British Telecom (and its successors) variously:

 

2.1                               dated May 2002 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.2                              dated 6 September 2001 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.3                               dated 24 May 2001 between Ashtenne * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.4                               dated 15 February 2001 between Robert Williams, * * * Centre (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2);

 

2.5                               dated 13 February 2001 between Robert Williams, * * * Centre (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2).

 

3.                                      Wayleaves granted to The South Eastern Electricity Board variously:

 

3.1                               dated 26 January 1967 between * * * Limited (1) and The South Eastern Electricity Board (2);

 

3.2                               dated 15 February 1989 between * * * Limited (1) and The South Eastern Electricity Board (2).

 

4.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 19 May 2004 between * * * Limited and * * * Limited (1) and Neos Networks Limited (2).

 

5.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 30 March 2010 between * * * Limited and * * * Limited (1) and Virgin Media Limited (2).

 

6.                                      Wayleave agreement dated 21 May 2010 between * * * Limited and * * * Limited (1) and British Telecommunications plc (2)

 


***         Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Service Charge

 

Part A

 

1.                                      The service charge referred to in this Schedule (the “Service Charge”) shall be the Fixed Charge as defined in Schedule 5.

 

2.                                      The Tenant shall pay the Fixed Charge by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days and so in proportion for any broken period.

 

3.                                      Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Part of this Schedule the first payment of the Fixed Charge for the period from 16 November 2012 to the next quarter day hereafter shall be paid on or before the date of this Lease.

 

4.                                      The Landlord shall not be concerned in the administration and collection of or accounting for the Service Charge on an assignment of this Lease and accordingly the Landlord shall:

 

4.1                               not be required to make any apportionment relative to the assignment; and

 

4.2                               be entitled to deal exclusively with the Tenant in whom this Lease is for the time being vested (and for this purpose in disregard of any assignment which has not been registered in accordance with clause 3.20).

 

Part B

 

1.                                       Maintaining, repairing, cleansing, decorating and renewing (and landscaping as deemed appropriate by the Landlord in its discretion) the Centre Common Parts.

 

2.                                      Providing security at the Science Park to include (if and as deemed necessary by the Landlord in its discretion acting reasonably) 24 hour manned presence CCTV surveillance security fencing and gates or other equivalent perimeter security measures.

 



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

Index-linked review of service charge

 

1.                                      In this Schedule the following expressions shall have the meanings set opposite them:

 

“Fixed Charge”

 

until 24 December 2012 the Initial Charge and thereafter as determined in accordance with paragraph 2 of this Schedule 5;

 

 

 

“Review Date”

 

the 25th day of December 2012 and every anniversary of that date and the date which is one day before the date on which the Term would expire by effluxion of time (disregarding any statutory continuation thereof);

 

 

 

“Initial Charge”

 

£8,367.50 per annum;

 

 

 

“Index”

 

the Index of Retail Prices (All Items) published by H M Government or any equivalent index stated by H M Government to be the official successor to the Index of Retail Prices (All Items)

PROVIDED that if the method of computation and/or the reference base of the Index shall materially change after the date of this Lease then the figure deemed to be shown in the Index for the purposes of this Lease after such change shall be the figure which would have been shown in the Index if the method of computation and/or reference base current at the date of this Lease had been retained, and any official reconciliation between such differing methods of computation or reference bases shall be binding on the parties to this Lease;

 

 

 

“Relevant Fraction”

 

a fraction of which the numerator is the figure of the Index published in the four weeks preceding the relevant Review Date and the denominator is the figure of the Index published in December 2011 ;

 

 

 

“Expert”

 

an independent chartered accountant (acting as an expert) being a partner in or a director of a leading firm or company of chartered accountants to be nominated in default of agreement by the Landlord and the Tenant by the President for the time being of the Institution of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales on the application of the Landlord or the Tenant made not more than one month before the relevant Review Date.

 

2.                                      From and including each Review Date the Fixed Charge shall be whichever is the higher of:

 

(a)                                 the Fixed Charge which was payable immediately before the relevant Review Date (the “Old Charge”); and

 

(b)                                 the figure calculated by multiplying the Initial Charge by the Relevant Fraction (the “Revised Charge”).

 



 

3.                                      If the Landlord and the Tenant shall fail to agree upon the Revised Charge, then either of them may not more than one month before the relevant Review Date require the Revised Charge to be determined by the Expert.

 

4.                                      The Expert shall on being appointed invite the Landlord and the Tenant to submit to him within such time limits as he shall consider appropriate (but not being less than 21 days) representations and cross representations as to the calculation of the Revised Charge, supported if they so wish by a statement of reasons and/or schedule of calculations.  The Expert shall consider such matters submitted to him but shall not be fettered thereby and shall determine the Revised Charge in accordance with his own knowledge, judgment and opinion having regard to such matters as he may consider appropriate.  The Expert’s decision shall (save as to any question of law) be final and binding on all matters referred to him under this Lease.

 

5.                                      If after the date of this Lease it becomes impossible (because of any change in the methods used to calculate the Index, or for any other reason) to calculate the Revised Charge, then the Expert shall have full power to determine what the increase in the Index would have been had it continued on the same basis as is assumed to be available for the operation of this rent review or (if that determination shall also be impossible) shall determine a reasonable charge having regard to the purposes and intent of this Schedule.

 

6.                                     If the Expert shall die or be unable or unwilling to accept his appointment or to carry out his functions then either the Landlord or the Tenant may apply for a replacement to be appointed in his stead, and this procedure may be repeated as often as necessary.

 

7.                                      If at any Review Date there is any statutory restriction upon the review or increase of the Fixed Charge or the Landlord’s right to recover it, then at any time after the lifting, removal or modification of such restriction and prior to the next following Review Date the Landlord may give the Tenant not less than one month’s notice requiring an additional review to take place on a quarter day to be specified in such notice which quarter day shall thereupon be treated for the purposes of this Lease as a Review Date.

 

8.                                      The costs of the Expert and the parties’ costs of the reference to him shall lie in his award but, in the absence of such award, the Landlord and Tenant shall each bear their own costs and one half of the Expert’s costs.  One party may pay the costs required to be borne by another party if they remain unpaid for more than 14 days after they become due, and then recover these and any incidental expenses incurred from that other party on demand.

 

9.                                      Time is not of the essence in relation to any matter contained in this Schedule.

 

10.                               If the Revised Charge has not been ascertained by the relevant Review Date, then the Old Charge shall be payable until such time as the Revised Charge has been ascertained.

 

11.                               Once the Revised Charge has been ascertained, the Tenant shall on demand pay the Landlord a sum equal to the amount (if any) by which the Revised Charge exceeds the Old Charge for the period from the relevant Review Date until the next quarter day following the date of such demand together with interest on each quarterly shortfall calculated on a daily basis from the date upon which each instalment of the shortfall would have been payable if the Revised Charge had then been ascertained at the base rate of Barclays Bank plc until seven days after the date of such demand, and thereafter together with interest calculated on a daily basis at the rate referred to in clause 5.1(a).

 



 

12.                               The Landlord and the Tenant may at any time settle the Revised Charge in more than one amount and agree to reserve such amounts increasing in steps until the next Review Date or, if none, until the termination of the Term, or as they may otherwise agree.

 

13.                               The parties will procure that a memorandum of the Revised Charge signed by the Landlord and Tenant shall be endorsed on or annexed to this Lease and its counterpart.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

Covenants by the Surety

 

1.                                      The Surety (if any) in consideration of the grant of this Lease (or the agreement to the assignment of this Lease as appropriate) COVENANTS AND GUARANTEES with and to the Landlord that:

 

1.1                               The Tenant shall punctually pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants and other terms of this Lease.

 

1.2                               If the Tenant shall make any default in payment of the rents or in performing or observing any of the covenants or other terms of this Lease the Surety will pay the rents and perform or observe the covenants or terms in respect of which the Tenant shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment, non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

(a)                                 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Tenant or any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of this Lease;

 

(b)                                 that the terms of this Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties;

 

(c)                                  any other act or thing (apart from an express release by deed) by which but for this provision the Surety would have been released.

 

1.3                               These provisions are to take effect immediately on the grant (or the assignment as appropriate) of the Lease to the Tenant and are to remain in force so long and to the extent that the Tenant  is not released by law from liability for any of the covenants and other terms of this Lease.

 

2.                                      The Surety FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if this Lease is disclaimed or forfeited prior to any lawful assignment by the Tenant of this Lease the Landlord may within six months after the disclaimer or forfeiture by notice in writing require the Surety to accept a new lease of the Premises for a term equivalent to the residue which if there had been no disclaimer or forfeiture would have remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to similar covenants and conditions as are payable under and applicable to the tenancy immediately before the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture (such new lease and the rights and liabilities under it to take effect as from the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture) and in such case the Surety shall pay the Landlord’s costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with such new lease and the Surety shall accept such new lease accordingly and will execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

 

3.                                      If this Lease is disclaimed or forfeited and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Surety to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with paragraph 2 the Surety shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use or occupation of the Premises (less any expenditure incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Premises) and the rents which would have been payable under the Lease but for such disclaimer or forfeiture in both cases for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer or forfeiture and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date six months after such disclaimer or forfeiture; and

 

(b)                                 the date (if any) upon which the Premises are relet.

 



 

4.                                      The Surety FURTHER COVENANTS and guarantees the obligations of the Tenant under any Authorised Guarantee Agreement entered into by the Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

5.                                      It is hereby agreed that if any payment is made under the terms of this guarantee and the Surety is thereupon subrogated to all the Landlord’s rights of recovery in relation thereto then the Surety shall not exercise any such rights against the Tenant.

 

6.                                      For the purposes of these provisions references to the Tenant are to the Tenant in relation to whom the Surety’s covenant is given but not any lawful assignee of such Tenant.

 


 

SCHEDULE 7

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

1.                                      The Tenant in consideration of the agreement to the assignment of the Lease COVENANTS AND GUARANTEES with and to the Landlord that:

 

1.1                               The Assignee shall punctually pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants and other terms of the Lease.

 

1.2                               If the Assignee shall make any default in payment of the rents or in performing or observing any of the covenants or other terms of the Lease the Tenant will pay the rents and perform and observe the covenants or terms in respect of which the Assignee shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment, non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

(a)                                 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Assignee or any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of the Lease;

 

(b)                                 that the terms of the Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties (but subject always to section 18 Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995);

 

(c)                                  any other act or thing (apart from an express release by deed) by which but for this provision the Tenant would have been released.

 

2.                                      The Tenant FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if the Lease is disclaimed prior to any lawful assignment by the Assignee of the Lease the Landlord may within six months after the disclaimer require the Tenant to accept a new lease of the Premises for a term equivalent to the residue which if there had been no disclaimer would have remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to similar covenants and conditions as are payable under and applicable to the tenancy immediately before the date of such disclaimer (such new lease and the rights and liabilities under it to take effect as from the date of such disclaimer) and in such case the Tenant shall pay the Landlord’s costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with such new lease and the Tenant shall accept such new lease accordingly and will execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

 

3.                                      If the Lease is disclaimed and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Tenant to accept a new lease of the Premises in accordance with paragraph 2 the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use or occupation of the Premises (less any expenditure incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Premises) and the rents which would have been payable under the Lease but for such disclaimer in both cases for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

 

(a)                                 the date six months after such disclaimer;

 

(b)                                 the end or sooner determination of the Term.

 

4.                                      Notwithstanding any of the above provisions the Tenant:

 

(a)                                 shall not be required to guarantee in any way the liability for the covenants and other terms of the Lease of any person other than the Assignee; and

 



 

(b)                                 shall not be subject to any liability, restriction or other requirement (of whatever nature) in relation to any time after the Assignee is by law released from the covenants and other terms of the Lease.

 

5.                                      It is hereby agreed that if any payment is made under the terms of this guarantee and the Tenant is thereupon subrogated to all the Landlord’s right of recovery in relation thereto then the Tenant shall not exercise any such rights against the Assignee.

 

6.                                      No person other than a contracting party may enforce any provision of this Deed by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

7.                                      Words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the same meaning as in the Lease.

 



 

SCHEDULE 8

 

The Regulations

 

1.                                      Not to store rubbish or waste of any description outside the Premises save in any area so designated by the Landlord from time to time.

 

2.                                      Not to allow empty containers or rubbish of any description to accumulate upon the Premises or the Centre Common Parts nor to discharge into the Conducting Media or onto any wall or parking area or forecourt of the Science Park any deleterious matter or substance including chemicals radioactive material diesel fuel or oil which might be or become a source of danger or injury to the Conducting Media or any other property or person.

 

3.                                      Not to use any container for rubbish or refuse other than such type and so constructed as to prevent any leakage or spillage therefrom and to keep the same in the area (if any) provided for the purpose and to prevent such rubbish or refuse causing a nuisance or annoyance to the Landlord or the owners or occupiers of neighbouring premises.

 

4.                                      Not to use any part of the Premises in such manner as to subject it to any excessive strain or interference and not to install machinery on the Premises which shall be unduly noisy or cause vibration.

 

5.                                     Not to do anything on the Premises which might reasonably be expected to produce directly or indirectly corrosive fumes or vapours or moisture or humidity in excess of that which the Premises were designed to bear and are otherwise reasonable.

 

6.                                      Not to load or unload any vehicle unless the vehicle shall be in a loading area provided from time to time for that purpose and not to obstruct or damage any access ways roads or landscaped areas in the Science Park or leading to the Premises.

 

7.                                      In the event of a spill or deposit on the Premises of any Hazardous Materials to inform the Landlord of this and permit him to enter and inspect the Premises.

 

8.                                      To observe the speed limits and traffic signs on the Access Roads.

 



 

SCHEDULE 9

 

Utilities Charge

 

1.                                      In this Schedule, the following meanings shall apply:

 

1.1                               Estimated Utilities Charge ” means the Landlord’s reasonable and proper estimate of the Utilities Charge for the forthcoming Utilities Charge Period.

 

1.2                               Utilities Charge ” means the cost referred to in clause 3.2(c), calculated in accordance with this Schedule;

 

1.3                               Utilities Charge Period ” means each period of 12 months commencing on 16 November falling wholly or partly within the Term (but only to the extent falling within the Term) provided that the Landlord may vary the Utilities Charge Period at its sole discretion at any time during the Term;

 

1.4                               End Date ” means the date on which the Term expires or (if earlier) on which the Term is determined;

 

1.5                               Final Utilities Charge Period ” means the Utilities Charge Period which ends on the End Date;

 

1.6                               First Utilities Charge Period ” means the Utilities Charge Period which begins when the Term commences;

 

1.7                               Meters ” means the measuring equipment (if any) installed in the Building for the purposes of measuring the supply of services to the Premises.

 

2.                                      Subject to paragraph 8, the Landlord will, prior to each Utilities Charge Period (or on or prior to the commencement of the Term, in the case of the First Utilities Charge Period), submit to the Tenant a statement setting out the Estimated Utilities Charge for the forthcoming Utilities Charge Period.

 

3.                                     The Tenant will pay the Estimated Utilities Charge to the Landlord by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days, the first payment (being the due proportion for the period commencing on 16 November 2012 and ending on the day before the next quarter day hereafter) to be paid on or before the date of this Lease.

 

4.                                      At the end of each Utilities Charge Period the Landlord shall procure that readings are taken and recorded from the Meters and the readings taken and recorded shall (subject to manifest error) be accepted by the Landlord and the Tenant.  Should Meters not be installed the Landlord’s surveyor shall calculate (the Landlord’s surveyor’s determination to be conclusive) a just proportion fairly attributable to the Premises of the actual cost to the Landlord of supplying the relevant services to the Science Park during the relevant Utilities Charge Period and such proportion shall be the Utilities Charge for the relevant Utilities Charge Period.

 

5.                                      Upon having taken the readings or made the calculations in accordance with paragraph 4, the Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant a statement setting out in respect of the previous Utilities Charge Period:

 

5.1                               the Estimated Utilities Charge received from the Tenant;

 

5.2                               the Utilities Charge; and

 



 

5.3                               the difference (if any) between the sums referred to in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2.

 

6.                                      If in respect of a Utilities Charge Period the Utilities Charge is more or less than the Estimated Utilities Charge received from the Tenant then any sum payable to or by the Landlord by way of adjustment (with the intent that the Tenant shall have paid the whole of the Utilities Charge to the Landlord in respect of the relevant Utilities Charge Period) will become due and shall be paid by the Tenant (within 14 days of delivery of the statement referred to in paragraph 5) or credited to the Tenant for the succeeding Utilities Charge Period (or paid to the Tenant in the case of the Final Utilities Charge Period) as the case may require.

 

7.                                      The Tenant shall be liable only for the Utilities Charge up to and including the End Date but the provisions of this schedule shall otherwise continue to apply after the End Date.

 

8.                                      The Landlord may, on prior written notice to the Tenant, vary the means by which the Utilities Charge is charged to the Tenant provided that such variation is fair, proper and in the interests of good estate management.

 

9.

 

9.1                               Within one month after delivery to the Tenant of the statement referred to in paragraph 5 (time being of the essence) the Tenant may request the Landlord to provide (and the Landlord will promptly provide) to the Tenant all vouchers and invoices which the Tenant shall reasonably need in order to satisfy itself as to the accuracy of the Utilities Charge in accordance with this Schedule.

 

9.2                              Within two months after delivery of the statement referred to in paragraph 5 (time being of the essence) the Tenant may challenge it on the ground that it contains errors or is otherwise incorrectly drawn by giving to the Landlord notice to that effect but only if it has first made full payment of any amount due from the Tenant under paragraph 6 and if so:

 

(a)                                 both parties must endeavour to resolve the relevant issue; but if they cannot do so;

 

(b)                                 the issue in dispute may be referred by either party to the determination of an independent surveyor being such a person as is mentioned in clause 5.3(a) and who shall be appointed as mentioned in clause 5.3(b) and clauses 5.3(c),  5.3(d), 5.3(e), 5.3(f) and 5.3(g) shall also apply and the independent surveyor’s determination shall be final and binding on the parties Provided that if and whenever any person so appointed shall die, be adjudged bankrupt or become of unsound mind or if both the Landlord and the Tenant shall serve upon such person written notice that in their opinion he has unreasonably delayed making such determination such person shall ipso facto be discharged and be entitled only to his reasonable expenses prior to such discharge and another such independent surveyor shall be appointed to act in his place;

 

(c)                                  any adjustments to the statement required to be made in consequence of the determination of the independent surveyor shall be made and any sum payable to or by the Landlord shall immediately be paid (with interest in respect of the period during which the relevant amount has been underpaid, such interest to be at the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or, in the event of such rate ceasing to be published, at such equivalent rate as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant) or allowed as appropriate;

 

but if not the Tenant’s right of challenge to that statement shall lapse.

 



 

10.                               The Landlord shall not be concerned in the administration and collection of or accounting for the Utilities Charge on an assignment of this Lease and accordingly the Landlord shall:

 

10.1                        not be required to make any apportionment relative to the assignment; and

 

10.2                        be entitled to deal exclusively with the Tenant in whom this Lease is for the time being vested (and for this purpose in disregard of any assignment which has not been registered in accordance with clause 3.20).

 

11.                               The statement referred to in paragraph 5 shall for the purposes of this Schedule be deemed to have been delivered to the Tenant on the next working day after it is posted by first class post to the address referred to in clause 13 or to such other address as may have been notified by the Tenant to the Landlord as the address to which rent demands should be sent.

 



 

SIGNED as a deed by

)s/CL AI RE DUTCH

and

)s/M BRANCOMBE

as attorneys for * * *

)

* * * in the presence of:

)

 

 

KATIE JACOBSEN

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness and Signature

 

Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct

 

EC1A 2FG

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a deed by

)s/ CLAIRE DUTCH

and

)s/M BRANCOMBE

as attorneys for * * *

)

* * * in the presence of:

)

 

 

KATIE JACOBSEN

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness and Signature

 

 

 

Atlantic House, Holborn Viaduct

 

EC1A 2FG

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by GW Research

)

Limited acting by:

)

 

 

J D GOVER

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

A D GEORGE

 

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

EXECUTED as a deed by GW

)

Pharmaceuticals plc acting by:

)

 

 

J D GOVER

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

A D GEORGE

 

Director/Secretary

 

 


***         Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 




Exhibit 4.49

 

DATED the 1st day of August 2013

 

 Tetricus Limited

 

and

 

GW Pharma Limited

 


 

TENANCY AGREEMENT

 

of

 

Rooms 12a, 12b, 12c, 15, 17, 31, 38a, 38b and UK1 in Building 114

Porton Down Science Park, Porton Down

Wiltshire

 


 



 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the                1 st  day of August                      2013

 

PARTICULARS

 

The Tenant:

 

GW Pharma Ltd

 

 

 

The Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

The Property:

 

Rooms 12a, 12b, 12c, 15, 17, 31, 38a, 38b and UK1 in Building 114, Porton Down Science Park, Porton Down, Wiltshire

 

 

 

The Landlord’s Property

 

The land demised to the Landlord by the Superior Lease or such greater or lesser area on the Estate as is from time to time managed by the Landlord

 

 

 

The Estate:

 

The Superior Landlord’s Estate known as Porton Down Science Park DSTL Porton Down Wiltshire

 

 

 

Term Commencement Date:

 

1 st  August 2013

 

 

 

Term:

 

One year

 

 

 

Rent:

 

£52,815.14 per annum payable monthly in advance, exclusive of VAT

 

 

 

First Payment:

 

£ 4,401.26 in respect of the period from 1 st  August 2013 to 31 st  August 2013

 

 

 

First Rent Payment Date:

 

1 st  August 2013 or the date of this Agreement

 

 

 

Notice Period:

 

Six months

 

 

 

Permitted Use:

 

Offices associated with research and development

 

1



 

We hereby agree to be bound by the terms of this tenancy agreement as set out in the above particulars and terms and conditions following

 

Signed on behalf of the Landlord                   s/ C DUGGELBY                  (duly authorised)

 

Signed by/on behalf of the Tenant                 s/ A D GEORGE                                              

(in person/duly authorised director if a company)

 

Signed by/on behalf of the Guarantor                   N/A                                     

(in person/duly authorised director if a company)

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

AN AGREEMENT made on the date specified in the Particulars between (1) Tetricus Limited (“the Landlord”) (2) the Tenant defined in the Particulars and (3) the Guarantor (if any) defined in the Particulars

 

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:-

 

In this Agreement

 

1.                                       Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1                               the Building ” means Building 114 forming part of the Landlord’s Property

 

1.2                               the Conduits ” means channels drains and watercourses pipes cables and other service media

 

1.3                               domestic ” means such quantities consumed or used by comparable  properties on the Estate

 

1.4                               “Notifiable Event” means the spilling or deposit on the Property, the Landlord’s Property or the Estate of any noxious substance in a quantity which would cause  damage to or pollution of the environment or harm to human health comfort or safety

 

2



 

1.5                               Outgoings ” means rates, taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions and outgoings whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description and whether of the nature of capital or revenue and even though of a wholly novel character save for any such outgoing payable in respect of any dealing or deemed dealing with any reversionary interest in the Property

 

1.6                                the Particulars ” means the particulars appearing under the heading “Particulars” which are included in and form part of this Agreement and the meanings of words and expressions used in the Particulars shall be the meanings for the purposes of the Agreement; and

 

1.7                               the Planning Acts” means the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 and the other enactments defined as the “Planning Acts” in Section 336 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 and every other enactment relating to the use development and occupation of land and buildings for the time being in force

 

1.8                                the Property ” means the Property described in Part 1 of the First Schedule and each and every part of it

 

1.9                               the Superior Landlord ” means the person entitled from time to time to the reversion immediately expectant upon the termination of the Superior Lease

 

1.10                        the Superior Lease ” means the lease of the Landlord’s Property dated 23 rd  December 2004 and made between the Secretary of State for Defence (1) and Tetricus Limited (2)

 

1.11                        Any reference express or implied to an enactment includes any statutory modification or re-enactment of it and any subordinate legislation made under that enactment and any consents, licences and permissions given under that enactment or subordinate legislation, in any such case whether made before or after the date of this Agreement

 

3



 

2.                                      Lease

 

THE Landlord agrees to let and the Tenant agrees to take the Property on and from the Term Commencement Date for the Term and paying the Rent the First Payment to be made on the First Rent Payment Date and subsequent payments to be made at the times stated in the Particulars and by way of banker’s order if the Landlord so requires

 

3.                                       Services and Utilities

 

The Landlord agrees that unless prevented by circumstances outside the control of the Landlord the Landlord will use reasonable endeavours to procure that the following services are provided to the Property;

 

3.1                                At no additional charge:

 

(a)                                  heat, electricity and domestic quantities of drinking water and domestic sewerage disposal

(b)                                  car parking

(c)                                   Estate security and visitors reception: and

(d)                                  grounds maintenance of the Estate

(e)                                   emergency cover by the Estate Fire Service

(f)                                    mail and messenger services for deliveries only

(g)                                   removal of domestic waste

(h)                                  maintenance of Estate infrastructure including without limitation:

 

(i)                                      the roads and tracks

(ii)                                   car parking areas

(iii)                                conduits necessary for the supply of heating, water, electricity and drainage services to the Property

 

on the Estate over which the Tenant is granted rights pursuant to this Agreement

 

3.2                               Access to other Estate facilities at the discretion of the Landlord and the Superior Landlord on a request basis by the Tenant subject to availability and to separate payment by the Tenant according to use

 

4



 

3.3                               If meters are installed for the measurement of the amount of electricity consumed in the Building the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with reasonable prior written notice of this and this clause 3 shall be modified in respect of the supply of electricity to the Property so that:

 

(a)                                The Landlord will calculate the monthly cost of electricity consumed at the Property by reference to the following formula where:

 

C = (M/T x 2,941.65)

Where C = Monthly Costs of electricity consumed at the Property

M = Monthly metered charge for electricity supplied to the Building

T = Total tenanted area in the Building in square feet

2,941.65 = Area of the Property in square feet

 

(b)                                  The Tenant will pay to the Landlord on demand the sum by which “C” exceeds the sum of four hundred and ninety six pounds and eighty five (£490.28):

 

3.4                               The Landlord shall have no responsibility for any diminution in pressure quantity or quality interruption or cessation of supplies of heating and electricity drinking water or domestic sewerage disposal

 

4.                                       Break Clause

 

4.1                               If a Notice Period is stated in the Particulars this Agreement may be determined by written notice of not less than the Notice Period served by either party on the other party in accordance with clause 8.4 below and expiring on or after the time specified in such notice

 

4.2                               This Agreement shall terminate automatically immediately prior to the grant of any new tenancy of or including the Property to the Tenant

 

4.3                                If the Landlord receives written notice at any time of the desire of Superior Landlord to determine the Superior Lease and to resume possession of the Property by the

 

5



 

giving of a certificate pursuant to Section 58(1) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 that for reasons of national security it is necessary that the use or occupation of the Property should be discontinued or changed then the Landlord shall provide a copy of the Superior Landlord’s notice and of such certificate to the Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt and this Agreement shall determine on the date specified in the Superior Landlord’s notice but without prejudice to any right or remedy which either party may have in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the covenants or conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

5.                                       Tenant’s Covenants

 

THE Tenant agrees with the Landlord as follows:-

 

5.1                               To pay the Rent on the days and in the manner set out in the Particulars without deduction or legal or equitable set off

 

5.2                               To pay interest at the rate of 4% above the base rate from time to time of National Westminster Bank Plc (or such other member of the committee of London Clearing Banks as the Landlord may from time to time nominate) in respect of any Rent or other sum due under this Agreement which remains unpaid for seven days from the due date in respect of the period from the due date until the date on which the same is paid

 

5.3                               To:

 

(a)                                                    pay all present and future Outgoings assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable in respect of the Property or assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable by the owner or occupier of the Property;

 

(b)                                                    pay the proportion properly attributable to the Property (which shall be conclusively determined by the Landlord) of all Outgoings assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable in respect of the Property and other properties or assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable by the owner or occupier of the Property and other properties;

 

6



 

(c)                                                     pay all charges for telecommunications in respect of the Property (including equipment rents and line rental standing charges); and

 

(d)                                                    if the Landlord loses rating relief because it has been allowed to the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant during the Term, make good that loss to the Landlord.

 

5.4                               To keep the Property clean and in good and tenantable repair and working order and decorative condition (fair wear and tear excepted) and to keep any vacant land comprised within the Property free from weeds and rubbish and in a neat and tidy condition and if landscaped or planted or used as a garden or ornamental grounds at the date of this Agreement to keep the same in a good state of cultivation and fertility

 

5.5                               To keep all plant apparatus and machinery in the Property properly maintained and in good working order and for that purpose to enter into contracts with reputable contractors for the regular periodic inspection and maintenance of them and to ensure that all plant apparatus and machinery is properly operated and to produce evidence of the existence of such contracts to the Landlord on demand

 

5.6                               To remedy to the satisfaction of the Landlord all breaches of covenant notified by the Landlord to the Tenant for which the Tenant is liable under this Agreement as soon as possible and in any event within two months after service of the notice.  If the Tenant fails to do so the Landlord may enter the Property and remedy the breach.  All costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord shall be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

5.7                               Not to affix any wireless or television aerial brackets stays or ancillary wiring on or to the exterior of the Property until written approval has been given by the Landlord and then only in accordance with any conditions he may impose

 

5.8                               Not to exhibit in or upon the exterior of the Property any advertisement signs posters or name plates whatsoever without the written consent of the Landlord

 

5.9                               Not to make any alterations in or additions to the Property nor to do any damage to the Property and at the determination of the tenancy to deliver up the Property in clean

 

7



 

condition and otherwise in accordance with all of the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Agreement and having made good to the satisfaction of the Landlord all damage caused by the removal of any tenant’s or trade fixtures

 

5.10                        Not to assign underlet charge grant any licence in respect of or part with or share occupation or part with the possession of the Property or any part of it

 

5.11                        Not to do on the Property or any part of it any act or thing which shall or may be or become a nuisance damage or annoyance to the Landlord, the Superior Landlord or the tenants or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property or the neighbourhood

 

5.12                         Not to bring or keep on the Property  or the Estate any livestock or other animals and not to carry out on the Property any experiment or other scientific or medical procedure on livestock or other living animal.

 

5.13                        Not to use the Property for the holding of public meetings or auction sales or as a residence or sleep at the Property.

 

5.14                        Not to use the Property for or in connection with pornographic purposes of any kind or the production processing distribution or sale of pornographic material.

 

5.15                        Not to use the Property for the purpose of any gambling within the meaning of the Gambling Act 2005.

 

5.16                        Not to use the Property otherwise than for the Permitted Use and to obtain all regulatory and supervisory approvals, licences and consents for the Permitted Use Provided that nothing in this Agreement shall imply or warrant that the Property may be used for or is fit for any particular purpose

 

5.17                        Not to carry out any development of in or on the Property which would require planning permission under the Planning Acts

 

8


 

5.18                        To give full particulars to the Landlord within seven days of receipt of any notice relating to the Property served on the Tenant by a local planning authority under or by virtue of the Planning Acts and if required by the Landlord to produce the same to him

 

5.19                        Not to do or omit any act matter or thing in or respecting the Property which shall contravene any of the provisions of the Planning Acts

 

5.20                        Not to do or omit anything on the Property which would increase the risk of fire and to take all proper precautions to the satisfaction of the Landlord for fire prevention

 

5.21                        Not to do or omit anything on the Property which may cause any insurance effected by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord on or in respect of the Landlord’s Property or the Estate to become void or voidable or which may increase any premiums payable for such insurance and to comply with the regulations conditions and requirements of any such insurance

 

5.22                        Not at any time to store on the Property any explosive or petroleum spirit or any other articles of inflammable, offensive, combustible, radio-active, explosive or dangerous nature or in any way significantly increase the risk of fire or explosion or injure by percolation, corrosion or otherwise the Property or the Estate without the written consent of the Landlord and if such consent shall be given to obtain any necessary licences for such storage including those in accordance with the provisions of the Explosive Acts of 1875 and 1923 and to produce the current licences to the Landlord whenever required and to comply with any requirements of the Landlord or the local authority in regard to such storage

 

5.23                        To take all practicable precautions to ensure that no noxious substances are spilled or deposited on the Property and that contamination of the Property does not occur

 

5.24                        Within one month after service upon the Tenant of notice of remediation (which shall mean works and the taking of other steps to prevent the entry into or on to any property of or remediation or mitigation of the effects of any substance harmful to humans, the environment or property in accordance with any enactment relating to the environment) to carry out the remediation works (if any) specified in the notice and if

 

9



 

the Tenant shall not within one month after service of such notice or (in case of emergency) immediately after service of such notice commence and thereafter proceed diligently with the execution of such remediation works then to permit the Landlord and all persons authorised by it to enter upon the Property and to execute the necessary remediation works the cost of which shall be paid by the Tenant on demand and if not so paid the cost shall be a debt due from the Tenant to the Landlord and be forthwith recoverable by action notwithstanding the determination of the Term by whatsoever means

 

5.25                        Not to deposit on the Property any controlled waste as defined in Section 75 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 or special waste as defined in the Control of Pollution Act 1990 or special waste as defined in the Control of Pollution (Special Waste) Regulations 1980 or radioactive waste as defined in Section 18 of the Radioactive Substances Act 1960 or any other substance which may produce concentrations or accumulations or noxious gases or noxious liquids which may cause pollution of the environment or harm to human health

 

5.26                        Within 14 days of the occurrence of a Notifiable Event to inform the Landlord of its occurrence and to permit the Landlord to enter and inspect the Property

 

5.27                        Not to discharge or allow to be discharged into any pipe or drain serving the Property any oil grease deleterious or other harmful matter or substance which might cause damage to the environment or be or become a source of danger or injury to those pipes or drains or any part of the Estate

 

5.28                        To indemnify and keep the Landlord indemnified against all actions claims and demands (including without limitation costs incurred under Section 61 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990) in respect of damage to or pollution of the environment or damage to property or harm to human health caused by the Property or any substance on it whether in liquid or solid form or in the form of gas or vapour

 

5.29                         Not at any time without the written consent of the Landlord (whose decision shall be final) to install or use in or on the Property any electrical equipment which would be likely to overload the electric wiring or cabling and in the event of such consent being

 

10



 

given to carry out at the expense of the Tenant any consequential works to the wiring and cabling and take such precautions for the prevention of overloading as the Landlord shall reasonably direct

 

5.30                         Not to deposit any waste paper shavings or other refuse removed from the Property at any place within the Estate except such place as has been approved for that purpose by the Landlord and not to dispose of any waste oil within the Estate

 

5.31                         To observe and comply with any byelaws regulations or directions for the time being in force in respect of the Landlord’s Property or the Estate (including those imposed by the Superior Landlord in particular site safety and security regulations) and to use the Tenant’s best endeavours to ensure that all persons coming onto the Property with the consent of or at the invitation of the Tenant comply with the same and also at all times during the Term to conform in all respects with the provisions of and regulations under any general or local enactment which may be applicable to the Property or any part of it and not to do or omit to be done on the Property or any part of it any act thing or omission by which the Landlord or Superior Landlord might become liable to pay any penalty imposed or to bear the whole or any part of any expense incurred by any direction requirement Act or regulation as aforesaid

 

5.32                         During the last month of the tenancy to allow the Landlord or his agents to permit the Property to be inspected at any time by prospective tenants or purchasers

 

5.33                         To pay and indemnify the Landlord in respect of all Value Added Tax or similar tax or assessment on all services and supplies to the Tenant and on the rents payable hereunder and on any other payments under the terms hereof including any such tax incurred by the Landlord which the Landlord is unable to reclaim

 

5.34                         To allow the Landlord and all persons authorised by the Landlord to enter the Property at any reasonable time for the purpose of:

 

5.34.1               Ascertaining whether the terms of this Agreement have been complied with; and in particular (but without limitation) for the purpose of ascertaining

 

11



 

whether the Tenant has brought into the Property any hazardous equipment materials or other substances

 

5.34.2               Inspecting the fire appliances and doing repairs or making alterations either to the Property or to any adjoining property to any apparatus plant equipment fixture and fittings in or under the Property or belonging to the Landlord

 

5.34.3               any reasonable purpose connected with the interest of the Landlord in the Property or its disposal or change

 

5.34.4               to exercise any of the rights expected and reserved by this Agreement

 

5.35                         At the expiration or sooner determination of the Term to yield up the Property:-

 

5.35.1               In repair in accordance with the covenants contained in this Agreement; and

 

5.35.2               Free from contamination arising as a direct result of the Tenant’s use of the Property by substances particularly harmful to humans, the environment; or the Property.  Provided that the Tenant will not be responsible for any such contamination existing at the earlier of the date of this Agreement or the date on which the Tenant first occupied the Property

 

5.36                        To pay to the Landlord in addition to any rents or other sums payable under or by virtue of this Agreement the amount of any value added tax (or similar tax whether in substitution for or in addition to it) which shall be chargeable in respect of any supply made by the Landlord to the Tenant under or by virtue of this Lease whether or not the same is chargeable by reference to the amount of such rents or other sums and whether or not as a result of the making of any election and so that amounts under this Clause shall be payable

 

5.36.1               If chargeable by reference to rents or other sums at the same times as those rents or other sums are respectively payable

 

5.36.2               In any other case on demand in writing from time to time by the Landlord

 

12



 

5.37                        To provide facilities within the curtilage of the Property for the keeping of refuse in Proper receptacles readily accessible for collection

 

5.37.1               To pay to the Landlord on an indemnity basis all costs fees expenses and commission (including bailiff’s commission) including VAT and disbursements) incurred by the Landlord of and incidental to or in connection with any of the following:

 

5.37.1.1                        The preparation and service of any notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or incurred in or in contemplation of proceedings under Section 146 or 147 of that Act or under the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938 notwithstanding in any such case that forfeiture may be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court

 

5.37.1.2                        The preparation service and negotiation of any notice or schedule relating to dilapidations whether the same is served during or after the termination of the Term

 

5.37.1.3                        The enforcement or of verifying compliance with any of the Tenant’s covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement whether during or after the termination of the Term

 

5.37.1.4                        Any application for a licence or consent required under this Agreement from the Landlord whether or not such licence or consent is granted

 

5.37.1.5                        The recovery or attempted recovery of arrears of rent or other sums due from the tenant

 

5.37.2               To pay and make good to the Landlord all and every loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Landlord as a consequence of any breach or non-observation of the Tenant’s covenants contained in this

 

13



 

Agreement and to indemnify the Landlord from and against all actions claims liability costs and expenses thereby arising and in the event of forfeiture of this Agreement to indemnify the Landlord against all losses costs damages and expense incurred by the Landlord consequent upon such forfeiture

 

5.37.2.1                        Without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Landlord to indemnify and keep the Landlord effectually indemnified from and against all expenses proceedings claims damages costs demands loss and any other liabilities as a consequence of or in respect of:

 

5.37.2.1.1                                           Damage to the Property, the Landlord’s Property or any part of the Estate caused by any act default or negligence of the Tenant or the servants agents licences or invitees of the Tenant

 

5.37.2.1.2                                           Any injury to or death or any person damage to any property the infringement disturbance or destruction of any right easement or privilege or otherwise by reason of or arising directly out of the state of repair and condition of the Property (to the extent that the Tenant is responsible therefore under this Agreement) or arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the Permitted Use

 

6.                                      Landlord’s Covenants

 

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that the Tenant paying the Rent and any other sum due under this Agreement as rent and performing the Tenant’s covenants contained in this Agreement shall peaceably enjoy the Property during the Term without any interruption or disturbance from or by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord

 

14



 

7.                                       Re-Entry

 

7.1                                In this Clause a “Forfeiting Event” is any of the following:-

 

7.1.1                    Any rent is outstanding for twenty-one days after becoming due whether formally demanded or not

 

7.1.2                      A breach by the Tenant of any of the provisions of this Agreement

 

7.1.3                      In respect of an individual Tenant:

 

·                                           an application is made for an interim order

 

·                                           a bankruptcy petition is presented

 

·                                           a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement; or

 

·                                           he enters into a deed of arrangement

 

7.1.4                      in respect of a company Tenant:-

 

·                                           it goes into liquidation (whether compulsory or voluntary) but not a voluntary winding up for the amalgamation or reconstruction of a solvent company

 

·                                           a receiver manager administrative receiver or provisional liquidator is appointed

 

·                                           a petition is presented for an administration order; or

 

·                                           a proposal is made for voluntary arrangements or a scheme of arrangement; or

 

7.1.5                      The Tenant has any distress or execution levied on its goods at the Property

 

7.2                                Whenever a Forfeiting Event exists the Landlord may enter the Property (or any part of it) at any time even if a previous right of re-entry has been waived and then the Term will end but any rights which have accrued for breach of any provision of this Agreement will remain including the breach under which the re-entry is made

 

15



 

8.                                       General

 

8.1                                Except where otherwise provided by statute the Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant or its licensees not to any other person for any accident happening or injury suffered in or on the Property or the Landlord’s Property nor shall the Superior Landlord have any liability to the Tenant or his licensees nor to any other person for any acts happening or injury suffered in or on the Estate

 

8.2                                It shall be lawful for the Landlord or the Superior Landlord or any person claiming under either of them at any time during the Term to build upon or otherwise use the adjoining or any adjacent land of the Landlord or the Superior Landlord in any way as they may think fit whether or not the access of light or air to the Property shall be thereby obstructed interfered with or destroyed

 

8.3                                Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or be deemed to have effect so as to render any of the provisions of the Planning Acts applicable to the interest of the Superior Landlord in the Property or in any way to restrict or otherwise prejudicially affect any Crown privilege or exemption enjoyed by the Superior Landlord

 

8.4                                Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and any notice to the Tenant shall be deemed to be sufficiently served if addressed to the Tenant and left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post to the Property or to other last known address or place of abode or business in England and Wales of the Tenant and any notice to the Landlord shall be deemed to be sufficiently served if forwarded by registered or recorded delivery post to:

 

The General Manager

 

Tetricus

 

Room 26

 

Building 227

 

Porton Down Science Park

 

Porton Down

 

Wiltshire                                                  SP4 0JQ

 

or such other address as the Landlord may notify the Tenant from time to time

 

16



 

and (unless non-delivery is proved) a notice so sent by post shall be deemed to be given at the time when it ought in due course of post to be delivered at the address to which it is sent

 

8.5                                The Landlord served on the Tenant on 15th July 2013 a notice in the form set out in Schedule 1 to the Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003 (the “ Order ”) and the Tenant acting by ADAM GEORGE has made a declaration dated 1st August 2013 in the form set out in paragraph 7 of Schedule 2 to the Order and the parties hereto agree and declare that the provisions of Sections 24-28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 shall be excluded in relation to this Agreement

 

8.5.1                      Nothing in this Agreement shall release the Tenant from his obligation under statutory requirements for health and safety and the Tenant shall provide written notice to the Landlord of any health or safety hazards associated with equipment materials other substances brought on to the Property or supplied to or used by the Landlord and the Tenant warrants that any equipment materials or substances which the Tenant brings on to the Property are not a safety hazard

 

8.5.2                      Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Tenant will comply in all aspects with the provisions of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 (“the CDM Regulations”) whenever they shall apply to any works carried out on or in relation to the Property (other than by the Landlord and (without limitation):

 

8.5.2.1            the Tenant hereby acknowledges and declares that the Landlord will not be acting as the client in respect of any such works for the purpose of the CDM Regulations

 

8.5.2.2            that the Health and Safety Executive will be notified of the works in accordance with the CDM Regulations including (without limitation) notice of the person who is acting as the client in respect of the works

 

17


 

8.5.2.3            to supply the Landlord a copy of such notice

 

8.5.3                    The Tenant agrees that any health and safety file required to be prepared pursuant to the CDM Regulations (a “Health and Safety File”) will be prepared in respect of any such works said:

 

8.5.3.1            to maintain and update the Health and Safety File as necessary whenever any further works are carried out by or on behalf of the Tenant or any undertenant at the Property and in any event forthwith upon being reasonably required to do so by the Landlord from time to time

 

8.5.3.2            at its own cost to make available the Health and Safety File for inspection from time to time by the Landlord and those authorised by it and to supply to the Landlord a copy of the Health and Safety File together (at the Landlord’s cost) with such additional copies as the Landlord shall from time to time request and

 

8.5.3.3            at the expiry or sooner determination of the Term to deliver to the Landlord all Health and Safety files and copies thereof relating to the Property which are or which ought to be held by the Tenant

 

8.6                               If the Property or any part of it is damaged by fire so as to be unfit for occupation or use then the rent payable hereunder or a fair proportion of it (such proportion to be determined by the Landlord) will be suspended until the damage is made good

 

8.7

 

8.7.1                    The powers rights matters and discretions granted and reserved to the Landlord in this Lease are also granted and reserved to or exercisable by the Superior Landlord its servants agents or contractors to the extent as may be required under the Superior Lease

 

18



 

8.7.2                    Nothing in this Lease is to be construed as implying that the Superior Landlord is under any obligation not unreasonably to withhold its consent or approval in respect of any application for consent by the Tenant to the Landlord

 

8.7.3                    If the Tenant proposes to do any act or thing for which the consent of the Superior Landlord is required the Tenant shall bear and indemnify the Landlord against the cost of obtaining such consent and all incidental surveyors legal professional or other fees and disbursements

 

8.8                               Any covenant by the Tenant not to do or omit any thing shall be construed as though the covenant was in addition a covenant not to permit or suffer to be done or omitted that thing

 

8.9                               The Tenant acknowledges that it has not entered into this Agreement in reliance wholly or partly on any representation made by or on behalf of the Landlord

 

8.10                        If during the Term any issue concerning the quality of the environment in which the Property is located occurs the parties agree the Tenant will if required to do so by the landlord in writing, vacate the Property and will relocate for alternative premises within the Landlord’s Property that are not materially inferior for the Property upon the following terms:

 

8.10.1                        the terms of this Agreement will be suspended for the period the Tenant is relocated to such alternative premises;

 

8.10.2                        the Tenant will enter into an agreement to occupy such alternative premises on substantially similar terms as to this Agreement (including the exclusion of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) save as to length of term but which in any event will not continue past 31 August 2014 and rent which shall be the amount agreed by the parties both acting reasonably or in the absence of agreement upon the application of either party to the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors by a suitably qualified surveyor acting as an expert

 

19



 

8.10.3                        Neither party may act unreasonably and will act in good faith towards each other in the implementation of this clause

 

8.10.4                        If the Tenant has not relocated in accordance with the terms of this clause within six weeks of being requested to do so then this lease will immediately determine without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of the terms of this Agreement

 

9.                                       Guarantee

 

9.1                                The Guarantor (if any) hereby guarantees to the Landlord that the Tenant will pay the Rent reserved by and observe and perform all of the covenants and stipulations on the part of the Tenant contained in this Agreement throughout the Term and indemnifies the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a results of the non-payment or non-performance of those obligations on liabilities.

 

9.2                                The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement are a direct, primary and unconditional liability to pay on demand to the Landlord any sum that the Tenant is liable to pay under this Lease without the need for any recourse by the Landlord against the Tenant.

 

9.3                                If this Agreement is disclaimed by a liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy of the Tenant or the Crown or is forfeited then the Guarantor shall (at the option of the Landlord) accept a new lease of the Property for a term commencing on the date of disclaimer or forfeiture for a term equivalent to the residue which would have remained of the Term if there had been no disclaimer or forfeiture at the same terms and subject to the same terms as this Agreement or shall pay to the Landlord a sum equal to the rent that would have been payable under this Lease but for the disclaimer or forfeiture in respect of the period from the date of the disclaimer or forfeiture until the earlier of date which is [six] months after the date of the disclaimer or forfeiture and the date on which the Property has been re-let by the Landlord.

 

20



 

9.4                                So far as the law allows the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement shall not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing whereby (but for this provision) the Guarantor would be released in whole or part from this Guarantee other than a release by deed given by the Landlord.

 

21



 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

 

Part 1

 

Description of Property

 

The Property described in the Particulars being part of the Building including:

 

(i)             the whole of any non-structural walls wholly within the Property

 

(ii)            the non-structural finishes facings or coverings to the interior of any walls partitions floor slabs or joists and ceiling slabs or joists which bound the Property and to any columns or structural walls therein

 

(iii)           the whole of the doors and windows (including door and window glass) fitted in the walls within and which bound the Premises and their frames and fixings

 

(iv)           any Conduits therein which exclusively serve the Property

 

(v)            any landlords fixtures and fittings within the Property

 

But excluding:

 

(a)            the structure of any walls partitions floor and ceiling slabs or joists bounding the Property and of the columns or structural walls in the Property except as mentioned in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above

 

(b)            any Conduits other than those exclusively serving the Property

 

22



 

Part 2

 

Rights Granted to the Tenant

 

1.                                      The right (in common with the Landlord and all other persons from time to time entitled to the like right) of ingress and egress for the Tenant on foot only to and from the Property and such other parts of Building 114 as the Tenant is entitled to use along and through the common accessways entrance staircases passages and lobbies of Building 114.

 

2.                                      The right (in common as aforesaid) of passage of gas electricity water and soil from and to the Property through the Conduits now or hereafter running through under or over other parts of the Estate and serving the Property

 

3.                                      The right (in common as aforesaid) to use such lavatories within the Building as may from time to time be allocated by the Landlord for use by the Tenant

 

4.                                      The right to park private motor vehicles in such car parking areas in the Estate as shall be designated for the use of tenants on the Estate generally (but without liability to provide any minimum number of such spaces) together with the right (in common with the Landlord and all others now or hereafter authorised in that behalf by the Landlord or otherwise so entitled) of access to and egress from such parking spaces to and from the public highway over and along such roads and tracks on the Estate as may from time to time be designated by the Superior Landlord for that purpose

 

23



 

Part 3

 

Rights Reserved to the Landlord

 

(a)                                the right at all times during the tenancy to use and make connections with all Conduits now or at any time during existing on in or under the Property or any part of it and used for the benefit of any adjoining property of the Landlord or the Superior Landlord and also the right to lay construct maintain and use in or under the Property additional Conduits for the use of such adjoining property with the right to enter upon the Property and to excavate in or under the Property for such purposes or to repair and maintain such services

 

(b)                                The right to enter onto the Property with environmental consultants appointed by the Landlord with or without vehicles and appropriate equipment and machinery on giving reasonable notice for the purpose of carrying out ground tests surveys drilling boreholes and examinations (the Landlord making good any damage caused thereby) and specifying the remediation works (if any) required to restore the Property to the state and condition required by the Tenant’s obligations under this Agreement

 

(c)                                    The right to enter onto the Property at all times with or without machinery and equipment for the purposes referred to in Clause [5.34] above subject to the Landlord making good all damage and causing no necessary interference with the business of the Tenant

 

(d)                                The right to grant any wayleave contract easement or licence to any Authority other company or persons with the right to authorised servants and agents of such parties with or without vehicles, animals, machinery and plant to enter upon the Property and carry out their works (subject to the payment of reasonable compensation for damaged, provided that a claim in writing is made by the Tenant to the Landlord within a reasonable time from the occurrence of the damage) together with the benefit of all such contracts, agreements for easements or licences and all rents and other payments reserved.

 

24




Exhibit 4.50

 

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406

 

Dated

16 July

2013

 

* * * LIMITED

 

- and -

 

G W PHARMA LIMITED

 


 

LEASE

 

- relating to -

 

Premises on the Ground Floor of the

* * *

* * *

 


 

Ref: FWS/5463-48

 

Particulars

 

H M Land Registry

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 

Thomson Snell & Passmore, 3 Lonsdale Gardens, Tunbridge Wells, * * * TN1 1NX

 



 

Title Number

 

Administrative Area

 

Date

16 July

2013

 

1.                                                 Parties:

 

(1)                                            * * * (Company Registration Number * * *) whose registered office is at * * *

 

* * * ( Landlord )

 

(2)                                            G W Pharma Limited (Company Registration Number 3704998) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park Salisbury Wiltshire SP4 OJP ( Tenant )

 

2.                                                 Short Description of Premises

 

Premises on the Ground Floor of the Building (shown edged red on the plan annexed hereto and as more particularly described in the First Schedule hereto)

 

3.                                                 Term

 

A Term of years commencing on 1 March 2013 and expiring on 31 December 2017.

 

4.                                                 Rent

 

£155,250 per annum being apportioned as hereinafter set out.

 

5.                                                 Rent Commencement Date

 

The date hereon

 

6.                                                 Permitted Use

 

The operation of the CO2 Plant with ancillary office use.

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

THIS LEASE made Between the Parties named in the Particulars

 

Witnesses as follows:

 

1.                                                 DEFINITIONS

 

The terms defined in this clause and in the Particulars shall for the purposes of this Lease (unless the context otherwise requires) have the following meanings and terms used but not defined in this clause shall have the meanings ascribed to them in clause 3 of Schedule 3

 

Break Date

 

31 December 2016 or any date thereafter.

 

 

 

Break Notice

 

written notice to terminate this lease specifying the Break Date.

 

 

 

Building

 

the building of which the Premises form part known as the * * * Building * * * together with any approach roads forecourt grounds parking areas and all boundary walls and fences

 

 

 

CO2 Plant

 

the carbon dioxide extraction equipment belonging to the Tenant now situate at the Premises together with any spare and replacement parts brought on to the Premises by the Tenant for the sole purpose of the operation of such carbon dioxide extraction equipment

 

 

 

Common Parts

 

those parts of the Building which are not included in this Lease and which are not demised to any other tenant the use and benefit of which is common to the Tenant and the Landlord as hereinafter specified

 

 

 

Force Majeure

 

any circumstance beyond the reasonable control of the Landlord including (but not limited to) fire flood earthquake wind war civil commotion explosion adverse weather conditions failure of plant machinery failure of computers or vehicles and labour disputes

 

 

 

Insured Risks

 

to the extent that such insurance may ordinarily be available for the Building the risk of loss or damage by fire storm tempest explosion and such other risks (subject to such excesses exclusions and limitations as the insurers may require) as the Landlord acting properly may reasonably determine

 

 

 

Interest

 

interest during the period from the date on which the payment is due to the date of payment both before and after any judgment (inclusive) at the rate of 4% per annum above the base rate for the time being of Royal Bank of Scotland plc or in the event of Royal Bank of Scotland plc ceasing to publish a base rate such other rate of interest as is in the reasonable opinion of the

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

 

 

Landlord an equivalent rate

 

 

 

Lease

 

this deed and any deed or document supplemental to this deed or in variation of this deed

 

 

 

Plan

 

means the Plan annexed hereto

 

 

 

Planning Acts

 

the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 the Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act 1990 the Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990 the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 and any future or amending legislation of a similar nature

 

 

 

Premises

 

the property shortly described in clause 3 of the Particulars and more particularly defined in the First Schedule which shall include all additions alterations and improvements and all Landlord’s fixtures and fittings at any time in or on the Premises

 

 

 

Landlord’s Registration

 

the registration of the Landlord with the Environment Agency as a producer of hazardous waste under Registration Number * * * and any subsequent registrations which the Landlord is required or considers desirable to effect and maintain

 

 

 

Rent

 

the Rent and the Service Charge but the term “rents” includes the rents reserved in clause 3

 

 

 

Service Charge

 

The cost of electricity as consumed in the Premises once a separate electricity supply is in place to the Premises as provided by clause 6.1

 

 

 

Services

 

the Services provided by the Landlord to the Tenant as set out in Schedule 3

 

 

 

Service Media

 

all pipes drains sewers gutters watercourses wires cables ducts flues aerials cisterns tanks and all other conducting media and ancillary apparatus and all heating apparatus serving the Premises

 

 

 

Specified Person

 

means any employee agent representative adviser and contractor of the Tenant or any other person under the Tenant’s control who the Landlord has permitted in writing to have access to the Premises and the Common Parts

 

 

 

Tenant’s Licence

 

any licence granted to the Tenant by the Home Office of the Government of the United Kingdom pursuant to the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 and Schedule 1 to the Misuse of Drugs Regulations 2001

 

 

 

VAT

 

value added tax and any other similar tax imposed in addition or substitution

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

1954 Act

 

The Landlord and Tenant Act 1954

 

2.                                                 INTERPRETATION

 

2.1                                          Where in this Lease the context so admits:

 

2.1.1                               the Landlord ” includes the reversioner for the time being immediately expectant on the determination of the Term

 

2.1.2                               the Term ” means the term granted by this Lease

 

2.2                                          Any reference to statutes statutory instruments rules orders and regulations or the like include (unless otherwise stated) any future re-enactments or modifications thereof and those made in substitution or replacement of any which are repealed and also include all instruments orders plans regulations permissions and directions for the time being made issued or given thereunder or deriving validity therefrom

 

2.3                                          Words importing one gender include the other genders

 

2.4                                          Any provisions in this Lease referring to the consent or approval of the Landlord shall be construed as also requiring the consent or approval of any mortgagee of the Landlord but nothing in this Lease shall be construed as implying that any obligation is imposed upon any mortgagee not unreasonably to refuse any such consent or approval

 

2.5

 

2.5.1                               all rights of entry or other rights or easements exercisable by the Landlord shall extend to include persons authorised by the Landlord and his surveyors servants contractors licensees and work people with or without plant and appliances and materials

 

2.5.2                               all rights exercisable by the Tenant shall extend to include all persons authorised by the Tenant and their respective surveyors servants contractors licensees and work people with or without plant and appliances and materials

 

2.6                                          References to “the last year of the Term” include the last year of the Term if the Term shall determine otherwise than by effluxion of time and references to “the expiration/expiry of the Term” include such other determination of the Term

 

2.7                                          Reference to any clause sub-clause or Schedule shall mean a clause sub-clause or Schedule of this Lease

 

2.8                                         The details and descriptions appearing in the Particulars shall be included in this Lease and form part of this Lease and in the event of any discrepancy between the Particulars and any other part of this Lease such other part of this Lease shall prevail

 

2.9                                          The clause sub-clause and Schedule headings to this Lease are deemed not to form any part of this Lease and shall not affect the interpretation of this Lease in any way

 



 

3.                                                 Demise and rents

 

3.1                                          In consideration of the rents reserved by this Lease and of the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease the Landlord demises to the Tenant the Premises together with the rights specified in Part I of Schedule 2 except and reserved unto the Landlord the rights specified in Part II of Schedule 2 and all rights powers and privileges expressed to be conferred on or reserved to the Landlord under the provisions of this Lease to hold the Premises to the Tenant for the Term subject to all covenants restrictions and stipulations of whatever kind or nature which may affect or relate to the Premises yielding and paying to the Landlord during the Term:

 

3.1.1                               First the Rent specified in paragraph 5 of the Particulars such rent to be paid by equal monthly payments in advance on the               day of each month the first of the payments made on the date of this Lease

 

3.1.2                               Secondly the Service Charge quarterly in arrears

 

3.2                                          This Lease is made with full title guarantee

 

4.                                                 Tenant’s covenants

 

The Tenant covenants with the Landlord:

 

4.1                                          Rents

 

4.1.1                               To pay the rents at the times and in manner as provided without any deduction abatement or set-off whatsoever

 

4.2                                          Repairs

 

To keep in good and substantial repair and condition the interior of the Premises and the Service Media in or exclusively serving the Premises (damage by the Insured Risks excepted save to the extent that payment of the insurance moneys shall be withheld by reason of any act or default of the Tenant or any undertenant or anyone at the Premises expressly or by implication with the Tenant’s authority)

 

4.3                                          Permit entry to inspect and give notice of and effect repairs

 

4.3.1                               to permit the Landlord at reasonable times and on reasonable notice (except in emergency) to enter upon and examine the state of repair and condition of the Premises and the Service Media and to give or leave on the Premises or at the last known address of the Tenant notice of all defects and wants of repair for which the Tenant is responsible under this Lease

 

4.3.2                               within 28 days after the giving of the notice or sooner if required and immediately in case of emergency to commence and proceed diligently with the carrying out of the works referred to in the notice and to complete the works as soon as possible after the giving of the notice

 

4.3.3                               if the Tenant makes default in the performance of the covenants relating to works of repair to permit the Landlord to enter the Premises and carry out the works and the cost of the works and all expenses incurred by the Landlord (including without limitation legal costs and surveyor’s fees) shall

 



 

be paid by the Tenant on demand and in default be forthwith recoverable as a debt due from the Tenant together with Interest from the date of completion of the work to the date of payment by the Tenant

 

4.4                                          Permit entry for repair of adjoining premises

 

To permit the Landlord at reasonable times and on reasonable notice (except in emergency) to enter upon the Premises to execute repairs or alterations to any part of the Building the Landlord making good all damage caused to the Premises

 

4.5                                          Costs of Landlord

 

To pay to the Landlord on an indemnity basis all expenses fees charges costs expenses and disbursements incurred by the Landlord including but not limited to those payable to solicitors counsel architects surveyors and bailiffs out of or in connection with or incidental to:

 

4.5.1                               any steps taken in contemplation of or in connection with the preparation and service of a notice under the Law of Property Act 1925 Section 146 or proceedings under Sections 146 or 147 of that Act (notwithstanding in any such case that forfeiture is avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court) and in connection with every application for any consent made under this Lease whether or not consent is granted

 

4.5.2                               the service of all notices and schedules relating to wants of repair of the Premises and their use whether served during or after the expiration of the Term

 

4.5.3                               the collection and recovery of the rents and other money payable under this Lease which shall be in arrear (including without limitation the costs of any collection agency) or any action reasonably taken by or on behalf of the Landlord in order to prevent or procure the remedying of any breach of any covenant by the Tenant

 

4.6                                          Prohibitions relating to user

 

4.6.1                               not to do or permit or suffer to be done anything in or upon the Premises or any part which may be or become a nuisance or annoyance or cause damage to the Landlord or the owners or occupiers of the other property in the neighbourhood or any other part of the Building

 

4.6.2                               not to use the Premises for a sale by auction or for any noxious dangerous offensive or noisy trade or business or for any illegal or immoral act or purpose save as part of the Permitted Use

 

4.6.3                               not to suspend any heavy loads from the ceilings or main structure of the Premises nor to overload the floors or structure of the Premises

 

4.6.4                               not to permit any oil grease poisonous or noxious substance to be discharged into any Service Media serving the Premises

 

4.6.5                               not to damage or obstruct any areas over which the Tenant may have rights of access

 



 

4.6.6                               to ensure that there is no release at or from the Premises of anything likely to pollute or contaminate

 

4.6.7                               to comply with all reasonable requirements of the Landlord in relation to the operation and maintenance of the CO2 Plant

 

4.6.8                               not to permit any person who is not a Specified Person to gain access to the Premises or the Building

 

4.7                                          Comply with statutory notices and licences

 

4.7.1                               to comply with every statute and any notice or order from a government department or local public regulatory or other authority or Court that relates to the Premises the Service Media or any substance or article on the Premises or the CO2 Plant and the Tenant’s Licence

 

4.7.2                               to produce immediately to the Landlord a copy of any notice or order that is served on the Premises or the Tenant and that relates to the matters in the preceding sub-clause

 

4.7.3                               at the request of the Landlord to make or join with the Landlord in making any reasonable representations that the Landlord considers appropriate or otherwise contesting any proposal of a government department or local regulatory or other authority that relates to or includes the Premises and the CO2 Plant

 

4.7.4                               the Tenant shall comply with all laws and all requirements of the Landlord relating to:

 

(a)                         the Premises and the occupation and use of the Premises by the Tenant;

 

(b)                         the use of all Service Media and machinery and equipment at or serving the Premises including but not limited to the CO2 Plant;

 

(c)                          any works carried out at the Premises; and

 

(d)                         all materials used at kept at or disposed from the Premises.

 

4.7.5                               without prejudice to any obligation on the Tenant to obtain any consent or approval under this Lease the Tenant shall carry out all works that are required under any law to be carried out at the Premises insofar as it relates to the Tenant’s use or occupation of the Premises

 

4.7.6                               as soon as the Tenant becomes aware of any defect in the Premises or the CO2 Plant it shall give the Landlord notice of it.

 

4.7.7                               the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against any liability under the Defective Premises Act 1972 in relation to the Premises by reason of any failure of the Tenant to comply with any of the tenant covenants in this lease.

 


 

4.8                                          Planning etc.

 

4.8.1                               not to apply for any planning permission in respect of the Premises or any part

 

4.8.2                               at all times during the Term to comply in all respects with the provisions and requirements of the Planning Acts and of all consents permissions conditions and obligations (if any) granted or imposed or having effect under the Planning Acts so far as they respectively relate to or affect the Premises or any part or the CO2 Plant or any operations works acts or things already or after the date of this Lease to be carried out executed or done or omitted on the Premises or the use of the Premises for any purpose

 

4.8.3                               not to carry out or make any alteration or addition to the Premises or any change of use of the Premises (being an alteration or change of use which is prohibited under this Lease and for which a planning permission needs to be obtained)

 

4.8.4                               if and when called upon so to do to produce to the Landlord or the Landlord’s surveyor all plans documents and other evidence that the Landlord may reasonably require in order to be satisfied that the provisions of this clause or any parts of this clause have been complied with in all respects

 

4.8.5                               not to enter into any agreement or obligation with a local planning authority as a result of which the Premises or the Building shall become subject to any restriction of user or otherwise

 

4.8.6                               not to object to or obstruct any planning application made by the Landlord or on the Landlord’s behalf that may affect or relate to the Premises or the Building

 

4.9                                          Advertisements and displays

 

Not without the Landlord’s previous consent in writing to display any external sign or advertisement or erect any pole mast or dish on the Premises or any part of the Building

 

4.10                                   User

 

To use the Premises only for the Permitted Use stated in paragraph 7 of the Particulars and not to permit any person to sleep or reside there

 

4.11                                   Alterations or additions

 

Not to commit any waste make any alteration in or addition to the Premises or erect any new building or new structure on the Premises or make any alteration to the elevation or appearance of the Premises or to the Service Media serving the Premises

 

4.12                                   Alienation

 

Not to assign charge underlet or part with or share the possession or occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises or to execute any declaration of trust with regard to the whole or any part of the Premises

 



 

4.13                                   Inspection by Purchasers of Reversion

 

At all times throughout the Term to permit any prospective purchaser of the reversion expectant on the termination of this Lease and his advisers to inspect the Premises at reasonable times and on reasonable notice (provided that such person shall bear a letter of authority signed by or on behalf of the Landlord)

 

4.14

 

4.14.1                        Not to vitiate insurance

 

not to do or omit anything that could cause any policy of insurance on or in relation to the Premises or the Building to become void or voidable or which may render an increased or extra premium payable for the said insurance and to comply with all requirements and recommendations of the insurer and any fire officer

 

4.14.2                        To give notice of damage

 

in the event of the Premises the Building or any part being damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks to give immediate notice to the Landlord and to pay to the Landlord on demand the amount of any excess which may be deducted or deductible by the insurers on any claim made by the Landlord in relation to the Premises or the Building

 

4.14.3                        To pay costs of rebuilding if insurance avoided

 

in the event of the Premises or any part or the Building or any part being damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks and the insurance money under any policy of insurance effected by the Landlord pursuant to the Landlord’s obligations in this Lease being wholly or partly irrecoverable by reason solely or in part of any act or default of the Tenant or anyone at the Premises expressly or by implication with the Tenant’s authority then and in every case forthwith (in addition to the rents reserved by this Lease) to pay to the Landlord the whole or (as the case may be) the irrecoverable proportion of the amount of the insurance money so irrecoverable with Interest

 

4.15                                   Not to insure against Landlord’s risks

 

Not to insure in respect of any risks against which the Landlord has insured under the provisions contained in this Lease

 

4.16                                   Not to cause or allow anything which could expose the Landlord to penalties

 

Not to do or omit anything in or about the Premises or any premises used for the purposes of but not comprised in the Premises whereby the Landlord may become exposed to the liability to pay any penalty damages compensation costs charges or expenses

 

4.17                                   Indemnities

 

To be responsible for and keep the Landlord fully indemnified against liabilities in respect of all losses damages actions proceedings claims demands costs and expenses of whatsoever nature arising in any way directly or indirectly out of:

 



 

4.17.1                        the repair state of repair or condition of the Premises and the CO2 Plant for which the Tenant is liable under the covenants contained in this Lease

 

4.17.2                        any act omission or default of the Tenant the Tenant’s underlessees or respective agents servants invitees or licensees including any Specified Person

 

4.17.3                        the user of the Premises and the CO2 Plant

 

4.17.4                        anything after the date of this Lease attached by the Tenant to or on the Premises

 

4.17.5                        any breach by the Tenant of any covenants on the part of the Tenant or any condition contained in this Lease including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Tenant’s obligations under the Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement

 

4.17.6                        without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any breach by the Tenant of the terms of the Tenant’s Licence or of any other Licences required or otherwise subsisting for the operation of the CO2 Plant

 

4.18                                   Regulations

 

To comply with all reasonable regulations made by the Landlord from time to time for the management of the Building and any rights granted to the Tenant hereunder

 

4.19                                  Payment of money owing

 

If the Tenant fails to pay to the Landlord any of the rents and/or other sums becoming payable by the Tenant to the Landlord pursuant to this Lease on the date or dates upon which the same fall due for payment then in addition to any rents and/or other sums to pay to the Landlord by way of further rent Interest calculated from the date or dates upon which the payment fell due until the date or dates of actual payment

 

4.20                                   VAT

 

4.20.1                        To pay by way of additional rent and indemnify the Landlord against any VAT that may be chargeable on the rents or any part thereof or any other payment made by the Tenant under this Lease in addition to the rent or other payment

 

4.20.2                        Whenever the Tenant has agreed in this Lease to reimburse the Landlord for a payment made by the Landlord to reimburse the Landlord in addition for any VAT paid by the Landlord on that payment unless the VAT is recovered by the Landlord

 

4.21                                   Notification of keyholder and burglar alarm codes

 

To ensure that at all times the Landlord has written notice of:

 

4.21.1                        the name address and telephone number of at least one keyholder of the Premises and of any Specified Person;

 

4.21.2                        all security and pass codes for any burglar alarm system at the Premises.

 



 

4.22                                   Defective premises

 

Forthwith upon becoming aware of the same to give notice in writing to the Landlord of any defect in the state of the Premises which might give rise to an obligation on the Landlord to do or refrain from doing any act or thing in order to comply with the provisions of this Lease or the duty of care imposed on the Landlord under the Defective Premises Act 1972 and at all times to display and maintain all necessary notices which the Landlord may from time to time require to be displayed at the Premises

 

4.23                                   To yield up

 

To yield up the Premises at the expiration of the Term with vacant possession and in repair and decorative order and condition in accordance with the Tenant’s covenants contained in this Lease and to remove the CO2 Plant and the Tenant’s fixtures and fittings and all service media specifically and solely related to the CO2  Plant (if requested by the Landlord) and make good immediately any damage caused by the removal

 

4.24                                  Release of Landlord

 

The Tenant will not unreasonably withhold or delay consent to a request made by the Landlord in accordance with Section 8 of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 for a release from the covenants on the part of the Landlord contained in this Lease to the extent (if any) that such covenants continue to bind the Landlord after assigning the reversion

 

5.                                                 Landlord’s covenants

 

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant:

 

5.1                                          Quiet enjoyment

 

That the Tenant may peaceably enjoy the Premises during the Term without any lawful interruption by the Landlord or any person or persons rightfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord

 

5.2                                          Insurance

 

5.2.1                               At the Landlord’s expense, to keep the Premises (unless the insurance is rendered void by an act or omission of the Tenant or anyone at the Premises expressly or by implication with the Tenant’s authority including any Specified Person) insured against loss or damage by the Insured Risks so far as such insurance may ordinarily be effected for amounts which the Landlord shall from time to time be advised as representing the cost of reinstatement of the Premises (including professional fees debris removal and site clearance and the cost of any work which might be required by or by virtue of any Act of Parliament) and four years’ loss of rent

 

5.2.2                               To produce to the Tenant on 14 days’ notice reasonable evidence of the terms of the policy maintained by the Landlord and the receipt for the last premium payable for it

 



 

5.2.3                               In the event of the Premises being destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks subject to having obtained all appropriate consents under the Planning Acts or otherwise to lay out money received by the Landlord under the policy of insurance (except money received in respect of loss of rent) in rebuilding or reinstating the Premises provided that the Landlord shall not be under an obligation to rebuild or reinstate the Premises in the form which existed before the date of the destruction or damage provided that when reinstated the Premises are no less commodious for the Tenant’s purposes

 

6.                                                 Landlord’s covenant relating to repair and service costs

 

Subject to the rents being paid by the Tenant the Landlord covenants with the Tenant as follows:

 

6.1                                          Electricity

 

At its own cost to install appropriate electricity meters in the Premises

 

6.2                                          Maintain services

 

To maintain in reasonable working order and repair all Service Media in under or upon the Building which serve the Premises but not those exclusively within and only serving the Premises

 

6.3                                          Provision of services

 

So far as practicable to perform the following services:

 

6.3.1                               to keep clean and reasonably well lit the Common Parts

 

6.3.2                               to maintain at all times during normal business hours an adequate supply of hot and cold water towels and soap and other appropriate supplies in the toilet accommodation (if any) situated in the Common Parts

 

6.3.3                               to supply maintain repair and renew as need be such fire-fighting equipment in the Common Parts as the Landlord may deem desirable or necessary or as may be required to be supplied and maintained by statute or by the fire authority for the district or by the Landlord’s insurers

 

6.3.4                               to provide the Services

 

provided always that:

 

(a)                         the Landlord may at the Landlord’s absolute discretion withhold add to extend vary or make any alteration in the rendering of any of the services mentioned in this clause from time to time if the Landlord at the Landlord’s absolute discretion deems it desirable so to do for the more efficient conduct and management of the Building save for the Services

 

(b)                         the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any defect or want of repair in respect of the items for which the Landlord covenants to repair in this clause unless the Landlord has had written notice of the defect or want of repair and had sufficient opportunity for remedying

 



 

the same nor shall the Landlord be liable to the Tenant in respect of any obligation that is to be construed as falling within the ambit of any of the Tenant’s covenants in this Lease

 

(c)                          the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant to perform or observe the covenants on the Landlord’s part in this clause where breach is due to Force Majeure

 

(d)                         the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for any defect or want of repair decoration reinstatement replacement or renewal either:

 

(i)                            to the extent that the works required to remedy it are carried out at the expense of the insurers or otherwise out of moneys arising under a policy or policies of insurance effected pursuant to this Lease or

 

(ii)                         if the cost of remedying the defect or want of repair decoration reinstatement replacement or renewal would have been recoverable under a policy or policies of insurance but for the policy or policies having been vitiated or voided in whole or in part by the act or default of any person for the time being in occupation of the Building

 

7.                                                 Break Clause

 

7.1                                          Either the Landlord or the Tenant may terminate this lease by serving a Break Notice on the other party at any time on or after 30 June 2015.

 

7.2                                          A Break Notice served by the Tenant shall be of no effect if:

 

7.2.1                               it does not comply with the requirements of this clause; or

 

7.2.2                               at the Break Date the Tenant has not paid any part of the Annual Rent, or any VAT in respect of the Annual Rent, or any other payment due to have been paid on or before the Break Date; or

 

7.2.3                               at the Break Date vacant possession of the whole of the Property is not given to the Landlord.

 

7.3                                          Subject to clause 7.2, following service of a Break Notice this lease shall terminate on the Break Date.

 

7.4                                          Termination of this lease on the Break Date shall not affect any other right or remedy that either party may have in relation to any earlier breach of this lease.

 

7.5                                         The Break Notice shall not purport to terminate this lease in relation to any part as opposed to the whole of the Property.

 

7.6                                          Time shall be of the essence in respect of all time periods and limits in this clause.

 

7.7                                          The Tenant shall take all steps as may be necessary to terminate, before the Break Date, all underleases licences or other agreements deriving from this lease.

 

(i)

 



 

8.                                                 Provisos agreements and declarations

 

Provided always and it is expressly agreed and declared as follows:

 

8.1                                          Forfeiture

 

8.1.1                               if the rents hereby reserved or any part thereof shall at any time be in arrear for 21 days after the same shall have become due (whether formally demanded or not) or

 

8.1.2                               if there shall be any breach non-performance or non-observance of any of the covenants and conditions on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease and such breach is not remedied within a reasonable period after the Tenant has been given notice thereof by the Landlord or

 

8.1.3                               if the Tenant shall suffer any distress or other execution to be levied on the Premises or any part or any contents in the Premises or

 

8.1.4                               if a bankruptcy order or an administration order is made in respect of the Tenant or

 

8.1.5                               if a resolution is passed or an order is made for the winding-up of the Tenant or

 

8.1.6                               if a receiver or administrative receiver is appointed over the whole or any part of the property assets or undertaking of the Tenant  or

 

8.1.7                               if the Tenant is struck off the Register of Companies or is dissolved or otherwise ceases to exist under the laws of the country or state of its incorporation or

 

8.1.8                               if the Tenant is deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986

 

8.1.9                               if the Tenant is in breach of clauses 3 or 5.1 to 5.3 (inclusive) of the Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement

 

then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and to have again repossess and enjoy the Premises as in their former estate and thereupon the Term shall absolutely cease and determine but without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the covenants or conditions contained in this Lease

 

8.2                                          Rent to be suspended if Premises damaged

 

If the Premises or any part are at any time during the Term damaged or destroyed by any one or more of the Insured Risks so as to be unfit for occupation or use and the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord shall not have been vitiated or payment of the policy moneys refused in whole or in part in consequence of any act or default of the Tenant or anyone at the Premises expressly or by implication with the Tenant’s authority (including any Specified Person) to the extent that it is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Lease the rent or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended until the Premises have been rendered fit for occupation and use and

 



 

any dispute regarding the cesser of rent shall be referred to the award of a single arbitrator to be appointed in default of agreement upon the application of either party by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

8.3                                          Termination on destruction

 

8.3.1                               If the Premises are at any time during the Term destroyed or substantially damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to be unfit for occupation and use and the Premises have not been rebuilt or reinstated or made fit for occupation and use within nine months after the date of destruction or damage then the Landlord may serve not less than three months’ notice in writing to determine this Lease such notice to expire not earlier than one year after the date of the destruction or damage and if upon the expiration of such notice the Premises remain unfit for occupation this Lease shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any antecedent right or claim arising under this Lease and still subsisting at the date of such notice

 

8.3.2                               In the event of such determination (or if the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises shall be prevented or frustrated by any cause whatsoever) the Landlord shall not be liable to rebuild or reinstate the Premises and the insurance money received by the Landlord in respect of the Premises and the loss of rent shall belong to the Landlord absolutely

 

8.4                                         Service of notices

 

A demand for payment notice or other document required or authorised to be served or given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall only be deemed to be sufficiently served:

 

8.4.1                               in the case of service on the Tenant if posted in an envelope addressed to the Tenant by first class registered or recorded delivery post at the Premises or (if the Tenant is a company) at the Tenant’s registered office as appears in this Lease or as last notified in writing to the Landlord (the Tenant to give notification to the Landlord as soon as practicable after any change of address of the Tenant’s registered office) or as revealed as being the Tenant’s current registered office by a company search (whether or not notified to the Landlord) or (whether or not the Tenant is a company) if left upon or attached to the Premises or some part and

 

8.4.2                               in the case of service on the Landlord if posted by first class registered or recorded delivery post in an envelope addressed to the Landlord at the Landlord’s registered office (if any) or at any other address which the Tenant may have previously been notified in writing by the Landlord as the address at which the Landlord will accept service of notices

 

provided that in the case of service by post service shall be deemed to have been effected 24 hours after posting (excluding any intervening Saturdays Sundays or bank or other public holiday)

 

8.5                                          Compensation

 

Any statutory right of the Tenant to claim compensation from the Landlord on vacating the Premises is excluded from this Lease to the extent that the law allows

 


 

8.6                                          Disputes

 

Any dispute between the Tenant and any owner or occupier of adjacent or neighbouring property (other than the Landlord) as to any right or privilege or any party or other walls or as to the amount of any contribution towards the expenses of services used in common shall be decided by the Landlord or in such manner as the Landlord shall direct and such decision shall be binding on the parties to the dispute

 

9.                                                 Exclusion of Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 ss.24 to 28

 

9.1.1                               The parties confirm that:

 

(a)                         the Landlord served a notice on the Tenant as required by section 38A (3)(a) of the 1954 Act applying to the tenancy created by this lease before this Lease was entered into

 

(b)                         who was duly authorised by the Tenant to do so made a statutory declaration dated 14 May 2013  in accordance with the requirements of section 38A(3)(b) of the 1954 Act; and

 

9.1.2                               The parties agree that the provisions of sections 24 to 28 of the 1954 Act are excluded in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease

 

10.                                          Invalidity

 

If at any time any one or more provisions of this Lease is or becomes invalid illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law the validity legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be in any way affected or impaired thereby

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Description of the Premises

 

All those premises edged red on the plan annexed and being part of the Building including:

 

1.                                                 all walls situated wholly within the Premises but not external load bearing or structural walls or supports

 

2.                                                 the internal plaster decorative or other finishes of all external walls

 

3.                                                 the floors and floor finishes but not any joists or beams supporting the floors

 

4.                                                 the ceilings and the decorative finishes applied to the ceilings but not the beams or joists or other structural parts of the Building to which the ceilings are affixed provided always that where there are suspended ceilings the Premises include not only the whole of the suspended ceiling and their supporting grids but also the permanent ceilings above and the void between

 

5.                                                 the inner halves severed medially of all internal non-structural walls dividing the Premises from any adjoining part of the Building

 

6.                                                 the windows and window frames and the doors and door frames (including external doors) in and to the Premises and all glass in those windows and doors

 



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Part 1

 

Rights granted to the Tenant (in common with the Landlord and those authorised by the Landlord)

 

1.                                                 The right to pass on foot over and along any common or shared entrance halls passages corridors stairs landings and lifts in the Building in so far as necessary to gain access to the Premises but not further or otherwise

 

2.                                                 The right to use the Common Parts as notified to the Tenant from time to time for all proper purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises

 

3.                                                 The right to the free passage and running of water soil gas electricity telecommunications and any other usual services to and from the Premises through the Service Media serving the Building

 

4.                                                 Such rights of support and protection (whether lateral subjacent or otherwise) for the Premises as are now enjoyed from other parts of the Building

 

5.                                                 Subject to spaces being available the right to use 3 parking spaces in the car park serving the Building as designated by the Landlord from time to time PROVIDED THAT the Tenant may park more cars in the car park on occasion with the prior consent of the Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

6.                                                 The right to pass with or without vehicles over the Landlord’s estate and car park for the purpose of gaining access to the parking spaces and buildings

 

7.                                                 The right to keep an ethanol store in such part of the Common Parts as the Landlord reasonably designates from time to time

 

Part 2

 

Exceptions and reservations (in favour of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers of other parts of the Building)

 

1.                                                 The right at any time during the Term at all reasonable times upon prior reasonable notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter the Premises:

 

1.1                                          To enable the Landlord to carry out work or otherwise comply with the Landlord’s obligations under this Lease (whether or not the Tenant is liable to make a contribution)

 

1.2                                          To exercise any of the rights granted to the Landlord by this Lease

 

1.3                                          To inspect the state and condition of the Premises and the CO2 Plant or to take schedules or inventories of fixtures and other items to be yielded up on the expiry of the Term

 

1.4                                          To view the state and condition of and repair and maintain the Building or any adjoining or adjacent property of the Landlord

 

2.                                                 The right to the free passage and running of water soil gas electricity telecommunications and any other usual services to and from any other parts of the

 



 

Building through the Service Media now or at any time during the Term in through or under the Premises

 

3.                                                 The right to build rebuild or execute any other works upon any adjoining or adjacent property of the Landlord in such manner as the Landlord may think fit notwithstanding any interference or obstruction with the amenity of access to the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises

 

4.                                                 The right to erect scaffolding for the purpose of repairing or cleaning the exterior of the Building notwithstanding that the scaffolding may temporarily interfere with the access to or enjoyment and use of the Premises

 

5.                                                 All necessary rights of support and protection (whether lateral subjacent or otherwise) by or from the Premises for the remainder of the Building

 



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

The Services to be provided by the Landlord to the Tenant

 

1.                                                 Definitions

 

The terms defined in this clause shall for the purposes of this Schedule 3 have the following meanings Terms used but not defined in this Schedule shall have the meanings ascribed to them in clause 1 of this Lease

 

Business Day: a day (other than a Saturday Sunday or public holiday) when banks in London are open for business

 

Cash: payment in cash by electronic bank transfer in pounds sterling for value on that date to the Landlord’s Account

 

Landlord’s Account: the bank account of the Landlord at National Westminster Bank plc, * * *  branch, with the sort code * * * and the account number * * *, or such other account as the Landlord shall notify to the Tenant from time to time

 

Permitted Use : means processing decarboxylated cannabis botanical raw material using liquid carbon dioxide to produce an intermediate botanical drug substance

 

Quantity: means a quantity of the relevant Utility equal to the quantity of such Utility used by the Landlord exclusively in connection with the provision to the Tenant of the Services

 

Service Media : all pipes drains sewers gutters watercourses wires cables ducts flues aerials cisterns tanks and all other conducting media and ancillary apparatus and all heating apparatus serving the Premises

 

Tenant’s Personnel : Only those employees, agents, representatives, advisers and contractors of the tenant or any other person under the Tenant’s control (such persons the Tenant’s Personnel) who the Landlord has authorised in writing, such authorisation not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld.

 

Tenant’s Registration : shall have the meaning ascribed to it in sub-clause 3.1 of this Schedule 3

 

Utility : mains steam mains water mains electricity and foul drainage

 

2.                                                 Services

 

2.1                                          The Landlord will perform the following services

 

2.1.1                               provide a Quantity of steam and ensure that the boiler that produces the steam is properly serviced and maintained in accordance with the manufacturers guidance and/or best practice and should there be any failure in the provision of the steam to ensure that the boiler is repaired and/or replaced promptly.

 

2.1.2                               provide a Quantity of mains water (without any obligation to heat or to cool the same above or below the temperature at which it is supplied to the Landlord)

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

2.1.3                               provide a Quantity of mains electricity (without any obligation to step up or to step down the same or to transform or otherwise process the supply of mains electricity in any other way)

 

2.1.4                               subject to compliance by the Tenant with the terms of sub-clause 3.1 of this Schedule 3, provide access to mains sewerage services for the disposal of a Quantity of aqueous waste and provide access to the Landlord’s bins to allow the Tenant to dispose of general waste including paper and card; and

 

2.1.5                               provide and maintain the burglar and fire alarms system currently in place for the premises.

 

2.2                                          The Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that

 

2.2.1                               the Services shall be used by the Tenant exclusively in connection with the performance by the Tenant of the Permitted Use and

 

2.2.2                               the Tenant shall not make (nor endeavour to make) any alternative arrangements for the provision of the Services (or any similar or replacement services) without the express written consent of the Landlord

 

3.                                                 Access to sewerage

 

3.1                                          The Tenant shall have registered with the Environment Agency as a producer of hazardous waste on or prior to the commencement date of this Lease (the Tenant’s Registration ) The Tenant shall ensure that the Tenant’s Registration is maintained without interruption In circumstances where the Tenant’s Registration is terminated or suspended or otherwise suffers an interruption of any nature the Tenant shall immediately notify the Landlord in writing and shall cease the operation of the CO2 Plant forthwith

 

3.2                                          The Tenant hereby undertakes to the Landlord to comply with the terms of the Tenant’s Registration and to indemnify the Landlord and to keep the Landlord indemnified against any action award claim or other legal recourse complaint cost debt demand expense fine liability loss outgoing penalty or proceeding which the Landlord suffers or incurs in connection with the failure by the Tenant to comply with its obligations under sub-clause 3.1 of this Schedule 3 or the terms of the Tenant’s Registration

 

3.3                                          Nothing in this sub-clause 3 shall be construed as permitting the Landlord to terminate the Landlord’s Registration

 

4.                                                 Force majeure

 

4.1                                          If any Force Majeure occurs in relation to the Landlord which affects or may affect the provision by the Landlord of the Services it shall forthwith notify the Tenant as to the nature and extent of the circumstances in question

 

4.2                                          The Landlord shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Lease or otherwise be liable to the Tenant, by reason of any failure in the provision of the Services to the extent that such failure is due to a Force Majeure which has been notified to the Tenant

 



 

4.3                                          If the provision of the Services is prevented by Force Majeure for a continuous period in excess of five Business Days the parties shall negotiate in good faith and use their best endeavours to agree upon such amendments to this Lease or such alternative arrangements as may be fair and reasonable with a view to alleviating the effects of the relevant Force Majeure

 

 

SIGNED as a deed by

)

 

* * * LIMITED

)

 

acting by a Director and its

)

 

Secretary or two Directors

)

 

 

 

Signature * * *

Director

 

 

Name

 

(capital letters)

 

 

 

Signature * * *

Secretary

 

 

Name

 

(capital letters)

 

 


***                            Portions of this page have been omitted pursuant to a request for Confidential Treatment and filed separately with the Commission.

 



 

SIGNED as a deed by

)

 

G W PHARMA LIMITED

)

 

acting by a Director and its

)

 

Secretary or two Directors

)

 

 

 

Signature s/Mr A D GEORGE

Director

 

 

Name ADAM GEORGE

 

(capital letters)

 

 

 

Signature s/CHRISTOPHER TOVEY

Director

 

 

Name CHRISTOPHER TOVET

 

(capital letters)

 

 




Exhibit 8.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

The Registrant has investments in the following significant subsidiary undertakings:

 

Name of undertaking

 

Country of 
registration

 

Activity

 


holding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GW Pharma Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Research and Development

 

100

GW Research Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Research and Development

 

100

Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Research and Development

 

100

Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited

 

Guernsey

 

Research and Development

 

100

GW Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

United States

 

Clinical Research

 

100

GWP Trustee Company Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Employee Share Ownership

 

100

G-Pharm Trustee Company Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Dormant

 

100

G-Pharm Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Dormant

 

100

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12.1

Section 302 Certificate

Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, Justin Gover, certify that:

Date: November 25, 2013

    /s/ JUSTIN GOVER

Justin Gover
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

Section 302 Certificate Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12.2

Section 302 Certificate

Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, Adam George, certify that:

Date: November 25, 2013

    /s/ ADAM GEORGE

Adam George
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

Section 302 Certificate Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 13.1

Section 906 Certificate

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

        Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of GW Pharmaceuticals plc, a public limited company incorporated under English law (the "company"), hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

        The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended September 30, 2013 (the "Form 20-F") of the company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

Date: November 25, 2013

    /s/ JUSTIN GOVER

Justin Gover
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

Section 906 Certificate Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 13.2

Section 906 Certificate

        Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

        Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of GW Pharmaceuticals plc, a public limited company incorporated under English law (the "company"), does hereby certify, to such officer's knowledge, that:

        The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended September 30, 2013 (the "Form 20-F") of the company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

Date: November 25, 2013

    /s/ ADAM GEORGE

Adam George
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

Section 906 Certificate